Qassim University

Deanship of Academic Development

Qassim University
Bulletin 2012

(Health Colleges)
Prepared by:
Prof. Sulaiman A. Al-Yahya
Eng. Asif Mahmood, Eng. Upendra Lele

Produced by:
Dr. Hassan Khalafy

1
2
 Custodian of the two Holy His Royal Highness Prince
Mosques
Salman bin Abdulaziz
King Abdullah bin
Al Saud
Abdulaziz Al Saud
May Allah Protect him
May Allah Protect him

His Excellency Minister of His Excellency Deputy Minister

Higher Education of Higher Education

Dr. Khalid ibn Dr. Ahmed ibn

Mohammad Al Anqari Mohammad Al Saif

3
4
 College of Applied Health Sciences in Al-Rass 58
Depertment of Clinical Nutrition
Department of Oral and dental health
INDEX Page Department of Diagnostic Radiology
Department of Dental technology
Preface by the University President 7 Department of Medical Equipments and Devices
Pharmacy department
Introduction by VP (Planning, Laboratory department
Development & Quality) 8 Nutrition department
Department of Associate Dentist
Higher Education in Saudi Arabia 9 Anesthesiology department

Qassim University 12 College of Applied Medical Sciences 66

Department of Medical Laboratory
International Ranking 13 Department of Optometry
Department of Radiologic Techniques
University Vision 14 Department of Medical Rehabilitation
Department of Clinical Nutrition
University Mission 14 Department of Human Health
Department of Medical Equipment
University Objectives 14
College of Dentistry 216
University Administration 15 Department of Prosthodontics
Department of Restorative Dentistry
Faculty Members 18 Department of Preventive Dentistry
Department of Oral and Maxillofacial surgery
Organization Structure of the University 19 and Diagnostic sciences

Admission and Academic Regulations 20

College of Dentistry in Al Rass 232
Department of Prosthodontics
Graduate Studies 35
Department of Restorative Dentistry
Department of Preventive Dentistry
Deanship of Educational Services 46
Department of Oral and Maxillofacial surgery
and Diagnostic sciences
Academic Departments (Prep.) 46
College of Medical Rehabilitation Sciences in
Buraida 247
Training and Scholarships 46
Department of General Nursing
Department of Midwifery (Obstetrics and
Colleges and Specializations 48
Gynecology)
Deanships 50
Department of Associate Dentist

5
College of Medicine 257
Department of Anatomy and tissue structure
Physiology department
Pathology department
Department of internal medicine
Department of Obstetrics and Gnnecology
Ophthalmology department
Department of Pharmacology and Theraputics
Department of Orthopedics and Rehabilitation
Radiology department
Dermatology department
Psychiatry department
Department of community health & family
medicine

College of Medicine and Applied Medical

Sciences in Unaiza 294
Department of General Nursing

College of Nursing 307

Department of Medical surgery Nursing
Department of Community health Nursing and
Mental health
Department of Maternal Nursing and child
health
Department of Nursing education

College of Pharmacy 321

Department of Pharmaceutical practice
Department of Chemistry & Pharmacy of drugs
Pharmaceutics department
Department of medicines and poisons

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah 337

Department of Pharmaceutical practice
Department of Chemistry & Pharmacy of drugs
Pharmaceutics department
Department of medicines and poisons

College of Public Health and Medical

Informatics in Al-Bukairiyyah 353
Department of Health services
Department of Medical secretary
Department of Medical records
Epidemiology department
Department of Health information
Department of Health Insurance
Department of Public health

Research Centers and

University Directorate 366

6
 Qassim University Bulletin

Preface by the University President

Qassim University is proud to present the Bulletin of 2012. This Bulletin has been published by
the University Vice Presidency of Planning, Development and Quality for the guidance of students
and faculty. Information about all the colleges and institutes is given in detail including programs offered,
courses and faculty members. The Study Plans and Course Description have been given comprehensively
to facilitate the students in the choice of courses.

We hope this bulletin with the Blessing of Allah is of great benefit and interest for the
acknowledgement of effectiveness and efficiency in education to achieve our higher goals.

I ask Allahs facilitation and help for all.

Prof. Khalid bin Abdul Rahman Al-Hamoudi

The President

7
 Qassim University Bulletin

Introduction

I am very glad that we are presenting this Bulletin of 2012 for the guidance and reference of students
and faculty members. In this Bulletin, information about all the colleges is given in detail including
programs offered, courses and faculty members. The Study Plans and Course Description have been
given comprehensively to facilitate the students in the choice of courses.

In this Bulletin the information of these colleges have been included: College of Agriculture and Veterinary
Medicine, College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass, College of Applied Medical Sciences, College of
Arabic Language and Social Studies, College of Architecture and Planning, College of Business and
Economics, College of Computer Science, College of Dentistry, College of Design and Home Economics in
Buraidah, College of Education, College of Engineering, College of Medical and Applied Health Sciences in
Unaizah, College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah, College of Medicine, College of Nursing, College of
Pharmacy, College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah, College of Science, College of
Sciences and Arts in Bukeriyah, College of Sciences and Arts in Buraidah, College of Sciences and Arts in
Muthnib, College of Sciences and Arts in Rass, College of Sciences and Arts in Oqlatu's Soqoor, College of
Sciences and Arts in Unaizah, College of Sharia and Theology, Community College of Buraidah, Community
College of Unaizah.

The suggestions to improve the Bulletin will be highly appreciated and in the light of the suggestion we
will improve the publication to make it more beneficial and effective in the next years. We are thankful to
God Almighty who has given us an opportunity to complete this project.

Prof. Sulaiman A. Al-Yahya

Vice President for Planning, Development,

and Quality

8
 Qassim University Bulletin

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 26th of Jumadah the Second, all Saudi people
pledged allegiance to Custodian of the Two Holy
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia is an Arab Muslim State Mosques king Abdullah Bin Abdulaziz to be the
with a complete sovereignty. Its religion is Islam, King of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and Prince
its constitution is derived from the Holy Qur'an Sultan bin Abdulaziz as his the Crown Prince.
and the Prophet's (peace be upon him) Sunnah
Custodian of Two Holy Mosques King Abdullah
(traditions), it has Arabic as the official language
Bin Abdulaziz has achieved a set of milestones in
and its capital is Riyadh. The system of Ruling in
both National And International Politics.
Saudi Arabia has been a Royal System where
Additionally, he has a wide range of excellent
sons and grandsons of the Kingdoms Founder
relationships with most Arab States Leaders. He
King Abdulaziz bin Abdurrahman al Faisal al Saud
has contributed in a lot of humanitarian efforts
have been to hold reins of power of the
and good deeds as well.
Kingdom in terms of allegiance and eligibility
where Ruling has been completely based on the Saudi Arabia is located in the southwest corner

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

Holy Qur'an and Prophet's (peace be upon him) of Asia, the Kingdom is at the crossroads of
Sunnah. The power of Ruling in the Kingdom has Europe, Asia and Africa. It is surrounded by the
been derived from the holy Qur'an and Red Sea on the West, by Yemen and Oman on
prophet's (peace be upon him) Sunnah that are the South, the Arabian Gulf and the United Arab
the two regulators all over the Ruling system Emirates and Qatar on the East, and Jordan, Iraq
and all its related systems where Ruling is based and Kuwait on the North. Saudi Arabias Red Sea
upon justice, Shura and equality in terms of coastline stretches about 1,760 kilometers
Islamic Sharia. (1,100 miles) while its Arabian Gulf coastline
roughly 560 kilometers (350 miles). Estimated
Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques king
area of the Kingdom is 2.149790 million square
Abdullah Bin Abdulaziz Al-Saud (1343H/1924G)
kilometers.
is the King of Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. He was
born in Riyadh and brought up directly by his The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia total population is
Father King Abdulaziz Bin Abdurrahman the 27,136,977 people, 18,707,576 of them Saudis,
Founder of the Third Saudi State. Being much according to 2010 statistics, and the growth rate
affected by his father and utilizing his of the total population between 2004 and 2010
experience and statecraft, King Abdullah has is 3.2%, while the population density is 14
been loving his homeland feeling much people / sq km. The 2010 GDP reached with
responsibility towards the Kingdom and its constant prices to 3.76%, the private sector
citizens. In 1384H, King Faisal selected him to contributed at a rate of 47.8%, while the GDP
head over the National Guard and in 1395 King per capita at the current prices reached 60.066
Khalid chose him to a Deputy Premiere in SAR. Moreover, the gross enrollment rate in
addition to his position as the Chairman of the primary education in 2009 reached 99%, and the
National Guard. Afterwards, he was chosen by infant mortality rate for the same year reached
King Fahd bin Abdulaziz to be the First Deputy 17.3 per thousand live births.
Premiere and Chairman of the National Guard in
addition to being the Crown Prince. In Monday

9
Development in Kingdom has generally been Madinah
regarded as a discerning process dedicated to
formulating a well-cultured and comprehensive Is the city where Prophet Muhammad emigrated
social structure where community has stressed and lived.
its identity and creativity. In this respect,
Jeddah
Development has mainly been founded on
affirmative collective partnership starting from Located along the eastern coast of the Red Sea,
planning and decision making, in addition is the commercial capital of Saudi Arabia, and
executing and holding responsibilities reaching serves as an entrance to the rest of the
to utilization of fruits of development projects peninsula.
and programs. All such related programs have
focused on Saudi people to be considered Dammam
means of Development and its objective as well.
Is the capital of the Eastern Province. It houses
The Saudi Government has consequently
the Emirate of the Eastern Province and also
attached much interest to Cooperative Societies
branches of many ministries, governmental
where charity works have been supported and
agencies and departments. King Fahd
urged by the Government. Collaboration
International Airport is located northwest of the
between both Government and Private sectors
city. Dammam Port is the largest on the Arab

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia

has helped much in pushing Government
Gulf.
Programs relating to Development plans.
Additionally, the Government has focused on Currency
Care Program dedicated to the old-aged. It has
also sought to eliminate illiteracy through Saudi Riyal (SR) pegged to U.S. dollar
opening a lot of schools for men and women ($1=SR3.745); bank notes, in Arabic and English,
over cities and villages so that such people can in denominations of 1, 5, 10, 50, 100 and 500
join the schools. The Kingdom has also paid keen riyals; coins in denominations of 5, 10, 25, 50
attention to the orphans where related services and 100 halalahs, with 100 halalahs equal to one
have been implemented over the last 20 years riyal; metric system in use.
to cherish those orphans with an attempt to
eliminate the problem of mendicancy. Climate

Capital and Major Cities: Almost the entire Kingdom is arid, although
there is rainfall in the north and along the
Riyadh mountain range to the west, especially in the far
southwest, which receives the monsoon rains in
Located in the central province, is the capital summer. Sporadic rain can also occur elsewhere,
city of Saudi Arabia. . It is also the high-tech sometimes very heavily, causing serious
center of modern Saudi Arabia and houses the flooding, including in Riyadh, where the air and
headquarters of the Gulf Cooperation Council prevailing winds tend usually to be very dry.
(GCC).

Makkah

Is the birthplace of the Prophet Muhammad and

the focal point of Hajj, the Islamic pilgrimage in
which almost two million Muslims from all parts
of the world participate every year.

10
Introduction of Qassim Region
Al Qassim Province is one of the
thirteen administrative provinces of Saudi
Arabia. It is located in the center of Saudi Arabia
approximately 400 km northwest of Riyadh the
capital. Qassim is the heart of the country, its
population is more than a million and its area is
about 65,000 km. It has more than 400 cities,
towns, villages, and Bedouin settlements, ten of
which are recognized as governorates. Its capital
city is Buraydah, which is inhabited by
approximately 49% of the region's total

Introduction of Qassim Region

population. Buraydah has a typical desert
climate, with hot summers, cold winters and low
humidity. It is the seventh populated province in
the country after the province of JizanIt is
known to be the "alimental basket" of the
country, for its agricultural asset.
Qassim can be reached by driving or by
air. The principal means of road transport is
private cars. However, some taxis are also
available in all major towns in addition to Rent-
a-car. Saudi Arabian Public Transport Company
(SAPTCO) plies some buses between major
towns. Additionally, some private operators
arrange coach tours for Haj and Umra. Qassim
can also be reached by air from all major
airports of Saudi Arabia, like Riyadh and Jeddah.
Qassim airport is about 25 Kms from the Capital
city Buraydah and 40 kms from the city of
Unaizah.

11
 QUALITY FOCUS
ABET

Qassim Engineering College has been awarded

the prestigious accreditation by Accreditation
Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET).

Introduction- Qassim University QS Stars

Qassim University was established in The university has applied for QS stars rating
2004 by merging two Qassim branches of Imam which is an extensive quality audit of the
Mohammad Ibn Saud Islamic University and King services and facilities provided by the university.
Saud University. Since the establishment of the
university, it has experienced a remarkable QS Benchmarking
growth in enrollment and a significant
Qassim University is currently being
expansion of faculty and its administrative staff.
benchmarked by QS against its national and

Introduction- Qassim University

international peers. The benchmarking provides
a detailed map of the university's strengths and
The number of male and female students weaknesses in various academic markers.
registered at university during 2010-11
approached 50,000 and number of faculty NCAAA
members and staff reached well over 4,000. At
present the university encompasses 28 colleges Qassim University is currently undergoing the
both for male and female students. accreditation process by National Commission
for Academic Accreditation and Assessment
(NCAAA).
Location

Qassim University is located in the COE

center of the Qassim region, 4 km north of
Community College in Buraidah obtained the
Qassim regional airport, and covers an area accreditation from the Council on Occupational
approximately 7.8 million square meters in total. Education (COE) in July 2012.
It is 28 Km from the main city Buraydah.
ASIIN e.V.

Qassim University is also undergoing the

certification of quality management systems in
systems accreditation.

12
INTERNATIONAL COLLABORATIONS

Qassim University currently has collaborations

with the following international universities:

Leland Stanford Junior University, USA

University of Southern California, USA

Durham University, UK

Xinjiang Medical University, China

University of International Business and

Economics, China

Huazhong Agricultural University, China

Introduction- Qassim University

Peking University, Health Sciences Center, China

The University of Adelaide, School of Dentistry,

Australia

The University of Maastricht, Holland

University of Istanbul, Turkey

University of Ankara, Turkey

University of Marmara, Turkey

Scientific and Research Centers Research and Consultation Center, Research

Center of the College of Computer Science,
The following scientific and research Research Center of the College of Science and
centers are present to undertake research for Research Center of the College of Agriculture
the Kingdoms growing scientific and industrial and Veterinary Medicine.
needs. Research Center of the College of Sharia
and Theology, Research Center of College of
Arabic Language and Social Studies, Research
and Human Resource Development Center at
the College of Business and Economics,
Research Center of the College of Pharmacy,
Research Center of the College of Medicine,
Scientific Research Center of the College of
Applied Medical Sciences and the Engineering

13
INTERNATIONAL RANKING

QS World University Ranking

Qassim University (QU) appeared in the
QASSIM UNIVERSITY OBJECTIVES
QS Work Ranking for the first time in 2011.
According to the QS report, it has shown 1. Improving the Quality of education in
excellent potential for strengthening its position all disciplines and achieving excellence
by harnessing its core strengths in teaching and in some programs and obtaining
Research. QU has published Research papers national and international academic
with institutions ranked in top 100 of the 2011 accreditation.
rankings. QU has also shown initiative in 2. Raising the competence and
arranging International Seminars in order to competitiveness of the students
develop relations with global academic peers. 3. Improve the effectiveness of
community services and applied
research to meet the requirements of

Introduction- Qassim University

development
QASSIM UNIVERSITY VISION
4. Raising the administrative, technical,
institutional and informational
A nationally distinguished institution of performance
higher education, supporting sustainable 5. Strengthening the cooperation and
development in the Qassim Region, and helping partnership with local, national and
to advance a knowledge-based society international institutions
6. Establishing and developing the
Universitys endowment, diversifying
the sources of funding, and
QASSIM UNIVERSITY MISSION
rationalizing the spending
7. Completing, developing and
Provision of a high quality, accredited education maintaining the infrastructure of the
producing competent graduates who meet the University
needs of the labor market, conducting applied 8. Raising the rates if efficiency and
research and offering quality community satisfaction, and retention of human
services to develop the Qassim Region and to resources
contribute to the building of a knowledge-based
economy, achieving all goals by using the most
advanced techniques in management,
technology, and information processing, by
fostering national and international
partnerships, and by boosting the University's
resources.

14
 UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

University Council

University President
Vice-President for Vice-president for Vice-president for
Directorate of Follow-up Internal
Vice-President Graduate Studies and Teaching and Planning, Development,
Strategic Planning Unit Audit Unit
Academic Research Learning and Quality

Deanship for Financial observer Deanship of

Deanship of Deanship of Academic
Academic Faculty College of Business Educational
Postgraduate Studies Development
and Personnel Services

Deanship of Quality
Council Deanship of Academic Deanship of
Media Centre College of Education Assurance and
Secretariat Research Students Affairs
Accreditation

Deanship of
Financial Deanship of Library Deanship of Information
Legal Department College of Science Admission and
Administration Affairs Technology
Registration

University Administration
Centre of Deanship of
Public Service College of Applied Medical Directorate for Planning
Academic Council Sustainable Community
Administration Sciences and the Budget
Development Services

Directorate of Centre of
Department of College of Sharia
Publication and College of Medicine Academic Studies
Stores and Islamic Studies
Translation for Girls

Directorate of
Directorate of
Traffic International cooperation College of Arabic
College of Dentistry Public Affairs and
Management and Scientific and Social Studies
the Media
Associations

Department of College of
Institute of Studies and College of Science and Arts
Administrative Economics and College of Pharmacy University Gazette
Consultation Services in Buraida City
Communication Administration

College of
Department of
University Scientific Agriculture and Community College of Science and Arts
Projects and College of Nursing
Journal Veterinary College in Buraida in Onaiza Governate
Maintenance
Medicine

Department of
College of College of Design and Community College of Science and Arts
Procurement and
Engineering Home Economics College in Onaiza in Al-Rass Governate
Tenders

College of
College of Science and Arts
Architecture and
in Al-Miznib Governate
Department of Planning
Security and
Safety College of
College of Science and Arts
Computing and
in Al-Bukairia Governate
Informatics

15
College of Medical College of Medicine and College of College of Science
College of Pharmacy in College of Science and Arts
Rehabilitation in Medical Sciences in Engineering in and Arts in Al-
Onaiza in Al-Badaiea Governate
Buraida Onaiza Onaiza Governate Asiyah Governate

College of Public
College of Science
Health and College of Applied College of Business College of Science and Arts
College of Dentistry and Arts in
Information Medical Sciences in Al- Administration in Al-Rass in Uklat Al-Sukoor
on Al-Rass Goverate Dhariyyah
Technology in Al- Rass Governate Governate
Governate
Bukairia

Council of Higher Education: and Universities and its by-laws. He is also

head of the all Saudi universities councils.
The Higher Education Council is the
supreme legislative body for all universities University Council
and institutions of post-secondary
education in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Each university has a Council, headed by the
headed by the Custodian of the Two Holy Minister of Higher Education and the
Mosques and the minister of higher president of the university as a vice

University Administration
education as the vice president; it includes president. Council members include the
some of the ministers in charge of planning, Secretary General of the Higher Education
finance, education, civil service, the Council, the vice presidents of the
presidents of the universities, in addition university, the deans, and three external
other senior government officials involved members appointed by the Minister of
in the post secondary education. Higher Education. The Council shall be
responsible for all operations of the
Higher Education Council is in charge of university, such as granting the academic
approving the establishment of new degrees to the students and the ratification
institutions for higher education, new of the study plans and curricula of the
educational units and programs; it existing departments, and make
coordinates the activities of institutions of recommendations to the Council for Higher
higher education and approves to Education in other matters.
regulations and by-laws for the activities of
the universities, and appoints the vice President of the University and the Vice-
presidents of the universities. Presidents

Minister of Higher Education The president is in charge of academic and

executive affairs of the University. He is in
The Minister of Higher Education is the charge of the administration of its affairs in
direct supervisor of all presidents of Saudi accordance with the Council of Higher
universities; he appoints the deans and Education and Universities and its
ensures that all operations carried out by regulations, by-laws, decrees, and the
universities are in accordance with the decisions of the Council of Higher Education
Charter of the Council of Higher Education and the University Council. He also
represents the university in the contacts

16
with national and international Quality), a number of deans, the university
organizations. Four vice-presidents helps boards, and the standing committees. The
the university president: (the Vice four vice-presidents are assisted by the
President, the Vice President for Post deans of colleges and support Deanships
Graduate Studies and Research, the Vice and the directors of administrative and
President for Teaching and Learning, Vice financial units.
President for Planning, Development, and

ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT UNITS

Directorate of Scientific Publishing and

Scientific Council
Translation

Unit of International Cooperation and Department of Planning and Budget

Scientific Societies

University Administration
Directorate of Procurement and University
Directorate of Administrative Communication
Stores

Directorate of Project management,

Directorate of Financial Administration
maintenance and integrity

Directorate Security and Safety Services Directorate of Public Services

Department of Transport Department of Public Relations

Legal Department Center for Information and Decision Support

Follow-up Unit Internal Audit Unit

Directorate of Strategic Planning

Unit of University Central Switchboard

University Media Center

17
Members of the senior
management of the University

The President of Qassim University Vice President for Planning and

Development and Quality
Prof. Khalid bin Abdulrahman Al-Hamoudi
Prof. Dr. Suleiman Bin Abdul Aziz Al-Yahya
Tel: 3801094 Fax: 3800656
Tel: 3802331 Fax: 3802338
PO Box: 6666 Buraidah: 51452
PO Box: 6666 Buraidah: 51452
E-mail: [email protected]
E-mail: [email protected]

Vice President
FACULTY MEMBERS
Prof. Abdul Moneim Bin Ibrahim Al-
Moneim University Faculty members are:

University Administration
Tel: 3800313 Fax: 3800267
Professors
PO Box: 6666 Buraidah: 51452
Associate Professors
E-mail: [email protected]
Assistant Professors
Lecturers
Instructors
Vice President for Scientific Research and
The Council of the University appoints faculty
Postgraduate Studies
members after taking the opinion of the college
Dr. Abdulrahman Bin Saleh Al-wasel or institute or department concerned. Non-
Tel: 3801709 Fax: 3801705 Saudis may be appointed where appropriate.

PO Box: 6666 Buraidah: 51452

E-mail: [email protected]

Vice President for Academic Affairs

Prof. Dr. Ahmed Saleh Al Tama

Tel: 3801735 Fax: 3800108
PO Box: 6666 Buraidah: 51452
E-mail: [email protected]

18
 Organization Chart of Qassim University

University Council

University President

Vice President for Planning, Vice President for Vice President for Graduate
University Colleges Vice President Studies and Academic
Development and Quality academic affairs Research

College of Arabic Language and

College of Sharia and Theology Social studies
Deanship of
Deanship of Academic Deanship of faculty and
College of Science and Arts in
admission and Deanship of Library
Development staff
College of Business and Economics Rass registration
Department
College of Agriculture and
College of Science and Arts in
Deanship of strategic plan
Unizah Department of Planning Deanship of student Deanship of Graduate
Veterinary Medicines
information and
and finance affair studies
College of Science and Arts in Technology (IT)
College of Medicine Bukeriyah Department of legal
administration
College of Science and Arts in Deanship of Quality Deanship of Deanship of Scientific
College of Engineering Muthnib Finanace Department
Assurance Community service Research

College of Scences and Arts in

College of Science Finance controller
Oqlaus-Soqoor
Center for e learning Purchasing and store Deanship of
Scientific Council
College of Design and Home
and distance department educational services
College of Computer Science
Economics Burida education
Center of
College of Health Science in
information
College of Applied Medical Science
Burida Department of Communication Department of Public
Council Secretary
strategic planning Department relations
College of Pharmacy College of Health Science
Unaizah

Centre for Female Deanship of scientifice

College of Dentistry College of Nursing Transportation
Department of studies rresarch
Department
planning
College of Architecture and
College of Health Science in Rass Planning

Services Department University magzine

College of Health Science in
College of Business in Burida
Bukeriyah

College of Education Community college of Burida Security and safety

Scientific community
department

Community college Unaizah

International
cooperation
department

19
Admission and Academic Regulations University and the rules regulating it, including
graduation requirements. Directions and help
provided by academic counselors do not absolve
Qassim University aims to prepare and qualify students of this responsibility. It is the students
students academically to the maximum level responsibility to become acquainted with the
attainable according to modern scientific criteria. To requirements stipulated for awarding of
achieve these objectives, the University applies strict academic degrees. The students must also keep
regulations on study and examinations. themselves abreast of any new developments in
this regard. This can be done thorough
The Responsibility of the Student consultation with the head of their departments
or their academic counselors. The following is a
Students are responsible for acquainting list of some of the more commonly used
themselves with the academic system of the terminology in academic systems:

Definitions

Academic Regulations
Academic Year Two main semesters and a summer semester if applicable.

Study Semester A period no less than 15 weeks in which courses are taught. It does not
include the registration period or final examinations.

Summer A period no more than eight weeks, not including a registration period or
Semester final examinations, during which the time allocated for any course is
doubled.

Study Level The stage of study. The number of levels required for graduation is eight
or more, depending on the accredited study plans.

Study Course A study subject belonging to some specific level as a part of an accredited
plan in every specialization (program). Each course has a number, a code,
a name and a detailed description of its items that delineate it in terms of
content and level from other courses. The course also has a special file
kept by the appropriate department for the purposes of follow-up,
evaluation and development. Some courses may have one or more
prerequisites.

Study Unit The weekly theoretical lecture whose length is no less than 50 minutes,
or the clinical lesson whose length is no less than 50 minutes, or the
practical or field lesson whose length is no less than 100 minutes.

Academic A notification directed to students whose GPA falls below the minimum
Warning level stipulated in the study regulation.

Course Work The grade given for course-related work indicating the students
Grade attainment in a study semester as represented by examinations, research

20
 and other relevant educational activities.

Final An examination in the course held only once at the end of the semester.
Examination

Final Exam The grade the student receives on the final examination.
Grade

Final Grade A grade awarded by adding the total course work grade and the final
exam grade in any course. The grade is calculated out of one hundred.

Overall Grade The percentage or alphabetical code for the final grade that the student
receives in any course (see Appendix A).

Incomplete An overall grade recorded temporarily for students who did not complete
Overall Grade their course work in the stipulated time. It is coded in the academic
record as (IC).

Continued An overall grade recorded temporarily for any course requiring more than

Academic Regulations
Overall Grade one semester to complete. It is coded in the academic record as (IP).

Semester GPA This GPA is obtained by dividing the total number of points achieved by
the total number of units designated for all the courses studied in any
semester. Points are calculated by multiplying the designated units by the
weight of the overall grade received in any course (see Appendix B).

Cumulative GPA This GPA is obtained by dividing the total number of points achieved in all
courses studied at the University by the total number of units designated
for those courses (see Appendix B).

General Overall A description of the students academic attainment during the period of
Grade study at the University.

Minimum Study The least number of study units that can be registered for, in view of the
Load cumulative GPA, as decided by the University Council. This is temporarily
recorded for any course whose study requires more than one semester to
complete. It is coded in the academic record as (IP).

21
Admission
Since the start of the academic year 2010 the The procedures governing the application
admission of the students was performed are as follows:
electronically. Electronic admission starts by
applying via the internet and ends by sending 1. Entering tests conducted by the
the acceptance letter and files of those who National Center for measurement and
accepted through express mail freely. Using this evaluation in higher education.
system students do not need to come personally 2. Read the conditions for admission
to the college unless personal interview is a through the portal (electronic gate) or
requirement the site of the Deanship of Admission
and Registration on the internet.
First: Conditions for Admission 3. Filling the application through portal to
accept in the specified period for that.
The following requirements have been 4. After expiry of the period set for the
stipulated for the admission of the new electronic application, admission will
student:- depend on the comparison between

Academic Regulations
the applicants, who meet all the
1. Must obtain a secondary school conditions and automatically according
certificate or equivalent from inside or to the rates, as required by different
outside of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. colleges.
2. Must be Saudi or son of a Saudi mother 5. The requirement to pass the personal
3. The secondary school certificate should interview for admission to some
not be more than five years old and the colleges.
Rector of the University may give 6. Trade-off between the applicants and
exemption from this term if there are the applicants in the light of
good reasons. competitive achievement and their
4. Should be with good conduct and indicators, which includes the
behavior. cumulative percentage of public and
5. Should successfully pass the interview the degree of achievement test and the
conducted by the Senate. degree of testing capabilities.
6. Should be medically fit. 7. Finally results will be announced and
7. Should obtain approval from his candidates could enter through the
employer allowing him to study if he is portal to know the outcome of the
working in private or public sector. nomination and help will be provided
8. Should fulfill any other terms fixed by by e-mail and text message (SMS) via
the Senate. mobile phone.
9. Must not be dismissed from another
university for disciplinary or Third: Registration
educational reasons.
Registration of the students in each class is
Second: The procedure for done automatically according to specific
rules, the applicant can access to the gate of
governing the electronic
academic system on the internet using the
application
22
 user name and password to perform the not include registration periods or final
deletion, addition, or modifications and examinations.
make sure that the recording and printing A final examination must be held for
of his time-table. The student should each course during or at the end of the
confirm his registration during the first study year. For practical or clinical
week of the semester. The minimum course courses of a training nature, their final
registration to the course applicant (12), a examinations may be held at the end of
unit of study and a maximum of (20) unit of the training period.
study commensurate with the students For students who have failed a course,
cumulative average. For student suspended a supplementary examination will be
academically, they must provide a request held at least two weeks before the start
to the college where he is studying. The of the academic year. An overall grade
student who does not wish to study in the of acceptable (D) will be awarded to
first semester or any other semester should students who pass the supplementary
apply for postponing, as the lack of such examination instead of a grade of (F).
application will result in considering him Students who fail the supplementary
failed in the semester. In the case of exams will remain at the same year
possible problems in the students level and repeat any failed courses. The

Academic Regulations
registration, he is advised to consult with same applies to courses that do not
his academic advisoror Student Affairs in his have supplementary exams. The college
college. council or other authorized party may
make exceptions to this rule.
1. Study System A student shall not transfer from one
year to the next until the transfer
Studying at the University proceeds on
requirements are completed.
a level-based system. The system
Students may not register in courses
consists of at least eight levels. The
exceeding two consecutive year levels.
duration of a study level is usually one
semester.
The success of students in their course 2. Level System
work and their ascendance between
study levels is decided by the rules and In the level system, the study year is
requisites for transferring from one divided into two main semesters, in
level to another. addition to the possibility of a summer
It is possible for the study system at semester. If a summer semester is added,
some colleges to proceed on a full the duration will be half the length of the
academic year basis according to the main semester. The requirements for
rules and procedures in its regulation. earning a scientific degree are distributed
Here, the expression study year among levels according to a study plan
replaces the expression study approved by the University Council.
semester. When this occurs, it must
not contradict other admission rules. Students will be transferred from
Courses are offered in the year-long one level to the next if they pass all
system for a study period, which is no the courses at that level.
less than 30 weeks in length. This does The minimum study load is 12
study units, and the maximum for

23
 specializations is 20 study units. student unless there are negative
This load can increase to 23 study remarks about him or her), and the
units for prospective graduates. study schedules are made ready
With the consent of the Permanent before the commencement of the
Committee for Study Systems and study year.
Plans, students may specify
different unit requirements for
specializations that necessitate 3. The Visiting Student
such a procedure.
A visiting student is a
At a certain level, students will be
student who is studying courses in
obligated to repeat all failed
another university or in one of the
courses whose total number of
branches of the University to which he
study units is equal to or greater
or she is not enrolled. For these
than the minimum study load.
students, the subjects studied will be
If the student fails courses whose
equalized.
total number of study units is less
than the minimum study load, he (1) Qassim University students who
or she will be obligated to study wish to be a visiting student at another
those courses along with additional university or college must fulfill the
courses from the levels that follow

Academic Regulations
following requirements:
thereafter and according to other
system rules. Students must have an
Registration in the courses must academic record (with a
be in line with the regulations of cumulative GPA) for at least
the study plan and schedules. one semester at the University
The study load must pertain to to which they are enrolled
the students cumulative GPA so before applying for visiting
that it does not fall below student status.
minimum requirements. Students must obtain prior
Students must avoid approval of their college to be
contradictions in their schedules. a visiting student and specify
the courses they wish to study.
If the student is not able to register for some or The college may stipulate the
all of the courses at the continuing level realization of a certain grade
(because of contradictions, non-completion of to equalize the course.
prerequisites or the completion of all courses at Students are directed to study
that level), he or she can complete the study by an official letter from the
load from the allowable courses if the following Deanship of Admissions and
requirements are met: Registration.
The study must be at a
The number of levels from which recognized college or
course registration is available is university.
limited to two consecutive levels. The courses studied outside
Registration is completed the University must be
automatically (with no need for equivalent to and have a
application on the part of the number of units no less than

24
 one of the courses required The letter of consent must
for graduation. specify the courses at Qassim
The maximum total number of University to be studied.
units counted from outside Students must obtain the
the University is 20% of the consent of the college in which
total number of graduation they wish to study.
units from Qassim University. Students may study a
The GPA of equalized courses maximum of two semesters at
is not counted in the Qassim University.
cumulative GPA. However, Students may not apply for
these courses are included in residence at Qassim University
students academic record. and will not receive payments
Students must submit their from the University.
results to the Deanship of Courses shall be registered for
Admissions and Registration the students by the relevant
within one week after the administrative units, taking
beginning of classes in the first into consideration all the
semester following the period regulations pertaining to

Academic Regulations
of study at the host University. course registration.
If students fail to do so, they Students will be given a letter
will be considered absent for at the end of their study
those semesters (except for indicating their results in the
summer semesters). courses studied.
The monthly stipend will be
disbursed to students after
approval by the Deanship of Affiliation
Admissions and Registration.
After evaluating proposals made by the
Study at the host university
relevant colleges, the University Council
should not exceed two
may advocate study by affiliation in some
semesters.
colleges and specializations. This will be
granted in accordance with the following
(2) Students from another university conditions:
who wish to study as a visiting student
1. The number of units required for
at Qassim University must fulfill the
graduation of the affiliated student
following requirements:
must be no less than those required for
Students must have an graduation of the regular student in the
academic record (with a specializations available for affiliation.
cumulative GPA) for at least
2.The affiliated student will be treated in
one semester from their
the same manner as the regular
university of record.
student in terms of admission,
Students must obtain prior
recording of overall grades, transfer,
written consent from their
dismissal and readmission. The only
university to enroll as a visiting
exceptions are in the case of attending
student at Qassim University.
lectures. The University Council is

25
 authorized on recommendations of Exceptions are at the discretion of the
college councils to set the rules college council.
necessary to evaluate the performance Students who are not present for the
of affiliated students. An indication final examination will receive a score of zero
must be made in the academic record on the examination, and their overall grade
and graduation certificate or diploma in that course will be determined on the
that the student studied by affiliation. basis of their class work grade. The
following are acceptable criteria for
Academic Policy reasonable absences:

Attendance, Withdrawals and Transfers The reason for absence

must be given within one
Regular students must attend at least
week of its occurrence.
75% of all lectures and tutorials or risk
Only involuntary absences,
being barred from entering the final
such as health-related
exam. Any student barred from
issues, will be considered by
entering a final exam for failure to
the college council.
meet the attendance policy will
In cases in which the council
automatically fail the course. Class

Academic Regulations
determines the reason for
work grades will be recorded, and the
absence to be acceptable, a
student will receive an overall grade of
substitute examination will
barred (DN).
be given no later than two
The council of the college offering the
weeks after the following
course will confirm the lists of barred
semester begins. The result
students.
will be recorded the week
If the absence ratio in a course exceeds
the substitute examination
50%, excuses will not be considered, as
is administered.
stipulated in Article 10.
In the semester system,
The lists of debarred students are to be
students must provide a
announced before the beginning of
written justification for
final examinations.
withdrawal at least five
The council of the college (which offers weeks before the beginning
the course), or whoever it authorizes, of final examinations to
can, with exception, lift the disbarment receive a (W) on their
and allow a student to sit for the final reports. In the yearly
examination. This may be done in cases system, students must
in which the student provides an provide written justification
adequate reason for absence and that at least eight weeks before
reason is accepted by the appropriate the final examination.
authority. Exceptions will be made only Exceptions to these time
if the student attended at least 50% of limits can be made only by
classes. the appropriate authority. It
Students whose debarment is lifted can should also be noted that
sit for the final exam in the same the semester in question
semester in which they were debarred. will be counted toward the
overall time limit set for

26
 completing graduation written consent from their
requirements. parents or guardians for
The semesters for which absences.
students request
withdrawals should not
exceed two consecutive Postponement and Non-
semesters or three non- Attendance
consecutive semesters
Students in semester-based
throughout the entire
programs may apply for a
period of study; otherwise,
postponement of study
the students record will be
before, but no later than,
terminated. Students
the first week after the
participating in the yearly
commencement of classes.
system of study are limited
The application must be
to two withdrawals in non-
provided in written form
consecutive years. It is left
and approved by a college
to the Permanent
dean. The postponement
Committee for Students
period is for a maximum

Academic Regulations
Academic Problems to make
duration of two consecutive
exceptions to this policy,
semesters or three non-
and exceptions will only be
consecutive semesters. In
considered subsequent to a
the case of the yearly
written recommendation
system, the maximum
from a dean.
period is for one year or two
Written requests for
non-consecutive years. The
withdrawals will only be
University Council may
considered after approval
make exceptions to these
from the respective college
rules on the
dean and an official
recommendations of the
notification from the
relevant college council and
Deanship of Admissions and
the approval of the
Registration.
Permanent Committee for
For the written request of Students Academic
withdrawal to be accepted, Problems. The
the student will be postponement duration will
subjected to the issues of not be counted in the time
attendance as stipulated in limit set for the completion
article 15. of graduation requirements.
The withdrawing student Postponement will go into
will be automatically effect only after the
registered for the following approval of the appropriate
semester after withdrawal college dean and an official
has been confirmed. notification from the
In addition to the Deanship of Admissions and
aforementioned conditions, Registration.
female students will need

27
 Students will be for Students Academic Problems can
automatically registered the make exceptions to this rule according
semester following the to certain criteria set by the committee.
postponement. A students record can be reinstated
The record of regular only once. However, the University
students will be terminated Rector can make exceptions based on
if they do not attend classes the recommendations of the
for the first seven weeks of Permanent Committee for Students
the semester. Academic Problems.
The list of terminated The record of a student who has been
student records will be dismissed from the University on
provided by the colleges to academic grounds will not be
the Deanship of Admissions reinstated.
and Registration eight The record will not be reinstated for
weeks after the semester students who have been dismissed
begins. from the University on an educational
Students visiting other or disciplinary basis or for students who
universities for a semester have been dismissed from another

Academic Regulations
will not be counted as non- university for disciplinary reasons. If it
attending. becomes known that the student had
been dismissed for such reasons, the
record after reinstatement will be
Reinstating a Students Record considered null and void as of the date
of reinstatement.
Students whose records have been
terminated may apply for reinstatement
Transfer within Colleges
(including their old student number) according
to the following criteria: The student can, with the consent of
the college dean, transfer from one
The application for reinstating the
specialization to another within the
record must be submitted within four
college according to preconditions set
semesters (or two academic years for
by the college council.
colleges that apply the year system)
The remaining period of stay for the
after termination of the record.
student at the University must be
The college council in question must
sufficient to complete graduation
agree to reinstate the students record
requirements.
in accordance with set regulations.
The procedures of transfer must be
If four or more years elapse after the
finished within the first week
termination of a students record (or
following the beginning of the
two or more academic years for
semester or academic year for
colleges that apply the year system),
colleges using the year system.
students must submit a new
Students must study for at least one
application to the University, without
semester before requesting a
reference to their previous studies, and
transfer.
satisfy all current requirements of
Students can transfer only once
application. The Permanent Committee
throughout their period of university

28
 study. The college council will make For students to whom the
an exception to this rule only once. aforementioned transfer rules are not
The Deanship of Admissions and applicable, it is the responsibility of the
Registration must be notified of the president of the University to make
transferred students during the exceptions when necessary. These
second week following the beginning exceptions will be based on
of the semester. recommendations of the Permanent
Cases to which these rules do not Committee for Students Academic
apply will be directed to the college Problems.
council to consider and make The academic record of the student
appropriate decisions. transferring from one college to
The academic record of the student another will include all subjects studied
transferring from one specialization in addition to overall grades and
to another should include all the cumulative and semester GPAs.
subjects studied, overall grades and
semester and cumulative GPAs
Transfer from Outside the University

Academic Regulations
throughout the students study at the
University.
The transfer of a student from outside

the University may be accepted in accordance
Transfer from One College to Another
with the following rules:
With the recommendations of the
The deans of the colleges in the
deans of the relevant two colleges and the
university being transferred from and
approval of the Permanent Committee for
the university being transferred to
Students Academic Problems, students may
(Qassim University) must consent.
transfer from one college to another in
The student must have studied at least
accordance with the conditions set by the
one semester at a recognized college or
council of the college to which the student
university.
wishes to transfer. The following conditions
The student should not have been
apply to such transfers:
dismissed for disciplinary reasons by
The remaining period of stay for the the university from which they are
student at the university must be transferring.
sufficient to complete graduation Students must satisfy the transfer
requirements. conditions set by the college council to
Transfer procedures must be which they are transferring.
completed within the first week of the The number of units, which the
semester or academic year for colleges transferring student would be required
using the year system. to study at Qassim University, may not
Students can transfer only after be less than 60% of the total number of
completing at least one semester of units required to receive a bachelors
study at the college from which they degree from the University.
are transferring. Transfer is permissible only once
Students are allowed to transfer only throughout the students entire period
once throughout the entire period of of study at any university in the
their university study. Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.

29
 The duration of time that the student Students may be dismissed from the University
spent at the university being in the following cases:
transferred from and the time
remaining to be spent at Qassim First
University must not exceed the average
A student receives three consecutive warnings
of the minimum and maximum period
that his or her cumulative GPA has fallen below
of stay at the college.
the stipulated minimum (2.00 out of 5.00). In
Transfer procedures must be such a situation, the student may be afforded a
completed two weeks before the start
fourth opportunity in the following cases:
of the semester or academic year for
colleges using the year system. The student raises his or her cumulative
For students to whom the GPA to two (2.00), assuming that he or
aforementioned transfer rules are not she had achieved forty-eight (48) points
applicable, the University Rector can from studying twelve (12) study units
exceptionally preclude them if and provided that these are calculated
necessary on the recommendation of and executed automatically. It is at the

Academic Regulations
the Permanent Committee for college councils discretion to provide
Students Academic Problems. other opportunities if the student
The college council will equalize the cannot raise the cumulative GPA to two
courses that the student had studied (2.00) given the former assumption.
outside the University on the The college council, at its discretion,
recommendations of the departments decides to grant students who have
that offer the courses in question. The been dismissed because of warnings an
equalized courses will be included in opportunity that does not exceed two
the students academic record, but semesters at most and in accordance
they do not count in calculating the with the following:
cumulative GPA.
If at any time the student had been
dismissed for disciplinary reasons, the There must be an
transfer will be considered null and improvement in the
void by the University. students performance in
If it becomes known that the the last two semesters.
transferred student had given incorrect This would be the case if
information, the student will be dividing the total number
referred to the Permanent Disciplinary of points for the two
Committee of the University. semesters into the
The student can transfer in any number of registered
semester from one university to units yields a figure no
another in accordance with the timing less than two (2.00). This
and procedures announced by the may not include the
university being transferred to and in summer semester.
conformity with the general rules of The student must have
transfer. the capacity to raise his or
her cumulative GPA to
two (2.00) when and if he
Dismissal from the University or she receives the

30
 opportunity and registers previous assumption the college
in the available courses. council may offer another opportunity
In case the two previous at its sole discretion.
conditions are not
applicable, the college Second
council will make
recommendations to the Students will be dismissed if they cannot
Permanent Committee of complete graduation requirements in time.
Students Academic However, the college council can make an
Problems to make a exception to students to complete graduation
decision to that effect. requirements within a period not exceeding
twice the length of time specified for graduation
and in accordance with the following terms:
The University Council reserves the
right to evaluate exceptional cases in The reasons must be acceptable to the
which students have exhausted the college council.
There must be an improvement in the

Academic Regulations
opportunities provided them from the
two previous sections and to offer students performance in the last two
them further opportunities. This is not semesters. This would be the case if
to exceed two semesters at most on dividing the total number of points for
the recommendation of the Permanent the two semesters into the number of
Committee for Students Academic registered units yields a figure no less
Problems, which in turn is based on the than two (2.00 out of 5.00). This may
recommendation of the college council. not include the summer semester. If
On submitting such a case to the these terms are inapplicable to the
University Council, the student must student, the case will be referred to
ensure that his or her performance has the Permanent Committee to make a
improved in the last two semesters. decision.
This would be the case if dividing the The University Council holds the right
total number of points for the two to make exceptions to these guidelines
semesters into the number of for dismissed students who have
registered units yields a figure no less surpassed the double time limit. This
than two (2.00). This may not include will be done on the recommendation
the summer semester. of the Permanent Committee for
For colleges that apply the year system, Students Academic Problems, which
the student will be dismissed from the in turn will be based on
university if his or her cumulative GPA recommendations of the college
falls below two (2.00) for two council. In such cases, the exception
consecutive years. The student may be should not exceed two semesters. The
offered a single opportunity to raise his following should be observed when
or her GPA to two (2.00) (on the referring the case to the University
assumption that he or she had earned Council:
96 points from 24 study units) provided
that this is executed automatically. If
o The remaining courses for the
the student cannot raise the
students graduation must be
cumulative GPA to two (2.00), given the

31
 completed in a period not course and allocate to them some portion of the
exceeding two semesters. final exam grade that it deems appropriate.
o There must be an
improvement in the students The department council offering a
performance in the last two course can, at its own discretion and on the
semesters. This is the case recommendation of the instructor of the course,
when dividing the total allow a student to complete any courses
number of points for the two requirements in the following semester and
semesters into the number of register an overall grade of incomplete (IC) in his
registered units yields a figure or her record. In such a case, the grade to be
no less than two (2.00 out of counted in the students semester or cumulative
5.00). This does not include GPA will not be less than the grade after
the summer semester. completing the courses requirements. If a full
semester elapses and the (IC) grade is not
changed, the grade will be replaced by an (F)
Third and included in the students semester and
cumulative GPA.
Colleges must consider all the cases
they receive, refer them to their councils and Research and symposia courses or

Academic Regulations
thereafter notify the Deanship of Admissions courses of a practical or field nature can be
and Registration about the decisions made by excluded from the provisos of articles (22, 23,
the second week after the start of classes. 24) depending on the decision the college
council makes based on the recommendation of
Examinations the council of the department from which the
course is offered. The college council decides
1. -Final Examinations the form of measurement for a students
attainment in these courses.
The college council offering the course
determines the weight of the semester course If the research courses require more
work. The weight should be between 30% and than one study semester, an overall grade of
50% of the total grade for the course based on a (continued) will be registered for the student,
recommendation of the department council. and after finishing the course, the student will
be awarded the overall grade. If the student
The grade for the semester course
does not complete the course in the allotted
work is based on one of the following:
time, the council of the department offering will
Oral or practical examinations or register an overall grade of (IC) in the students
research and other types of class record.
activities or all or part of these and at
The general overall grade for the
least one written examination.
cumulative GPA upon the students graduation,
At least two written examinations.
on the assumption that the weight of the overall
grade is out of five (5.00), shall be as follows:
The college council that offers the course can,
(Excellent): If the cumulative GPA is no
on the recommendation of the department
less than 4.50.
council, include oral and/or practical
(V. Good): If the cumulative GPA is from
examinations in the final examination of any
3.75 to less than 4.50.

32
 (Good): If the cumulative GPA is from The instructor of the course prepares
2.75 to less than 3.75. the questions of the examination, or
(Satisfactory): If the cumulative GPA is questions may be prepared, if
from 2.00 to less than 2.75. necessary, by someone the college
council chooses on the
recommendation of the head of the
The first class honors degree will be department.
awarded to those students who achieve a The instructor of the course grades the
cumulative GPA between (4.75) and (5.00). The final examination scripts, and the head
second class honors degree will be awarded to of the department may, if necessary,
those students who achieve a cumulative GPA add one or more specialist to
greater than (4.25) but less than (4.75). participate in grading. The college
council may nominate, if necessary,
To receive the first or second class
whoever it deems fit to undertake the
honors degree, the student must satisfy the
grading.
following conditions:

Academic Regulations
The grader of the final examination
The student must not have must record the grades scored by the
failed any of the courses at the students on the record lists prepared
University or other for that purpose, sign them up, and
universities. have them sanctioned by the head of
The student must have the department.
completed all graduation The student may not sit for more than
requirements within a period two examinations in one day; the
not exceeding the average of University Council holds the right to
the maximum and minimum make exceptions.
periods of stay allowed at the The student may not enter the final
awarding college. examination half an hour after it
The student must have studied begins, nor may the student exit the
no less than 60% of graduation exam hall until half an hour after the
requirements at Qassim exam begins.
University. Cheating on the examination,
attempting to do so or going against
the directions and rules for
2. Procedures for Final Examinations examinations are violations, and
students will be disciplined in
The college council forms a committee
accordance with the student discipline
to organize the progress of the
regulation issued by the University
examinations and submits the results
Council.
to the Deanship of Admissions and
Registration within a period no more
than three days after the date of any The college council that offers the course
courses examination. can approve the re-grading of examination
The college council may decide to scripts, when necessary, for that course
impose confidentiality on the within a period not surpassing the
procedures of the final examinations. beginning of the final exams for the
following semester.

33
3. Rules for Re-Grading Exams council to make a decision. The
councils decision is final.
The college council that offers the The committee can recommend that
course can approve re-grading of a the student be referred to the
script, when necessary, on the request Universitys Permanent Disciplinary
of the student concerned. This should Committee if deemed necessary.
be done within the first week of the The college council can, on the
following semester. recommendation of the relevant
The student must not have made a department council, set the time limit
previous request for re-grading an for the written final examination
examination that was found unjustified. provided that it is no less than an hour
The student may not apply for the re- or more than three hours.
grading of more than one examination Without violating the provisions of
script in a single semester. articles (3140), the University Council
The college must prepare a form that will set the regulations pertaining to
includes the aforementioned the procedures of final exams.

Academic Regulations
information in addition to other
information, including student name,
university number, the courses 4. The Academic Record
number, code and title, section
number, semester number, absence The academic record shows the
rate, cumulative GPA, warnings, course students educational progress. It includes all
instructors name, examination date, the courses the student studied in each
reasons for applying for re-grading and semester, including the course codes, numbers,
a pledge by the student that the study units, overall grades scored and their code
information presented is correct. values. The academic record also shows the
semester and cumulative GPA and the general
In case the re-grading is approved, the
overall grade, in addition to the courses from
college council will form a committee
for re-grading the scripts. The which the transfer student has been exempted.
committee will submit a report
regarding the case to the college

34
GRADUATE STUDIES
Organization of Graduate Studies
Article 4
Objectives of Graduate Studies
A Deanship of Graduate Studies will be
Article 1
established in every University. The Dean will
The Graduate Studies program aims to:
report to the Vice-Rector for Graduate Studies
1. Promote the research and publication
and Scientific Research. The Deanship will
of Islamic and Arabic studies;
supervise all programs of graduate studies in the
2. Contribute to the enrichment of human
University; coordinate them; recommend their
knowledge in all fields through
approval where appropriate; and, subject them
specialized studies and research in
to periodic reviews.
order to make new scientific and
applied contributions and create
Article 5
innovative discoveries
The Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies
3. Provide opportunities for
will consider issues relating to graduate studies
undergraduate students to pursue their
in the University in general and make the
graduate studies locally;
necessary decisions within its authority as per
4. Develop qualified scientific and
this unified regulating rules; specifically, the
professional human resources in
Council will:
different fields of knowledge.
1. Propose/revise the general policy for
5. Encourage qualified scientists to keep
graduate studies and its coordination

Graduate Studies
pace with the rapid developments in
with all University Colleges and
science and technology to direct their
institutes and follow-up its
research towards the solution of
implementation after initial approval;
problems in Saudi society; and
2. Propose, in coordination with academic
6. Continue with the improvement of
departments, the internal regulating
undergraduate programs in order to
rules concerning the organization of
interface efficiently with graduate
graduate studies;
studies/programs.
3. Propose criteria for admission to
graduate studies and supervise their
The Scientific Degrees
implementation;
Article2
4. Recommend the approval of new
The University Council awards the following
programs of graduate studies and their
scientific degrees according
coordination with existing programs;
to the College and Department Councils and
5. Recommend the approval of graduate
approval of the
courses as well as revise or change
Council of Deanship of Graduate Studies:
their contents;
1- Diploma.
6. Recommend in Arabic and English, the
2- Master degree.
names for the graduate degrees as per
3- Doctoral degree.
the recommendations of the college
councils;
Article3
7. Recommend the granting of degrees.
Studying requirements for the scientific degrees
8. Make final decisions in matters relating
are determined according
to graduate students a airs in the
to these regulating rules, except the following.
University;
1- Medical diplomas.
9. Approve the formulation of thesis and
2- Medical fellowships which are controlled by
dissertation committees, and report
the regulating rules issued by the University
the relevant a committees decision.
Council
10. Formulate the general guidelines for
research plans; set up rules and regulations
for writing theses/dissertations; print,
submit and develop forms for their defense
and evaluation;

35
11. Evaluate periodically the graduate studies the assurances regarding the quality of teaching,
programs at the University through research, and supervision of research.
committees from within the University or 2. The Department should have acquired
from outside; sufficient experience in managing
12. Study the periodic reports submitted by undergraduate program if the new program is
academic departments in the University for a masters degree if it is for a doctorate
and; degree, experience in managing master,s
13. Study the items referred to it by the program is required .
University Council, or its Board Chairman, or 3. The number of students expected to enroll in
the Rector. the program should be sufficient to guarantee
the continuation of the program.
Article 6
The Council of Deanship of Graduate Studies Article 8
consists of the following: With consideration of the requirements in
1. Dean of Graduate Studies, acting as the Article 7, the Department submits to the College
Chairman of the Council; Council a detailed proposal of the program
2. Dean of Scientific Research, member; explaining the following:
3. Deputy Dean of Graduate Studies, 1. The program objectives and the need of the
secretary general of the council Saudi society for it;
4. A faculty member, of associate 2. The nature of the program from its academic
professor rank (at least), from each and professional focus
College offering graduate programs, appointed 3. The importance of the program and its

Graduate Studies
by the University Council as per the justification after reviewing what other
recommendations of the College Council and departments are offering in the same area of
the approval of the Rector, for a 2- years specialization in the University and other
renewable term. universities in the Kingdom;
4. The facilities available or what will be
The Council shall meet at least once a month. A procured by the Department to assure the
minimum of two thirds of its members is promotion of high academic and professional
required to be a formal meeting. Its decisions quality for the program, especially, in the major
are taken by simple majority, and in the case of research areas identified by the Department
equal vote with or against a suggestion, the one 5. Faculty stability and turnover during the
supported by the head of the council is adopted. previous five years;
The decision of the council should be considered 6. The CVs of all faculty members in the
final if there is no objection from the Rector department and other faculty members in the
within 15 days from the date received in the University who are involved in the program in
rectors office. The council can from standing or question.
temporary committees from its members or
others and charge them with various tasks. Article 9
The Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies
New Programs will review the program proposal and
Article 7 coordinate its requirements and other existing
The University Council will set detailed program requirements, if any, to avoid
standards to approve the graduate programs duplication of effort. If the council is satisfied, it
based on the recommend.ations of the Council may recommend that the program be approved
of the Deanship of Graduate Studies after by the University Council.
consideration of the following:
1. There should be sufficient faculty members of Article 10
the rank of professor and associate professor Any adjustments in the curriculum, program
specialized in the program. In addition, sufficient requirements, or admission requirements
research facilities including laboratories, should be approved by the University Council as
computer resources, etc., should be available to per recommendations of the Council of the
ensure the success of the program together with

36
Deanship of the Graduate Studies in deanship of graduate studies can waive this
coordination with the department concerned. condition for upper good ( C+ ) on condition that
his/her grade is very good in the specialized
Article 11 Courses . Board, given that The Council of the
Combined graduate programs can be Deanship of Graduate Studies can add other
established between two or more Departments requirements as per the recommendations of
or between two or more Colleges according to the Department Council and the support of the
guidelines approved by the University Council College Council.
based on the recommendations of the Council
of the Deanship of Graduate Studies in Article 16
coordination with the Departments concerned. Admission to a Doctoral degree program
CONDITIONS FOR ACCEPTANCE requires a minimum overall master degree
performence of very good if it is from a
Article 12 university with a letter-grading system. The
The University Council determines the number Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies
of students to be admitted each year for the may add other necessary admission
graduate studies as per the recommendations of requirements as per the recommendation of the
the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies Department Council and the support of the
and suggestions by Department and College College Council.
Councils.
Article 17
Article 13 A graduate student may be admitted to masters

Graduate Studies
For Admission to the Graduate Studies, the or doctoral program other than his/her original
following general requirements should be field of study as per the recommendations
satisfied: of the Councils of Department and the College
1. The applicant must be a Saudi national or concerned, together with the approval of the
must have official scholarship to the Graduate Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies.
Studies (for non-Saudis);
2. The applicant must have a university degree Article 18
from a Saudi university or from another The concerned department may require student
recognized university; in a master or doctoral program to take a
3. He/she must have a record of good behavior number of deficiency courses for a maximum
and be medically fit. period of three semesters with the following
4. Recommendation letters should be submitted considerations:
from two of his/her former professors. 1. The deficiency courses must be completed at
5. An approval letter from his/her employer is the first attempt with a grade not less than
required, if the applicant is employed; good ( C ) .
6. The basis in Ph.D. programs is that the 2.the cumulative GPA in all deficiency courses
student should be a full-time student. However, must not be less than very good (B);
the University Council can decide exception 3. Registration for the intended graduate studies
from this requirement whenever it is inevitable. program will not commence until the deficiency
The Council of each university can add any other courses are passed. The Department concerned
general requirements as necessary. may allow the student to enroll in such graduate
courses if only one or two deficiency courses
Article 14 remain;
Admission to a postgraduate diploma requires 4. The time period required for completing the
an undergraduate performance of not less than deficiency courses is not considered a part of
good ( c grade ) the maximum residency period for the degree in
question;
Article 15 5. Deficiency courses are not included in the
Admission to masters degree program requires GPA calculated on for graduate studies
a minimum over all undergraduate performance
of very good ( B ) However the council for the

37
Procedure for acceptance will not be included as part of the maximum
Article 19 residency period allowed for completing the
Admission and registration of graduate students degree.
should be conducted through the Deanship of
Graduate Studies in coordination with the Article 22
Deanship of Admission and Registration, and to Studies may only be postponed following the
accept students in accordance with the approval of the relevant Department Council,
following: and Dean of the College concerned, and the
1. Apply for admission and have the Dean of Graduate Studies according to the
required documents presented to the following:
Deanship of Graduate studies from the 1. The student must have finished at least one
beginning of the second week until the semester or more, or completed a good part of
end of the fifth week of the semester his thesis;
preceding the start of the study. 2. Postponement must not exceed four
2. The Deanship of Graduate studies semesters (2 academic years);
transfer the documents of those who 3. The student must submit a postponement
wish acceptance to the relevant request two weeks before the beginning of the
departments within a period not semester;
exceeding the end of the sixth week of 4.The postponement period is not included in
the previous semester to begin the the maximum residency period required for the
study. degree.
3. Recommends that the relevant parts of

Graduate Studies
the council to accept students for a Article 23
period not exceeding the tenth week of The student can request to drop all courses of
the semester prior to the the semester subject to the following
commencement of the study, and conditions:
return the documents to the Deanship 1. He/she must submit the form for dropping
of Graduate studies within two weeks before the final examination;
from the date of the recommendation. 2. Approval of the Department Council together
4. The Council of Deanship of Graduate with the approvals of the Dean of the College
studies issues the decision regarding concerned and the Dean of Graduate Studies,
the acceptance. are required;
5. After the issuance of decisions to 3. This semester must not be considered from
accept students, Deanship of Graduate the additional attempts given to the student.
studies send the entire original 4. This semester will be considered as part of
documents to the Deanship of the postponement period that mentioned to it
Admission and Registration, and in Article22.
provide the relevant parts of the list of
admitted students before the start of Withdrawal
registration period in course in at least Article 24
two weeks. If a student has withdrawn voluntarily from
graduate studies, and then decided to return, all
Article 20 the current admission requirements must be
A student cannot enroll in two graduate met.
programs at the same time. 1. If the student has withdrawn voluntarily and
then decided to return, the department can
Deferment and Dropping count for him all or some of deficiency courses
Article 21 that student has already studied before
The student may postpone his admission for not withdrawal.
more than two semesters based on the approval 2. The main or major courses been studied by
of the relevant Department Council, the Dean of the student before withdrawal should not be
the College concerned, and the Dean of counted for him.
Graduate Studies. This period of postponement

38
 Deanship of Graduate Studies with the following
Article 25 considerations:
A student would be considered to have 1. If the period between dismissal and the
voluntarily discontinued his/her program and application for readmission exceeds six
would be dismissed in the following cases: semesters, the student will be treated as a new
1. If he is accepted in the program and doesnt applicant regardless of the number of credit
register during the registration period; hours he earned before.
2. If he/she registers in a semester but does not 2. If the period between dismissal and the
a end classes in that application for readmission is 6 semesters or
semester. less, the student may be asked to repeat some
courses. These courses will be identified by the
Dismissal and Readmission Department and College Councils and approved
Article 26 by the Council of the Deanship of Graduate
The Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies Studies. The credit hours earned from the time
may decide to dismiss a student if: of readmission will be counted in his GPA
1. The student gains admission to graduate calculation. The previous period attended in the
studies but does not register during the program by the student will be counted as part
registration period; of his/her maximum residency period for the
2. He/she registers in a semseter but does not degree in question.
end classes in that semester.
3. He/she withdraws or discontinues the Additional Attempts
program for one semester without an Article 28

Graduate Studies
acceptable excuse; Item (5) of Article 26 may be exempted to give a
4. He/she does not show his seriousness in student an additional attempt at graduating for
studying or does not fulfill his academic duties one or two semesters (maximum) as per the
according to Article 52 of these regulating rules recommendations of both the Department and
5.His/her GPA is below B for two consecutive College Councils and the approval of the Council
semester, of the Deanship of Graduate Studies.
6. He/she exceeds the postponement periods
mentioned in Article 22 of these regulating rules Article 29
7. If he/she violated the scientific honesty during Item (10) of Article 26 may be exempted to give
the period of studying courses or during his/her a student an additional attempt at graduating
thesis work, or if the rules and regulations not exceeding two semesters following the
of the university are violated; recommendations of the supervisor and the
8. He/she does not pass the comprehensive Department, College, and Deanship of Graduate
examination (if required) at the second attempt; Studies Councils.
9. The thesis committee disqualifies the thesis
for defense or does not accept it following the Transfer
defense; and Article 30
10. His/her program remains incomplete A student can transfer from one recognized
following the expiry of the maximum residency university to the University as per the
period according to Article 36. recommendation of both the Department and
11. His/her program remains incomplete College Councils and the approval of the Council
following the expiry of the maximum residency of the Deanship of Graduate Studies after
period according to Article 36. consideration of the following:
1. The student must satisfy the admission
Article 27 requirements and other departmental
In extremely limited cases, a students _le can requirements as necessary.
be reinstated if the Department and College 2. The student must not be dismissed, for any
Councils support his/her readmission request, reason, from the university from which he is
with justification. The readmission is to be transferring.
approved by University Council based on the 3. The number of credit hours earned will be
recommendations of the Council of the calculated according to the following:

39
(a) Courses under consideration should not have The University Council determines the required
been taken more than six semesters preceding courses for the diploma degree as well as the
the application. name of the diploma degree as per proposal of
(b) The topics of the credit hours to be both the Department and College Councils
transferred must meet the current program concerned and the recommendations of the
requirements. Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies.
(c) The percentage of the credit hours to be
transferred must not be more than 30% of the Article 34
new program requirements. Studying for a doctoral degree involves one of
(d) The grade of the transferred courses should the following two approaches:
not be less than Very Good (B). 1. Coursework and dissertation with a minimum
(e) The transferred credit hours will not be of 30 educational units after the masters
included in the GPA calculation. degree in addition to the dissertation.
(f ) The Department Council will recommend the 2. Dissertation and some courses with a
transfer of credits, to be approved by the minimum of 12 specialized educational units
Councils of the College and the Deanship of from the major, seminars, or research sessions
Graduate Studies. as required, according to the students academic
background and field of study .
Article 31
The students major can be changed at the Article 35
university according to the recommendations of The academic year is divided into two semesters
the Department and College Councils and the each one is not less than 15 weeks not counting

Graduate Studies
approval of the Council of the Deanship of registration and test period and one summer
Graduate Studies taking the following into semester which is not less than 8 weeks in which
consideration: the teaching period is doubled for each course.
1. The student satis_es the admission and any In same colleges the study may be .yearly -
other requirements deemed necessary by the based according to the Universty Council which
Department.QT does not contradict with this unified regulating
2. Educational Units earned at the University rules of Gradute Studies.
may be counted, if the new Department
approves its compatibility with the new program Article 36
to be transferred to. These credits will be 1. The maximum residency period for a masters
included in the GPA calculation. degree must not be less than four semesters
3. The student should not have been previously and not more than eight semesters; not
dismissed for any of the reasons indicated in including the summer sessions.
Article 26. 2. The residency period for a doctoral degree
4. The period spent in the previous major will be must not be less than six semesters and not
considered part of the maximum residency more than ten semesters; the summer sessions
period for the degree in question. are not included.
5. Only one change of major is allowed during
the maximum residency period for the degree in Article 37
question. The maximum residency period for a degree
starts from the registration for graduate courses
System of Study up to the submission date of a report from the
Article 32 students advisor with a copy of the thesis (or
Studying for a postgraduate diploma includes any other requirements to the student program)
courses, field work, applied courses and to the Department Chairman.
experimental activities that satisfy the following:
1. The residency period should not be less than Article 38
of two semesters and not more than four A graduate student must take at least 70% of
semesters; and the required educational units in the University
2. The number of credit hours should not be less awarding the degree. All work related to his
than 24 and not more than 36.

40
thesis/ dissertation must be completed in the were approved by the Higher Education Council,
same University. in its second meeting on 11/6/1416 H, subject to
what is stipulated in Article 40 of the unified
Article 39 regulating rules for Graduate Studies in Saudi
A student cannot graduate until all the degree universities, i.e., the exceptions mentioned.
requirements are completed. At graduation, the
general grade of the student is to be very good Rules for the Comprehensive Test for the
(B) at least . Doctorate
1. The comprehensive examination is composed
P of two parts: written and oral.
System of Examinations 2. The comprehensive examination (written and
Article 40 oral) will be in the major field and secondary
Conducting and grading graduate courses for fields (if any).
diploma, master and doctoral degrees should 3. The comprehensive exam aims to measure
follow the undergraduate studies and the students capability, depth and areas:
examination rules and regulations which were a. Knowledge: the exam aims to measure the
approved by the Higher Education Council in its students capability, depth and comprehension
second meeting on 11/6/1416 H, with the to understand the major field subjects, and also
exception of the following: secondary fields (if any).
1. A minimum of good ( C ) grade is required b. Analysis : the exam aims to measure the
from the student to pass a course. students capability in analyzing and making
2. The Council of the Deanship of Graduate complementary action between concepts and

Graduate Studies
Studies should set appropriate conclusion, and in suggesting reasonable
policies as per the department councils solutions and reasonable answers for questions
recommendation and approval of the college directed to him/her.
Council with regard to substitute examinations 4. The Comprehensive Exam Committee:
and courses requiring a duration of study of a. The department council establishes an exam
more than one semester. committee of odd numbered members, from
3. Masters students -if required by the full professors and associate professors, An
program- and doctoral students must pass assistant professor, with two years experience
comprehensive oral and written examinations as assistant professor
after the completion of all the required can be chosen as a member of this committee.
coursework. This comprehensive examination b. The committee is responsible for preparing
should be conducted by a specialized committee the comprehensive exams, to correct them, and
according to regulations set by the University to announce exam results. The committee then
Council as per the recommendations raises the exam results to the department
of the Department Council and the approval of council for approval.
the College Council concerned and the Council c. If the program requirements contain a major
of the Deanship of Graduate Studies. This field or secondary fields from outside the
examination should cover the students major department, then it is so necessary that one of
field of the study as well as the other related the staff members of the concerned
fields if exist. The student will be considered a department/departments should be a member
candidate for the degree in question if he passes of the committee.
the examination at the first time. In case of 5. Written Exam: a. The written exam is to be
failure in the examination or part of it, a second held during the semester coming after the
chance will be given to the student within the student has finished the courses. The exam is
following two semesters. Failure to pass the held at a time determined by the exam
examination the Council a second time will committee. After the approval of the
incur dismissal from the program. The marks department council, the student can postpone
scored by the student are to be recorded the exam for one semester.
according to the regulating rules of b. Failing to pass the exam, the student can be
Undergraduate Studies and Examination which given an extra chance to re-take the exam,
during the two following semesters.

41
c. Failing to pass the exam in the extra chance, Article 42
the student is to be dismissed and this is to be After passing all the admission requirements
according to the recommendation of and completing at least 50 % of the required
department council and college Council, and courses, with a minimum cumulative GPA ofB
approval of Deanship of ,the graduate student should submit his/her
Graduate Studies council. thesis/dissertation proposal, if any, to the
6. Oral Examination: a. After passing the written department concerned. If the proposal is
exam, the student should sit for the oral exam, approved, the Department Council will assign
at a time decided upon by the exam committee. either a thesis advisor, and co-advisor if
b. Failing to pass the oral exam, the student has required, or thesis committee members and its
the right to re-take an chairman. Subsequently, this information should
extra oral exam at any time, but not later than be submitted to the Council of the Deanship of
the next semester. Graduate Studies for approval, as per the
c. Failing to pass the extra oral exam, the recommendations of the College Council.
student will be dismissed, and this is to be
according to the recommendation of the Article 43
department council and the College Council, and Masters thesis should reflect originality and
approval of the Deanship of Graduate Studies involve a new contribution, and doctoral
Council. dissertation should also reflect originality and
7. The duration (time) of the Comprehensive innovation, together with an effective
Exam: According to the recommendation of contribution to the advancement of knowledge
concerned department council, the college in the students field of study.

Graduate Studies
council determines the duration (time) of each
of written and oral exams. Article 44
8. The marks needed to pass the Comprehensive Subject of masters thesis and doctoral
Exam: dissertation should be written in Arabic. Other
a. Each exam (written and oral) has an languages can be used in some majors with the
independent full mark (100). approval of the University Council as per
b. PhD student passes the written and oral recommendations of the Department and
exams, if he scores at least 70% in written and College Councils, and the Council of the
70% in oral, from each member of the Deanship of Graduate Studies. In such cases, an
committee. Arabic perfect summary must be included.
c. Masters degree student passes the written
and oral exams, if he achieves at least 70% in Article 45
written, and 70% in oral, from most of the The thesis/dissertation advisors must be of
members of the exam committee. professorial or an associate professorial rank
9. The college must submit to the Deanship of who are faculty members of the University. An
Graduate studies the results of written and oral assistant professor may be nominator as master
exams, in two weeks from the date of the thesis advisor if he worked two years as
exam. assistant professor and has at least two papers
published or accepted for publication in his field
Thesis /Dissertation of specialty in refereed journals. then the
Preparation of Thesis/Dissertation and refereed books can be considered instead of
Supervision: papers. A professor or associate professor from
Article 41 the same department can participate and help
On joining the program, each graduate student in supervision. The assistant professor can
should be assigned an academic advisor. The participate and help in supervision years an
advisor will guide and help the student to assistant professor and has at least one paper
choose the subject of the thesis/dissertation published or accepted for publication (in his
and research plan according to the regulations field of specialization) in a reference journal.
approved by the University Council, as per
recommendations of the Council of the
Deanship of Graduate Studies.

42
Article 46 concerned should suggest a replacement, to be
The thesis/dissertation advisor may be a non- approved by the College Council and the Council
faculty member of the University with of the Deanship of Graduate Studies.
distinguished qualifications and experience in
academic research. This requires the approval of Article 50
the University Council, based on By the end of each semester, the advisor should
recommendations by the Department Council report, in detail to the department chairman
concerned, the College Council, and the Council about the students progress, to copy of the
of the Deanship of Graduate Studies, and in report should be sent to the Dean of Graduate
accordance with the following rules: Studies.
A. Masters Thesis
a. The holder of a doctorate Article 51
b. That have been on obtaining a Student completion of the thesis/dissertation
doctorate at least 3 years must be reported by the advisor to the
c. To have at least 3 papers in Chairman of the Department concerned, in
the area of concern papers order to initiate the completion of the
published or accepted for procedure determined by the Council of the
publication in scientific Deanship of Graduate Studies. The procedures
journals. are:
B. Doctoral Thesis
a. The holder of a doctorate Names of member of examiners raised to the
b. That have been on obtaining a graduate studies council and decision should be

Graduate Studies
doctorate at least 5 years taken in one month from the date of the College
c. To have at least 6 papers in Board.
the area of concern papers After the approval of the Deanship of
published or accepted for Graduate Studies on the formation of
publication in scientific the Examination panel the department
journals. head, refer the thesis to the members
of the committee and set a date for
Article 47 discussion.
Based on the nature of the thesis/dissertation, a The discussion of the thesis can be in
co-advisor can be assigned from other public, or may be confidential, and the
departments in the University, provided that the decision of the committee is
thesis/dissertation advisor is assigned from the immediately made after discussion.
department awarding the degree. In the case of non-validity of the thesis
or the discussion altogether, the Dean
Article 48 of Graduate Studies should be notified;
A faculty member can be in the same time co- to cancel the students enrollment.
advisor or co-advisor for a maximum of four The time between the approval of the
thesis and when deeply necessary, the number Deanship of Postgraduate Studies on
can be raised to five following the the formation of the judging panel
recommendations of the Department Council must not exceed four months (not
concerned and the approval of the College counting the public holidays within this
Council, and the Council of the Deanship of period).
Graduate Studies. For the purpose of calculating
a faculty thesis/ dissertation will be counted as Article 52
one credit hour, whether the faculty member is Based of the academic advisors report a lack of
the sole advisor or the major advisor. commitment by a student towards his studies
and other academic duties will result in an
Article 49 academic warning by the Department Council
If the advisor cannot continue supervising the concerned. If, after two warnings, no
thesis /dissertation, or if his service to the improvement is evident, the Council of the
University is discontinued, the Department

43
Deanship of Graduate Studies may dismiss the 5. Decisions of the Committee should be based
student as per the recommendation of the on a majority vote of at least two thirds of the
Department Council. total number of members.

The time between acceptance of the research Article 56

proposal and submitting of the thesis should not If, for any reason, the thesis reason dissertation
exceed 2 semesters for the Masters degree and advisor cannot participate in the defense
four semesters for the Ph.D. committee, due to his death or his service to the
University is discontinued, or his presence
outside the country in task for a long time, the
Thesis/Dissertation Defense department concerned should suggest a
Article 53 replacement who should be approved by the
Based on the recommendations of the college council and council of the deanship of
Department and College Councils graduate studies.
concerned, a Defense Committee is formed by PR
the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies. Article 57
A report is prepared and signed by all members
Article 54 of the thesis/dissertation committee. The report
The Masters thesis Defense Committee must must be submitted to the Department Chairman
fulfill the following requirements: concerned within one week of the date of the
1. It must comprise an odd number of members, public defense. The report must include one of
chaired by the thesis advisor. the following recommendations:

Graduate Studies
2. The Committee must comprise at least three 1. The thesis/dissertation is accepted and
members. The advisor and co-advisor if any recommended for the award of the degree.
should not constitute a majority in the 2. The thesis/dissertation is accepted with some
Committee. modifications, without
3. The Committee members should meet the a re-defense being necessary. A member of the
conditions of the thesis committee is delegated to recommend awarding
supervision. of the degree after ensuring that the required
4. At least one member of the Committee must modifications are implemented within three
be a professor or an months from the date of the first public
associate professor. defense. This period can be waived by the
5. Decisions of the Committee should be based University Council.
on a majority vote of 3. Further work is recommended on the
at least two thirds of the total number of thesis/dissertation, followed by a second
members. defense within a certain period of time to be
decided by the Council of the Deanship of
Graduate Studies, based on the
Article 55 recommendations of the Department Council
The Doctoral Dissertation Defense Committee concerned. This period must not exceed one
must fulfill the following year from the date of the first defense.
requirements: 4. The thesis/dissertation is rejected.
1. It must comprise an odd number of members, Each committee member has the right to submit
not less than three, and chaired by the thesis his own comments or reservations in a separate
advisor. report both to the Department Chairman
2. The Committee members must be of the rank concerned and the Dean of Graduate Studies,
of professors or associate professors. The within two weeks of the date of the defense.
advisor and co-advisor (if any) should not
constitute a majority in the committee. Article 58
3. At least one member of the Committee must The Department Chairman concerned must
be of Professor rank. submit the report of the Thesis/Dissertation
4. One member of the Committee must be from Committee to the Dean of Graduate Studies not
outside the University.

44
later than three weeks after the date of the programs as per the recommendations of the
defense. Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies.
The results of the evaluation should be
Article 59 submitted to the University Council.
The Dean of Graduate Studies must submit the
recommendations to award the degree to the Article 63
University Council for approval. At the end of each academic year, the
Department Chairman should submit a report to
Article 60 the Dean of the College concerned and the Dean
A masters thesis advisor from outside the of Graduate Studies regarding the progress of
university will be given compensation of five graduate studies in the Department.
thousand Saudi Riyals (SR 5,000.00). A doctoral
dissertation advisor from outside the University Article 64
will be given compensation of seven thousand Whatever is not explicitly stated in this
Saudi Riyals (SR7,000.00). document should follow the rules of the Council
of Higher Education and Universities and their
Article 61 implementation rules and regulations as
A faculty staff member of the University to practiced in the Kingdom.
whom the thesis/dissertation is submitted
receives one thousand Saudi Riyals (SR1,000.00) Article 65
member or a non-faculty member from the This document will cancel all the previous
University to whom the thesis/dissertation is graduate studies regulations in the Saudi

Graduate Studies
submitted receives one thousand five hundred Universities and it will be implemented from the
Saudi Riyals (SR1,500.00) for participation the first academic year following its approval date.
Doctoral Defense Committee and one thousand The University Council may take the appropriate
saudi riyals (SR 1,000) for participation in the action in cases where students joined a
master defense Committee. A committee University under the old regulations.
member from outside the Kingdom receives two
thousands five hundreds Saudi Riyals Article 66
(SR2,500.00). If the Committee member is from A University Council may issue its own
outside the city in which the University is implementation rules regarding the progress of
located, whereby the thesis/ dissertation is graduate studies without contradicting the
defended, he should be given a roundtrip air regulating rules of this document.
ticket from his place of residence (city/country)
and rent of suitable accommodation and living Article 67
for a maximum of two nights in addition to The Council of Higher education and Universities
honorarium indicated above, whether the has the right to interpret the regulations of this
Committee member is from the Kingdom of document.
Saudi Arabia or from outside. If the Committee
member is blind or a female, his/her companion
should be given air ticket and accommodation
rent for a maximum of two nights. In case of
necessity, and according to the nature of study,
the Council of the Deanship of Graduate Studies
can add one or two nights, as per the
recommendation of the Department and college
Councils, as extended stay for the committee
member.

Gradute Studies / General Regulations

Article 62
The University Council approves the regulations
for the evaluation of the graduate studies

45
 5) To offer new opportunities for fair
Deanship of Educational competition between students in view of the
Services varying evaluation conditions to which students
were subjected at the end of their high school
The deanships main responsibility is the education. Students are assigned to suitable
Preparatory Year Program (PYP) at Qassim colleges according to their GPA during the
University. The program provides a foundation Preparatory Year Program, regardless of their
for students knowledge in science, medicine, grades in high school. Thus, each student is
mathematics and Englishthe foundation for evaluated according to criteria and conditions
their subsequent University-level courses. that are deemed suitable for studying at the
university level in a particular specialization.
The use of the (PYP) for scientific and
medical specializations is supported by their 6) To ensure that students Preparatory
successful implementation at other Saudi Year GPA is not included in the calculation of
universities. Because of the importance and their GPA after joining any particular college.
necessity of the Preparatory Year Program, the The calculation of the GPA begins afresh in the
University has embarked on its implementation newly joined college. This process helps the
to realize the following objectives: students acclimate to the new environment in a
way that does not affect their overall university

Graduate Studies
1) To increase the employability of GPA. The GPA in the Preparatory Year Program
graduates of science specializations is a competitive instrument between students,
(engineering, computers and other sciences) in and concerned colleges use it as the primary
the public and private sectors by improving their tool to determine admission to their colleges.
computer literacy and English language skills.
Study Curriculum
2) To prepare students to use English as
the medium of education in scientific and The curriculum in the Preparatory Year
medical specializations. Students study a weekly Program consists of two semesters of
total of sixteen hours distributed among the study. For more information about
four language skills (reading, listening, speaking each course and the books and
and writing). In addition, the high schoollevel references used, please see the course
subjects of mathematics and natural sciences descriptions available on the home
(physics, chemistry and biology) are reviewed in page of the Preparatory Year Program
English. website: www.pyp.edu.sa.

3) To develop applied computer skills

by offering the ICDL (International Computer
Driving License) as the basis of a course. Training and Scholarships
4) To address the issue of academically Every year the Univeristy encourages a number
challenged students and their high rate of of faculty members to pursue studies in foreign
dropout from the scientific and medical colleges. universities in specialized domains in order to
The Preparatory Year Program affords both enhance their skills. This initiative helps in
students and the University an opportunity to promoting research as well as preparing the
identify students abilities and their readiness to faculty members to assume greater
join one of the medical or scientific colleges. responsibilities in future. The total number of
Ph.D. scholarships offered by the University for

46
studies abroad are 143, while the numbers sent
for Masters degree are 333. In addition to this,
the University also sent 51 Faculty members to
pursue fellowship in various specialities.

Qassim University has so far enrolled more than

60000 undergraduate students since its
inception, which is indicative of its substantial
contribution to the Education field.

Graduate Studies

47
 Colleges and Specializations
Date of
Name of the College Location
No. Foundation Specializations

1 College of Medicine Anatomy and Histology, Physiology,

Pathology, Medicine, Obstetrics and
Gynecology, Surgery, Pediatrics,
Otolayngology (ENT), Ophthalmology,
1241AH Main
Pharmacology and Theraputics,
Campus
Orthopedics and Rehabilitation,
Radiology & Imaging, Dermatology,
Psychiatry, Family & Community
Medicine

4 College of Applied Medical Main Optometry, Medical laboratories,

1241AH
Sciences Campus Radiology

3 College of Pharmacy Pharmaceutical Practice, Chemistry and

1241AH Main
Pharmacy of drugs, Pharmaceutics,
Campus
Medicines and Poisons

2 College of Dentistry Prosthodontics, Restorative Denstistry,

1241AH Main Preventive Dentistry, Oral and
Campus Maxillofacial surgery and Diagnostic
sciences

5 College of Nursing Medical surgery Nursing, Community

1241AH Main health Nursing and Mental health,
Campus Maternal Nursing and child health,
Nursing education

6 College of Medical It was General Nursing, Midwifery (Obstetrics

Rehabilitation Sciences in restructured Buraida and Gynecology), Associate Dentist
Buraida in1231 AH.

1 College of Medicine and It was General Nursing

Medical Sciences in Onaiza restructured Onaiza
in1231 AH.

8 College of Applied Medical It was Al-Rass Clinical Nutrition, Oral and dental health,
restructured Diagnostic Radiology, Dental technology,

48
 Sciences in Al-Rass in1231 AH. Medical Equipments and Devices,
Pharmacy, Laboratory, Nutrition,
Associate Dentist, Anesthesiology

1 College of Public Health and Health services, Medical secretary,

It was
Medical Informatics in Al- Al- Medical records, Epidemiology, Health
restructured
Bukairiyyah in1231 AH. Bukairiyyah information, Health Insurance, Public
health

11 College of Pharmacy in Onaiza Pharmaceutical Practice, Chemistry and

1231 AH Onaiza Pharmacy of drugs, Pharmaceutics,
Medicines and Poisons

11 College of Dentistry in Al-Rass Prosthodontics, Restorative Denstistry,

Preventive Dentistry, Oral and
1231 AH Al-Rass
Maxillofacial surgery and Diagnostic
sciences

49
Deanships comparative studies with local and
foreign universities;
Deanships of Academic Review the work of administrative
Development and financial units and work with
officials to eliminate all
To promote the performance of its programs shortcomings and increase overall
and realize its different objectives, the performance;
University took the initiative to apply for
permission to establish the Deanship of
Academic Development. Permission was Implement strategic plans as
grantedThanks be to Allahwith Royal required by the changing
Consent and Higher Education Council Decision circumstances surrounding the
No. 12/38/1426. University;
Ensure the application of academic
The deanship aims to:
and administrative rules and
regulations within the University;
Unify the development path and
coordination between various Work to ensure the availability of
channels concerned with promoting statistical data and information to
research and education; satisfy the needs of decision makers
at the University or other units in
Ensure the quality of the educational

Deanships
need of this data;
process through continued
commitment to academic programs Advocate strategic research and
and carried out with staff training studies that are concerned with
programs and a commitment to future planning and development
scientific research; and
Strive for superior academic Recognize local and regional
evaluation and accreditation by changes, especially those related to
cooperating with the necessary higher education.
institutions; The deanship embraces the
development units and committees that are
Make use of relevant technologies to
concerned with different aspects of University
increase the quality of the
affairs. These committees are supervised by
educational process and scientific
distinguished professors who are interested in
research;
various developmental aspects. Among the most
Adhere to the scientific method and
important of these units are the following:
an emphasis on furthering research
that will add to the prestige of the
1. The Unit for Skill Development
University;
The unit strives for the development of
Brief the University administration
academic and administrative performance
on the state of the University in the
within the University by holding training
fields of education, scientific
sessions and workshops for all the University
research and community service;
affiliates, teaching staff members, lecturers and
Prepare special reports on
demonstrators. The unit holds training sessions
performance levels, as measured by
in various fields in which trainers from both the
accredited criteria, in light of
Kingdom and overseas participate. These

50
training sessions are not restricted to Qassim
University affiliates; they are also available for
Qassim University Bulletin
teaching staff members from other universities
and sectors.

2. The Unit of Administrative

Development
The unit aims to assist the university in
developing the strategic methods that will
provide the suitable techniques to improve the
performance of the university in two main areas
: administrative performance and future
financial performance .

3. Center of E-Learning and Distance

Qassim University Bulletin
Learning
The unit aims to explore ways to use modern
educational tools that emphasize individual
Deanship of Graduate Studies
learning through technology. The unit provides a
means to those with special needs who cannot The Deanship of Graduate Studies was
commute to the University to pursue their established in 2004 as an independent deanship

Deanships
education. In these matters, the unit makes the for graduate studies. The deanship undertook
appropriate recommendations to decision the important task of supervising the graduate
makers at the University. program within the University in coordination
with other colleges. The program was developed
4. The Unit of Prediction Studies
to provide ambitious Saudi students the
The unit is dedicated to strategic research and
opportunity to pursue their education beyond
studies that emphasize predictive planning and
the university level and increase their academic
development as well as the monitoring of local
qualifications.
and regional changes, especially those related to
higher education. The deanship also oversees the
graduation ceremonies for all graduate students
in all colleges. In this regard, the deanship
oversaw the graduation of the first batch of
masters students from the College of
Agriculture and Veterinary Medicine in AY2004
2005.

The masters programs at the

University include the following specialties:

Arabic Language,
Fundamentals of Islam,
Holy Quran Studies,
History,

51
 Sociology and Social standing and better use electronic self-service
Services, resources.
Business Administration,
The deanship aims to
Fundamentals of Education,
Animal Reproduction, Work to ensure a seat at
Islamic Studies, the University for every
The Prophets Sunnah (The student who satisfies
Prophets Way), admissions criteria;
Faith, Work to attract high-
Geography, caliber students to the
Veterinary Science, University from both in
Mathematics, and outside the Qassim
Teaching: Ways and region;
Methodology, Ensure that students are
Islamic History, aware of the rules and
Modern History, regulations related to
Instructional Technology of their study and
Education, examinations;
Curriculum of Instruction, Document students
Poultry, academic records and
Economics, continuously update them

Deanships
Educational Psychology, electronically;
Computer Science, Work to develop and
Plant Protection and adapt technology, so that
Plant Production. students can keep abreast
of their academic affairs
anywhere and at anytime;
Strive to distribute
Deanship of Admissions and students fees punctually
Registration and without difficulty and
irregularities and
The Deanship of Admissions and
Registration is in charge of all admissions Document students
procedures to the University. It has simplified graduation procedures
these procedures to the extent possible through smoothly and
the use of advanced technology and a firm conveniently within the
commitment to the accuracy and privacy of time limit specified by the
students academic and personal information. University curriculum.
Special attention is given to increasing students
awareness of their academic standing,
performance and overall well-being within the
program. The purpose of this is to allow
students to take a more active role in the
application process, be more informed on their

52
Deanship of Community Service Strengthen University relationships
with all the public, private and
The Deanship of Community Service charity sectors of the community.
acts as an intermediary between the University
and all other sectors and institutions of the
community. Accordingly, the Deanship employs Deanship of Library Affairs
the expertise, capabilities and resources
available at the University to offer scientific The Deanship of Library Affairs is one of
diplomas and specialized training in a variety of the fastest growing deanships at Qassim
courses in science, technology and University and was created after the issue of the
management. The goal of this process is to High Royal Decree authorizing the establishment
contribute to the satisfaction of community of the University. The libraries in existence at
needs and aspirations. the two former branches of

King Saud University and Imam Mohamed Ibn

The deanship aims to
Saud Islamic University were under the
Qassim University Bulletin
Serve students who were not
accepted in any of the University
departments, as well as other
administration of their relevant colleges.
members and institutions of the
Technically, they were under the administration
community at large;

Deanships
Strengthen the relationship of the Deanship of Library Affairs at Imam
between the University and the University, but administratively they were under
community and promote cultural, the supervision of one of the supporting
technical and managerial deanships.. The deanship began its duties using
awareness for all community the material and human resources available at
members; the College of Business and Economics. With the
Provide students who were not completion of its permanent location, the
accepted in any of the University deanship finally moved in 2005 to the building
colleges an opportunity to of the General Administration, with its
continue their education and administrative offices occupying a section of the
acquire qualifications, enabling Central Library. Since then, it has administered
them to compete in the labor the former libraries of the University.
market, by offering a variety of
courses and specialized scientific The Consultative Committee of
diplomas;
Satisfy the needs of the public and
the Deanship
private sectors by offering various
A permanent Consultative Committee
specialized short courses;
for the Deanship of Library Affairs was formed
Organize and administer scientific
and includes deanship officials and experienced
conferences and symposia with the
university teaching staff members whose views
goal to exchange and transfer
and proposals might benefit the performance of
experience and expertise in the
the libraries and their activities. This was carried
different areas of knowledge and
out with the consent of his Excellency, the

53
University Rector, in Administrative Decision No. and development of different sectors of
479. the national economy,
To improve services and production
methods in the public and private
sectors by applying the scientific
Deanship of Scientific Research method that is conducive to
development and innovation,
The Deanship of Scientific Research
To strengthen the University links with
provides an important role in community service
the public and private sectors in the
and in transforming the community through the
field of scientific research by
creation of a highly qualified workforce. This is
conducting specialized studies and
achieved through the use of research and
providing varied consultative services,
consultation centers located within the different
To offer new methods and channels for
colleges of the University.
financing research projects at the
The University aims to create an University by the public and private
environment in which public and private sectors sectors and encourage monetary and
of the community work together with research service donations by individuals and
and consultancy centers at the appropriate institutions for this purpose,
colleges. The goal is to align the University with To coordinate with various commercial,
the national strategy of using higher education industrial, engineering, service,
to transform the traditional economy of Saudi agricultural and other sectors in the

Deanships
Arabia into a knowledge-based economy. To region to synchronize the needs of
realize this strategic objective, the Deanship of these sectors with the academic,
Scientific Research directs applied and research, consultative and study
consultative research at the University in a way programs at the University and
that serves developmental needs and fosters
cooperation between the University and the To initiate agreements
public and private sectors. with the external
beneficiaries to ensure
In a world characterized by the the representation of the
universality of knowledge, constant change and University in the
the availability of managerial, technical and companies or commercial
scientific experiences and their supporting projects it establishes or
means, the deanships goal is to realize the in which it participates to
following objectives: preserve its rights.

To provide appropriate plans and Deanship of Student Affairs

strategies for entering the market of
scientific studies, applied research and The Deanship of Student Affairs is one
development and consultative services of several supporting deanships at Qassim
and offer training in the University University. This deanship is concerned with
centers and on the job, serving students in all non-educational aspects
To market the considerable scientific of University life. Through its services and
apparatuses available to the University activities, the Deanship provides opportunities
and devote its resources to the service for students to practice their hobbies and better
use their leisure time.

54
 The deanship also provides direction to both ensure and promote the quality of the
and guidance to students and helps them Universitys workings and operations and monitor the
overcome any difficulties that may adversely effectiveness of the Universitys internal quality
affect their study. The deanship emphasizes assurance.
aiding the growth of a mature and productive
student body and continually strives to make its Deanship of Faculty and Staff
services more widely available so that students
Affairs
can take advantage of the available resources.
The deanship includes the following directorates This Deanship of Faculty and Staff
and units: Affairs is responsible for recruiting employees
for the Universitys posts and positions in
accordance with civil service regulations and
1. Administrative Affairs Unit, procedures. It selects the personnel for each
post and determines the appropriate salary and
2. Financial Affairs Unit, work conditions in addition to all other relevant
procedures, such as appointment, promotion,
3. Directorate of Student Activities,
transfer and remunerations.
4. Directorate of Orientation and
With increased expansion in its work
Guidance,
and range of activities and tasks, the
5. Directorate of Food Services, administration was upgraded from control

Deanships
under a junior administration to the present
6. Student Fund Directorate, deanship status. The deanship is the main group
overseeing employee interests and affairs, has a
7. Scholarship Sponsorship and Foreign wide range of authority and assumes sole
Student Unit and responsibility for the application and
interpretation of University regulations and their
8. Female Students Transportation Unit.
implementation.

Deanship of Quality Assurance and As the University has expanded

Accreditation academically and administratively, the range of
responsibilities of the deanship has also
The goal of the Deanship of Quality Assurance and widened, indicating its increasing role in running
Accreditation is to create an atmosphere of excellence the Universitys affairs in the near future.
and creativity within university academia. The
deanships mission is to improve both the quality of
the academic and the administrative performance of
the University to achieve its strategic goals. The Deanship of Information and
deanship conducts checks to determine whether its
goals are being realized. The objectives of the
Technology
deanship are to manage the Universitys quality review The Deanship of Information and Technology
process (which ensures the quality of procedures and
works to achieve the following goals:
practices underlying undergraduate and graduate
learning, teaching, assessment and support), provide 1. To provide statistical services in studies
advice and guidance to both academic and non- and research in and outside the
academic departments, coordinate activities designed University;

55
 2. To provide electronic publication computer technologies, which facilitate easy
services using state-of-the-art and convenient communication of information
techniques; to students. The center also offers learning
3. To construct an interactive site on the opportunities to students whose special
Internet by building a communication circumstances do not allow them to attend
network at the regional level and regular classes at the University. The center
equipping it with the necessary evaluates all prospects and possibilities for e-
technical services to furnish fresh learning and distance education and makes
information in different fields; appropriate recommendations to decision
4. To provide digital content in the makers at the University.
different disciplines to fulfill the needs
of students and researchers;
5.
6. To propose and construct databases
suited to the nature of scientific
programs and educational activities
provided by the University;
7. To provide training services on
applications pertaining to the fields of
computer science, statistics and

Deanships
information to increase the efficiency
of University affiliates, students and
any other interested parties;
8. To make the tools of modern electronic
management available to all
departments and administrations of
the University and design and develop
systems and programs suited to
university needs and
9. To make maximum use of information
and communication technology and the
voluminous and ever increasing
amount of electronic information on
the Internet and other sources of
electronic information and adapt them
to benefit researchers and students.

Center for E-Learning and

Distance Education
The Center for E-Learning and Distance
Education aims to provide ways to use modern
learning methods based on individual and self-
education through the use of

56
Colleges

57
 3. To create health awareness in the
community.

4. To conduct scientific research that will lead

to find appropriate solutions to health
problems.

5.To produce highly skilled staff in various

health disciplines through post-graduation
program.

About:

It came into existence under the name

College of Health Sciences for boys at Al-
Rass", in the academic year of 1994-1995H.
Originally ,it was owned by the " Ministry of
College of Applied Health Health' which awarded diploma certificates in
health disciplines of nursing, anaesthesia ,
Sciences in Rass ,nutrition ,clinical laboratory , dental assistant,
pharmacy and operation room techniques.

College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass

Vision: The cool.ege was taken over by the 'Ministry
of Higher Education ' under the University of
To achieve excellence in 'Health Education" and
to create distinct faculties at par with national Qassim. The University issued a
and international standard to support the recommendation at its first meeting in the
sustainable development in Qassim region and academic year of 2007-2008 held on
to extend cooperation in raising the general 21/10/2008 A.D. to restructure the College .
awareness of community health. Since then , it is known as College of Applied
Health Sciences consisting of the following
Mission: branches
To provide a conducive and educated
environment for preparation of national health 1. Clinical Nutrition.
education cadres to contribute in covering the 2. Diagnostic Radiology.
needs of the labor market, and the provision of 3. Medical devices.
community services. It will also facilitates the 4. Oral and dental health.
applied research for elevating local health 5. Dental Technology.
community standard and contribute to the
growth of knowledge in finding solutions Students have been accepted in the preparatory
regarding health problems. year since the academic year of 2008-2009H and
will be joining the faculty in beginning of the
Aims: academic year 2009-2010H, according to the
1. To produce qualified graduates with high new structure.
level of knowledge and skills in various health
disciplines. Degrees Offered

2. To contribute in filling needs of labour market - Bachelor

of workers in all health disciplines.
Programs
58
BA Degree Program : Clinical Nutrition 24- Mohammad Rashid Alwatban, Teaching
Assistant, M.Sc
Faculty Members: 25- Fahad Zaid Almutairi, Teaching Assistant,
B.Sc
Abdullah Saleh AL-Rethieaa, Assistant Prof.
Ph.D. 26-Shaher Mosleh Almutairi, Technician, M.Sc

2- Ibrahim Suliman AL-Naser, Assistant Prof.

Ph.D. Programs
3- Alaa El-din Ali Fahmy Riad, Assistant Prof. BA Degree Program : Clinical Nutrition
Ph.D.
4- Mohamed Mhmmoud Elbotiny. Assistant Study Plan:
Prof. Ph.D.
5-Ibrahim Abdelrazig Ahmed, Assistant Prof. Level-1
Ph.D.

College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass

Course Course Title Credit
6-Mohammad Mujtaba Ahmad, Assistant Prof. Code
Ph.D.
7-Ahmed Mohammed. Ezzedin Ali, Lecturer. IC 101 Islamic Culture (1) 4
M.Sc
ARAB 101 Arabic Language 4
8-Ahmed Ali Yousif, Lecturer, M.Sc
9-Alaa El-din Mohammed Kamila, Lecturer, M.Sc HSCI 111 General Biology 2
10-Naseem Mohammad Al-Shwaiyat, Lecturer,
M.Sc HSCI 112 General Chemistry 3

11-Yazan Hamdan Jammal, Lecturer,M.Sc HSCI 121 Health Care & 4

12-Ali Saleh AL-Abdallat, Lecturer M.A Vocational Safety
13-Yahya Mahmoud Ali Obeidat, Lecturer, M.A
HSCI 122 Biostatistics 3
14-Issa Salim Yousef Gharaibeh, Lecturer, M.A
15-Abdul Qayyum khan, Lecturer, M.A HSCI 131 Medical Terminology 4

16-Hossam Farouk Moawad Ali, Lecturer, M.Sc Level-2

17-Waleed Khalaf Almutiry, Teaching Assistant,
M.Sc Course Course Title Credit
Code
18-Omar Abdulaziz algobaisi, Teaching Assistant,
M.Sc
IC 102 Islamic Culture (2) 4
19-Abdullah Jeza Albalaji, Teaching Assistant,
M.Sc HSCI 113 Basic Biochemistry 3
20-Fahad Suliman Alharbi, Teaching Assistant,
HSCI 114 Principles of 2
M.Sc
Microbiology
21-Abdulmohsin Minour Alruitae, Teaching
Assistant, M.Sc HSCI 115 Principles of Anatomy 3
22-Abdulgadir Zaid Almutairi, Teaching
Assistant, M.Sc HSCI 116 General Physiology 3
23-Bader Ibrahim Alharbi, Teaching Assistant,
HSCI 123 Emergency & First Aid 4
M.Sc
Level-3

59
 Course Code Course Title Credit Patient
Counseling
IC 103 Islamic Culture 4
(3) CNUT 312 Assessment of 2
Nutritional
CNUT 211 Basic Nutrition 4 Status

HSCI 212 Basic Organic 3 CNUT 313 Nutrition During 4

Chemistry Life Cycle
HSCI 217 General 4 CNUT 314 Community 4
Pathology Nutrition

CNUT 221 Food 3 HSCI 1XX Elective College 4

Microbiology

College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass

CNUT 2XX Department 4
CNUT 222 Food Sciences 4 Elective

HSCI 232 Ethics of Health 4 XXXXXX Free Course 4

Professions
Level-6
CNUT 2XX Department 4
Elective Course Code Course Title Credit

Level-4 HSCI 311 Vitamins & 4

Minerals
Course Code Course Title Credit
CNUT 315 Maternal & 4
ARAB 103 Arabic Language 4 Pediatric
Nutrition
IC 104 Islamic culture 4
(4) CNUT 316 Food Services 3
Management in
CNUT 213 Nutritional 4
Hospitals
Epidemiology
CNUT 317 Dietary 2
CNUT 219 Nutritional 2
Requirements &
Biochemistry
Meals Planning
CNUT 223 Food Hygiene 3
CNUT 331 Food Chemistry 3
HSCI 1XX College Elective 4
HSCI 1XX College Elective 4
CNUT 2XX Department 4
CNUT 2XX Department 4
Elective
Elective
Level-5
Level-7
Course Code Course Title Credit
Course Code Course Title Credit
CNUT311 Nutrition 3
Education &

60
 HSCI 331 Computer 3 This course will introduce, at an entry level, the
Applications in understanding of various cell structures and
Nutrition functions, eukaryotes vs. prokaryotes,
classification of live organisms, introduction to
CNUT 411 Clinical Nutrition 2 the genetics and introduction to human biology
in Diseases (1) including, introduction to human physiology,
anatomy, and introduction to human
HSCI 411 Food & Drug 3
embryology.
Interaction
HSCI 112 General Chemistry (3h)
CNUT 412 Malnutrition 4
Diseases This course will help students to understand
basic chemical concepts and their application to
HSCI 431 Research 4
chemical sciences and appreciate the
Methodology

College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass

importance of chemistry to health sciences and
CNUT 2XX Department 4 provide a sound background for further studies.
Elective
HSCI 121 Health Care & Vocational Safety (2h)
XXXXXX Free Course 4
Health Care Management is a broad based
Level-8 educational program designed to develop
undergraduate students in managerial and
Course Code Course Title Credit supervisory skills necessary for careers in health
and medical care facilities and agencies.
HSCI 334 Communication 4
Skills HSCI 122 Biostatistics (3h)

CNUT 414 Clinical Nutrition 2 This course is designed to provide students with
in Diseases (2) a basic understanding of biostatistics. The
course cover descriptive statistics with concepts
CNUT 415 Enteral & 3
of dispersion, central tendency measurements.
Paraenteral
Graphic and tabular displays are also covered.
Nutrition
Simple inferential statistics involving probability,
CNUT 416 Clinical Practice 4 sampling, confidence intervals and tests of
significance are presented.
CNUT 417 Seminar in 4
Clinical Nutrition HSCI 131 Medical Terminology (2h)

CNUT 2XX Department 4 This course introduces the foundations of the

Elective language of medicine and develops medical
vocabulary through the study of the structures,
XXXXXX Free Course 4 functions, diagnostic procedures, pathology, and
treatment procedures of the body system.

HSCI 113 Basic Biochemistry (3h)

Course Descriptions
Biochemistry, is an advanced overview of
HSCI 111 General Biology (4h) general biochemistry. A study of protein
structure and their physical properties; how

61
these properties relate to catalysis, regulation of emergency and early preparedness and
catalysis and metabolic chemistry. with respect management of disasters and crowd.
to their relationship to physiological conditions.
CNUT 211 Basic Nutrition (2h)
HSCI 114 Principles of Microbiology (4h)
Introduction to the science of nutrition -
The course is designed to introduce the students Nutrients ( carbohydrate, proteins, lipids,
to the principles of microbiology, and the impact vitamins, minerals and water) - Functions,
microorganisms have on human health and the sources and body needs of nutrients - balanced
environment. It gives an overview of microbial diet - Digestion, absorption and metabolism of
structure, morphology, classification, genetics, macronutrient - food energy and its
nutrition, growth, and metabolism unique to determination and estimation of body energy
microbes. An overview of important aspects of needs - Malnutrition diseases.
Virology , Mycology , Parasitology and

College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass

Immunology will be covered. The practical part HSCI 212 Basic Organic Chemistry (3h)
will cover practical laboratory techniques,
Organic chemistry is the study of compounds
methods and equipment used to investigate and
that originate in living systems; therefore, it is
identify microorganisms.
recognized as an essential ingredient in the
HSCI 115 Principles of Anatomy (3h) education of scientists in a wide range of fields,
particularly the life sciences. The major foci of
The Human Anatomy course involves the study the course are, understand the reactivity of
of the structure of the human body including a organic compounds, to appreciate the role of
gross and microscopic study of cell, tissues, and structure in chemical identity and to apply
organ systems listed in the course outline. All reactivity and structure to the understanding of
major human organ systems are completed by organic molecule function.
the completion of the Spring Human Physiology
Course. HSCI 217 General Pathology (2h)

HSCI 116 General Physiology (3h) General Pathology focuses on the fundamental
cellular and tissue responses to pathologic
The purpose of this course is to study the basics stimuli. The course will introduce the student to
of physiology that aid in the applying of clinical basic concepts of cellular and tissue alterations
nutrition. The course covers the functions of common to all processes of disease. including:
various systems and organs in the body and cell injury ,adaptation and cell death;
studies the cell, tissues, blood vessels, the inflammation and repair; fluid and
digestive system, the endocrine system and the hemodynamic derangements. The components
nervous system. This will help students to of the innate and acquired divisions of the
understand the abnormal changes in tissue and immune system, including pathological
organs in several diseased states. developments (hypersensitivity,
immunodeficiency, autoimmunity) In addition,
HSCI 123 Emergency & First Aid (2h) students are expected to learn modern concepts
in cancer causation, its terminology and
The course introduce students to skills of basic
morphology as well as the biologic behavior of
life support which is needed by any health
benign and malignant neoplasms
professional in addition this course will
introduce first aids and basic response to CNUT 221 Food Microbiology (3h)

62
This course is designed to give students an Biological and chemical hazards in food that
understanding of the relationships of result from improper processing, packaging,
microorganisms to foodborne illness and handling and storage; cleaning of food plant
intoxications, food quality, food spoilage, food equipments and facilities including
preservation and bioprocessing characteristics of soil on equipment surfaces,
cleaning compounds, cleaninplace,
CNUT 222 Food Sciences (2h) cleanoutofplace, sanitizers and their
characteristics, and good manufacturing
This course studies the physical, microbiological,
practices.
and chemical makeup of food. The students may
develop ways to process, preserve, package, or CNUT311 Nutrition Education & Patient
store food ,according to industry and Counseling (3h)
government specifications and regulations. The
course also stresses what are the beneficial and The course includes applying communication

College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass

detrimental changes that occur in food during skills in the planning and implementing of
processing, storage and utilization. nutrition education programs. The course
includes the important of nutrition education in
HSCI 232 Ethics of Health Professions (2h) improving the dietary habits of individuals to
protect them from diseases, and also to the
The course is designs to allow the student to be
methods of dietary counselling for patients,
familiar with skills needed for the practice of his
healthy individuals, small groups and
career in modern day dynamic health care
communities.
environment . These skills encompass legal and
ethical responsibilities ,political, economic, CNUT 312 Assessment of Nutritional Status (4h)
social, environmental and professional issues.
Theory and analysis of methods for nutritional
CNUT 213 Nutritional Epidemiology (2h) status assessment in community, ambulatory,
and acute- and long-term care settings.
This course provides public health graduate
students with an understanding of the CNUT 313 Nutrition During Life Cycle (2h)
theoretical and practical considerations in the
conduct of epidemiologic studies related to The primary purpose of this course is to help
nutrition. More specifically, the course focuses you understand the role of nutrition and
on the conduct of epidemiologic studies of diet, changes in nutritional requirements that occur
nutrition, and chronic disease. during the life cycle in humans. To adequately
understand these changes, it is necessary to
CNUT 219 Nutritional Biochemistry (4h) study the biochemical, physiological, and
psychological processes that influence
Study of the role of nutrients in the human body
nutritional needs.
at the cellular level and in metabolism.
Metabolism of macronutrients: carbohydrates, CNUT 314 Community Nutrition (2h)
lipids and protein. Metabolism of selected
micronutrients (vitamins and minerals). The student in this course will be introduced to
Integration and regulation of their metabolism. the nutrition problem in Kingdom of Saudi
Production of energy in the cell. Arabia, the reason behind it and the methods to
solve it with respect to the society believes and
CNUT 223 Food Hygiene (3h) habits. The course also covers the study of
implementing, designing, evaluating,

63
management and improvement of nutrition observe, manipulate, and explore model food
programs. Also the course concentrate in systems. The emphasis is on the major food
common nutrition problems in the community components (water, lipids, proteins, and
and how to prevent . carbohydrates) and their behavior under
conditions of particular relevance to food
HSCI 311 Vitamins & Minerals (2h) processing.

Mechanisms and Interactions of Vitamins and HSCI 331 Computer Applications in Nutrition
Minerals in Cellular Metabolism; Scientific Bases (3h)
of Nutrient Requirements during the Life Cycle.
Applications and evaluation of computer
CNUT 315 Maternal & Pediatric Nutrition (2h) software tools for nutritional analysis and food
service management.
Principles and application of nutrition for
healthy mothers, infants, and children with CNUT 411 Clinical Nutrition in Diseases (1) (4h)

College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass

emphasis on current research related to normal
growth and development. In this practical course, the student learns the
skills required to work in a hospital as a
CNUT 316 Food Services Management in dietician. The course also focuses on planning
Hospitals (3h) treatment and follow-up patients for the
following cases: liver, pancreases, gallbladder
The course covers the principles of
diseases and other gastrointestinal diseases.
administration, human resources management,
budgeting and contracts. Also an introductory to HSCI 411 Food & Drug Interaction (3h)
food services management and kitchen
operation, which include receiving raw This course will Recognize the effect of
materials, storing, monitoring equipments. The food/nutrients on medication kinetics, discuss
course provides a general knowledge of the the effect of medications on food/nutrient
health specification which needs to be provided kinetics and explore what to do about specific
to guarantee quality control. problems and Identify common drugs that
require counseling.
CNUT 317 Dietary Requirements & Meals
Planning (4h) CNUT 412 Malnutrition Diseases (2h)

Dietary standards -Food composition tables and Presents major nutritional problems that
their use -Adequate diet - Use of food exchange influence the health, survival, and
system and food groups for planning adequate developmental capacity of populations in
diet - Estimation of human energy requirements developing societies. Covers approaches
- methods of evaluating diet and nutritional implemented at the household, community,
status. national, and international levels to improve
nutritional status. Explores the degree to which
CNUT 331 Food Chemistry (3h) malnutrition can be prevented or reduced prior
to achieving full economic development through
This is an integrated lecture/lab/recitation
targeted public and private sector interventions
course applying theories of molecular reactivity
that address the causes of malnutrition.
to model food systems. Lectures focus on the
molecular bases of chemical phenomena that
dictate the behavior of foods. Laboratories and
recitations provide opportunities for students to HSCI 431 Research Methodology (2h)

64
This course will introduce participants to the The student in this course will prepare a
characteristics and various approaches to comprehensive study on a subject related to
designing and conducting qualitative research individual and community nutritional issues,
projects in nutrition and health services utilizing his previous knowledge which he
research. Students will gain hands-on acquired through his studies. The student will be
experience in various qualitative methods and using modern technology in getting the
analysis techniques while carrying out a information and presenting it. The study will be
research project related to their area of interest. presented and discussed with the faculty
members and other students.
HSCI 334 Communication Skills (2h)

This course introduces the students to the basic

concepts of effective human communication. It
focuses on the development of communication

College of Applied Health Sciences in Rass

skills and the basic components of the
communication process. It provides a
comprehensive coverage of major issues
including organizational conflict, leadership,
values, changes, diversity, technology and
ethical behavior, offering the students the
introduction to the current field of
organizational communication.

CNUT 414 Clinical Nutrition in Diseases (2) (4h)

This course utilizes the knowledge of the

Nutrition Care Process in the study of disease
states that affect nutrition status and require
the use of specialized nutrition (modified diets
and/or nutrition support) as adjunct therapy to
other medical, and surgical th. Understanding of
the affect that each disease or altered health
state has on nutrition requires basic knowledge
of normal physiology, nutritional requirements,
metabolism, digestion and absorption.

CNUT 415 Enteral & Paraenteral Nutrition (3h)

Principles and skills for prarental and enteral

nutrition (nutrition support) practice:
indications, calculations, formulas and solutions,
access, complications, and ethical
considerations. Understanding of inflammatory
metabolism and basic critical care monitoring
and interventions.

CNUT 417 Seminar in Clinical Nutrition (2h)

65
 5 - Creativity: Creating organizational climate
that lead to the creative thinking and innovative
behavior.
6 - Teamwork: College established a culture of
teamwork thinking and behavior.
7 - Scientific freedom: the college encourages
scientific exploration practices and opening up
and dealing with others.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL College Goals:

SCIENCES - Rehabilitation and graduation of
cadres able to meet the needs of
Vision: medical care in the community.
- To contribute in solving the problems
Leadership in the field of Applied Medical of society and the environment by

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Sciences and excellence in teaching and scientific research
scientific research to achieve what meets the - Preparation of cadres specialized in
aspirations of the community. medical applied sciences with high
standard of excellence.
Mission:
- Participation in the dissemination of
College seeks to leadership in providing medical health awareness in various disciplines
services and the Academy through the lesson of health of individuals and society.
plans with high efficiency and quality of research - Contribute to the development of the
unique and effective medical services in the field services in health disciplines carried
of Applied Medical Sciences, which is a out by the College
significant addition to the health services system - Preparation of the specialized cadre in
applied medical science with a distinct
Matrix of values: standard.
- Exchange of experiences and
The matrix values of the College as an extension knowledges with the corresponding
of the values of Qassim University are as colleges within and outside the
follows: Kingdom.
1 - Justice: The College seeks to achieve the - Contribute to the development of the
elements of justice and equal opportunity and medical assistance professions boards
fairness in dealing with everyone. and support their plans and future
programs.
2 - Honesty: faithfully perform the work and
- Offering advice and carry out applied
commitment to professional ethics.
research linked to health problems in
3 - Transparency: We commit ourselves to
the Kingdom.
disclose the transactions and procedures and
strengthening the requirements of Historical review
accountability and integrity.
4 - Quality: we apply the highest standards of The establishment of the College of Medical
quality in all work, including distinguishes Applied Sciences was based upon the royal
outputs and services. decision issued by the Royal Majesty the
Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques, Prime

66
Minister and Chairman of the Board of Higher Duration of Study in this college is five years
Education may God protect him - No. including the preparatory year. Before
(12/35/1426 ) . On 22/4/2005. The impact of graduation, students will undergo a full calendar
this historical decision will be a covering of the year of hospital training.
multiple and increasing needs in health field and
keeping up with technical development in this College admission Terms
vital and important field in the country. The
college has the following departments, which Students can be accepted to the College after
have been approved by the Board of Higher the termination of university preparatory year.
Education
- obtain a cumulative average of at
Department of Medical Laboratory
least 3.25
Department of Optometry
- Pass the fitness exam.
Department of Radiologic Techniques
- Pass a personal interview.
Department of Medical Rehabilitation
- Seat provide inclusive

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Department of Clinical Nutrition
Department of Human Health The General Structure of the Study Plan in the
Department of Medical Equipments College:

The Department of Medical Laboratory started Level Name Credit hours

in the 2006/2007 academic year. The
department of Optometry started in the First Core program 19
academic year 2007/2008. The department of
radiologic techniques started in the academic Second Core program 19
year 2009/2010. Now the college preparing for
From 3rd to Medical 102
the opening of the remaining departments as
8th Laboratory
steps prepared for each department:
From 3rd to Optometry 142
About the college: 10th

The College of Applied Medical Sciences was From 3rd to Radiological 102
established by the Royal decision, due to the 8th Technology
unprecedented advancements in the medical
and the diagnostic sciences and due to the ever
increasing size and capacity of the health care
institutions in Saudi Arabia. The advancements Degrees:
of medical sciences dictated the need of
B.sc.
graduates who can support the existing medical
programs and systems.
Programs:
The college's role, in the Society, will extend to
B.Sc. in Medical Laboratories
add to the health and safety of the Saudi
Society. Also, the college will continue to include B.Sc. in Radiologic Technology
consultative and research facilities. The latter
will be used in contribution to the related health (OD) Optometry Doctor Degree
research in the Kingdom.
Department of Medical Laboratories:

67
Requirement for graduation: options including: Hospitals (private or
governmental), teaching/lecturing, research
In order to get bachelor degree in institutions, medical laboratory clinics, and
medical laboratory sciences the student must military sections.
completed successfully 140 CH including
university`s requirements, college`s Faculty of Medical Laboratories:
requirements, department`s requirement as
well as completion of the internship year. Prof. Dr. Salah Mesalhy

Careers opportunity: Prof. Dr. AbdulRahman

The graduates of this department will

have a vast market with a wide variety of
Almehana Female Section

Dr. Mohammad A. Issa Associate Prof. Dr. Entesar Abdulfaraj Assistan Prof.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Dr. Abdelmarouf H Mohieldein Dr. Varsha Shahane Associate Prof.

Associate Prof. Dr. Lizzy Sunny Assistant Prof.

Dr. Adel Alghanim Assistant Prof. Dr. Amel Makawi Assistant Prof.

Dr. Mohammad A. Alzohairy Assistant Prof. Dr. Sarah Ali Assistant Prof.

Dr. Arshad Rahmani Assistant Prof. Dr. Surya Kantha Assistant Prof.

Dr. Mohsin Shaikh Assistant Prof. Miss. Sarah Abu Alqasem Lecturer

Dr. Naser Aleragy Assistant Prof. Miss. Nada Khalaf Allah Lecturer

Dr. Habeeb Ali Assistant Prof. Study Plan (Medical Laboratories):

Dr. Habeeb Khadri Assistant Prof. Level 1
Mr. Modether Shehadeh Lecturer
Code Course Title Credit Hours Pre-
Mr. Hisam Wagi'allh Lecturer No. Req.
LT LB CR
Mr. Ali Yousef Lecturer
IC Islamic 2 - 2
Mr. Majthob Abbas Lecturer 101 Studies (1)

Mr. Margoob Hassan Lecturer ARAB Language 2 - 2

Mr. Tareq Ayub Lecturer 101 Skills

Mr. Alaa' Eldien Baker Lecturer BHS Human 3 1 4

111 Biology
Mr. Raijo Yaa'kub Lecturer
PHYS General 2 1 3
Mr. Altaieb Idris Lecturer 112 Physics

CHEM General 2 1 3

68
 113 Chemistry L L C
T B R
HLTH Medical 2 - 2
121 Terminology IC Islamic 2 - 2 101 IC
103 Studies
HLTH Health Care 2 1 3 (3)
122 System and
Vocational ARA Arabic 2 - 2
Safety B Writing
103
Total: 19 Credit Hours
HLT Emergenc 1 1 2 122 Hlth
Level 2 H y Health +114
225 Care Anat
Code Course Title Credit Hours Pre-
No. Req. CHE Analytical 2 1 3 114Anat
L L C
M Chemistry ,

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

T B R
120 115Phsl,
IC Islamic 2 - 2 101 116Che
102 Studies (2) IC m,
117MDL
ANAT Principles of 2 1 3 111
114 Anatomy BHS ANA Histology 2 1 3 114Anat
T ,
PHSL Principles of 2 1 3 111 251 115Phsl,
115 Physiology BHS 116Che
m,
CHE Organic 2 1 3 113 117MDL
M Chemistry Che
116 m MDL Introducto 2 1 3 114Anat
261 ry ,
MDL Principles of 2 1 3 111 Immunolo 115Phsl,
117 Medical BHS gy 116Che
Microbiolog m,
y 117MDL
HLTH Medical 2 - 2 MDL College 2 1 3
123 Profession --- Elective -
Ethics Group 1 116
CHEM
HLTH 2 1 3 122
124 Hlth Total: 18 Credit Hours
Biostatistics
Level 4
Total: 19 Credit Hours
Cod Course Title Credit Hours Pre-
Level 3 e Req
No. L L C .
Code Course Credit Pre-Req.
T B R
No. Title Hours

69
 IC Islamic Studies 2 - 2 MD Electron 1 1 2 253
104 (4) L Microscopy MDL
355
MD General 2 1 3
L Pathology MD Clinical 2 1 3 233
252 L Biochemistry MDL
334
MD Medical 2 1 3
L Microbiology MD Clinical 2 1 3 241
241 L Bacteriology MDL
344
MD Histotechnolog 1 2 3
L y MD Clinical 1 1 2 241
253 L Parasitology MDL
345
MD Medical 2 1 3
L Biochemistry ++ Free Course - 2

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

233 +

MD College 2 1 3 Total: 18 Credit Hour

L -- Elective -
- Group 2 Level 6

Total: 19 Credit Hours Cod Course Title Credit Hours Pre-

e Req.
Level 5 No. L L C
T B R
Cod Course Title Credit Pre-
e Hours Req. MD Pharmacolo 2 1 2 241MD
No. L gy and L+
L L C 346 Antimicrobia 242MD
T B R l L or

MD Hematology 2 1 3 251An 243MD

L at L
362
261M MD Clinical 2 1 2 241
DL L Virology MDL
347
MD Pathophysiol 2 1 3 252
L ogy MDL MD Clinical 1 1 4 241
453 L Mycology MDL
348

MD Body Fluids 2 1 3 334 363 L

L Analysis MDL
335 MD Histopatholog 2 1 2 251MDL
L y +
MD Blood Bank 2 1 3 261MDL 356 252MDL
L +262MD

70
 Total: 17 Credit Hour Total: 17 Credit Hour

Level 7 Level 8

Code Course Credit Pre-Req. Cod Course Credit Hours Pre-Req.

No. Title Hours e Title
No. L L C
L L C T B R
T B R
MD Applied 1 1 2 436 MDL
MDL Cellular 2 1 3 242MDL L Clinical
457 and or 437 Biochemist
Molecular 243MDL ry

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Pathology +
354MDL MD Applied 1 1 2 344MDL,
+ L Clinical 345MDL,
356MDL 449 Microbiolo 347MDL,
gy 348MDL
MDL Clinical 2 1 3 363MDL
464 Immunolo MD Case 2 2 425Hlth
gy and L Study OR
Hematolog 471 426Hlth
y
MD Graduation - 2 2 425Hlth
MDL Analytical 2 1 3 335MDL L Project OR
436 Laboratory + 472 426Hlth
Automatio 346MDL
MD Dept. - - 2 70 % of
n
L -- Elective course
MDL Dept. - - 2 70 % of - Course III curriculu
--- Elective course m
Course I curriculu
MD Dept. - - 2 70 % of
m
L -- Elective course
MDL Dept. - - 2 70 % of - Course IV curriculu
--- Elective course m
Course II curriculu
++ Free - 3
m
+ Course
Hlth College 2 - 2 Co. Req.
Total: 15 Credit Hour
--- Elective - with 436
Group 3 MDL Course Description:
HLT Epidemiolo 2 - 2 344MDL,
Course symbol: BHS Level: First
H gy and 345MDL,
111
428 Infection 347MDL,
Control 348MDL Course Title: Credit hours: 4(3+1)
Human Biology

71
Prerequisite: Mendelian genetics, Principles of embryology,
Preparatory Year main human tissues, principles of anatomy and
physiology of human body systems

-Theory lectures
This course will introduce, at an entry level, the
understanding of various cell structures and - Laboratory sessions
functions, eukaryotes vs. prokaryotes,
Evaluation of students:
classification of live organisms, introduction to
the genetics and introduction to human biology - Semester Examination: Written and Practical
including, introduction to human physiology, 50%
anatomy, and introduction to human
embryology. - Final Examination:
50%
By the end of this course, student should be
able to know: Reference book designated:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- The cell as a functional unit, structure, and the Human Biology: Concepts and Current Issues.
main aspects of cell specialization, Michael D. Johnson

cytology and classification of live organisms.

th
- The transport mechanisms across the cell - Human Biology. Mader Sylvia , 7
membrane edition, 2002.
- Human Biology. Chiras DD
- The main principles of Physiology -
Course symbol: PHYS Level: First
- The cellular division and multiplication
112
- DNA and RNA, formation.
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
- DNA and the genetic code. PHYSICS FOR
MEDICAL
- Cellular processes needed for live SCIENCES

- Biochemical basis of generating energy Prerequisite:

- Spermatogenesis Oogenesis in human

- Fertilization and basic embryology Aim of the course

- Introduction to specialized anatomical To emphasize the importance of the process of

structures scientific investigation as a means of solving
problems in everyday life;
- Hormonal regulation of vital functions
To contribute to the pupils general education
- Neuronal regulation of vital functions
by helping to make sense of the physical
Microscopy and tissue preparation methods, environment through scientific inquiry;
staining, cell structure, organelle function, cell
subject;
division, nucleic acids, cellular genetics,

72
To develop experimental and investigative Semester examination 50%
abilities;
Final Examination 50%
To develop the skills necessary to find solutions
to scientific problems; References

To understand that scientific ideas are - College physics Serway R. and J.

developed within a contemporary and historical Faughn
context. - Physics in Biology and Medicine, Third
Edition (Complementary Science) by
To develop positive attitudes towards physics, Paul Davidovits
science in general and the environment. - Physics of the Human Body (Biological
and Medical Physics, Biomedical
This course is designed specifically for students Engineering) by Irving P. Herman
enrolled in the College of Applied Medical - Introduction to Radiological Physics and
Sciences, which include departments such as Radiation Dosimetry by Frank H. Attix

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

medical laboratory, optometry, medical - Any recommended text books by the
radiation techniques, and physiotherapy. The lecturer
course includes experiments that are direct - General Chemistry , Ebbing DD, latest Ed.
applications of concepts covered in the
theoretical component of the course. fluid - General Chemistry, Hill et al. Latest Ed.
dynamics, thermal properties of materials,
electrical properties of materials, optics and - Virtual Chemistry Online
waves. And radiations
Course symbol: Level: First
Viscosity measurement CHEM-113
Properties and sensation of sound
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Optics and laser
General Chemistry
Heat and thermal expansion
Heat Equivalent Prerequisite:
Optical properties of materials Preparatory Year
(Snells Law)
DC Measurements and the concept
of E-filed.
Course Outline:
Interference of Electromagnetic
Waves. General concepts, chemical calculations,
The Spectrum of Hydrogen Atom molecular weight and chemical reactions in
Radiation Detection and aqueous solutions, energy and its
Measurements transformation, chemical bonds and chemical
Teaching Methods: reactions and the cyclic table, thermal
chemistry, properties of substances and
- Lectures attraction forces between molecules, physical
properties of solutions, chemical equilibrium
- Discussion
and neutralization of acids and alkalines in
- Practical sessions aqueous solutions, chemical mobility.

Evaluation Outline

73
By the end of this course, student should be - Final Examination:
able to: 50%

- Describe the atomic structure and define Reading List:

atomic number, mass number and
- General Chemistry , Ebbing DD, latest Ed.
isotopes
- General Chemistry, Hill et al. Latest Ed.
- Know chemical and physical bonding and their
properties - Virtual Chemistry Online

- Know types of chemical reactions and concept Course symbol: Level: First
of rate of reaction HLTH-121

- Know mole, molar mass, molarity and molality Course Title: Credit hours: 2(2+0)
and their use in laboratory Medical
Terminology

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Know calculation formulae and their use in
clinical laboratory Prerequisite:
Preparatory Year
- Know oxidationreduction reactions and their
biological significance
Course Outline:
- Know different types of solutions and solubility This course covers the linguistic structural basis
for scientific and medical terminology in Latin
- Define acids, bases and describe acid-base
and English and explanation of the main terms
reactions
in different applications of medical science
- Understand concept of pH and its calculations specialties to enable advanced students in
different branches and graduates deal easily
- Know buffers and their types with physicians and other workers in different
specialties. The course also aims at acquainting
- Know activation energy and endothermic and students with the pronunciation, writing and
exothermic reactions understanding of general principal medical
st nd terms and abbreviations corresponding to their
- Know 1 and 2 law of thermodynamics and
Arabic homologues.
chemical equilibrium
By the end of this course, student should be
Teaching Methods:
able to:
- Lectures
- Correctly pronounce medical terms
- Discussion
- Explain the meanings of the common medical
- Practical sessions terms regularly usable in medical and

Evaluation Means: health area

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical - Correctly understand sentences that include
50% these terms and abbreviations

74
- Fluent conversation in English with workers in - Define the health team and describe the
the health field principles of organization and control of

Teaching Methods: the team.

- Lectures - Explain the meaning of supervision and

leadership
- Discussion
- Mention the principles of organization ethics
Evaluation Means:
- Describe the levels of health care
- Semester Examination: 50%
- Define quality and describe how to achieve in
- Final Examination: 50% health care services
Reading List: - Mention the instruments and advantages of
achieving quality of health care
- Medical Terminology for Health Professions.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Ann Ehrlich, Carol L Schroeder. - Know danger associated with health
departments and affecting worker.
- Comprehensive Medical Terminology. Betty
Davis Jones - Know safety procedures and problem solving in
biohazard.
Course symbol: Level: First
HLTH-122 Teaching Methods:

Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1) - Lectures

Health Care
System and - Discussion
Vocational Safety
Evaluation Means:
Prerequisite:
- Semester Examination: Written and practical
Preparatory Year
50%

- Final Examination: 50%

Course Outline:
Introduction to applied health sciences, concept Reading List:
of health and factors affecting it, the general
hierarchy of health services and their current - Health Care Administration: Planning,
and future needs, ethics of practice of the Implementing, and Managing Organized
different health professions.
Delivery Systems. Lawrence Wolper.
By the end of this course, student should be
able to: - Principles of Biomedical Ethics. Beauchamp
and Childress.
- Define health management
- www.islamset.com (Islamic constitution of
- Describe the organization of health medical profession).
management and its general hierarchy
Course symbol: Level: Fourth

75
HLTH-123 - Acquire the skill of effective team
configuration.
Course Title: Credit hours: 2(2+0)
Medical ethics - Acquire the skill of effective synergism.

Prerequisite: Teaching Organization:

Preparatory Year
-Theory lectures

Evaluation of students:
Course Outline:
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
This course will introduce, at an entry level, the
50%
understanding of medical ethics, concepts,
rights and duties. Introduction to effective - Final Examination:
personal development knowledge and skills will 50%
also be emphasizing.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Reference book designated
By the end of this course, student should be
able to: Ethics of practicing the profession of medicine-
The Saudi Council of medical specialist- KSA
- Know and describe the ethics of medical 2005
professions
The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People -
- Know and describe the rights and duties of effective lessons in the process of personal
medical team member towards the patients change, Stephen R. Covey.

- Know and describe the rights and duties of

Course symbol: Level: Second
medical team member towards the community.
ANAT-114
- Know and describe the rights and duties of
Course Title: Credit hours:
medical team member towards the colloquies.
Principles of 3(2+1)
- Know and describe the rights and duties of Anatomy
medical team member towards himself.
Prerequisite: BHS-
- Know and describe the rights and duties of 111
medical team member towards the profession.
Course outline:
- Know and describe the rights and duties of
Introduction to anatomy of different regions
medical ethics in research.
and organs of human body
- Acquire the skill of effective pro-activity.
Systemic anatomy of: joints, lymph, digestive,
- Acquire the skill of effective planning. urinary, reproductive, cardiovascular,
respiratory, nervous (CNS and autonomic),
- Acquire the skill of effective prioritization. musculoskeletal, endocrine, and embryology.
Clinical anatomy of certain diseases in relation
- Acquire the skill of effective win-win thinking. to systems organs

- Acquire the skill of effective communication.

76
This course covers the basic gross anatomical Reading list:
features of the human body that include:
digestive, respiratory, cardiovascular, urogenital, Clinically oriented anatomy. Keith. L. Moore.
th
neuroendocrinal, lymphoid and musculoskeletal 4 Ed. 1999.
systems. The course also covers the principles of - Principles of Human Anatomy, by
clinical anatomy. Gerard J. Tortora

By the end of this course student should be able Course symbol: Level: Second
to: PHSL-115

Describe the general structural characteristics of Course Title Credit hours: 3(2+1)
the human body Principles of
Physiology:
Mention the anatomical characteristics of the
different organs and systems Prerequisite: BHS
111

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Compare the different organ structures and
locate their sites in the body Course Outline:

Define planes , orientation, section and surface This course is aimed to understand the basis of
anatomy of the body including sites of the body various physiological functions of the body from
cavities the cell as the smallest functional component of
the body to the function of various organs,
Relate clinical observation to gross anatomy
systems. Further, these systems will be studied
By the end of this course, student should be with objective to enhance the concept of
able to: integrative physiology, as functions of these
systems, to the most part, they are interrelated.
- Know the anatomical structure of the various
systems of the human body. By the end of this course, student should be
able to know:
- Know the relationship between some diseases
and the anatomical structure. - The basic aspects of physiology and body
functions
- Know some facts about the human
embryology. - The functional division of the Nervous System
(NS)
Teaching Methods:
- The function of NS and the exerted control on
- Lectures key body organs

- Practical sessions. - The human endoskeleton, movement and

locomotion.
Evaluation Means:
- The chemical messengers and Endocrine
- Semester Examination: Written and system
practical 50%
- The cardiovascular system and Hepatic
- Final Examination: circulation.
50%

77
- The neural control of blood volume and CHEM 113
pressure
Course Outline:
- The body fluid compartments and the blood as
a tissue. The course covers general subjects in organic
chemistry including aliphatic and aromatic
- The renal system and Homeostasis hydrocarbons, their properties and reactions,
alkyl, halides, alcohols, ethers, phenols,
- The respiratory system and gas exchanges
aldehydes, ketones, amines and carboxylic acids.
- The respiratory-renal adjustment of acid base
By the end of this course, student should be
- The digestive system able to:

- The Pancreatic-Hepatic functions - Know hydrocarbons, their classification,

nomenclature, physical and chemical
- The reproductive system
properties and describe aliphatic and aromatic
- The ovarian, Hormonal and menstrual cycles hydrocarbons.

Teaching Organization: - Know reactions of deletion, addition and

substitution
-Theory lectures
- Know methane, ethylene, and acetylene and
- Laboratory sessions mention their properties

Evaluation of students: - Know alkyl halides, ether and alcohol and their
classification and their physical and
- Semester Examination: Written and
practical 50% chemical properties
- Final Examination: - Know aldehydes and ketones and their physical
50% and chemical properties

Reference book designated: - Define aromatic compounds, describe benzene

structure and mention their physical
Silverthorn, D.U.: Human Physiology: An
Integrated approach and chemical properties

Human Anatomy & Physiology :Elaine N. Marieb. - Know carboxylic acids, their classification and
Text Book of Medical Physiology: Guyton and their chemical and physical
Hall Saunders
Principals of Medical Physiology: W.F. Gannong Properties

Course symbol: Level: Second Teaching Methods:

CHEM 116
- Lectures
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
- Discussion
Organic Chemistry
- Practical sessions
Prerequisite:

78
Evaluation Means: conditions required, or growth of bacteria,
bacterial genetics, bacterial relationship,
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical bacteriophage, bacterial metabolic products,
50% system of bacterial identification, Infection,
pathogenicity and virulence and chemotherapy.
- Final Examination: 50%
General Virology:
Reading List:
Introduction to virology, classification of viruses,
- Organic Chemistry . Mc Murray.
structure of viruses, growth of viruses, viral
- Organic Chemistry . Wade L. genetics, Infection and pathogenicity of virus
diseases.
- Introductory to Organic and Biochemistry
Experiments for students in Health General Mycology:

Professions. Brabson D. Introduction to mycology, classification of

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

mycology, structure of fungi, reproduction of
Course symbol: MDL- Level: Second fungi, growth of fungi, Infections and
111 pathogenicity.

Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1) General Parsitology:

Principle of
Medical Introduction to parasitology, general definitions,
Microbiology Infections and pathogenicity of parasites.
Epidemiology of parasites, diagnostics of
Prerequisite: BHS parasites, control of parasites, classification of
111 parasites: (Protozoa, Helminthes, and
Arthropods).
Course Outline:
Teaching Methods:
This course covers the general principles of
microbiology including classification of different - Lectures
groups of microbes, morphology of each group
and study of their characters. Also the study - Seminars
includes a brief introduction to the infectious
- Practical sessions
diseases regarding their types, causative
microbial agents and methods of their control Evaluation Means:
together with study of food and air
microbiology. - Semester Examination: Written and
Practical 50%
By the end of this course, student should be
able to: - Final Examination: 50%

General Bacteriology: Reading Lists:

Introduction to bacteriology, morphological - Foundations in Microbiology. Kathleen P.

shape of microorganisms, structure of bacterial Talaro, 2004.USA.
cell, reproduction and growth of bacteria,
physiology of microorganisms, physical

79
- Medical Microbiology: A short Course.Baron, et - Use of computer applications in biomedical
al., 1994.Willey-Lis. data analysis.

Course symbol: Level: Second Teaching Methods:

HLTH 124
- Lectures
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
- Seminars
Biostatistics
- Practical sessions
Prerequisite: Hlth
122 Evaluation Means:

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical

Course Outline: 50%
This course presents detailed description of
characters types, displaying and presenting - Final Examination:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

data, measures of central tendency, measures of 50%
dispersion, principles of probability, random
variables and probability distribution, bimodal Reading List:
distribution, natural distribution, confidence
Introductory Biostatistics for the Health
intervals for mean, median, ratios and various
Sciences. Chernick M and Friis R -
statistics tests.
- Presenting medical statistics from proposal to
By the end of this course, student should be
publication. Janet Peacock, 2006.
able to:
Course symbol: Level: Third
- Identify the different methods of collecting
CHEM-120
data.
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
- Interpret different types of data summaries
Analytical
including tables and charts.
Chemistry
- Show the advantages and disadvantages of
Prerequisite:
different types of data presentation.
CHEM 114
- Identify measures of central tendency and
Course Outline:
measures of dispersion and interpreting them.
The course includes a survey of the classical
- Estimate means and their confidence intervals
methods of chemical analysis, the underlying
and interpret results
theoretical concepts, and a brief introduction to
- Identify properties of natural distribution and modern instrumental analysis techniques.
explain the diverse repeated distribution of
By the end of this course, student should be
biomedical data. able to:

- Apply the suitable test for a list of specific data - Describe the applied chemical principles used
such as student T test, F test, or chi-square test. for separation, detection,

80
 identification, and quantification of samples Prerequisite:
constituents. 114Anat, 115Phsl,
116Chem, 117MDL
- Know statistical principles for chemical analysis

- Describe qualitative and quantitative analysis,

i.e., gravimetric and volumetric Course Outline:

analysis, concepts of acid-base, redox The aim of this course is to identify light
reactions, precipitation reactions, titrimetric microscopic structure of various normal human
body organs and tissues in addition to the study
analysis, spectrophotometric and
of cell structure, and cell division.
chromatographic analysis as well as
By the end of this course, student should be
electrochemical behavior.
able to know:
- Principles of quality control.
- Cell structure and division, chromosomes and
Teaching Methods: genes.

- Lectures - Epithelial tissue.

- Discussion - Connective tissue, blood and lymphoid tissue.

- Practical sessions - Muscular tissue

Evaluation Means: - Nervous tissue.

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical - Histology of digestive system.

50%
- Histology of urinary and genital system.
- Final Examination:
- Histology of respiratory system.
50%
- Histology of cardiovascular system.
Reading List:
- Histology of endocrine glands
- Analytical Chemistry - An Introduction ,
Douglas A. Skoog 7th Edition, 2000. This course covers the theoretical and practical
- bases of identifying light & electron
http://www.chem.utoronto.ca/coursenotes/CH microscopical structure of the cell and tissues of
M217/lectures.html3 the human body. These tissues include epithelial
tissues, connective tissue, muscular tissue,
- http://elchem.kaist.ac.kr/vt/chem-
nervous tissues. The course covers also the
ed/analytic/ac-basic.htm microscopical structure of the different body
systems that include: digestive, respiratory,
Course symbol: Level: Third
cardiovascular, nervous, urogenital, male and
ANAT 251
female genital systems, endocrine system,
Course Title: Credit hours: : lymphoid and musculoskeletal systems.
Histology 3(2+1)
Teaching methods:

81
- Lectures. By the end of this course, student should be
able to:
- Practical sessions.
- Know the critical clinical cases.
Means of evaluation:
- Diagnose these cases.
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50% - Give the first aid of these cases.

- Final Examination: - Call the ambulance in the proper time.

50%

Reading list:
Teaching Methods:
- Theory and Practice of Histological Techniques.
By ; John D - Lectures

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Bancroft and Marilyn Gamble, 2002 (5th ed). - Practical sessions

- Basic Histology: Text and Atlas, 10th Edition; Evaluation Means:

2002.
- Semester Examination: Written and
- Histology: A Text and Atlas, By Michael H Ross practical 50%
and Wojciech Pawlina
- Final Examination: 50%
2005 (5th ed)
Reading list:
- Basic Histology. Luiz Carlos Junqueira,
- Internet source material specific to -
John Long, Jose Carnerio
each
- M Histology A Text and Atals. Ross
critical clinical case as determined- by -
Color Textbook of Histology. Gartner
the instructors.
- Workshops given by ministry of health and
Course symbol: Level: Third
Red Cresset
HLTH 225

Course Title: Credit hours: 2(1+1) Course symbol: MDL Level: Third
Ambulance Care 231

Prerequisite: Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)

Hlth122 + Principles of
Anat114 Biochemistry

Prerequisite:
Chem 116
Course outline:
Course Outline:
This course includes teaching the methods of
dealing with critical clinical cases. The student This course offers detailed study of the chemical
should know how to diagnose these cases, give compositions and the biological functions of the
the first aid procedure and call the ambulance in main biochemical molecules including
the proper time. carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and their

82
components, enzymes and different types of Teaching Methods:
hormones. It also includes methods of practical
qualitative and quantitative assays to discover - Lectures
these molecules.
- Discussion
By the end of this course, student should be
- Practical sessions
able to:
Evaluation Means:
- Know and classify the different groups of
carbohydrates and their main biological - Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50%
significance with brief reference to some
pathological conditions such as diabetes. - Final Examination: 50%

- Know and classify the main lipids and describe Reading List:
their chemical structures and

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Biochemistry. Richard H. and Pamela C.
biological significance with brief reference to
some pathological conditions caused Course symbol: MDL Level: Third
261
by lipid disorders such as arthrosclerosis.
Course Title: Credit hours: 4(3+1)
- Know amino acids, their classification, physical Introduction to
and chemical properties as well as Immunology

describing their chemical structures, their main Prerequisite:

biological significance. 114Anat, 115Phsl,
116Chem, 117MDL
- Know proteins, their structures and physical
and chemical forces affecting their Course Outline:

structure with brief reference to some This course presents detailed description to the
common proteins, e.g., haemoglobin, structure of the immune system and its tissues,
cellular properties, functions and chemical
hormones e.g. insulin and immunoglobulin e.g.
elements especially cytokines. It is also includes
IgG
definition of innate and acquired immunity,
- Describe enzymes and their role in the different mechanisms of immune response and
biological reactions and as well as their hypersensitivity and its types. The course also
gives detailed explanation of immunity against
diagnostic role in many diseases e.g. enzyme microbial injuries and methods of prophylaxis,
amylase in pancreatitis. serological and immunological diagnosis of
microbial infection, immunodeficiency diseases,
- Know the structure of nucleic acids i.e. DNA
vaccine and toxoid action and preparation for
and RNA and their role in protein
prevention and treatment. In addition a brief
biosynthesis with brief reference to some of introduction will be given on tissue typing on
genetic disorders such thalassaemia organ transplantation with great emphasis on
laboratory equipment related to immunological
and cystic fibrosis.

83
diagnosis as ELISA, immunoblotting techniques, Barbara A. Osborne 2000.
and PCR.
- Basic and Clinical immunology. Stites, Terr,
By the end of this course, student should be Tristran (eds), 2004.
able to know:
Immunology , 4 th. Edition by Gorden
- Innate (non-specific) immunity Reeves and Ian Todd , Black well Science
Ltd. U. K. 2000 .
- Complement system, antigens. Basic and Clinical Immunplogy, 22 nd Edition
Appleton Lange , by Stites ,DP, Terr,AI, and
- Structure and function of immunoglobulin
Tristram ,GP (2005) :
- Classes of immunoglobulin: isotypes and Medical Immunology , 2 nd, Ed . by
allotypes Playfair.J.H.L., and Lydyard, P.M., (2005).

- Genetics of idiotypes, antigen-antibody

reactions and test for these reactions Course symbol: MDL Level: Fourth

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

252
- Antibody formation, cells involved in immune
responses, major histocompatibility Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
General pathology
complex, response to antigen.
Prerequisite: Anat
- Cell-mediated immunity, immunoregulation, 114, Phsl 115,
immunization, tolerance and Chem 116, MDL
117
autoimmunity .

- Hypersensitivity states, tumor immunology.

Course Outline:
- Immunodeficiency (congenital and acquired).
This course contains introduction to general and
Teaching Methods: basic knowledge of diseases, their causes,
pathogenesis, general morphological and
- Lectures
changes at gross, microscopic and
- Seminars submicroscopic levels as well as the prognosis of
the disease.
- Practical sessions
By the end of this course, student should be
Evaluation Means: able to know:

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical - Definition of pathology and disease, causes of
50% diseases, pathology specimens and

- Final Examination: methods of pathological studies and their

50% relation to clinical aspects.

Reading List: - Inflammation and repair.

- Immunology, 5th Edition . Richard A. Goldsby, - Cell injury, degeneration, tissue deposits,
Thomas J. Kindt, Janis Kuby, and necrosis, gangrene.

84
 th
- Circulatory disturbances. Rosai and Ackerman Surgical Pathology, 9
edition, Two volumes,
- Infection and granuloma.
Course symbol: MDL Level: Fourth
- Growth disorders and tumors.
241
This course clarifies all the known terms in
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
pathology , types and causes of disease,
Medical
pathogenesis, morphological changes in gross
Microbiology
and microscopic levels, symptoms and signs as
well as disease outcome. Also this course covers Prerequisite: MDL
the main pathological changes as inflammation, 261
degeneration, circulatory disorders, immune
disorders, growth disturbances and tumors. Course Outline:

Teaching methods: This course covers studying of different types of

human diseases that caused by different types

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Lectures. of microbes, like viruses, bacteria, fungi, and
parasites. Also, student should be able to know
- Practical sessions.
the different methods of identification of these
Means of evaluation: microbes, using both traditional and recent
techniques, prevention and treatment.
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50% By the end of this course, student should be
able to:
- Final Examination:
50% Identify the different human diseases that
caused by different microbes and how to
Reading list: identify them, prevent them and treat them:
th
- Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7 edition,2007, Medical Bacteriology: Identify the different
Elsevier. Robbins and Cotran types of bacteria that cause human diseases and
their classifications like corynbacterium
th
- Surgical Pathology, 9 edition, 2004. Rosai and diphtheriae, (diphtheria), mycobacterium
Ackerman tuberculosis (TB), mycobacterium leprae
(leprosy), salmonella typhi (typhoid fever),
Concise Pathology, by Parakrama Chandrasoma proteus a common saprophyte of decaying
& Clive Taylor: 2 nd ed. Prentice-Hall organic matter and yersinia pestis (plague). In
international, Inc, 1995. addition, student should know the procedure of
diagnoses by direct microscopy, culture, ELISA
Pathology illustrated, by Peter MacFarlane, and PCR.
Robin Reid & Robin Callander, 5 th ed, Churchill
Livingstone Medical Virology: Identify the various groups of
human viruses that comprise herpes, oncogenic,
Robbins and Cotra hepatitis, influenza, HIV and polio virus. Also,
th identify the clinical manifestations and describe
Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7 edition,
these human diseases and role of transmission
Copyright@2007, Elsevier. [Main Book]
and mechanism of viral pathogenicity. In

85
addition, student should be able to know Prerequisite: 251
different techniques in viral detection, as ANAT
immunofluoresence technique, ELISA, indirect
hemagglutination test, complement fixation
test, PCR, and how to isolate viruses by using Course Outline:
chicken embryo, tissue culture, or experimental This course covers the general basics of tissue
animals. preparation for light microscopy and includes
cellular and tissue decay and basics of tissue
Medical Mycology: Identify the various groups fixation, types of histological cytological fixatives
of medical mycoses that comprise superfacial, and processes of dehydration, clearing and
cutaneous, subcutaneous and systemic mycosis. embedding in paraffin wax and the other
Also, identify the different manifestations by embedding media and tissue sectioning. It also
laboratory technique that include direct covers the basics of cytological and histological
microscopy, culture, serology, and PCR with staining and the common techniques for special
emphasis on mycosis. staining of cells and tissues and hoe to prepare
these stains. It also covers non sectioning
Medical Parasitology: Identify the various
methods for processing cells and tissues for light
groups of medical parasitosis and describe their
microscopy such as smears and imprints. During
clinical manifestations by means of laboratory
this course students are trained to equipment of
diagnosis such as direct (microscopy) and
histological techniques as tissue processors,
indirect(serology) methods.
embedding centers, rotary and automatic
Teaching Methods: microtomes, multi-program automatic linear
and rotary slide stainers and cover slippers.
- Lectures
By the end of this course, student should be
- Discussion able to:

- Practical sessions - receive and registration of specimens.

Evaluation Means: - Gross examination.

-Semester Exam.: Written and Practical 50% - Know fixation: - general usage - types of
fixatives - factors affecting fixation.
- Final Exam.: 50%
- Perform tissue processing: tissue embedding,
Reading List: sectioning, microtomes, frozen

-Review of Medical Microbiology. Jawetz, sections

Melnick and Adelberg, 2005.
- Perform staining: - routine Hx&E staining
-Practical Medical Microbiology. Mackie and know the artifacts in histologic sections
McCortney, 1996.
- Perform histochemical and
Course symbol: MDL Level: Fourth immunohistochemical staining.
253
Teaching methods:
Course Title: Credit hours:
Histotechnology 3(1+2) - Lectures.

86
- Practical sessions. events that control the function of normal
cells, tissues and organs and understand how
Means of evaluation: these
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical processes are altered by disease
60%
- Describe the steps by which cells break down
- Final Examination: biological molecules to extract energy for the
40%
performance of work.
Reading list:
- Describe major cellular biosynthetic pathways,
- Theory & Practice of Histological steps involved in these pathways and the
Techniques, John D. Bancroft and
Marilyn Gamble, editors, 2002, 5 th regulation of key enzymes.
edition, Churchill Livingstone
Drury and Wallington Carletons - Explain the lipid transport disorders and their

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

-
Histological Techniques relation to health.
- Theory and Practice of Histotechnology
- Explain energy balance and its disorders.
by Dezna C. Sheehan
- Major metabolic disorders related to
Course symbol: MDL Level: Fourth arthrosclerosis, stroke, and diabetes.
233
- Understand genetic mutations and disease
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1) cases.
Medical
Biochemistry Teaching Methods:

Prerequisite: 120 - Lectures

Chem+ 231MDL or
- Discussion
232MDL
- Practical sessions

Evaluation Means:
Course Outline:This course presents
introductory biochemistry relevant to human - Semester Examination: Written and Practical
health and disease that forms part of the 50%
foundation of modern medical practice. The
molecular correlation with disease is - Final Examination:
emphasized throughout the course. 50%

By the end of the course, student should be Reading List:

able to: nd
-Medical Biochemistry at a Glance, 2 Edition
- Develop a broad and thorough understanding blackwellpublishing.com/book.asp?ref=1405113
227
at the molecular level of metabolic and
-Marks' Basic Medical Biochemistry: A Clinical
regulatory
Approach, 2004.

87
Course symbol: MDL- Level: Fourth - Discussion and case studies.
322
Means of evaluation:
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
- Semester examination: 50%.
Principle of
Medical Genetics - Final examination: 50%.
Prerequisite: MDL- Reading list:
213/214
- Principles of Medical Genetics, 2nd edition. By:
Course Outline: Thomas D Gelehrter MD;
This course aims at give a summarized idea Francis Collins MD, PhD; David Ginsburg MD,
about principles of medical genetics and its 2007.
applications in health and disease through
studying chromosomal map, genetic control of - Medical Genetics, Ekram Abdel-Salam, Cairo,

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

cell functions, mutations, and diseases resulting 2006.
from chromosomal aberrations, Mendelian
disorders and multifactorial disorders. Also it - Medical Genetics at a glance, by Dorian
deals with modern techniques and laboratory Pritchard, Bruce R Korf, Blackwell Publishing.
tests to diagnosis genetic diseases, genetic
Course symbol: MDL Level: Fifth
engineering and genetic counseling.
353
By the end of this course, student should be
Course Title: : Credit hours:
able to:
Pathophysiology 3(2+1)
- Define chromosome, chromosomal map, genes
Prerequisite: 252
and chromosomal aberrations
MDL
and mutation.
Course Outline:
- Explain genetic control of cell function and
The aim of this course is to give a summarized
protein synthesis.
idea about structural and physiological aspects
- Classify genetic disorders into cytogenetic, of different diseases affecting body organs and
Mendelian and tissues with correlation to pathological process
in laboratory and clinical findings and also the
multifactorial disorders. basic lines of management. The study is
practically aided by identifying tissue sections of
- Recognize the basis of laboratory tests used in
normal tissues compared different common
screening and diagnosis of genetic
diseases.
disorders and premarital evaluation
By the end of this course, student should be
(screening).
able to:
- Genetic engineering and gene therapy
- Understand, and apply basic facts and
Teaching methods: concerns about normal function of different

- Lectures.

88
 systems and correlate between functional - ACC Atlas of Pathophysiology, by: Springhouse
disorders and disease process. , 2007

- Correlate pathological changes and functional - Essentials of Pathophysiology: Concepts

disorders to abnormal laboratory of Altered Health States by Mattson-
Porth, 2004
findings. - Pathophysiology for the Health
Professions, 2nd ed. By Gould, 2002
- Know histological structure and function as
- Textbook of physiology and
well as functional disorders and
pathophysiology, essentials and clinical
common diseases affecting different body problems, ISBN, Copenhagen Medical
organs and tissues. publisher, 2000.
- Pathophysiology review , classical
This course covers the histological structure of clinical cases, edited by Maurice,
the different body systems and their functions, Mulson, New York, McGraw Hill
functional disturbances and their relation to

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Medical Publication, 2002.
appearance of disease manifestations. Also to - ACC Atlas of Pathophysiology, by:
recognize the disease characteristics and the Springhouse , ISBN, Copyright 2007
ways of diagnosis and brief account on Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
principles of management. This course also
relates the pathological process to laboratory,
clinical findings . The study is practically aided by Course symbol: MDL Level: Fifth
identifying tissue sections of normal tissues as 362
well as different common diseases
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Teaching methods: Hematology

- Lectures. Prerequisite:
251Anat, 261MDL
- Practical sessions.
Course Outline:
Means of evaluation:
This course includes identification of blood cells,
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical their normal counts, morphology and study
50% important blood diseases including coagulation
and bleeding disorders
- Final Examination:
50% By the end of this course, student should be
able to:
Reading list:
- Describe normal hematopoiesis and
- Textbook of physiology and pathophysiology,
morphology of blood cells and platelets.
essentials and clinical
- Define and classify anemia types, bleeding and
problems,,2000.
clotting.
- Pathophysiology review , classical clinical
- Define leucocytosis, leucopenia and
cases, 2002.
enumerate their possible causes.

89
- Define and classify leukemia and describe permit result release; explain the pathogenesis
features of blast cells in blood film and of major organ diseases and assist in the
interpretation of results in routine clinical
bone marrow. biochemical testing.

- Make blood film to diagnose deferent types of By the end of this course, student should be
anemia and leukemia able to:

Teaching methods: - Understand the principles of clinical

biochemistry related to health and disease.
- Lectures.
- Perform routine clinical testing and describe
- Practical sessions.
the levels of various analyses, i.e., blood
Means of evaluation: glucose,

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical blood lipids, blood electrolytes, liver function

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

50% tests, kidney function tests, hemoglobin

- Final Examination: measurement, separate blood proteins and

50% hemoglobin types by electrophoresis.

Reading list: - Perform special laboratory tests such as

cardiac enzymes
- Blood Principles and Practice of Hematology,
nd - Identify plasma and urine drug concentration
2 ed. By Robert I Handin 2007.
in toxicological cases and their measurements.
- Anderson's Atlas of Hematology , Shauna C
Anderson 2003. - Investigate common laboratory equipments
used in urine and blood samples.
th
- Atlas of Clinical Hematology, 6 ed. By Helmut
Lffler, Johann Rastetter and - Quality control procedure governing
biochemical equipments.
Torsten Haferlach, 2005.
Teaching Methods:
Course symbol: MDL Level: Fifth
334 - Lectures

Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1) - Discussion

Clinical
- Practical sessions
Biochemistry
Evaluation Means:
Prerequisite: 233
MDL - Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50%

- Final Examination:
Course outline: This course discusses the role of
50%
biochemistry in clinical diagnosis, perform
biochemical analyses using a variety of Reading List:
instruments; assess quality control data to

90
- Clinical biochemistry, 3ed ed. Gaw A, Cowan R, - Mention the steps of processing
O'Reilly D, Stewart M. 2004. specimens for electron microscope
examination
- Clinical biochemistry: techniques and - Mention the types of the different
instrumentation A practical course by John S electron microscopes and the
Varcoe 2001. properties of each
- Define each of the light and electron
Course symbol: MDL Level: Fifth
lenses
355
- Mention the similarities and
Course Title: Credit hours: 2(1+1) dissimilarities between the
Electron transmission and scanning electron
Microscopy microscopes
- Use of ultramicrotome and preparing
Prerequisite: 253 thin and ultrathin sections
MDL - Manual staining using lead citrate and

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

uranium acetate
Course outline: - Enumerate the main
immunocytological staining methods
This course includes the methods of manual
for electron microscopy
preparation for transmission and scanning
- Operation of electron microscopic
electron microscopic examination. This includes
processors and automatic staining
preparing fixatives for electron microscopy as
- Describe the steps of photography,
glutaraldehyde, paraformaldehyde and
processing and printing electron
metastaining with osmium tetra oxide and
microscopic photographs
dehydration, clearing and embedding in resins,
- Operating transmission electron
types of resins, ultramicrotomy, staining,
microscope, adjusting it and
ultramicrotome, its mode of action, ultrathin
photography
sections and staining with uranium acetate, and
- Operating transmission electron
lead citrate, installing pins in transmission
microscope and covering apparatus and
electron microscope. Also the course covers
performing specimen coverage for
training students to equipment for automatic
scanning electron microscopy
preparation of histological and cytological
- Applying safety measures in electron
specimens for electron microscopy and use of
microscopy units
the automatic stainer, the theoretical aspects of
Teaching Methods:
transmission electron microscope work and
practically operating it, photographing and - Lectures
preparing the electron microscope photographs.
It also covers the basics of scanning electron - Practical Sessions
microscope operation and the automatic
covering and photocopying. Evaluation Means:

By the end of this course, student should be - Semester Examination: 50%

able to:
- Final Examination 50%
- Describe the basics of fixing electron
Reading list:
microscope specimens

91
- Practical electron microscopy. Hunter, Elaine E. skin, nose, ear and neck, muscles and
(1984). connective tissues.

- Basic electron microscopy. By Sameh El- Teaching Methods:

Shewemi. 1997
- Lectures
- M. A. Hayat Principles and Techniques
of Electron Microscopy: Biological - Seminars
Applications
- Practical sessions
- Michael J. Dykstra, Laura E. Reuss
Biological Electron Microscopy: Theory, Evaluation Means:
Techniques, and Troubleshooting
- Mark Staniforth, Joseph Goldstein, - Semester Examination: Written and Practical
Patrick Echlin, Eric Lifshin, Dale E. 50%
Newbury Scanning Electron Microscopy
- Final Examination: 50%
and X-Ray Microanalysis

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Marc de Graef Introduction to Conventional Reading List:
Transmission Electron Microscopy
- Medical Parasitology: A Self-Instructional Text
Course symbol: MDL Level: Fifth by Ruth, Ph.D. Leventhal and Russell F. Cheadle,
345 2002.

Course Title: Credit hours: 2(1+1) Course symbol: MDL Level: Fifth
Clinical 344
Parasitology
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Prerequisite: 241 Clinical
MDL Bacteriology

Prerequisite: 241
MDL
Course Outline:This course offers the basics of
medical parasitology where it includes
classification of endo- and exoparasite including
study of life cycles and ways of pathogenecity Course Outline:This course covers studying of
together with brief clinical description and different types of bacteria that cause diseases in
determining suitable clinical specimens for human and their phenotypic characteristics and
laboratory diagnosis using the light microscopy their structures in relation to bacterial
and other laboratory tests such as pathogenicity, as well as, the diagnosis,
immunoserological methods e.g. ELISA and PCR . prevention and treatment of these bacteria.

By the end of this course, student should be By the end of this course, student should be
able to: able to:

Know general definitions of parasitism, Identify different types of bacteria that cause
parasitosis of the digestive system, blood and human diseases and their classifications like
lymph systems, respiratory system, excretory corynbacterium diphtheriae
and reproduction system, nervous system, eye, (diphtheria), mycobacterium tuberculosis (TB),

92
mycobacterium leprae (leprosy), salmonella practically aided by tissue sections of different
typhi (typhoid fever), proteus a common affected lesions of the body.
saprophyte of decaying organic matter and
yersinia pestis (bubonic plague). In addition, By the end of this course, student should be
student should be able to know the virulence able to:
determinants of bacteria and the mechanism of
- Define biopsy in clinical and laboratory
bacterial pathogenesis and diagnosis (direct
practice, tissue processing and staining.
microscopy, culture, PCR) and treatment of
pathogenic bacteria by conducting sensitivity - Understand the pathologic changes at gross
test. and microscopic levels of various

Teaching Methods: common diseases affecting different systems

and tissues and correlate between
- Lectures
functional disorders and disease process.
- Seminars

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Describe microscopic picture of different
- Practical sessions
common lesions that affecting body organs and
Evaluation Means: tissues

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical - Know the immunological staining and
50% molecular tests in diagnostic laboratory.

- Final Examination: 50% Teaching methods:

Reading List: - Lectures.

-Medical Microbiology. Greenwood et al. 2002 - Practical sessions

-Practical Medical Microbiology. Mackie and Means of evaluation:

McCortney, 1996.
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50%
Course symbol: MDL Level: Sixth
356 - Final Examination: 50%

Course Title: Credit hours: Reading list:

Histopathology 3(2+1)
th
- Pathologic basis of disease, 7 ed. By Robbins
Prerequisite: and Cotran
251MDL +
252MDL th
- Surgical pathology, 9 ed. by Rosai and
Ackerman.
Course Outline:
- Curan atlas of pathology
This course aims to give detailed informations
th
about different diseases affecting body organs - Sternberg's diagnostic surgical pathology, 4
and tissues with correlation to pathological ed. By Stacey E Mills 2004..
process and microscopic findings. The study is

93
 - Ivan Damjanov, Histopathology, A Color By the end of this course, student should be
Atlas and Textbook, Williams and able to know:
Wilkins, 1996.
- Robbins and Cotran Pathologic Basis - General pharmacology:
th
of Disease, 7 edition,
- Pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution,
Copyright@2007, Elsevier. [Main
metabolism and excretion)
Book]
- Rosai and Ackerman Surgical Pathology, - Pharmacodynamics (mechanism of drug
th
9 edition, Two volumes, action)
Copyright@2004, Elsevier. Mosby
Saunders. - Chemotherapy of microbes
- Colour Atlas of pathology, by Curan R.
- Classification of antibacterial agents and
C., third edition, ELBS, 1988 Oxford
resistance
University press.
Mills: Sternberg's Diagnostic Surgical Pathology - Adverse reactions of antibacterial agents and

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

By Stacey E Mills, Darryl Carter, Joel K interaction.
Greenson, Reuter and Mark H Stoler, 2004 (4th
ed). - Prophylaxis of infection with antibiotics and
abuse
Course symbol: MDL Level: Sixth
346 - Activity of antibiotics in relation to their
structure including quantitative determination,
Course Title: Credit hours: minimum
Pharmacology and 3(2+1)
Antimicrobial bacteriostatic concentration (MIC) and
Minimum bactericidal concentration (MBC)
Prerequisite:
241MDL + - Culture and sensitivity (antibiotic approach)
242MDL or and producer organisms

243MDL - Individual antibiotics (in brief) beta-lactam

antibiotics, bminoglycosides, sulphonamides,

tetracyclines, chloramphenicol, macrolides,

Course Outline: miscellaneous and chemotherapy of
tuberculosis.
This course deals with history and principles of
pharmacology, principles of absorption, - Antifungal, antiviral and anthelmintics
distribution, and elimination of drugs, (antiparasites).
mechanisms of actions, dynamics, negative side
effects, drug interactions and drug classes with Teaching Methods:
emphasis on chemotherapeutics. It also discuses
- Lectures
activity of antibiotics in relation to their
structure, culture and sensitivity, antibiotics and - Seminars
producer organisms, and the individual
antibiotics. In addition: a brief information will - Practical sessions
be given on antiviral, antifungal and
anthelmintics (antiparasites). Evaluation Means:

94
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical - Trace minerals concentrations in blood.
50%
- Acid-base balance and its disorders.
- Final Examination: 50%
- Mucus and pus
Reading Lists:
Teaching Methods:
- Principles of Pharmacology: The
Pathophysiologic Basis of Drug Therapy by - Lectures
David E. Golan,
- Discussion
Armen H. Tashjian, Ehrin Armstrong, and
- Practical sessions
Joshua M. Galanter, 2004
Evaluation Means:
- The Antimicrobial Drugs by Eric M. Scholar and
William B. Pratt, 2000 - Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50%

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course symbol: MDL Level: Sixth
335 - Final Examination:
50%
Course Title: Body Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Fluid Analysis Reading List:

Prerequisite: 334 - Urinalysis and Body Fluids :Susan

MDL King King Strasinger, Marjorie Schaub Di
Lorenzo. 2001
Course Outline:
- Clinical Chemistry: Principles, Procedures,
This course discusses water and electrolytes Correlation 5th edition (2004).
balance, physiological regulation of water and
electrolytes balance, urinalysis and urine Course symbol: MDL Level: Sixth
sediments, seminal fluid, cerebrospinal fluid, 363
senovial fluid, exudates, transudates, Mucus and
pus. Course Title: Blood Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Banking
By the end of this course, student should be
able to analyze: Prerequisite:
261MDL +262MDL
- Urinalyses and Urine Sediment.

- Water and electrolytes. Course Outline:

- Cerebrospinal fluids (CSF). During this course the student will study blood
phlebotomy, transportation and preservation
- Seminal Fluid with emphasis on antigens and antibodies
reactions. Also it is include performance of
- Senovial Fluid blood banking procedures including blood
grouping and Rh typing, antibody screens,
- Exudates and Transudates.
antibody identification, cross matching, elution,
- Kidney and gall bladder stones.

95
and extract blood products such as platelet and Prerequisite: 241
plasma. MDL

By the end of this course, student should be Course Outline:

able to :
This course covers studying of different types of
- Examine blood donors and select the proper human viruses, their structures in relation to
one by certain tests. viral pathogenicity, symptoms and diagnosis. In
addition to incidence and management of these
- Perform cross matching.
viral infections.
- Identify the common and rare blood groups.
By the end of this course, student should be
- Understand the mechanisms of incompatibility able to:
reactions in the human body.
- Identify various groups of human viral diseases
- Extract blood products e.g. platelets, such as herpes and others.
cryoplamsa
- Identify clinical manifestations and describe
- Educate community in blood donation viral diseases in term of transmission and
campaign
mechanism of viral pathogenicity and
Teaching Methods: symptoms.

- Lectures - Know to diagnose viral infection by different

techniques in viral detection such as
- Discussion
immunofluoresence technique, ELISA, indirect
- Practical sessions hemagglutination test, complement fixation test

Evaluation Means: and PCR.

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical - Isolate the viruses by using chicken embryo,
50% tissue culture, or experimental animals.

- Final Examination: 50% - know the managements of viral infections.

Reading List: Teaching Methods:

- Textbook of Blood Banking and Transfusion -Lectures

Medicine
-Seminars
Sally Rudmann, PhD, MT(ASCP)SBB, CLS,
Professor and Director 2005. -Practical sessions

Evaluation Means:
Course symbol: MDL Level: Sixth
347 - Semester Examination: Written and
Practical 50%
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Clinical Virology - Final Examination: 50%

96
Reading Lists: - Semester Examination: Written and
th
Practical 50%
- Medical Virology(4 ed.). Fenner and White,
1996 - Final Examination: 50%
th
- Principles and Practice of Clinical Virology, 5 Reading Lists:
ed. Zukerman et al rd
-Medical Mycology (3 ed). Rippon, 1988.
Course symbol: MDL Level: Sixth
-Medical Mycology and Human Mycoses.Everett
348
S., 1996.
Course Title: Credit hours: 2(1+1)
Clinical Mycology Course symbol: MDL level: Seventh
457
Prerequisite: 241
MDL Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Cellular and

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course Outline:This course includes; study of Molecular
different fungi types that cause diseases in pathology
human, their structures, characters, in addition
to, incidence, diagnosis and management of Prerequisite:
mycoses. 242MDL or
243MDL +
By the end of this course, student should be 354MDL +
able to: 356MDL

- Identify various groups of medical mycoses. Course Outline:

- Identify superfacial, cutaneous, subcutaneous This course is intended to study molecular basis
and systemic mycosis. of diseases and tumors in relation to their
morphological and laboratory expression. It also
- Differentiate fungal infection from other includes identification of abnormal and
disease by symptoms and clinical manifestation malignant cells in pathological fluids and body
discharges as well as fine needle aspiration
- Perform laboratory diagnosis of these fungi
specimens and its diagnostic applications. The
that including classical materials (direct
study is aided by practical cytological smears of
microscopy,
common lesions.
culture, serology) and modern techniques.
By the end of this course, student should be
- Know management of medical mycosis able to:

Teaching Methods: - Describe cell cycle and cell division.

- Lectures - Understand molecular basis of various

pathologic changes such as, cell injury,
-Seminars inflammation,

-Practical sessions necrosis, edema, carcinogenesis, genetic

disorders and mutation.
Evaluation Means:

97
 th
- Perform image analysis, - Fine needle aspiration cytology, 4 edition, by
immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry and Svante R. Osell, Chirchil
insitu hybridization to
Livingstone2005.
diagnose immunological graft rejection in
organ transplantation. - Diagnostic Molecular Pathology, Editor: Mark H
Stoler MD, ISSN, Copyright
- Describe microscopic features of malignancy in
cytological smears of common lesions 2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
- Cytology: Diagnostic principles and clinical
such as normal and malignant epithelial cells in correlates., 2ed edition, by
urine, dysplastic and malignant cells in
Edumund S Cibas, Copyright@2007, Elsevier.
pleural aspirate and peritoneal fluid,
th
inflammatory and dysplastic cells in - Fine needle aspiration cytology, 4 edition, by
Svante R. Osell, Chirchil
cervicovaginal smears.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Livingstone, published 2005, Copyright@2007
- Understand fine needle aspiration (FNA) of Elsevier.
breast fibroadenoma and infiltrating duct
carcinoma - Applied Immunohistochemistry & Molecular
Morphology, By: Clive R Taylor
- Analyze genital cellular fluids male and female
MD, PhD; Jiang Gu MD, PhD, ISSN, Copyright
Teaching methods: 2007 Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.

- Lectures. - Robbins and Cotran

th
- Practical sessions. Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7 edition,
Copyright@2007, Elsevier
Means of evaluation:
Course symbol: MDL Level: Seventh
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
436
50%
Course Title: Credit hours: 4(3+1)
- Final Examination: 50%
Analytical
Reading list: Laboratory
Automation
- Diagnostic Molecular Pathology, By: Mark H
Stoler MD, 2007 Prerequisite:
335MDL +
- Leonard: Molecular Pathology in Clinical 346MDL
Practice, (1st ed) By Debra G B Leonard 2006 .
Course Outline:
- Cytology: Diagnostic principles and clinical
correlates., 2nd edition, by The aim of this course is to train students on the
principles and practices of instrumental analysis,
Edumund S Cibas, 2007, . involving the use of modern automated
instrumentation in biochemical and medical
applications. It also explain general laboratory

98
instrumentation and support units, - Semester Examination: Written and Practical
spectrophotometric and fluorescent techniques, 50%
clinical analyzers, immunoassays, automated
hematology techniques, atomic absorption, - Final Examination:
advanced automated separation techniques of 50%
chromatography (HPLC, GC, GC-MS, LC-MS),
Reading List:
flow cytometry and modern electrophoreses
techniques and their applications in clinical, -Clinical Biochemistry: Techniques and
nutritional, environmental, drugs and narcotic Instrumentation: John S Varcoe 2001
abuse.
- Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 5th Edition,
By the end of this course, student should be by Douglas A. Skoog, F. James Holler & Timothy
able to:
A. Nieman. 1998.
- Establish self confidence in dealing with
Course symbol: MDL Level: Seventh
instrumentation. 464

Describe theoretical concept behind the design Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Clinical
Of instruments.
Immunology and
- Describe major operational requirements for Hematology
each category of instrumentation.
Prerequisite:
- Describe application and utilization for each 364MDL
instrument in applied medical sciences.

- Handle trouble shooting procedures and Course Outline:This course deals with clinical
regular maintenance with quality control and laboratory applications for important
measure. immunological and hematological disorders
aided by case studies and explanation of
- Demonstrate procedure of operation of major laboratory findings.
advanced instruments to others. By the end of this course, student should be
able to:
- provide complete description of necessary
equipments in medical laboratory. - Know Immune mechanisms and diseases
classification.
- work in research centre and reference
laboratory - Understand immunological basis of organ
transplantation and HLA typing.
Teaching Methods:
- Enumerate laboratory findings in different
- Lectures immunological disorders.

- Discussion - Classify anemia and describe microscopic

picture and laboratory findings of hemostasis
- Practical sessions
disorder
Evaluation Means:

99
- Define leukocytosis, leukopenia in relation to including literature reviewed and use scientific
the underlying disease such as leuckemia and information resources.

lymphoma. By the end of this course, student should be

able to:
Teaching methods:
- Learn the essential steps the usage of library
- Lectures. and electronic search
- Practical sessions - Know types of scientific papers, thesis and
journals
Means of evaluation:
- Learn the classification of collected
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
information in priority order
51%
- Design a complete and basic research proposal.
- Final Examination: 51%

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Teaching Methods:

The student carries out a thorough literature

Reading list:
search using different scientific resources under
- Immunohematology Principles and Practice. the supervision of a faculty staff member
nd
2 ed. By Eva D Quinley MS,
Evaluation Means:
MT(ASCP).
Written report
- Blood Principles and Practice of Hematology, 11%
nd
2 ed By Robert I Handin MD; Samuel
Presentation and verbal examination
E. Lux MD; Thomas P Stossel MD. 21%

th
- Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7 edition By Reading List:
Robbins and Cotran.
- As directed by the student's advisor.
Course symbol: Level: Ninth
Course symbol: HLTH Level: Eighth
HLTH 425
428
Course Title: Credit hours: 2(2+0)
Course Title: Epidemiology Credit hours:
Research
& Infection Control 2(2+0)
Methodology
Prerequisite344MDL,
Prerequisite: 70%
345MDL, 347MDL,
of course
348MDL
curriculum

Course Outline:
Definition of Epidemiology, the principles of
Course Outline:Training on project
epidemiology, uses of epidemiology in health
establishment and methodology of execution
care, types of epidemiologic studies.

100
This course focuses on various modes of Park text book of Preventive and community
transmission, incubation periods, host Medicine
resistance, and susceptibility to various
infections and communicable diseases Reading List:Park text book of Preventive and
community Medicine
The modules help to implement appropriate
measures to control the spread of infection Course symbol: MDL Level: Eighth
449
Define the principles and processes used in
sterilization, disinfection and sanitation in the Course Title: Applied Credit hours: 2(1+1)
health care facility Clinical Microbiology

Management and communication skills Prerequisite:

necessary for the coordination of an effective
344MDL, 345MDL,
infection control program
347MDL, 348MDL

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Define the governmental regulations and discuss
standards which govern infection control Course Outline:
practice This course covers studying of different
microbes in term of isolation and identification
By the end of this course, student should be
of viruses, bacteria, yeasts, fungi and parasites
able to know:
that infect the different organs with interest in
Tell the methods of prevention and control of clinical practice of microbiology throw case
infection studies.

Should be able to demonstrate various types of By the end of this course, student should be able
hand washing techniques and Personal to:
protective equipments
Identify, diagnose and treat microbes infection
Enumerate various hand washing agents, , of the gastrointestinal tracts, genito-urinary,
disinfectants, cleaning agents and waste central nervous systems, and diseases affecting
management eye, skin and musculoskeletal tissues

Teaching Methods: Teaching Methods:

- Theory lectures -Lectures

- Seminars -Seminars

- Laboratory sessions -Practical sessions

Evaluation Means: Evaluation Means:

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical - Semester Examination: Written and

50% Practical 60%

- Final Examination: 50% -Final Examination: 40%

Reading List: Reading Lists:

101
-Review of Medical Microbiology. Jawetz, - Discussion
Melnick and Adelberg, 2005.
- Practical sessions
-Practical Medical Microbiology. Mackie and
McCortney,1996. Evaluation Means:

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical

Course symbol: MDL Level: Eighth
60%
437
- Final Examination: 40%
Course Title: Credit hours: 2(1+1)
Applied Clinical Reading List:
Biochemistry
-Clinical Biochemistry: Techniques and
Prerequisite: 436 Instrumentation: John S Varcoe 2001
MDL
-Tietz Textbook of Clinical Chemistry, 3rd

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Edition, Burtis , Ashwood and Tietz, 1999
Course Outline:The aim of this course is to train
students on different routine and special clinical Course symbol: MDL Level: Eighth
biochemistry tests used in clinical laboratories 471
and all technical and scientific procedures
related to these tests. Course Title: Case Credit hours: 2(0+2)
Study

By the end of this course, student should be Prerequisite:

able to: 425Hlth OR
426Hlth
- Know clinical biochemistry tests and their
application and operation of equipments
Course Outline:
- Prepare standard operating procedure (SOP) During this course students will study and
manuals prepare selected case studies for different
disease conditions including physiological,
- Prepare and perform quality control pathological, clinical, and diagnostic aspects.
procedures for all tests Student will thoroughly study the case
designated and carry out all investigation to
- Know method settings and evaluations
draw final diagnosis. The work will be presented
- Know result interpretation, reporting and in the form of written report and seminar
authorization presentation.

- Advice and train the medical and laboratory By the end of this course, student should be
staff able to:

- Contribute to research and development in - Study different disease conditions and perform
the laboratory required investigations and draw right diagnosis

Teaching Methods: - Prepare selected case study for disease

condition using patient medical records and
- Lectures other

102
 scientific resources - Collect data

- Interpret laboratory results and statistics of the - Analyze data

case
- Trouble shooting
- Prepare and write detailed report.
- Write research progress reports
- Present case study in form of seminar and
discuss it in depth with his colleagues and - Write a final paper format with presentation in
instructor
form of seminar.
Teaching Methods:
Teaching Methods:
Written report
The student conduct the practical research
Seminar presentation project under the supervision of a faculty staff
member

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Verbal and questions
Evaluation Means:
Evaluation Means:
- Written Report 50%
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50% - Viva Examination 50%

- Final Examination: 50% Reading List:

Reading List: - As directed by the student's advisor.

- As directed by the student's advisor. Elective Courses Description:

Course symbol: MDL Level: Eighth Course symbol: MDL Level: Ninth
472 480

Course Title: Credit hours: 2(1+1) Course Title: Credit hours: 2(2+0)
Graduation Project Laboratory
Management and
Prerequisite: Quality Control
426Hlth OR
427Hlth Prerequisite: 70%
of course
Course Outline: curriculum

This course helps student to start

predetermined project including data Course Outline:
acquisition and analysis then write report under This course give an introduction to laboratories
the supervision of a faculty staff member. and their types, management, departments,
laboratory information system (LIS), sample
By the end of this course, student should be collection, transportation and preservation,
able to: quality assurance. It also includes dealing with
instruments ant its trouble shooting, methods of
- Conduct practical research

103
analysis, safety precaution, and recognition of -Clinical Laboratory Management: Lynne Shore
laboratory dangers. Garcia, editor (2004)

By the end of this course, student should be -Handbook of Laboratory Health and Safety, 2nd
able to: Edition(1995)

- Define laboratory management Course symbol: MDL Level: Tenth

481
- Describe general plan of administrative
organization of diagnostic and reference Course Title: Credit hours:
laboratories Quality 2(1+1)
improvement in
- Describe components of laboratory
Health care
information system (LIS).
Prerequisite: 70%
- Describe the methods of specimen collection,
of course
transportation, preservation and storage

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

curriculum
- Write result reports properly

- Understand the importance and relevance of

Course Outline.
quality assurance.
Introduction of Quality management system,
- Describe the important procedures for
quality tools, requirements implementation,
selecting equipments, their operation and
controls, evaluation and Assurance in Health
maintenance
care
according to certain guidelines.
By the end of this course, student should be able
- Perform quality control test to the equipments to
and diagnostic consumables
Principle for total Quality management in Health
- Describe safety procedures in different care organization
diagnostic and research laboratories
Implementation of Total Quality

Management requirement
Teaching Methods:
Organization and Management
- Lectures
Quality management system
- Discussion
Document control
Evaluation Means:
Review control
- Semester Examination: 50%
External services and supplies
- Final Examination: 50%
Advisory services
Reading List:
Resolution of complaints

104
Identification and control of nonconformities -FUNDAMENTALS OF HEALTH CARE
IMPROVEMENT GREGORY S. OGRINC, LINDA
Corrective action
A. HEADRICK
PREVENTIVE ACTION
- TEXTBOOK OF TOTAL QUALITY IN
CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT HEALTHCARE A. F. AL-ASSAF, JUNE A.
SCHMELE
QUALITY AND TECHNICAL RECORDS
COURSE SYMBOL: 485 LEVEL: TENTH
INTERNAL AUDITS, QUALITY ASSURANCE AND
MDL
ACCREDITATION
COURSE TITLE: CREDIT HOURS:
MANAGEMENT REVIEW
SOCIAL AND 2(1+1)
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENT PREVENTIVE
MEDICINE
PERSONNEL

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

PREREQUISITE: 07%
ACCOMMODATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL OF COURSE
CONDITIONS CURRICULUM

EQUIPMENT AND MEDICAL PROCEDURE

LOCAL AND INTERNATIONAL REGULATORY AFFAIRS COURSE OUTLINE:

IN THIS COURSE STUDENTS ARE INTRODUCED TO
TEACHING METHODS:
THE HISTORY OF SOCIAL MEDICINE, PREVENTIVE

- LECTURES MEDICINE, PRINCIPLES OF EPIDEMIOLOGY, AND

APPLICATION OF EPIDEMIOLOGIC PRINCIPLES IN
- DISCUSSION PREVENTIVE AND SOCIAL MEDICINE, STUDY
DESIGNS, SCOPE OF SOCIAL AND PREVENTIVE
EVALUATION MEANS: MEDICINE, COMMUNICABLE AND CHRONIC DISEASES,
PREVENTION INTERVENTIONS, SOCIAL AND
- SEMESTER EXAMINATION: WRITTEN AND
BEHAVIORAL ASPECTS OF HEALTH, OCCUPATIONAL
PROJECTS 50%
AND ENVIRONMENTAL RISK FACTORS
- FINAL EXAMINATION: 50%
BY THE END OF THIS COURSE, STUDENT SHOULD BE
READING LIST: ABLE TO KNOW:

- HEALTH CARE ADMINISTRATION: PLANNING, DISCUSS PRINCIPLES AND ASPECTS OF SOCIAL AND
IMPLEMENTING, AND MANAGING ORGANIZED PREVENTIVE MEDICINE
DELIVERY SYSTEMS. LAWRENCE WOLPER.
DISCUSS THE EPIDEMIOLOGIC PRINCIPLES, VARIOUS
- PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF QUALITY TYPES OF RESEARCH STUDIES

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH CARE DONALD E.

EPIDEMIOLOGY OF COMMUNICABLE AND CHRONIC
LIGHTER, DOUGLAS C. FAIR. DISEASES

PREVENTION INTERVENTIONS

105
UNDERSTAND VARIOUS OCCUPATIONAL, By the end of this course, student should be
ENVIRONMENTAL RISK FACTORS able to

UNDERSTAND CERTAIN BEHAVIORAL ASPECTS IN - Concept of Business

HEALTH PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION
- Business planning and policy

-Terminologies related Business Management

TEACHING METHODS:
-Concept of Health care
- THEORY LECTURES
-Health care ethics
- SEMINARS
-Health care Budgeting and Financing
- LABORATORY SESSIONS
-Health care organization and related sector
EVALUATION MEANS:
-Health care Business models

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50% -Health care products in different

- Final Examination: 50% - Pharmaceutical sector

- Biotechnology Sector
Reading List: - Medical Devices Sector
- Medical Research sector
Park text book of Preventive and community - Medical informatics
Medicine sector
- Health care insurance
Textbook of Public Health and Community sector
- Hospital Sector
Medicine (by AFMC and WHO India office)
- Diagnostic Division sector
Barker's Text book of Basic Epidemiology -Health care marketing

- Health care production sale , promotion and

Course symbol: 486 Level: Tenth
regulations
MDL
Teaching Methods:
Course Title: Credit hours: 2
Business study in (1+1) - Lectures
Health care
- Discussion
Prerequisite: 70%
of course Evaluation Means:
curriculum
- Semester Examination: Written and Projects
Course Outline. 50%

Introduction to Health care Business, model, - Final Examination: 50%

Products, marketing ethics , finance ,important
competitive and regulatory forces shaping these Reading List:- Health Care Administration:
health care sectors Planning, Implementing, and Managing
Organized Delivery Systems. Lawrence Wolper.

106
- Principles of Biomedical Ethics. Beauchamp Teaching Methods:
and Childress.
- Theory lectures
The Business of Health care Innovation by
LawtonsRobert Burn (Cambridge) - Seminars

The Business of Health care by Kenneth H. Colin, - Laboratory sessions

Douglas E.Hough
Evaluation of students:

- Semester Examination: Written and Practical

50%
Course symbol: 487 Level: Tenth
MDL - Final Examination:
50%
Course Title: Credit hours:
Environmental Health 2(1+1) Reading List:
Education

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Prerequisite: Park's text book of Preventive and Social
07% of course Medicine
curriculum
Textbook of Public Health and Community
Medicine (by AFMC and WHO India office)
Course Outline: This course focuses on
Health Education, Environmental health, Barker's Text book of Basic Epidemiology
environmental exposures (from food, air and
water), Hazardous effects of pollution, Course symbol: MDL Level: Tenth
communication skills and types of 488
communication methods.
Course Title: Credit hours: 2(1+1)
By the end of this course, student should be Haemostasis and
able to know: Clot

Identify sources of toxic chemicals and define Prerequisite: 07%

various environmental hazards. Describe the of course
fate of toxic chemicals in air, water and soil and curriculum
their transfer to human food chain - The
transport mechanisms across the cell membrane
Course Outline: This course shows detailed
Develop sound knowledge about exposure and
aspects of the haemostatic process which
abatement of air and water pollution -
includes the coagulation system and fibrinolytic
Understand environmental regulations and system, and the concepts about how the
compliance with regulations in specific process prevents bleeding as well as thrombosis
instances. by keeping the blood in fluid state within
vascular system
Demonstrate appropriate written and oral
communication skills related to Environmental By the end of this course, student should be
health education - Biochemical basis of able to know:
generating energy

107
- The role of blood vessel, platelet, coagulation Degrees:
factors, coagulation factors inhibitors, and Bachelor of Science (B.Sc.) in Radiologic
fibrinolytic system in hemostatic mechanism Technology.

- All type of diseases and abnormalities tha lead Admission requirements :

to bleeding tendency. 1. Complying with the colleges admission
requirements
- The coagulation investigations used to detect
these abnormalities 4. Successful completion of the colleges core
program
- the thrombatic tendency and tha factors might
be inclusive and mechanisms associated 3. Place availability

- The uses of the anti coagulants, and the Graduation requirements :

For graduation, students have to:
monitoring investigations
. Pass the universitys preparatory year,
- General molecular concepts about the

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

which involves 16 credit hours of
haemostatic inherited diseases.
English language, 6 credit hours of
Teaching Methods: mathematics, 6 credit hours of
computer, 4 credit hours of physical
- Lectures sciences, and 2 credit hours of learning
skills.
- Seminars
. Pass the 140 credit units of the college
- Practical sessions
of applied medical sciences, which are
Evaluation Means: distributed to eight academic
semesters.
- Semester Examination: Written and Practical
50% . Successfully complete the internship
year
- Final Examination:
50% Career opportunities :
The graduates of the radiologic technology
Reading List: department have various opportunities to work
as radiographic technologists in general
th
Practical hematology 12 edition, john Dacie, radiography, ultrasound imaging, CT scan, MRI,
S.M. Lewis 2008 nuclear medicine, and any other division of
radiology department of either government or
Clinical hematology, principles, procedures,
th private hospitals and/or health care centers. The
correlations. 8 edition. Cheryl lotspeich-
graduates also have an opportunity to work in
steininger. Anne Stiene- Martin. John Koepke
the academic field and research centers.
2004
Faculty (Radiologic Technology)
Department of Radiologic
Technology: A-Nasr Aldeen Mohamed Naeem Lecturer

A-Abdullah Hamdan Lecturer

Sunil Kalagi Lecturer

108
 Abdulrhman Alshahrani Demonstrator No. etical tical ai ed me
ni it nt
Study Plan: ng

Level 1 IC Islamic 4 4 IC
102 Culture 101
Cod Course Credit Teaching Units Req
(2)
e Title uire
No. Theor Prac Tr Cr me
etical tical ai ed nt
ni it AN Principle 4 1 3 BHS
ng AT s of 111
114 Anatomy
IC Islamic 4 4
101 Culture PHS Principle 4 1 3 BHS
(1) L s of 111
115 physiolo
ARA Arabic 4 4
gy
B Language
101 Skills MD Principle 4 1 3 BHS
L s of 111
BHS Human 3 1 2
117 Medical
111 Biology
Microbio
CHE General 4 1 3 logy
M Chemistr
CHE Organic 4 1 3 CHE
113 y
M Chemistr M
PHY General 4 1 3 116 y 113
S Physics
HLT Ethics of 4 4
112
H Medical
HLT Medical 4 4 123 Professio
H Terminol n
121 ogy
HLT Biostatist 4 1 3 HLT
HLT Health 4 1 3 H ics H
H Care 124 122
122 System
Total 14 5 19
&Vocatio
nal Level 3
Safety
Co Course Credit Teaching Req Ty
Total 15 4 19 de Title Units uire pe
N me of
Level 2 Th Pra Tr Cr
o. nt Re
eo ctic ai ed qu
Cod Course Credit Teaching Units Req
re al ni it ire
e Title uire
Theor Prac Tr Cr tic m

109
 al ng en 115
t
RAD
IC Islamic 4 1 IC 241
10 Culture 101
3 (3) 4 M General 4 1 3 AN
DL Patholo AT
AR Arabic 4 1 25 gy 114
AB Editing 2 PHS
10 4 L
3 115
CHE
HL Emerge 1 1 AN M
TH ncy AT 116
22 Health 4 114 MD
5 Care L
HLT
117
H
122 Total 13 5 18
RA Radiatio 4 1 3 PHY
Level 4
D n S
24 Physics 112 Cod Course Title Credit Teaching Units Req
1 & e uire
Nuclear AN No. Th Prac Tr Cr me
Medicin AT eo tical ai ed nt
e 114 re ni it
tic ng
PHS
al
L
115 IC Islamic 4 1 4 IC1
104 Culture (4) 01
RA Principl 4 1 3 PHY
D2 es of S RA Radiographi 4 1 3 RA
31 Image 112 D c Anatomy D
Formati 232 & 251
CHE S
on& Physiology-1
Acquisit M
ion 116 RA Medical 4 1 4 RA
D Imaging D
RAD
242 Equipments 241
241
RA Principle of 4 1 3 RA
RA Principl 4 1 3 AN
D General D
D e of AT
252 Radiography 251
25 General 114
-2
1 Radiogr
PHS S
aphy -1 RA Patient care 4 1 4 HLT
L
D in Radiology H

110
233 Department 225 &
Equipm
RA ent
D
251 RAD Viewing 1 4 3 RA
354 & D
RA Radiation 4 1 3 RA Reading 232
D Safety & D Medical
234 Protection 231 Images RA
-1 D
RA 353
D
251 RAD Radiogr 2 1 3 RA
335 aphic D
MD College 4 1 3 CHE Anatom 232
L Elective- M1 y &
xxx group -1 16 Physiolo
gy-2
Total 14 4 18
RAD Contras 4 1 4 CHE
Level 5
361 t Media M
Code Course Credit Teaching Req & it's 116
No. Title Units uire applicat
ions RA
me
Th Pra Tr Cr D
nt
eo ctic ain edi 251
ret al ing t
ica MDL Pathop 4 1 3 MD
l 354 hysiolog L
y 252
RAD Physics 2 1 4 RA
343 of D Total 13 5 18
Comput 242
ed Level 6
Tomogr
Cod Course Credit Teaching Units Req
aphy
e Title uire
No. Theor Prac Tr Cr me
RAD353 Clinical 1 1 4 4 RA
etical tical ai ed nt
Practice D
ni it
-1 232
ng
RA
RA Compute 2 1 3 RA
D
D d D
242
371 Tomogra 343
RAD Ultraso 2 1 - 2 RA phy scan
Imaging RA
344 und D
D
Physics 242

111
 353 Total 12 3 2 17

RA X-ray 2 1 3 RA Level 7
D Fluorosc D
362 opic 232 Cod Course Credit Teaching Units Req
Techniqu e Title uire
RA No. Theor Prac Tr Cr me
e
D etical tical ai ed nt
242 ni it
ng
RA
D36 RA Magnetic 2 1 3 RA
1 D Resonan D
473 ce 343
RA Nuclear 2 1 4 RA Imaging
D Medicine D
372 Techniqu 242
RA Ultrasou 2 1 3 RA
e
RA D nd D
D 474 Imaging 345
361
RA Viewing 1 4 3 RA
RA Physics 2 1 4 RA D & D
D of D 456 Reading 354
443 Magnetic 242 Medical
Images - RA
Resonan
2 D
ce
362
RA Clinical 0 0 4 2 RA
RA
D Practice - D
D
355 2 252
355
RA
RA Departm 4 1 3
D
D ent
353
xxx Elective
MD College 4 1 3 MD
L Elective- L
xxx group -2 213 RA Departm 4 1 3
D ent
Or xxx Elective
MD
L HLT College 4 1 4 75%
232 H Elective- of
xxx group -3 Tea
xxx Free 2 0 2 chin
course g
Pla

112
 n

x X 15

Total 11 6 17

Course Description(Radiologic Technology):

Course Code: BHS 111 Level: 1

Level 8
Course Title: Human Course Units: (Theory
Co Course Credit Teaching Req Ty Biology + Practice): 4(3+1)
de Title Units uire pe Requirements: Instructors:
N me of Preparatory Year
o. Th Pra Tr Cr nt Re
eo ctic ai ed qu
re al ni it Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
ire
tic ng ent ek dit ent ek dit
m
al en st th
1 Half 6 10 Practical 15t 15
t Exam Exam h

RA Depart 8 nd
2 Half 12
th
10 Assignm - 15
D ment Exam ents &
xx Elective Reports
x

RA Quality 2 1 4 RAD
D Manage 231 Total -
43 ment in Semester
6 Radiolo RAD Assessment 50%
gy 353
Depart Final Exam 16th 50%
ment

RA Graduat 4 4 421 R
Course objectives:
D4 ion HLT
37 Project 1 H This course aims to provide students with the
understanding of various cell structures and
or
functions; eukaryotes vs. prokaryotes;
427 classification of live organisms; introduction to
HLT the genetics and introduction to human biology;
H introduction to human physiology, anatomy,
and introduction to human embryology.
xx Free x X 3
x Course Course description:

113
This course consists of the following Requirements: Instructors:
components: The cell as a functional unit, Preparatory Year
structure, and the main aspects of cell
specialization; cytology and classification of live
organisms; The transport mechanisms across
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
the cell membrane ; The main principles of
Physiology- The cellular division and ent ek dit ent ek dit
multiplication; DNA and RNA, formation; DNA
1st Half 6th 10 Practical 15t 15
and the genetic code ; Cellular processes needed
Exam Exam h
for live- Biochemical basis of generating energy;
Spermatogenesis Oogenesis in human- 2nd Half 12t 10 Assignm - 15
Fertilization and basic embryology; Introduction Exam h ents &
to specialized anatomical structure; Hormonal Reports
regulation of vital functions- Neuronal
regulation of vital functions; Microscopy and
tissue preparation methods, staining, cell
structure, organelle function, cell division, Total -
nucleic acids, cellular genetics, Mendelian Semester
Assessment 50%
genetics, Principles of embryology, main human
tissues, principles of anatomy and physiology of
Final Exam 16th 50%
human body systems

Teaching Methods:
Course objectives:
Lectures,
This course is designed specifically for students
Labs and Workshops
enrolled in the College of Applied Medical
Sciences, which include departments such as
medical laboratory, optometry, medical
Recommended text books radiation techniques, and physiotherapy. The
course includes experiments that are direct
Human Biology: Concepts and Current Issues.
applications of concepts covered in the
Michael D. Johnson
theoretical component of the course. Fluid
Human Biology. Mader Sylvia , 7th edition , dynamics, thermal properties of materials,
2002. electrical properties of materials, optics and
waves and radiations. The importance of the
Human Biology. Chiras DD process of scientific investigation as a means of
solving problems in everyday life; ; To develop
experimental and investigative abilities; To
develop the skills necessary to find solutions to
Course Code: PHYS Level: 1
scientific problems; To understand that scientific
112
ideas are developed within a contemporary and
Course Title: PHYSICS Course Units: (Theory historical context.
+ Practice): 3(2+1)
Course description:

114
This course consists of the following Total -
components: Viscosity measurement ; Semester
Properties and sensation of sound ;Optics and Assessment 50%
laser ,Heat and thermal expansion ;Heat
th
Equivalent ,Optical properties of materials Final Exam 16 50%
(Snells Law) ; DC Measurements and the
concept of E-filed., Interference of
Electromagnetic Waves; The Spectrum of
Course objectives:
Hydrogen Atom, Radiation Detection and
Measurements This course aims to provide students with
General concepts, chemical calculations,
Teaching methods: molecular weight and chemical reactions in
aqueous solutions, energy and its
Lectures
Labs and workshops transformation, chemical bonds and chemical
Recommended text books reactions and the cyclic table, thermal
chemistry, properties of substances and
1. College physics Serway R. and J. attraction forces between molecules, physical
Faughn properties of solutions, chemical equilibrium
2. Physics in Biology and Medicine, Third and neutralization of acids and alkalines in
Edition (Complementary Science) by aqueous solutions, chemical mobility.
Paul Davidovits
3. Physics of the Human Body (Biological Course description:
and Medical Physics, Biomedical
This course consists of the following
Engineering) by Irving P. Herman
components: Describe the atomic structure and
define atomic number, mass number and
Course Code: CHEM Level: 1 isotopes; Know chemical and physical bonding
113 and their properties; Know types of chemical
reactions and concept of rate of reaction; Know
Course Title: General Course Units: (Theory mole, molar mass, molarity and molality and
Chemistry + Practice): 3(2+1) their use in laboratory; Know calculation
Requirements: Instructors: formulae and their use in clinical laboratory ;
Preparatory Year Know oxidation-reduction reactions and their
biological significance; Know different types of
solutions and solubility; Define acids, bases and
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre describe acid-base reactions; Understand
ent ek dit ent ek dit concept of pH and its calculations; Know buffers
st th and their types; Know activation energy and
1 Half 6 10 Practical 15t 15
endothermic and exothermic reactions ; Know
Exam Exam h st nd
1 and 2 law of thermodynamics and chemical
nd th equilibrium
2 Half 12 10 Assignm - 15
Exam ents &
Teaching methods:
Reports
Lectures
Labs and workshops
Recommended text books

115
 1. General Chemistry, Ebbing DD, latest general principal medical terms and
Ed. abbreviations corresponding to their Arabic
2. General Chemistry, Hill et al. Latest Ed. homologues.
3. Virtual Chemistry Online
Course description:

This course consists of the following

Course Code: HLTH Level: 1
components: Correctly pronounce medical
121
terms.
Course Title: Medical Course Units: (Theory
Explain the meanings of the common medical
Terninology + Practice): 2(2+0)
terms regularly usable in medical and health
Requirements: Instructors:
area; Correctly understand sentences that
Preparatory Year
include these terms and abbreviations; Fluent
conversation in English with workers in the
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre health field

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

ent ek dit ent ek dit
Teaching methods:
st th
1 Half 6 12.5 Practical 15t -
Lectures,
Exam Exam h
nd th Labs and Workshops
2 Half 12 Assignm - 15
Exam ents & Recommended text books
12.5 Reports
1. Medical Terminology for Health
Professions. Ann Ehrlich, Carol L
Schroeder.
2. Comprehensive Medical Terminology.
Total - Betty Davis Jones
Semester
Assessment 50%
Course Code: HLTH Level: 1
th
Final Exam 16 50% 122

Course Title: Health Course Units: (Theory

Care System and + Practice): 3(2+1)
Course objectives:
Vocational Safety
This course aims to provide students with the Requirements: Instructors:
linguistic structural basis for scientific and Preparatory Year
medical terminology in Latin and English and
explanation of the main terms in different
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
applications of medical science specialties to
ent ek dit ent ek dit
enable advanced students in different branches
and graduates deal easily with physicians and st
1 Half 6
th
10 Practical 15t 15
other workers in different specialties. The Exam Exam h
course also aims at acquainting students with
the pronunciation, writing and understanding of

116
 nd th
2 Half 12 10 Assignm - 15 1. Health Care Administration: Planning,
Exam ents & Implementing, and Managing
Reports Organized
2. Delivery Systems. Lawrence Wolper.
3. Principles of Biomedical Ethics.
Beauchamp and Childress.
Total -
4. www.islamset.com ) Islamic
Semester
50% constitution of medical profession
Assessment
Course Code: HLTH Level: 2
Final Exam 16th 50% 123

Course Title: Medical Course Units: (Theory

Ethics + Practice): 2(2+0)
Course objectives: Requirements: Instructors:
Preparatory Year
This course aims to provide students with

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Introduction to applied health sciences, concept
of health and factors affecting it, the general Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
hierarchy of health services and their current ent ek dit ent ek dit
and future needs, ethics of practice of the
st th
different health professions. 1 Half 6 12.5 Practical 15t -
Exam Exam h
Course description:
nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm -
This course consists of the following Exam ents &
components: Define health management; 12.5 Reports 15
Describe the organization of health
management and its general hierarchy; Define
the health team and describe the principles of
Total -
organization and control of the team; Explain
Semester
the meaning of supervision and leadership; 40%
Assessment
Mention the principles of organization ethics;
Describe the levels of health care; Define
Final Exam 16th 60%
quality and describe how to achieve in health
care services; Mention the instruments and
advantages of achieving quality of health care;
no danger associated with health departments Course objectives:
and affecting worker; Know safety procedures
This course aims to provide students with the
and problem solving in biohazard.
understanding of medical ethics, concepts,
Teaching methods: rights and duties. Introduction to effective
personal development knowledge and skills will
Lectures, also be emphasizing.

Labs and Workshops Course description:

Recommended text books This course consists of the following

components: Know and describe the ethics of

117
 st th
medical professions; Know and describe the 1 Half 6 Practical 15t
rights and duties of medical team member Exam Exam h
towards the patients; Know and describe the 10 15
rights and duties of medical team member nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm -
towards the community; Know and describe the
Exam ents &
rights and duties of medical team member 10 15
Reports
towards the colloquies; Know and describe the
rights and duties of medical team member .4
towards himself; Know and describe the rights
and duties of medical team member towards Total -
the profession; Know and describe the rights Semester
and duties of medical ethics in research; Acquire Assessment 40%
the skill of effective pro-activity; Acquire the skill
th
of effective planning; Acquire the skill of Final Exam 16 60%
effective prioritization; Acquire the skill of
effective win-win thinking; Acquire the skill of
effective communication; Acquire the skill of Course objectives:
effective team configuration.; Acquire the skill
of effective synergism. This course aims to provide students with
Introduction to anatomy of different regions and
Teaching methods: organs of human body; Systemic anatomy of:
joints, lymph, digestive, urinary, reproductive,
Lectures,
cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous (CNS and
Labs and Workshops autonomic), musculoskeletal, endocrine, and
embryology. Clinical anatomy of certain diseases
Recommended text books in relation to systems organs

1. Ethics of practicing the profession of This course covers the basic gross anatomical
medicine- The Saudi Council of medical features of the human body that include:
specialist- KSA 2005 digestive, respiratory, cardiovascular, urogenital,
2. The Seven Habits of Highly Effective neuroendocrinal, lymphoid and musculoskeletal
People - effective lessons in the process systems. The course also covers the principles of
of personal change, Stephen R. Covey. clinical anatomy.

Course description:
Course Code: ANAT Level: 2
114 This course consists of the following
components: Describe the general structural
Course Title: Principles Course Units: (Theory characteristics of the human body; Mention the
of Anatomy + Practice): 3(2+1) anatomical characteristics of the different
Requirements: BHS Instructors: organs and systems; Compare the different
111 organ structures and locate their sites in the
.3 body; Define planes , orientation, section and
surface anatomy of the body including sites of
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre the body cavities; Relate clinical observation to
ent ek dit ent ek dit gross anatomy ; Know the anatomical structure
of the various systems of the human body;

118
Know the relationship between some diseases This course aims to provide students the basis of
and the anatomical structure; Know some facts various physiological functions of the body from
about the human embryology. the cell as the smallest functional component of
the body to the function of various organs,
Teaching methods: systems. Further, these systems will be studied
with objective to enhance the concept of
Lectures,
integrative physiology, as functions of these
Labs and Workshops systems, to the most part, they are interrelated.

Course description:
Recommended text books
This course consists of the following
1. Clinically oriented anatomy. Keith. L. components: The basic aspects of physiology
th
Moore. 4 Ed. 1999. and body functions; The functional division of
2. Principles of Human Anatomy, by the Nervous System (NS); The function of NS
Gerard J. Tortora and the exerted control on key body organs; The

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

human endoskeleton, movement and
Course Code: PHSL 115 Level: 2 locomotion; The chemical messengers and
Endocrine system; The cardiovascular system
Course Title: Principles Course Units: (Theory and Hepatic circulation; The neural control of
of Physiology + Practice): 3(2+1) blood volume and pressure; The body fluid
Requirements: BHS Instructors: compartments and the blood as a tissue; The
111 renal system and Homeostasis; The respiratory
.1 system and gas exchanges; The respiratory-renal
adjustment of acid base; The digestive system-
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
The Pancreatic-Hepatic functions; The
ent ek dit ent ek dit
reproductive system- The ovarian, Hormonal
st th and menstrual cycles
1 Half 6 Practical 15t
Exam Exam h Teaching methods:
10 15
nd th Lectures,
2 Half 12 Assignm -
Exam ents & Labs and Workshops
10 Reports 15

.2 Recommended text books

Total - 1. Silverthorn, D.U. :Human Physiology:

Semester An Integrated approach
Assessment 50%
2. Human Anatomy & Physiology :Elaine
th
N. Marieb.
Final Exam 16 50%
3. Text Book of Medical Physiology:
Guyton and Hall Saunders
4. Principals of Medical Physiology: W.F.
Course objectives: Gannong

119
Course Code: CHEM Level: 2 alcohol and their classification and their physical
116 and chemical properties; Know aldehydes and
ketones and their physical and chemical
Course Title: Organic Course Units: (Theory properties; Define aromatic compounds,
Chemistry + Practice): 3(2+1) describe benzene structure and mention their
Requirements: CHEM Instructors: physical and chemical properties; Know
113 carboxylic acids, their classification and their
chemical and physical properties.

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre Teaching methods:

ent ek dit ent ek dit
Lectures,
st th
1 Half 6 Practical 15t
Exam Exam h Labs and Workshops
10 15
Recommended text books
nd th

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

2 Half 12 Assignm -
Exam ents & 1. Organic Chemistry . Mc Murray.
10 Reports 15 2. Organic Chemistry . Wade L.
3. Introductory to Organic and
Biochemistry Experiments for students
Total - in Health Professions. Brabson D.
Semester
Assessment 50%
Course Code: MDL 117 Level: 2
Final Exam 16th 50%
Course Title: Principles Course Units: (Theory
of Medical + Practice): 3(2+1)
Microbiology
Course objectives: Requirements: BHS Instructors:
111
This course aims to provide students with the
.1
course covers general subjects in organic
chemistry including aliphatic and aromatic Assess Wee Cre Assessme We Cre
hydrocarbons, their properties and reactions, ment k dit nt ek dit
alkyl, halides, alcohols, ethers, phenols,
st th
aldehydes, ketones, amines and carboxylic acids. 1 Half 6 Practical 15t
Exam Exam h
Course description: 10 15
nd th
This course consists of the following 2 Half 12 Assignme -
components: Know hydrocarbons, their Exam nts &
10 Reports 15
classification, nomenclature, physical and
chemical; properties and describe aliphatic and
Total -
aromatic hydrocarbons; Know reactions of
Semester
deletion, addition and substitution; Know 50%
Assessment
methane, ethylene, and acetylene and mention
their properties; Know alkyl halides, ether and

120
Final Exam 16th 50% Lectures,

Labs and Workshops

Course objectives: Recommended text books

This course aims to provide students with the 1. Foundations in Microbiology. Kathleen
general principles of microbiology including P. Talaro, 2004.USA.
classification of different groups of microbes, 2. Medical Microbiology: A short
morphology of each group and study of their Course.Baron, et al., 1994.Willey-Lis.
characters. Also the study includes a brief
introduction to the infectious diseases regarding Course Code: HLTH Level: 2
their types, causative microbial agents and 124
methods of their control together with study of
food and air microbiology. Course Title: Course Units: (Theory
Biostatistics + Practice): 3(2+1)

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course description: Requirements: Hlth Instructors:
122
This course consists of the following
components: General Bacteriology: Introduction
to bacteriology, morphological shape of Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
microorganisms, structure of bacterial cell, ent ek dit ent ek dit
reproduction and growth of bacteria, physiology
st th
of microorganisms, physical conditions required, 1 Half 6 Practical 15t
or growth of bacteria, bacterial genetics, Exam Exam h
10 15
bacterial relationship, bacteriophage, bacterial
metabolic products, system of bacterial nd
2 Half 12
th
Assignm -
identification, Infection, pathogenicity and Exam ents &
virulence and chemotherapy. 10 Reports 15

General Virology: Introduction to virology, .3

classification of viruses, structure of viruses,
growth of viruses, viral genetics, Infection and Total -
pathogenicity of virus diseases. Semester
Assessment 50%
General Mycology: Introduction to mycology,
classification of mycology, structure of fungi, Final Exam 16th 50%
reproduction of fungi, growth of fungi,
Infections and pathogenicity.

General Parsitology: Introduction to

parasitology, general definitions, Infections and
pathogenicity of parasites. Epidemiology of
parasites, diagnostics of parasites, control of Course objectives:
parasites, classification of parasites: (Protozoa,
Helminthes, and Arthropods). This course aims to provide students with
detailed description of characters types,
Teaching methods: displaying and presenting data, measures of

121
central tendency, measures of dispersion, Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
principles of probability, random variables and ent ek dit ent ek dit
probability distribution, bimodal distribution,
st th
natural distribution, confidence intervals for 1 Half 6 Practical 15t
mean, median, ratios and various statistics tests. Exam Exam h
10 15
Course description: nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm -
This course consists of the following Exam ents &
10 Reports 15
components:

Identify the different methods of collecting .1

data; Interpret different types of data
Total -
summaries including tables and charts; Show
Semester
the advantages and disadvantages of different 50%
Assessment
types of data presentation; Identify measures of
central tendency and measures of dispersion th
Final Exam 16 50%
and interpreting them; Estimate means and
their confidence intervals and interpret results;
Identify properties of natural distribution and
explain the diverse repeated distribution of Course objectives:
biomedical data; Apply the suitable test for a list
This course aims to provide students with the
of specific data such as student T test, F test, or
methods of dealing with critical clinical cases.
chi-square test; Use of computer applications in
The student should know how to diagnose these
biomedical data analysis.
cases, give the first aid procedure and call the
Teaching methods: ambulance in the proper time.

Lectures, Course description:

Labs and Workshops This course consists of the following

components: Know the critical clinical cases;
Recommended text books Diagnose these cases; Give the first aid of these
cases; Call the ambulance in the proper time.
1. Introductory Biostatistics for the Health
Sciences. Chernick M and Friis R Teaching methods:
2. Presenting medical statistics from
proposal to publication. Janet Peacock, Lectures,
2006.
Labs and Workshops

Course Code: HLTH Level: 3 Recommended text books

225
1. Internet source material specific to each
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory critical clinical case as determined by the
Ambulance Care + Practice): 2(1+1) instructors.
Requirements: Hlth Instructors: 2. Workshops given by ministry of health and
122 + Anat 114 Red Cresset

122
Course Code: MDL 231 Level: 4th chemical structures and biological significance
with brief reference to some pathological
Course Title: Principles Course Units: (Theory conditions caused by lipid disorders such as
of Biochemistry + Practice): 3(2+1) arthrosclerosis; Know amino acids, their
Requirements: Chem Instructors: classification, physical and chemical properties
116 as well as describing their chemical structures,
their main biological significance; Know
proteins, their structures and physical and
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
chemical forces affecting their structure with
ent ek dit ent ek dit
brief reference to some common proteins, e.g.,
st th haemoglobin, hormones e.g. insulin and
1 Half 6 Practical 15t
immunoglobulin e.g. IgG ; Describe enzymes and
Exam Exam h
10 15 their role in the biological reactions and as well
as their diagnostic role in many diseases e.g.
nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm - enzyme amylase in pancreatitis; Know the

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Exam ents & structure of nucleic acids i.e. DNA and RNA and
10 Reports 15
their role in protein biosynthesis with brief
reference to some of genetic disorders such
.1
thalassaemia and cystic fibrosis.
Total -
Teaching methods:
Semester
Assessment 50%
Lectures,
th
Final Exam 16 50% Labs and Workshops

Recommended text books

Course objectives:
1- Biochemistry. Richard H. and Pamela C.
This course aims to provide students with
detailed study of the chemical compositions and Course Code: MDL 252 Level: 3
the biological functions of the main biochemical
molecules including carbohydrates, proteins, Course Title: General Course Units: (Theory
lipids and their components, enzymes and Pathology + Practice): 3(2+1)
different types of hormones. It also includes Requirements: Anat Instructors:
methods of practical qualitative and quantitative 114, Phsl 115, Chem
assays to discover these molecules. 116, MDL 117

Course description:
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
This course consists of the following ent ek dit ent ek dit
components:
st th
1 Half 6 Practical 15t
Know and classify the different groups of Exam Exam h
carbohydrates and their main biological 10 15
significance with brief reference to some nd th
pathological conditions such as diabetes; Know 2 Half 12 Assignm -
and classify the main lipids and describe their Exam ents &

123
 th
10 Reports 15 1. Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7 edition,
2007, Elsevier.
2. Concise Pathology, by Parakrama
nd
Chandrasoma & Clive Taylor: 2 Ed.
Total -
Prentice-Hall international, Inc, 1995.
Semester
50% 3. Pathology illustrated, by Peter
Assessment
MacFarlane, Robin Reid & Robin
Final Exam 16th 50% Callander, 5 th ed, Churchill Livingstone
4. Rosai and Ackerman Surgical Pathology,
th
9 edition, Two volumes,

Course objectives:
Course Code: MDL 322 Level: 6
This course aims to provide students with
introduction to general and basic knowledge of Course Title: Principle Course Units: (Theory
diseases, their causes, pathogenesis, general

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

of Medical Genetics + Practice): 3(2+1)
morphological and changes at gross, Requirements: MDL Instructors:
microscopic and submicroscopic levels as well as 213/214
the prognosis of the disease.

Course description: Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre

ent ek dit ent ek dit
This course consists of the following
components: Definition of pathology and st th
1 Half 6 Practical 15t
disease, causes of diseases, pathology Exam Exam h
specimens and methods of pathological studies 10 15
and their relation to clinical aspects; nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm -
Inflammation and repair,- Cell injury,
Exam ents &
degeneration, tissue deposits, necrosis, 10 15
Reports
gangrene; Circulatory disturbances, - Infection
and granuloma, - Growth disorders and tumors;
Terms in pathology ; types and causes of
disease, pathogenesis, morphological changes in Total -
gross and microscopic levels, symptoms and Semester
signs as well as disease outcome. Also this Assessment 50%
course covers the main pathological changes as
inflammation, degeneration, circulatory Final Exam 16th 50%
disorders, immune disorders, growth
disturbances and tumors.
Course objectives:
Teaching methods:
This course aims to provide students with
Lectures,
summarized idea about principles of medical
Labs and Workshops genetics and its applications in health and
disease through studying chromosomal map,
Recommended text books genetic control of cell functions, mutations, and
diseases resulting from chromosomal

124
 aberrations, Mendelian disorders and ent ek dit ent ek dit
multifactorial disorders. Also it deals with
st th
modern techniques and laboratory tests to 1 Half 6 Practical 15t
diagnosis genetic diseases, genetic engineering Exam Exam h
10 15
and genetic counseling.
nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm -
Course description:
Exam ents &
10 Reports 15
This course consists of the following
components:

Define chromosome, chromosomal map, genes

and chromosomal aberrations and mutation; Total -
Explain genetic control of cell function and Semester
Assessment 50%
protein synthesis; Classify genetic disorders into
cytogenetic, Mendelian and multifactorial th
Final Exam 16 50%
COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

disorders; Recognize the basis of laboratory

tests used in screening and diagnosis of genetic
disorders and premarital evaluation (screening);
Genetic engineering and gene therapy Course objectives:

Teaching methods: This course aims to provide students with a

summarized idea about structural and
Lectures, physiological aspects of different diseases
affecting body organs and tissues with
Labs and Workshops
correlation to pathological process in laboratory
Recommended text books and clinical findings and also the basic lines of
management. The study is practically aided by
1. Principles of Medical Genetics, 2nd identifying tissue sections of normal tissues
edition. By: Thomas D Gelehrter MD; compared different common diseases.
2. Francis Collins MD, PhD; David
Ginsburg MD, 2007. Course description:
3. Medical Genetics, Ekram Abdel-Salam,
This course consists of the following
Cairo, 2006.
components: Understand, and apply basic facts
4. Medical Genetics at a glance, by
and concerns about normal function of different
Dorian Pritchard, Bruce R Korf,
systems and correlate between functional
Blackwell
disorders and disease process; Correlate
Publishing.
pathological changes and functional disorders to
Course Code: MDL 354 Level: 5 abnormal laboratory findings; Histological
structure and function as well as functional
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory disorders and common diseases affecting
Pathophysiology + Practice): 3(2+1) different body organs and tissues; Functional
Requirements: 252 Instructors: disturbances and their relation to appearance of
MDL disease manifestations; To recognize the disease
characteristics and the ways of diagnosis and
brief account on principles of management ;
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre Pathological process to laboratory, clinical

125
 findings. Practical for identifying tissue sections Reports
of normal tissues as well as different common
th
diseases. Total 16
Semeste
th
r 50% Final 16 50%
Assessm Exam
Teaching methods: ent
Lectures,

Labs and Workshops Total -

Semester
Assessment 50%

th
Recommended text books Final Exam 16 50%

1. Textbook of physiology and

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Pathophysiology, essentials and clinical

problems, 2000. Course objectives:
2. Pathophysiology review, classical
This course aims to provide students with the
clinical cases, 2002.
basic knowledge and fundamentals of radiation
3. ACC Atlas of Pathophysiology, by:
physics in medicine for both diagnostic and
Springhouse, 2007.
therapeutic applications. The course gives the
4. Essentials of Pathophysiology: Concepts
students an introductory overview of the
of Altered Health States by Mattson-
nature, generation, type, and characteristics of
Porth, 2004.
radiation used for medical imaging and
5. Pathophysiology for the Health
treatment. It also give them a brief description
Professions, 2nd ed. By Gould, 2002.
of interactions of radiation with matter,
radiation detection and measurements, and
production and characteristics of
Course Code: RAD 241 Level: 3
radiopharmaceuticals used in nuclear medicine
Course Title: Radiation Course Units: applications.
Physics and Nuclear (Theory + Practice):
Course description:
Medicine 3(2+1)
Requirements: PHYS Instructors: This course consists of the following
112+ANAT114+PHSL115 components: introduction and background of
radiation and its uses in medicine; atom and its
physical construction; radiation activities;
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
characteristics and types of radiation used for
ent ek dit ent ek dit
medical applications; techniques of radiation
st
1 Half 6
th
Practical 15t production; radiation spectrum and intensity;
Exam Exam h interaction of radiation with matter; gamma ray
10 15 and its production and characteristics;
nd th
radioisotopes and radiopharmaceutical kits used
2 Half 12 Assignm - in nuclear medicine; construction,conponants
Exam ents & and application of gamma camera..
10 15

126
Teaching methods: common factors that would have an impact on
the image, and the ways of controlling and
Lectures optimizing them in order to produce an image
Labs and workshops
with a good quality. In addition, the course is
Recommended text books expected to get the students familiar with digital
imaging techniques.
1- Fundamentals of X-Ray Physics-2008 (Georgii
V Pavlinsky). Course description:
2- Atoms, Radiation, and Radiation Protection
(Physics Textbook) 2007 (James E. Turner). The course covers most of the main aspects of
3- Radiologic Science for Technologists: Physics, medical imaging. These include radiologic films
Biology, and Protection 2008 (Stewart and their types and components; imaging
C.Bushong). cassettes with intensifying screens; digital
Course Code: RAD 231 Level: 3 imaging plates; imaging procedures and
techniques; image quality parameter including
Course Title: Principles Course Units: (Theory
contrast , resolution and their related exposure

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

of Image Formation & + Practice): 3(2+1)
factors; image defects; dark room; manual and
Acquisition
automatic film developing; film sensitivity and
Requirements: PHYS Instructors:
its measurements; and the principle of digital
112+CHEM 116+RAD
imaging
241
Teaching methods:

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre Lectures

ent ek dit ent ek dit Labs and workshops
st th
1 Half 6 Practical 15t Recommended text books
Exam Exam h
10 15 1- John L. Ball , Chesney's Radiographic Imaging
, 1995 .
nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm - 2- Terri L. Fauber , Radiographic Imaging and
Exam ents & Exposure , 2008 .
10 Reports 15 Course Code: RAD 251 Level: 3

th
Total 16 Course Title: Principles Course Units: (Theory
Semeste of General + Practice): 3(2+1)
th
r 50% Final 16 50% Radiography-1
Assessm Exam Requirements: ANAT Instructors:
ent 114+PHSL 115+RAD
241

Course objectives:
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
By completing this course, students are ent ek dit ent ek dit
expected to be aware of and understand the
st th
mechanism by which a medical image is 1 Half 6 Practical 15t
generated and constructed for the most of Exam Exam h
10 15
human body's organs and their main parts. The
students should be able to understand the most

127
 nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm - 2- Kenneth L. Bontrager , Textbook of
Exam ents & Radiographic Positioning and Related Anatomy,
10 Reports 15 2009.

Total 16
th Course Code: RAD 242 Level: 4
Semeste
th Course Title: Medical Course Units: (Theory
r 50% Final 16 50%
Exam Imaging & Equipments + Practice): 2(2+0)
Assessm
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
ent
241

Course objectives:
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
The aim of this course is to provide students ent ek dit ent ek dit
with scientific and practical knowledge that st th
1 Half 6 Practical
should enable them to know and understand

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Exam Exam
the terminologies and techniques of medical 12.5 - -
imaging. The course also aims to help the
nd th
students to identify the routine and alternative 2 Half 12 Assignm -
procedures and positions used for radiological Exam ents &
investigations. In addition, the students will 12.5 Reports 15
learn the skills required for image assessment. th
Total 16
Course description: Semeste
th
r Final 16 60%
This course consists of two major components: Assessm Exam
the scientific terminologies used for general 40%
ent
radiography; the routine and alternative
techniques and positions used for general
radiological investigations such as upper and Course objectives:
lower extremities, chest, abdomen, and pelvis.
The course covers in depth the selection of The ultimate goal of this course is to provide
appropriate exposure factors and the technical students with the basic knowledge of electronics
procedures and steps to be followed for and physics related to X-ray radiography
successful competition of these investigations. machines. This includes: electrical and electronic
In addition, the students will be provided with circuits, main supply, physical and mechanical
special radiographical positioning skills required operations, radiation safety and protection. In
for some emergency cases. this course, the students will also identify a wide
range of X-ray machines with different type,
Teaching methods: operation , application and how to avoid the
malfunction of these machines.
Lectures
Labs and workshops Course description:
Recommended text books: This course consists of the following sections: X-
ray machines and their main electrical and
1- A. Stewart Whitley , Clark's Positioning in
Radiography , 2005 . electronic components; electrical main supply,
connections and cables; a full description of X-

128
ray tube and its components; timers and and parts of some systems of the human body.
collimation; and type of general X-ray machines. The course enables the students to physically
In addition, the course covers some other feel, draw and discuss these parts using
technologies used in medical imaging such as anatomical models, phantoms and radiological
ultrasound and magnetic resonance techniques images, and to learn the relationship between
with a general overview of their major the real objects and images. Also the course
components. enables them to study and know the
fundamental differences between diseases and
Teaching methods: fractures in the bones of the human body.
Lectures Course description:

Recommended text books This course consists of an explanation of the

essential anatomy and physiology of the parts of
1- P.H carter , Chesney's Equipment for Student
some systems of the human body with the aid of
Radiographers ,1995 .
anatomical models, phantoms and radiological

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course Code: RAD 232 Level: 4 images. The course covers mainly the skeletal
system of the body including skull, chest bones
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory with ribs and sternum, upper extremities such
Radiographic + Practice): 3(2+1) as hand, arm and shoulder, lower extremities
Anatomy & such as foot, leg, knee and thigh, and all the
Physiology-1 joints of these extremities. It also covers some
Requirements: RAD Instructors: of anatomical parts related to general
241 radiography.

Teaching methods:
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
ent ek dit ent ek dit Lectures
Labs and workshops
st th
1 Half 6 Practical
Recommended text books:
Exam Exam th
10 15 15
1. Kenneth L. Bontrager , Textbook of
nd
2 Half 12
th
Assignm - Radiographic Positioning and Related
Exam ents & Anatomy , 2009.
10 Reports 15 2. James D. Mace , Radiographic Pathology for
Technologists , 2008 .
th
Total 16 3.
Semeste Course Code: RAD 252 Level: 4
th
r Final 16 50%
Assessm Exam Course Title: Principle Course Units: (Theory
50%
ent of General + Practice): 3(2+1)
Radiography-2
Requirements: ANAT Instructors:
Course objectives: 114+PHSL 115+RAD
241
The aim of this course is to help students to
identify anatomy and physiology of the organs

129
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre Lectures
ent ek dit ent ek dit Labs and workshops

st
1 Half 6
th
Practical Recommended text books:
Exam Exam
10 15
th
15 1- A. Stewart Whitley , Clark's Positioning in
Radiography , 2005 .
nd
2 Half 12
th
Assignm - 2- Kenneth L. Bontrager , Textbook of
Exam ents & Radiographic Positioning and Related
10 15 Anatomy ,2009.
Reports
Course Code: RAD 233 Level: 4
th
Total 16
Course Title: Patient Course Units: (Theory
Semeste
Final 16
th
50% Care in Radiology + Practice): 2(2+0)
r
Exam Requirements: HLTH Instructors:
Assessm
50% 225+RAD 251
ent

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
Course objectives:
ent ek dit ent ek dit
This course aims to enrich students with further st th
1 Half 6 Practical
scientific and practical knowledge of what they
Exam Exam
already studied and learnt in the previous 12.5 - -
course (RAD 251). The students will be able to
nd th
know and learn the techniques, routine and 2 Half 12 Assignm -
alternatives positions and procedures of of Exam ents &
general X-ray radiographic examinations for the 12.5 Reports 15
rest of the human bodys systems, which were th
not covered in the previous course. Total 16
Semeste
th
Course description: r Final 16 60%
Assessm Exam
This course is consisting of two major 40%
ent
components: the scientific terminologies used
for general X-ray radiography; the routine and
alternative techniques and positions used for Course objectives:
general radiological investigations such as skull,
cervical, thoracic, lumber, sacral and coccygeal The course aims to provide students with the
spinal vertebras, paranasal sinuses and teeth. professional and scientific ways of dealing with
The course covers in depth the selection of the patients of different types and cases. It is also
appropriate exposure factors and the technical aimed to help the students to identify patients
procedures and steps to be followed for needs either in the radiology department or in
successful completition of these investigations. any other department and ward of the hospital.
In addition, the students will be provided with The students will learn how to communicate
special radiographical positioning skills required with patients, addressing their problems,
for some emergency cases responding to their inquiries and requests,
taking care of them, and keeping their rights.
Teaching methods:

130
 nd
They will also come across all items of medical 2 Half 12 Assignme -
th
ethics, guidelines and regulations. Exam nts &
10 Reports 15
Course description:
Total 16
In this course, students will learn how to provide th
Semester
th
patients with full explanations about their X-ray Final 16 50%
Assessme
examinations, listen properly to patients , deal Exam
nt
with their questions and inquiries regarding the 50%
examinations, and prepare them physically and
mentally for examination. The students will also
study the methods of sterilization of the area of Course objectives:
the examination and the technique patient
mobilization monitoring. Moreover, they will This course aims to provide students with the
know how to deal with urgent and emergency essential understanding and awareness of the
cases in terms of precautions, procedures and hazard of over-exposure of radiation and its
drugs. Finally, the students will be introduced to expected biological effects. It also provides the
the techniques of transferring patients between students with the basic knowledge and skills of
the wards and departments of the hospital and radiation protection to help them to avoid the
from and to emergency department and unnecessary exposure to radiation. In addition,
isolation unit. the course helps the students to identify the
international standards, regulations, protocols
Teaching methods: and guidelines for radiation and dosimetry.

Lectures Course description:

Recommended text books : This course consists of the following parts: an

introduction of radiobiological effects on human
1. Ruth Ann Ehrlich , Patient Care in
tissues and cells; absorbed, equivalent and
Radiography: With an Introduction to
effective doses; over-exposure effects; the
Medical Imaging , 2007.
principle of radiation protection, safety and
2. Arlene M. Adler , Introduction to Radiologic
control and the concept of ALARA for workers
Sciences and Patient Care , 2007
and patients radiation; the principle of
Course Code: RAD 234 Level: 4
dosimetry; dosimetric units, calculations and
Course Title: Radiation Course Units: (Theory tools; minimum and acceptable dose limits for
Safety & Protection + Practice): 3(2+1) workers and patients.
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
Teaching methods:
231+ RAD 251
Lectures
Labs and workshops
Assessme W Cred Assessme We Cred
nt ee it nt ek it Recommended text books:
k
1. James E. Turner , Atoms,
st th
1 Half 6 Practical Radiation, and Radiation
Exam Exam Protection (Physics Textbook)
th
10 15 15 , 2007 .

131
 2. 2- Glenn F. Knoll , Radiation scan machine; high speed receptors and their
Detection and Measurement , different types and features; radiation scatter
2000 . detectors; the technology of 3D- and 4-D image
3. formation and reconstruction; the common
Course Code: RAD 243 Level: 5 technical faults which might have an effect on
CT scan image quality and the possibilities of
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory avoiding or minimizing them.
Computerized + Practice): 2(2+0)
Tomography Physics Teaching methods:
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
Lectures
242
Recommended text books:
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre 1. Euclid seeram , Computed Tomography:
ent ek dit ent ek dit Physical Principles, Clinical Applications, And
st th Quality Control , 2008 .
1 Half 6 Practical
Exam Exam Course Code: RAD 253 Level: 5
12.5 - -
nd
2 Half 12
th
Assignm - Course Title: Clinical Course Units: (Clinical
Exam ents & Practice-1 Practice): 2
12.5 Reports 15 Requirements:RAD Instructors:
232+ RAD 242
th
Total 16
Semeste
th
r Final 16 60% Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
Assessm Exam ent ek dit ent ek dit
40%
ent st
1 Half - Practical
Exam Exam
- - 40
Course objectives:
nd
2 Half - Assignm -
The main purpose of this course is to enhance Exam ents &
the ability of students to well understand the - Reports 10
fundamentals of physics of computed
th
tomography (CT). The course helps the students Total 16
to identify the structure and components of a Semeste
th
typical CT scan machine, the principle of digital r Final 16 50%
image construction using high speed receptors, Assessm Exam
50%
and the techniques of image reconstruction with ent
various dimensions. Course objectives:

Course description: The main purpose of this course is to enable

students to practice their theoretical knowledge
This course consists of an introduction of
of general X-ray radiography for the areas of
history, generations and development of CT
head, chest, abdomen, and upper and lower
scan technology; components of a typical CT
extremities. The course helps the students to

132
improve their professional skills of medical 12.5 Reports 15
imaging in a way that insures a high level of
th
image quality at an acceptable quantity and Total 16
dose of exposure. Semeste
th
r Final 16 60%
Course description: Assessm Exam
40%
ent
In this course, the students are divided into
groups which are then distributed to the
radiology departments, including outpatient X- Course objectives:
ray, ER and ICU departments, of a range of
hospitals available in the region. This is to The aim of this course is to give students a full
enable the students to effectively apply their insight into essential physics of ultrasound (US)
practical and clinical skills of general imaging technology. This includes some physical
radiography for the areas of head, chest, phenomena such as sound reflection and
abdomen, and upper and lower extremities for diffraction, wavelength, frequency, echo, etc.
most of routine and alternative positions. The course also helps the students to study and
understand the main components of a typical US
Teaching methods: machine, the physical features of different types
of transducer and probe and the methods of
Clinical Practice
using,
Recommended text books :
calibrating, and maintaining these devices.
1- Kenneth L. Bontrager , Textbook of
Course description:
Radiographic Positioning and Related
Anatomy , 2009 . This course covers all of the following sections:
2- A. Stewart Whitley , Clark's Positioning in an introductory overview of physics of US;
Radiography , 2005 . generation and absorption of US waves;
interaction of US waves with maters; Doppler
Course Code: RAD 344 Level: 6 effect; the composition and main components
of a standard US machine; imaging with US
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory
technology; the common defects of an US
Ultrasound Physics & + Practice): 2(2+0)
image; the technology of reconstruction of 3D-
Equipment
and 4D -images and their compatibility with the
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
images of other modalities.
242
Teaching methods:

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre Lectures

ent ek dit ent ek dit
Recommended text books:
st th
1 Half 6 Practical
Exam Exam 1- Stwart C.Bushong , Diagnostic
12.5 - - Ultrasound: Essentials of Medical
nd th Imaging Series , 1999 .
2 Half 12 Assignm -
2- Cindy A .Owen , Ultrasound Physics Review ,
Exam ents &
2000 .

133
Course Code: RAD 354 Level: 5 quality, image defects, the minimum limits of
image acceptance, and the decision of image
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory rejection and patient recall and the effects of
Assessment & Reading + Practice): 3(2+1) this decision. These elements are to be
of Medical Images-1 explained and discussed using real examples of
Requirements: RAD Instructors: radiological images of number of imaging
232+RAD 353 modalities.

Teaching methods:
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
ent ek dit ent ek dit Lectures
Labs and workshops
st th
1 Half 6 Practical
Exam Exam Recommended text books:
th
10 15 15
1- Kenneth L. Bontrager , Textbook of
nd th

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

2 Half 12 Assignm - Radiographic Positioning and Related Anatomy ,
Exam ents & 2009 .
10 Reports 15
2- Nina kowalczyk , Radiographic Pathology for
th
Total 16 Technologists ,2008
Semeste
th
r Final 16 50% Course Code: RAD 361 Level: 5
Assessm Exam
50% Course Title: Contrast Course Units: (Theory
ent
Media & its + Practice): 2(2+0)
applications
Course objectives: Requirements: CHEM Instructors:
116+RAD 251
The purpose of this course is to increase the
ability of students in reading, viewing and
assessing radiological images with respect to Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
anatomical, physiological and pathological ent ek dit ent ek dit
contents. The students also learnt the basic skills st th
1 Half 6 Practical
of image quality assessment and the technical
Exam Exam
defects that might lead to image rejection and 12.5 - -
repetition. In addition, the course enables the
nd th
students to know and study number of foreign 2 Half 12 Assignm -
bodies in terms of depth and radio-opaque Exam ents &
characterizations. However, the ultimate goal of 12.5 Reports 15
this course is to provide the students with the th
minimum limits of image quality and Total 16
acceptance. Semeste
th
r Final 16 60%
Course description: Assessm Exam
40%
ent
This course is composed of the following
elements: image viewing and assessment, image

134
Course objectives: Course Title: Course Units: (Theory
Radiographic + Practice): 3(2+1)
The aim of this course is to give students the
Anatomy &
basic knowledge needed in understanding the
Physiology-2
contrast media used in a variety of radiological
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
examinations. The students are expected to be
232
aware of and understand the purpose of using
contrast media, its types and physical and
chemical features, and finally its applications for Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
a wide range of radiological imaging application. ent ek dit ent ek dit
The course also aims to introduce the students
st th
to the potential medical side effects of the use 1 Half 6 Practical
of contrast media, and the ways of preventing Exam Exam th
10 15 15
and/or minimizing the consequences of these
effects on the human body and treating them if nd
2 Half 12
th
Assignm -
happened. Exam ents &
10 Reports 15
Course description:
th
Total 16
This course involves the following subjects: a
Semeste
definition of contrast media used in the Final 16
th
50%
r
applications of medical radiological diagnosis; Exam
Assessm
types of contrast media; its indications, 50%
ent
precautions, reactions and side effects; the
applications of contrast media in different
radiography technologies such as fluoroscopy,
Course objectives:
CT scan, MRI, and ultrasonography. The course
also involves an overview of the emergency The aim of this course is to help students to
drugs and instruments that should be around identify anatomy and physiology of the organs
where contrast agents are administrated to and parts of some systems of the human body.
patient and their uses for different adverse The course enables the students to physically
reactions, and the techniques of resuscitation. feel, draw and discuss these parts using
anatomical models, phantoms and radiological
Teaching methods:
images. In this course, the students learnt the
Lectures anatomy and physiology for special radiological
procedures such as X-ray fluoroscopy, CT scan,
Recommended text books: MRI, Ultrasound, and nuclear medicine.

1- Henrik S. Thomsen , Contrast Media: Safety Course description:

Issues and ESUR Guidelines , 2009 .
This course consists of an explanation of the
2- Steven C. Jensen PhD , Pharmacology and essential anatomy and physiology of some
Drug Administration for Imaging Technologists , systems of the human body with the aid of
2005 . radiological images of the following
technologies: X-ray fluoroscopy, CT scan, MRI,
Course Code: RAD 335 Level: 5 Ultrasound, and nuclear medicine. The course
also enables the students to identify and discuss

135
the similarities and uniqueness among the The students are given full information about
images of these technologies in terms of image the materials and instruments used in this
acquisition and display. technology. In addition, they are provided in
detail with the steps and procedures of most of
Teaching methods: general and special X-ray fluoroscopic
investigations for all body parts.
Lectures
Labs and workshops
Course Description:
Recommended text books:
The course consists of a technical background
1- Lorrie L. Kelley , Sectional Anatomy for and introduction of X-ray fluoroscopic
Imaging Professionals , 2007 . technology. This includes: image intensifier
system and its main components, and digital
2- Kenneth L. Bontrager , Textbook of receptors and their physical parameters. Also
Radiographic Positioning and Related Anatomy , the course introduces students to the steps and
2009 . procedures of most of the common X-ray

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

fluoroscopic examinations which include the
Course Code: RAD 362 Level: 6
examination of urinary, digestive, reproductive
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory systems, and how to get patient ready for these
Fluoroscopic + Practice): 3(2+1) examinations. In addition, the students are
Technique given an overview of digital fluoroscopic image
Requirements: RAD Instructors: construction.
232+RAD 364+RAD
Teaching methods:
242
Lectures
Labs and workshops
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
ent ek dit ent ek dit Recommended text books:

st th
1 Half 6 Practical 1- Stephen palter , Interventional Fluoroscopy:
Exam Exam Physics, Technology and Safety, 2001 .
th
10 15 15
2- Albert Michael Snopek , Fundamentals
nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm - of Special Radiographic Procedures
Exam ents & ,2006 .
10 Reports 15
Course Code: RAD 371 Level: 6
th
Total 16
Semeste Course Title: Course Units: (Theory
th
r Final 16 50% Computerized + Practice): 3(2+1)
Assessm Exam Tomography Imaging
50%
ent Requirements: RAD Instructors:
232+RAD 343+RAD
353
Course Objectives: -3

This course aims to provide students with the Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
basic knowledge and skills of X-ray fluoroscopy.

136
ent ek dit ent ek dit Labs and workshops

st th
1 Half 6 Practical Recommended text books:
Exam Exam th
10 15 15 1- Euclid seeram , Computed Tomography:
Physical Principles, Clinical
nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm - Applications, and Quality Control , 2008 .
Exam ents &
10 Reports 15 4- Paul E. Christian BS , Nuclear Medicine
and PET/CT Technology and Techniques
th
Total 16 , 2007 .
Semeste
th
r Final 16 50%
Course Code: RAD 345 Level: 6
Assessm Exam
50%
ent Course Title: Magnetic Course Units: (Theory
Course objectives: Resonance Physics & + Practice): 2(2+0)

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Equipment
The aim of this course is to introduce students Requirements: RAD Instructors:
to the medical indications of plane CT scan 242
investigations for all organs of human body, and
the optimized and appropriate procedures of
performing such investigations. The students are Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
also introduced to some special CT scan ent ek dit ent ek dit
investigations which require contrast agents and st th
1 Half 6 Practical
interventional procedures. In addition, the
Exam Exam
course provides the students with the basic 12.5 - -
theoretical and practical knowledge which
nd th
enable them to operate a typical CT scan 2 Half 12 Assignm -
machine and perform various CT scan Exam ents &
12.5 Reports 15
investigations in an optimized way.
th
Course description: Total 16
Semeste
th
This course consists mainly of an in depth r Final 16 60%
explanation of positioning and procedures of Assessm Exam
40%
most of CT scan investigations such as CT brain, ent
chest, spine, abdomen, etc. Also the students
study the medical indications and diagnostic Course Objectives:
benefits of performing each investigation.
Finally, the course also consists of a part that The aim of this course is to provide students
explains the techniques and methods of with concepts and theories of the technology of
acquisition and display of a CT image and its magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). The
compatibility with the images of other students are provided with afull explanation
modalities. about the major components and parts, types,
and applications of a typical MRI machine. The
Teaching methods: course also aims to help the students to identify
the physical features of a wide range of coils and
Lectures

137
 th
receptors used in diagnostic purposes. In Total 16
addition, students also learn how to use, Semeste
th
calibrate, and deal with these equipments. r Final 16 50%
Assessm Exam
Course Description: 50%
ent
This course consists of the following sections: an
introductory overview of the physics of
Course Objectives:
magnetic resonance imaging; generation of
electromagnetic waves; interactions of The main purpose of this course is to enable
electromagnetic waves with media and matters; students to apply their theoretical knowledge of
effect of these waves on image quality; the main special procedures of X-ray radiography and
components of a typical MRI machine; medical imaging for the all parts of spine, and
acquisition of an MRI image and its technical the major organs of urinary and digestive
artifacts; the techniques of image reconstruction systems. In general, the course enables the
of a 3D- and 4D MRI images and their students to practice the radiographic
compatibility with the images of other procedures of the following technologies: X-ray
modalities. fluoroscopy, CT scan, MRI, US, and nuclear
medicine. The students are also given a general
Teaching methods:
overview of the techniques and applications of
Lectures panoramic dental radiography.

Textbooks and references: Course Description:

1- 1- Carolyn Kaut , MRI in Practice , 2005 This course is constructed as to give students
. the practical knowledge and skills of radiography
2- Terranova-MRI Firths field MRI and medical imaging for the following
TEACTION SYSTEM.ACR guidline,2005 . modalities: X-ray fluoroscopy, CT scan, MRI, US,
Course Code: RAD 355 Level: 6 and Gamma camera. It covers all the routine
and special radiographic procedures of most of
Course Title: Clinical Course Units: (Clinical the systems of the human body such as
Practice-2 Practice): 2 digestive, urinary, nervous cardiovascular,
Requirements: RAD Instructors: lymphatic, and respiratory systems. In addition,
252+RAD 353 the course covers the radiographic examinations
of CT and MRI brain and spinal cord.

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre Teaching methods:

ent ek dit ent ek dit
Clinical Practice.
st
1 Half - - Clinical - 40
Recommended text books:
Exam Exam
-
1- Kenneth L. Bontrager , Textbook of
nd
2 Half - Assignm - Radiographic Positioning and Related Anatomy ,
Exam ents & 2009 .
- Reports 10
2- A. Stewart Whitley , Clark's Positioning in
Radiography , 2005 .

138
Course Code: RAD 372 Level: 6 applications in medical imaging; the procedures
and steps of most of functional investigation
Course Title: Nuclear Course Units: (Theory undertaken in nuclear medicine such as brain
Medicine Technique + Practice): 2(1+1) scan, blood-flow imaging, infarction imaging,
Requirements: RAD Instructors: ventilation perfusion imaging, gastrointestinal
242+RAD 364 examinations, venography, renogram, bone and
bone marrow scans, thyroid scan, and tumor
scan. The course also consists of basic
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
knowledge of electronic and physical methods
ent ek dit ent ek dit
used for image construction, acquisition,
st
1 Half 6
th
Practical presentation and processing.
Exam Exam
th Teaching methods:
10 15 15
nd th Lectures
2 Half 12 Assignm -
Labs and workshops

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Exam ents &
10 Reports 15
Recommended text books:
th
Total 16 1- Fred A. Mettler , Essentials of Nuclear
Semeste Medicine Imaging , 2005.
th
r Final 16 50%
2- Christiaan Schiepers , Diagnostic
Assessm Exam
50% Nuclear Medicine , 2009.
ent Course Code: RAD 473 Level: 7

Course Title: Magnetic Course Units: (Theory

Course Objectives: Resonance Imaging + Practice): 3(2+1)
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
The main aim of this course is to provide
231+ RAD 353
students with the required knowledge of
-1
techniques and procedures of nuclear medicine
investigations, and the definition, nature and Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
types of radioactive materials used for ent ek dit ent ek dit
diagnostic and therapeutic applications of
st th
nuclear medicine technology and how to handle 1 Half 6 Practical
and manage these materials. It also aims to help Exam Exam
th
the students to identify the machines used in 10 15 15
the radiographic investigations of nuclear nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm -
medicine, and the methods of clinical and
Exam ents &
physical calibrations of these machines. 10 15
Reports
Course Description: th
Total 16
This course consists of the following parts: an Semeste
th
r Final 16 50%
introduction of radiographic investigations of
Assessm Exam
nuclear medicine; Gamma camera and its 50%
components; radioactive materials: their nature, ent
generation, physical characteristics, and

139
Course Objectives: ent ek dit ent ek dit

The purpose of this course is to help students to st th

1 Half 6 Practical
improve their knowledge of techniques and Exam Exam th
medical indications and justifications of imaging 10 15 15
with MRI for various bodys parts and systems. nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm -
The students learn how to operate a typical MRI
Exam ents &
machine, and prepare and perform different 10 15
Reports
MRI investigations. The course also helps the
students to develop their skills and awareness of Total 16
th

safe MRI practices, emergency procedures and Semeste

th
risk assessment processes, and standard of care r Final 16 50%
polices in and outside the MRI suite. Assessm Exam
50%
ent
Course Description:

The course consists mainly of clinical indications,

patient preparation, positions, procedures and Course Objectives:
techniques of imaging with MRI technology for
This course aims to provide students with the
head, chest, abdomen, spinal vertebrae, pelvis,
basic skills of medical imaging with ultrasound
and some other parts of the human body. The
technology for most of body organs and
course also highlights an explanation of
systems. The students will learn how to prepare
acquisition, registration, reconstruction, display,
patient for US examination, the positions and
control and printing of an MRI image, and its
procedures of different US investigations, and
capability with images of other radiographic
the medical indications of each of these
facilities.
investigations. In addition, the course provides
Teaching methods: the students with all technical knowledge and
skills associated with US investigations, e.g. the
Lectures selection of appropriate probe for each
Labs and workshops investigation.

Recommended text books: Course Description:

1- Catherine Westbrook , Handbook of This course involves an introduction of medical

MRI Technique ,2008 indications and justifications of US
2- Terranova-MRI Firths field MRI examinations, and patient preparation and
TEACTION SYSTEM.ACR guidline,2005 appropriate probe for each examination. The
Course Code: RAD 474 Level: 7 course also involves a full explanation of most of
US examinations such as those for abdominal
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory and pelvic areas, urinary systems, thyroid gland,
Ultrasound Imaging + Practice): 3(2+1) tests, breast, jugular veins, and also obstetric
Requirements: RAD Instructors: gynecologic cases.
345
Teaching methods:

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre Lectures

Labs and workshops

140
Recommended text books: Course Description:

1- Marveen Craig , Essentials of Sonography and This course is composed of the following
Patient Care , 2005 . elements: image viewing and assessment, image
quality, image artifacts, the minimum limits of
Course Code: RAD 456 Level: 7 image acceptance, and the appearance of
disorders and diseases on images of most of
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory
radiography modalities such as X-ray
Assessment & Reading + Practice): 3(2+1)
fluoroscopy, CT scan, MRI, gamma camera. The
of Medical Images-2
students are also trained on how to compare
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
between images of these modalities in respect
355+RAD 361+RAD
of clinical diagnostic and image quality.
354
Teaching methods:

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre Lectures

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

ent ek dit ent ek dit Labs and workshops
Recommended text books:
st th
1 Half 6 Practical
Exam Exam 1. Richard R. Carlton , Principles of Radiographic
th
10 15 15 Imaging: An Art and a Science ,2005
nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm - 2- Lorrie L. Kelley , Sectional Anatomy for
Exam ents & Imaging Professionals .2007.
10 Reports 15
Course Code: RAD 436 Level: 8
th
Total 16
Semeste Course Title: Quality Course Units: (Theory
th
r Final 16 50% Management in + Practice): 3(2+1)
Assessm Exam Radiology Department
50%
ent Requirements: RAD Instructors:
231+RAD 353
Course Objectives:

The purpose of this course is to increase the Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
ability of students in reading, viewing and ent ek dit ent ek dit
assessing radiological images of special st th
1 Half 6 Practical
procedures with respect to anatomical,
Exam Exam
physiological and pathological contents. The 10 15
th
15
course provides the students with the basic skills
nd th
of image quality assessment and the technical 2 Half 12 Assignm -
defects that might result in image rejection and Exam ents &
repetition. The students are to be trained on 10 Reports 15
images of most of special radiography such as X- th
ray fluoroscopy of digestive, urinary, and Total 16
reproductive systems, brain CT, MRI of spinal Semeste
th
r Final 16 50%
cord, and bone scan, renogram, and liver scan of
Assessm Exam
the nuclear medicine.

141
ent 50% Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
ent ek dit ent ek dit

st
Course Objectives: 1 Half - Written
Exam Report
This course aims to enable students to study and - - 50
learn the scientific and practical perceptions of
nd
health management for radiology department. 2 Half - - -
The course helps them to develop their ability Exam
- -
and skills of general management, leadership,
planning, quality management, operation Total 16
th

management, and methods of improvement of Semeste

th
image quality and work performance. It also r Final 15 50%
provide the students with the basic theories and Assessm Exam
practices of patient, emergency, and crisis 50%
ent
managements.

Course Description:
Course Objectives:
This course consists of the following aspects:
The aim of this course is to help students design
fundamental definitions and theories of health
and carry out a research project in the field of
management; managing through a radiology
radiation and medical imaging. The course
department; leadership; models and traits of
provides the students with the scientific
medical leadership; medical ethics and
techniques of the following: topic selection;
regulations in radiology departments and
research methodologies and approaches; data
nuclear medicine; justifications and
collection; data analysis; preparing a report with
optimizations of medical procedures in radiology
the findings, results, conclusions, suggestions
departments; methods of motivation and
and further work of the selected project.
productivity; quality management and control;
techniques of performance improvement and Course Description:
appraisal.
The course covers the main aspects of how to
Teaching methods: carry out a scientific research project and
prepare a report. This includes: problem
Lectures
identification; title selection; research
Labs and workshops
introduction; research objectives; hypothesizes;
Recommended text books: research design, approaches and
methodologies; research materials and
Jeffrey papp ,Quality Management in the methods; data collection and analysis; results
Imaging Sciences , 2010. and discussion; conclusions; suggestions and
future work; references and bibliographies.
Course Code: RAD 437 Level: 8
Teaching methods:
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory
Graduation Project + Practice): 2(0+2) The research project is undertaken by the
Requirements: HLTH Instructors: researcher under the supervision of one of the
426 or HLTH 427 academic staff and presented in a form of
scientific symposium and/or paper

142
Recommended text books: patients rights; infection control and radiation
protection in a dental radiology department;
These include all references, textbooks and dental radiographic positions; panoramic
bibliographies chosen and cited by the technology; digital dental radiography; viewing
researcher which have to be then listed at the and assessment of a dental X-ray image.
end of the research.
Teaching methods:
Course Code: RAD 457 Level: 8 (Elective)
Lectures
Course Title: Dental Course Units: (Theory
Radiography + Practice): 1(1+0) Recommended text books:
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
1- Eric Whaites, Essentials of Dental
252
Radiography and Radiology,(Feb 5,
2007)
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
2- Joen Iannucci , Laura Jansen Howerton,

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

ent ek dit ent ek dit
Dental Radiography: Principles and
nd
st
1 Half 6
th
Written Techniques , 2 ed , 2000 .
Exam Report
12.5 - - Course Code: RAD 463 Level: 7 or 8 (Elective)

nd th
2 Half 12 - - Course Title: Course Units: (Theory
Exam Interventional + Practice): 3(2+1)
12% 15 Radiography
th Requirements: RAD Instructors:
Total 16
361+RAD 364
Semeste
th
r Final 16 60%
Assessm Exam
40% Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
ent ent ek dit ent ek dit

st th
1 Half 6 Written
Course Objectives: Exam Report th
10 15 15
At the end of this course students should be
nd th
able to understand and master the techniques, 2 Half 12 Assignm -
machines, procedures, and film positions of Exam ents
10 15
dental X-ray radiography. The students are also
expected to learn how to deal with dental Total 16
th

patients and help them with staff in radiation Semeste

th
protection and infection control. r Final 16 50%
Assessm Exam
Course Description: 50%
ent
The course consists of the following subjects:
dental X-ray machines; types of dental X-ray
Course Objectives:
films; film developing and processing; quality
control in a dental radiology department;

143
This course aims to provide students with the Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
basic skills of procedures and applications of ent ek dit ent ek dit
interventional X-ray radiography for both
st
diagnostic and therapeutic purposes. This 1 Half - Clinical
includes most of invasive imaging procedures Exam Exam
- - 40
such as angiography, biopsy, dialysis, drain
insertions, balloon angioplasty and nd
2 Half - Assignm -
catheterization for different body organs and Exam ents
systems. The students learn - 10
how to position and prepare patient for these th
procedures. Also the course provides the Total 16
students with all technical knowledge and skills Semeste
th
r Final 16 50%
associated with this technology, e.g. the
Assessm Exam
selection of appropriate location of catheters 50%
and needles insertion. ent

Course Description:
Course Objectives:
This course consists of an introduction of
positions and technique of most of This course aims to enable students to practice
investigations of interventional X-ray their knowledge of medical imaging and
radiography and how to prepare patient and radiological examinations of X-ray fluoroscopy
perform these investigations which include a using contrast media for various systems of
variety of angiography procedures, cardiac human body such as digestive and urinary
catheterization, TIPS, and biliary intervention. systems. The course allows the student to
Also this course consists of an explanation of develop their professional skills of medical
methods, techniques and procedures of some imaging with fluoroscopy in a way that insures
other interventional X-ray procedures such as
a high level of image quality at an acceptable
biopsy, dialysis, and drain insertions.
quantity and dose of exposure.
Teaching methods:
Course Description:
Lectures
Labs and workshops In this course, students are able to effectively
apply their practical and clinical skills of routine
Recommended text books: and alternative X-ray fluoroscopic investigations
for most of human bodys systems. The students
1- Krishna Kandarpa , Handbook of are also helped to identify types, ingredients,
Interventional Radiologic Procedures , 2001 . features, and possible adverse reactions of
contrast agents used in fluoroscopy. They are
Course Code: RAD 464 Level: 8 (Elective)
also trained on special techniques, skills, and
Course Title: Clinical Course Units: (Clinical procedures used in the case of emergency.
Practice in Practice): 2
Teaching methods:
Fluoroscopy
Requirements: RAD Instructors: Clinical Practice .
361
Recommended text books:

144
1- Stephen palter , Interventional Fluoroscopy: fundamental physics of radiotherapy and linear
Physics, Technology and Safety ,2001. accelerators; the generation of high energy
radiation for treatment purposes; physical
Course Code: RAD 475 Level: 7 or 8 (Elective) characteristics of high energy photons and
electrons used in radiotherapy, and their
Course Title: Course Units: (Theory
interactions with matter and human tissues;
Radiotherapy + Practice): 3(2+1)
technical steps, protocols, and procedures of
Procedure
different radiotherapy applications for most of
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
bodys organs; precautions and scientific
231+RAD 353
methods of minimizing and/or preventing
patient from potential effects and
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre consequences.
ent ek dit ent ek dit
Teaching methods:
st th
1 Half 6 Practical Lectures

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Exam Exam Labs and workshops
th
10 15 15
nd th Recommended text books:
2 Half 12 Assignm -
Exam ents 1- k . kian Ang ,Radiotherapy for Head and
10 15
Neck Cancers: Indications and Techniques, 2005.
th
Total 16
Course Code: RAD 476 Level: 8 (Elective)
Semeste
th
r Final 16 50%
Exam Course Title: Digital Course Units: (Theory
Assessm
50% Imaging & PACS + Practice): 3(2+1)
ent
Requirements: RAD Instructors:
231+RAD
343+STAT118
Course Objectives:

The main purpose of this course is to provide

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
students with knowledge and understanding of
ent ek dit ent ek dit
fundamental radiation physics of linear
accelerators and their construction, st th
1 Half 6 Practical
components, applications, operation and
Exam Exam th
calibration. It l also helps the students to know 10 15 15
the physical characteristics of high energy
nd th
photons and electrons used in radiotherapy 2 Half 12 Assignm -
applications, and their interactions with matter. Exam ents
10 15
In addition, the students are provided with all of
the common techniques, procedures and Total 16
th

precautions of clinical radiotherapy. Semeste

th
r Final 16 50%
Course Description: Exam
Assessm
50%
The course consists of the following ent
components: an introductory overview of

145
Course Objectives: ent ek dit ent ek dit

The aim of this course is to provide students st th

1 Half 6 Practical
with the essential knowledge of principle of Exam Exam th
digital imaging and the common approaches of 10 15 15
image digitization. It also aims to give the nd th
2 Half 12 Assignm -
students a general overview of PACS and its
Exam ents
compatibility, connection, and integration with 10 15
all networks available in radiology and other
th
departments of the hospitals. Moreover, the Total 16
students are provided with techniques and Semeste
th
methods of information security applied in r Final 16 50%
radiology departments. Assessm Exam
50%
ent
Course Description:

This course is consisted of the following

Course Objectives:
sections: an introduction and principle of digital
imaging; instruments and devices used in this This course aims to help students to understand
technology; current approaches of image the essential knowledge of computing and
digitization and the features and pros and cons digitization for image acquisition,
of each approach; acquisition, registration and reconstruction, display and presentation. It also
display of digital image and; its capability with aims to allow the students to practice their basic
other imaging facilities; PACS; conventional clinical skills of digital radiography including
versus digital images in terms of advantages, image acquisition, processing, post-processing,
disadvantages, methods of acquisition and manipulation and analysis for different imaging
generation, and image quality assessment. technologies.

Teaching methods: Course Description:

Lectures In this course, students are helped to clinically

Labs and workshops apply their theoretical background of digital
imaging at radiology departments of the
Recommended text books:
hospitals. This includes clinical practice of
1- Christi E. Carter , Digital Radiography and acquisition, registration, processing and analysis,
PACS , 2009 . manipulation and optimization of a digital image
in a way that could give an advantage to the
Course Code: RAD 477 Level: 7 or 8 (Elective) process of image interpretation, diagnosis and
reporting. The course also enables the students
Course Title: Post Course Units: (Theory to study most of the clinically available
Processing of Digital + Practice): 3(2+1) technologies and styles of digital processors.
Images
Requirements: RAD Instructors: Teaching methods:
476
Lectures
Labs and workshops
Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
Recommended text books:

146
1- Richard R. Carlton , Principles of In this course, students are helped to put into
Radiographic Imaging: An Art and a Science practice their theoretical knowledge and
,2005. concepts of radiotherapy physics. This is
achieved by giving them the opportunities of
2- Christi E. Carter , Digital Radiography and practicing their clinical skills in radiotherapy
PACS,2009. departments of the hospitals. This includes
clinical practice of the construction, components
Course Code: RAD 478 Level: 8 (Elective)
and operation of high-energy medical
Course Title: Clinical Course Units: (Clinical accelerators, radiotherapy techniques and
Practice in Practice): 2 procedures used in treating most of tumors and
Radiotherapy malignancies, treatment planning techniques,
Requirements: RAD Instructors: and some alternative skills and procedures used
474 in radiotherapy techniques.

Teaching methods:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre
Clinical Practice.
ent ek dit ent ek dit

st
Recommended text books:
1 Half - Clinical
th
Exam Exam 1- Technical basis of radiation therapy ,4 ed
- - 40
2006
nd
2 Half - Assignm -
Course Code: RAD 479 Level: 8 (Elective)
Exam ents
- 10
Course Title: Clinical Course Units: (Clinical
Total 16
th Practice in modern Practice): 2
Semeste radiographic
th
r Final 16 50% application
Assessm Exam Requirements: RAD Instructors:
50%
ent 371+RAD472+RAD473

Assessm We Cre Assessm We Cre

Course Objectives:
ent ek dit ent ek dit
This course aims to enable students to clinically st
practice their knowledge of a wide range of 1 Half - Clinical
radiotherapy techniques for most of tumor Exam Exam
- - 40
cases. The course helps the students to know
nd
and apply various theories and models of dose 2 Half - Assignm -
calculation and determination for high energy Exam ents
photon and electron beams, measurement of - 10
radiation distribution, and treatment planning. th
Total 16
The students would be aware of special
Semeste
precautions, hazards, optimization methods, Final 16
th
50%
r
and quality assurance of radiotherapy. Exam
Assessm
50%
Course Description: ent

147
 Degree conferred by Department:
Course Objectives:

At the end of this course students should be (OD) optometry doctor degree in optometry
able to understand and master most of
radiographic investigations that need modern
medical imaging modalities such as CT scan, Department entry requirements:
MRI, imaging with nuclear medicine, ultrasound
technology, and positron emission tomography - Meet the requirements of college admission.
(PET) scan.
- Pass the courses of the core program at the
Course Description:
College successfully.
In this course, students are distributed to the
hospitals and health care centers to observe,
- Provide a seat inclusive.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

understand and practice most of radiographic
investigations of modern medical imaging Graduation Requirements:
facilities such as CT scan, MRI, sonography , and
gamma camera and PET of nuclear medicine.
1 - Successfully pass the preparatory year
Proposed methods of teaching:

Clinical Practice. 2 - Pass the prescribed modules successfully

Textbooks and references: 3- Pass the internship (one year) successfully

1- Euclid seeram , Computed Tomography: The required credit hours for graduation from
Physical Principles, Clinical Applications, and the department are distributed into four main
Quality Control , 2008 . groups of courses:
2- Paul E. Christian BS , Nuclear Medicine
and PET/CT Technology and The first group includes 12 credit hours,
Techniques , 2007 . known as the requirements of the university,
Marveen Craig , Essentials of Sonography and which are the courses required to be given for
Patient Car, 2005. all university students.

Department of Optometry
The second group includes 42 credit hours,
Specialties offered by the department: known as the college requirements, which is the
courses required to be studied for all students of
the Faculty of Applied Medical Sciences, and is
The department provides a wide range of divided into 34 credit hours compulsory in
specialties support the general field of addition to 8 optional credit hours
optometry , such as contact lenses , double
vision, poor and severe vision, electro
physiology of the eye The third group which includes 118 credit
hours, known as the requirements of the
department divided into 8 units of compulsory

148
courses from outside of the department and 94 Level 1
credit hours of compulsory courses within the
department in addition to 18 units of elective Code Course Title Credit Hours Pre.
courses within the department. No. Req
L L C .
T B R
The fourth group, a group of free courses and
IC 101 Islamic 2 - 2
composed of 6 credit hours chosen from courses
Studies (1)
offered at the university.

Career Opportunities for graduates:

ARAB Language 2 - 2
101 Skills
The graduate of the (OD) program can work in
multiple areas such as, the government and BIOL Human 3 1 4
private hospitals, in academic field , research 111 Biology
centers, primary medical care, domains of visual
PHYS General 2 1 3

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

assistive devices and supplies , military and
112 Physics
government sectors as well as in private sector
individually or within a medical team brings CHE General 2 1 3
together different medical specialties. M 113 Chemistry
Faculty (Department of Optometry): HLTH Medical 2 - 2
121 Terminolog
Yousef H. Aldebasi Associate Prof.
y
Ahmed Sabahalkheir Assistant Prof.
HLTH Health Care 2 1 3
Manzor Qurashi Assistant Prof. 122 System and
Vocational
Saad algundi Prof. Safety
Hamid gadalmola Associate Prof. Total 19 Credit Hours

Mohammed Farahna Assistant Prof. Level 2

Igaz Ahmed Assistant Prof. Code Course Title Credit Hours Pre.
No. Req.
Amjad Ali Khan Assistant Prof.
L L C
.Fijai Komar Assistant Prof. T B R

Mustafa Gamar Lecturer IC Islamic 2 - 2 101

102 Studies (2) IC
Saleh Taye Lecturer
ANA Principles 2 1 3 111
Fishakh Naier Lecturer T 114 of Anatomy Biol

Naganathan Matoramal Lecturer PHSL Principles 2 1 3 111

115 of Biol
Study Plan (Department of Optometry:

149
 Physiology OPT Eye 2 1 3
O 231 anatomy
CHE Organic 2 1 3 113 and Anat11
M 116 Chemistry Che physiolog 4
m y
MDL Principles 2 1 3 111 Total 18 Credit Hours
117 of Medical Biol
Microbiolo Level 4
gy
Code Course Credit Pre.
STAT Biostatistics 2 1 3 122 No. Title Hours Req.
118 Hlth
L L C
HLT Medical 2 - 2 T B R
H 123 Profession

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Islamic 2 - 2 101 IC
Ethics
Studies
IC
Total 19 Credit Hours (4)
104
Level 3
MDL College 2 1 3 115Phsl
Code Course Credit Hours Pre. 232/2 elective +116Ch
No. Title Req. 31 course em
L L C group 1
T B R
ANA Histology 2 1 3 114
IC Islamic 2 - 2 101 IC T 251
103 Studies (3) 114
ANAT
ARA Arabic 2 - 2
B 103 Writing OPT Geometric 2 0 2 OPTO
O 242 al and 242
HLT Emergenc 1 1 2 physical
H 224 y Health optics (2)
Care Anat
114 OPT Visual 2 0 2 OPTO
O 243 optics 241
MDL General 2 1 3 Phsl
252 Pathology 115 OPT 2 0 2 OPTO2
O 252 31
OPT Geometric 2 0 2 PHYS Neuroscie
O 241 al and 112 nce
physical
optics(1) OPT Optometr 2 2 4 OPTO
O 262 y (2) 261
OPT Optometry 2 2 4 Phsl
O 261 (1) 115 Total 18 Credit Hours

150
Level 5 (1)

Code Course Title Credit Hours Pre. OPTO Monocular 2 1 3 OPT

No. Req 354 sensory O
L L C . processing 353
T B R
OPTO Binocular 2 0 2 OPT
OPT Ocular 2 0 2
355 vision O
O 332 biochemistr
243
y
OPTO Dept. 1 1 2 OPT
OPT Geometrical 1 1 2
xxx elective O
O 344 and physical
xxx
optics (3)
PHAR General 2 0 2
OPT Oculomotor 2 0 2
M 301 pharmacolo

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

O 352 systems
gy
(compulsor
OPT Ocular 2 0 2 y out of
O 353 neuroscienc dept.)
e
OPTO Ocular 2 0 2 OPT
OPT Optometry 2 2 4 391 assessment O
O 363 (3) and 364
diagnose
Clinical 1 1 2
OPT procedures MDL College 2 1 3 231
O 381 (1) 243/24 elective MD
2 group 2 L or
OPT Clinical 0 2 2
O 382 screening 232
(1) MD
L
XXX Free course 2
Xxx 2 0 2
Total 18 Credit Hours
Free course
Level 6
Total 19 Credit Hours
Code Course Title Credit Pre.
No. Hours Req. Level 7

L L C Code Course Title Credit Pre.

T B R No. Hours Req.

Opto Ophthalmic 2 1 3 OPT L L C

345 optics and O T B R
dispensing 243

151
OPTO Visual 2 1 3 OPT 57 field O
456 perception O 354 456

OPTO (dept. 2 0 2 MDL OPTO Strabismu 2 0 2 OPT

xxx elective) xxx 465 s and O
amblyopi 355
OPTO Ocular 2 0 2 PHA a
471 pharmacolo RM
gy(1) 301 OPTO (dept 2 0 2 MDL
xxx elective ) xxx
OPTO General 1 1 2 OPT
473 vision O 391 OPTO Clinical 1 1 2 OPT
therapy 485 procedure O
(dept. s (3) 484
elective)
OPTO (dept 1 1 2 OPT

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

OPTO Clinical 0 2 2 OPT xxx elective ) O
483 screening O 382 xxx
(2)
OPTO Cornea 2 1 3 OPT
OPTO Clinical 2 1 3 OPT 493 and O
484 procedures O 381 contact 492
(2) lens (3)

OPTO Cornea and 2 1 3 OPT HLTH College 2 - 2 70%

492 contact lens O 363 425/426 elective of
(2) group 2 the
study
xxx Free course 2 plan

Total 18 Credit Hours

Total 19 Credit Hours

Level 9

Level 8 Code Course Credit Pre.

No. Title Hours Req.
Code No. Course Credit Pre.
Title Hours Req. L L C
T B R
L L C
T B R OPTO (dept 1 1 2
Ophthalm 2 1 3 OPT xxx elective) OPT
OPTO
ic optics O O
446
and 345 xxx
dispensin OPTO Ocular 2 0 2
g (2) 472 pharmacol
OPT
OPTO4 Visual 1 1 2 OPT

152
 ogy (2) O (2)
471
OPTO Open 0 2 2 OPTO
OPTO Optometry 0 2 2 OPT 489 eye 487
487 clinic (1) O clinic
484 and
emergen
594 Anterior 2 1 3 OPT cy
PTO segment O procedur
495 disease 492 es
OPTO (dept 2 0 2 OPT OPTO (dept 2 1 3 OPTO
xxx elective) O xxx elective) xxx
xxx
OPTO Laser 2 0 2 OPTO
OPTO4 Glaucoma 2 0 2 OPT 499 and its 384

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

97 disease O applicati
457 on in
Cornea and 2 1 3 OPT ocular
OPTO
contact O disease
496
lens (3) 493 OPTO Research 0 2 2 HLTH4
460 project 25/426

Total 16 Credit Hours

Total 16 Credit Hours

Level 10

Code Course Credit Pre.

Course Description (Dept of
No. Title Hours Req. Optometry):

L L C Curriculum by Tract:
T B R
1. BASIC SCIENCE
OPTO (dept 1 0 1 OP Human Biology
xxx elective) TO xxx BIOL -111

(dept 1 1 2 OPTO General physics PHYS-112

elective) xxx
OPTO General Chemistry CHEM-113
xxx
Principles of Anatomy ANAT-114
OPTO Pediatric 2 0 2 OPTO
Principes of Physiology PHSL -115
468 optometr 391,465
y Organic Chemistry CHEM-116

OPTO Optomet 0 2 2 OPTO Principle of medical Microbiology MDL -117

488 ry clinic 487

153
Biostatistics STAT -118 Oculomotor Systems OPTO-352

Histology ANAT -251 Visual Neuroscience OPTO-353

Biochemistry MDL -231 Monocular Sensory Processes OPTO-354

Biochemistry and Molecular Genetics Binocular Vision OPTO-355 MDL -232

2. PUBLIC HEALTH Visual Perception OPTO-456

Medical Terminology HLTH-121 Visual fields OPTO-457

Health Care Systems and Vocational safety Behavioral Vision and Learning OPTO-458
HLTH-122
Optometric Epidemiology OPTO-459
Medical Profession Ethics HLTH-123
6. OPTOMETRY
Emergency Health Care MDL -224

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Optometry I OPTO-261
Principles of medical genetics MDL -242
Optometry II OPTO-262
Genetics and molecular biology MDL -243
Optometry III OPTO-363
Research methodology HLTH -425
Refractive and Binocular Case Analysis
Study design HLTH -426 OPTO-364

Strabismus and Amblyopia OPTO-465

3. BASIC EYE PHYSIOLOGY Practice Development and Administration

OPTO-466
Ocular anatomy and Physiology OPTO-231
Vision Rehabilitation OPTO-467
Ocular Biochemistry OPTO-332
Pediatric and Special population Optometry
4. OPTICS OPTO-468

Geometrical and Physical Optics I OPTO-241 Vocational optometry OPTO-499

Geometrical and Physical Optics II OPTO-242 Research project in optometry OPTO-460

Visual Optics OPTO-243 7. MEDICINE

Geometrical and Physical optics III OPTO-344 General Pathology MDL-252

Ophthalmic Optics and Dispensing IOPTO-345 General Pharmacology PHARM-301

Ophthalmic Optics and Dispensing IIOPTO-446 General Pharmacology for Optometry 1

OPTO-471
5. VISUAL SCIENCE
Ocular Pharmacology OPTO-472
Neuroscience OPTO-251
General Vision Therapy OPTO-473

154
Clinical Medicine and Systemic Disease Preparatory Year
OPTO-474

8. CLINICAL OPTOMETRY Course Outline:

Optometric Procedures I OPTO-381

This course will introduce, at an entry
Clinical Screenings OPTO-382 level, the understanding of various cell
structures and functions, eukaryotes vs.
Clinical Screenings II OPTO-483 prokaryotes, classification of live
organisms, introduction to the genetics
Optometric Procedures II OPTO-484
and introduction to human biology
Optometric Procedures III OPTO-485 including, introduction to human
physiology, anatomy, and introduction
Clinical Orientation OPTO-486 to human embryology.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Optometric Clinic I OPTO-487 By the end of this course, student
should be able to know:
Optometric Clinic II OPTO-488
- The cell as a functional unit, structure,
Open Eye Clinic and Emergency procedures and the main aspects of cell
OPTO-489 specialization,

9. SPECIALTY EYE PROCEDURES cytology and classification of live

organisms.
Ocular Assessment and Diagnosis OPTO-391
- The transport mechanisms across the
Cornea and Contact lenses I OPTO-492
cell membrane
Cornea and Contact Lenses II OPTO-493
- The main principles of Physiology
Geriatrics OPTO-494
- The cellular division and multiplication
Anterior Segment Disease OPTO-495
- DNA and RNA, formation.
Cornea and Contact Lenses III OPTO-496
- DNA and the genetic code.
Glaucoma OPTO-497
- Cellular processes needed for live
Posterior Segment Disease OPTO-498
- Biochemical basis of generating
Laser and surgical Management of Eye Disease energy
OPTO-499
- Spermatogenesis Oogenesis in
Course symbol: Level: First human
BIOL-111
- Fertilization and basic embryology
Course Title: Human Credit hours:
- Introduction to specialized anatomical
Biology 4(3+1)
structures
Prerequisite:
- Hormonal regulation of vital functions

155
 - Neuronal regulation of vital functions the physical environment through
scientific inquiry;
Microscopy and tissue preparation
methods, staining, cell structure, To provide the basis for further study of
organelle function, cell division, nucleic the subject;
acids, cellular genetics, Mendelian
genetics, Principles of embryology, To develop experimental and
main human tissues, principles of investigative abilities;
anatomy and physiology of human
To develop the skills necessary to find
body systems
solutions to scientific problems;
-Theory lectures
To understand that scientific ideas are
- Laboratory sessions developed within a contemporary and
historical context.
Evaluation of students:
To develop positive attitudes towards

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Semester Examination: Written and physics, science in general and the
Practical 50% environment.

- Final Examination: 50% This course is designed specifically for

students enrolled in the College of
Reference book designated: Applied Medical Sciences, which
include departments such as medical
Human Biology: Concepts and Current
laboratory, optometry, medical
Issues. Michael D. Johnson
radiation techniques, and
- Human Biology. Mader Sylvia , physiotherapy. The course includes
th
7 edition , 2002. experiments that are direct
- Human Biology. Chiras DD applications of concepts covered in the
- theoretical component of the course.
Course symbol: Level: First fluid dynamics, thermal properties of
PHYS 112 materials, electrical properties of
materials, optics and waves. And
Course Title: Credit hours:
radiations
PHYSICS 3(2+1)
Viscosity measurement
Prerequisite:
Properties and sensation of
sound
Optics and laser
Aim of the course Heat and thermal expansion
Heat Equivalent
To emphasize the importance of the Optical properties of
process of scientific investigation as a materials (Snells Law)
DC Measurements and the
means of solving problems in everyday
concept of E-filed.
life;
Interference of
Electromagnetic Waves.
To contribute to the pupils general
The Spectrum of Hydrogen
education by helping to make sense of Atom

156
 Radiation Detection and chemical reactions in aqueous
Measurements solutions, energy and its
transformation, chemical bonds and
Teaching Methods: chemical reactions and the cyclic table,
thermal chemistry, properties of
- Lectures
substances and attraction forces
- Discussion between molecules, physical properties
of solutions, chemical equilibrium and
- Practical sessions neutralization of acids and alkalines in
aqueous solutions, chemical mobility.
Evaluation Outline
By the end of this course, student
Semester examination 50%
should be able to:
Final Examination 50%
- Describe the atomic structure and
References define atomic number, mass number

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

and
- College physics Serway R.
and J. Faughn isotopes
- Physics in Biology and
Medicine, Third Edition - Know chemical and physical bonding
(Complementary Science) by and their properties
Paul Davidovits
- Physics of the Human Body - Know types of chemical reactions and
(Biological and Medical concept of rate of reaction
Physics, Biomedical
Engineering) by Irving P. - Know mole, molar mass, molarity and
Herman molality and their use in laboratory
- Introduction to Radiological
Physics and Radiation - Know calculation formulae and their
Dosimetry by Frank H. Attix use in clinical laboratory
- Any recommended text books
by the lecturer - Know oxidationreduction reactions
and their biological significance

Course symbol: Level: First - Know different types of solutions and

CHEM-113 solubility

Course Title: General Credit hours: - Define acids, bases and describe acid-
Chemistry 3(2+1) base reactions

Prerequisite: - Understand concept of pH and its

Preparatory Year calculations

- Know buffers and their types

Course Outline: - Know activation energy and

endothermic and exothermic reactions
General concepts, chemical
calculations, molecular weight and

157
 st nd
- Know 1 and 2 law of anatomy of certain diseases in relation
thermodynamics and chemical to systems organs
equilibrium
This course covers the basic gross
Teaching Methods: anatomical features of the human body
that include: digestive, respiratory,
- Lectures cardiovascular, urogenital,
neuroendocrinal, lymphoid and
- Discussion
musculoskeletal systems. The course
- Practical sessions also covers the principles of clinical
anatomy.
Evaluation Means:
By the end of this course student should
- Semester Examination: Written and be able to:
Practical 50%
Describe the general structural

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Final Examination: 50% characteristics of the human body

Reading List: Mention the anatomical characteristics

of the different organs and systems
- General Chemistry , Ebbing DD, latest
Ed. Compare the different organ structures
and locate their sites in the body
- General Chemistry, Hill et al. Latest
Ed. Define planes , orientation, section and
surface anatomy of the body including
- Virtual Chemistry Online
sites of the body cavities
Course symbol: Level: Second Relate clinical observation to gross
ANAT-114 anatomy
Course Title: Credit hours: By the end of this course, student
Principles of 3(2+1) should be able to:
Anatomy
- Know the anatomical structure of the
Prerequisite: BIOL- various systems of the human body.
111
- Know the relationship between some
diseases and the anatomical structure.
Course outline: - Know some facts about the human
embryology.
Introduction to anatomy of different
regions and organs of human body Teaching Methods:
Systemic anatomy of: joints, lymph, - Lectures
digestive, urinary, reproductive,
cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous - Practical sessions.
(CNS and autonomic), musculoskeletal,
endocrine, and embryology. Clinical Evaluation Means:

158
 - Semester Examination: Written and - The human endoskeleton, movement
practical 50% and locomotion.

- Final Examination: 50% - The chemical messengers and

Endocrine system
Reading list:
- The cardiovascular system and
Clinically oriented anatomy. Keith. L. Hepatic circulation.
th
Moore. 4 Ed. 1999.
- Principles of Human Anatomy, - The neural control of blood volume
by Gerard J. Tortora
and pressure

- The body fluid compartments and the

Course symbol: Level: Second blood as a tissue.
PHSL-115
- The renal system and Homeostasis
Course Title Credit hours:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Principles of 3(2+1) - The respiratory system and gas
Physiology: exchanges

Prerequisite: BIOL- - The respiratory-renal adjustment of

104 acid base

- The digestive system

Course Outline:
- The Pancreatic-Hepatic functions

This course is aimed to understand the - The reproductive system

basis of various physiological functions
of the body from the cell as the - The ovarian, Hormonal and menstrual
smallest functional component of the cycles
body to the function of various organs,
Teaching Organization:
systems. Further, these systems will be
studied with objective to enhance the -Theory lectures
concept of integrative physiology, as
functions of these systems, to the most - Laboratory sessions
part, they are interrelated.
Evaluation of students:
By the end of this course, student
- Semester Examination: Written and
should be able to know:
practical 50%
- The basic aspects of physiology and
- Final Examination:
body functions
50%
- The functional division of the Nervous
Reference book designated:
System (NS)
Silverthorn, D.U.: Human Physiology:
- The function of NS and the exerted
An Integrated approach
control on key body organs

159
 Human Anatomy & Physiology :Elaine - Define aromatic compounds, describe
N. Marieb. benzene structure and mention their
Text Book of Medical Physiology: physical and chemical properties
Guyton and Hall Saunders
Principals of Medical Physiology: W.F. - Know carboxylic acids, their
Gannong
classification and their chemical and
physical Properties
Course symbol: Level: Second
CHEM 116 Teaching Methods:

Course Title: Organic Credit hours: - Lectures

Chemistry 3(2+1)
- Discussion
Prerequisite: CHEM
113 - Practical sessions

Evaluation Means:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course Outline: - Semester Examination: Written and
Practical 50%
The course covers general subjects in
organic chemistry including aliphatic - Final Examination: 50%
and aromatic hydrocarbons, their
Reading List:
properties and reactions, alkyl, halides,
alcohols, ethers, phenols, aldehydes, - Organic Chemistry . Mc Murray.
ketones, amines and carboxylic acids.
- Organic Chemistry . Wade L.
By the end of this course, student should be
able to: - Introductory to Organic and
Biochemistry Experiments for students
- Know hydrocarbons, their in Health
classification, nomenclature, physical
and chemical Professions. Brabson D.

properties and describe aliphatic and Course symbol: MDL- Level:

aromatic hydrocarbons. 111 Second

- Know reactions of deletion, addition Course Title: Credit

and substitution Principle of hours:
Microbiology 4(2+1)
- Know methane, ethylene, and
acetylene and mention their properties Prerequisite:
BIOL-111
- Know alkyl halides, ether and alcohol
and their classification and their
physical and chemical properties
Course Outline:
- Know aldehydes and ketones and
their physical and chemical properties This course covers the general
principles of microbiology including

160
 classification of different groups of classification of parasites: (Protozoa,
microbes, morphology of each group Helminthes, and Arthropods).
and study of their characters. Also the
study includes a brief introduction to Teaching Methods:
the infectious diseases regarding their
- Lectures
types, causative microbial agents and
methods of their control together with - Seminars
study of food and air microbiology.
- Practical sessions
By the end of this course, student should be
able to: Evaluation Means:

General Bacteriology: - Semester Examination:

Written and Practical 50%
Introduction to bacteriology, morphological
shape of microorganisms, structure of bacterial - Final Examination: 50%

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

cell, reproduction and growth of bacteria,
physiology of microorganisms, physical Reading Lists:
conditions required, or growth of bacteria,
bacterial - Foundations in Microbiology. Kathleen
P. Talaro, 2004.USA.
genetics, bacterial relationship,
bacteriophage, bacterial metabolic - Medical Microbiology: A short
products, system of bacterial Course.Baron, et al., 1994.Willey-Lis.
identification, Infection, pathogenicity
and virulence and chemotherapy. Course symbol: STAT Level:
118 Second
General Virology:
Course Title: Credit
Introduction to virology, classification Biostatistics hours:
of viruses, structure of viruses, growth 3(2+1)
of viruses, viral genetics, Infection and
pathogenicity of virus diseases. Prerequisite:
Hlth 122
General Mycology:

Introduction to mycology, classification

of mycology, structure of fungi, Course Outline:
reproduction of fungi, growth of fungi,
This course presents detailed
Infections and pathogenicity.
description of characters types,
General Parsitology: displaying and presenting data,
measures of central tendency,
Introduction to parasitology, general measures of dispersion, principles of
definitions, Infections and probability, random variables and
pathogenicity of parasites. probability distribution, bimodal
Epidemiology of parasites, diagnostics distribution, natural distribution,
of parasites, control of parasites, confidence intervals for mean, median,
ratios and various statistics tests.

161
By the end of this course, student should be Introductory Biostatistics for the Health
able to: Sciences. Chernick M and Friis R -

- Identify the different methods of - Presenting medical statistics from

collecting data. proposal to publication. Janet Peacock,
2006.
- Interpret different types of data
summaries including tables and charts. Course symbol: Level: Third
ANAT 251
- Show the advantages and
disadvantages of different types of data Course Title: Credit hours: :
presentation. Histology 3(2+1)

- Identify measures of central tendency Prerequisite:

and measures of dispersion and 114Anat, 115Phsl,
interpreting them. 116Chem, 117MDL

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Estimate means and their confidence
intervals and interpret results
Course Outline:
- Identify properties of natural
distribution and explain the diverse The aim of this course is to identify light
repeated distribution of microscopic structure of various normal
human body organs and tissues in
biomedical data. addition to the study of cell structure,
and cell division.
- Apply the suitable test for a list of
specific data such as student T test, F By the end of this course, student should be
test, or chi-square test. able to know:

- Use of computer applications in - Cell structure and division,

biomedical data analysis. chromosomes and genes.

Teaching Methods: - Epithelial tissue.

- Lectures - Connective tissue, blood and

lymphoid tissue.
- Seminars
- Muscular tissue
- Practical sessions
- Nervous tissue.
Evaluation Means:
- Histology of digestive system.
- Semester Examination: Written and
Practical 50% - Histology of urinary and genital
system.
- Final Examination: 50%
- Histology of respiratory system.
Reading List:
- Histology of cardiovascular system.

162
 - Histology of endocrine glands Color Textbook of Histology. Gartner

This course covers the theoretical and Course symbol: MDL Level: Third
practical bases of identifying light & 231
electron microscopical structure of the
cell and tissues of the human body. Course Title: Credit hours:
These tissues include epithelial tissues, Principles of 3(2+1)
connective tissue, muscular tissue, Biochemistry
nervous tissues. The course covers also
Prerequisite: Chem
the microscopical structure of the
116
different body systems that include:
digestive, respiratory, cardiovascular,
nervous, urogenital, male and female
genital systems, endocrine system, Course Outline:
lymphoid and musculoskeletal systems.
This course offers detailed study of the

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Teaching methods: chemical compositions and the
biological functions of the main
- Lectures. biochemical molecules including
carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and
- Practical sessions.
their components, enzymes and
Means of evaluation: different types of hormones. It also
includes methods of practical
- Semester Examination: Written and qualitative and quantitative assays to
Practical 50% discover these molecules.

- Final Examination: 50% By the end of this course, student should be

able to:
Reading list:
- Know and classify the different groups
- Theory and Practice of Histological
of carbohydrates and their main
Techniques. By ; John D
biological
Bancroft and Marilyn Gamble, 2002
significance with brief reference to
(5th ed).
some pathological conditions such as
- Basic Histology: Text and Atlas, 10th diabetes.
Edition; 2002.
- Know and classify the main lipids and
- Histology: A Text and Atlas, By describe their chemical structures and
Michael H Ross and Wojciech Pawlina
biological significance with brief
2005 (5th ed) reference to some pathological
conditions caused
- Basic Histology. Luiz Carlos Junqueira,
John Long, Jose Carnerio by lipid disorders such as
arthrosclerosis.
- M Histology A Text and Atals. Ross

163
 - Know amino acids, their classification, Course symbol: MDL Level: Fourth
physical and chemical properties as 252
well as
Course Title: General Credit hours:
describing their chemical structures, pathology 3(2+1)
their main biological significance.
Prerequisite: Anat
- Know proteins, their structures and 114, Phsl 115, Chem
physical and chemical forces affecting 116, MDL 117
their

structure with brief reference to some

common proteins, e.g., haemoglobin, Course Outline:

hormones e.g. insulin and This course contains introduction to

immunoglobulin e.g. IgG general and basic knowledge of

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

diseases, their causes, pathogenesis,
- Describe enzymes and their role in the general morphological and changes at
biological reactions and as well as their gross, microscopic and submicroscopic
levels as well as the prognosis of the
diagnostic role in many diseases e.g.
disease.
enzyme amylase in pancreatitis.
By the end of this course, student should be
- Know the structure of nucleic acids i.e.
able to know:
DNA and RNA and their role in protein
- Definition of pathology and disease,
biosynthesis with brief reference to
causes of diseases, pathology
some of genetic disorders such
specimens and
thalassaemia
methods of pathological studies and
and cystic fibrosis.
their relation to clinical aspects.
Teaching Methods:
- Inflammation and repair.
- Lectures
- Cell injury, degeneration, tissue
- Discussion deposits, necrosis, gangrene.

- Practical sessions - Circulatory disturbances.

Evaluation Means: - Infection and granuloma.

- Semester Examination: Written and - Growth disorders and tumors.

Practical 50%
This course clarifies all the known
- Final Examination: 50% terms in pathology , types and causes
of disease, pathogenesis,
Reading List: morphological changes in gross and
microscopic levels, symptoms and signs
- Biochemistry. Richard H. and Pamela as well as disease outcome. Also this
C. course covers the main pathological

164
 changes as inflammation, Prerequisite: 120
degeneration, circulatory disorders, Chem+ 231MDL or
immune disorders, growth disturbances 232MDL
and tumors.

Teaching methods:
Course Outline:
- Lectures.
This course presents introductory
- Practical sessions. biochemistry relevant to human health
and disease that forms part of the
Means of evaluation:
foundation of modern medical
- Semester Examination: Written and practice. The molecular correlation
Practical 50% with disease is emphasized throughout
the course.
- Final Examination: 50%

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

By the end of the course, student should be
Reading list: able to:
th
- Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7 - Develop a broad and thorough
edition,2007, Elsevier. Robbins and understanding at the molecular level of
Cotran metabolic and regulatory
th
- Surgical Pathology, 9 edition, 2004. events that control the function of
Rosai and Ackerman normal cells, tissues and organs and
understand how these
Concise Pathology, by Parakrama
Chandrasoma & Clive Taylor: 2 nd ed. processes are altered by disease
Prentice-Hall international, Inc, 1995.
- Describe the steps by which cells
break down biological molecules to
Pathology illustrated, by Peter
extract energy for the
MacFarlane, Robin Reid & Robin
Callander, 5 th ed, Churchill Livingstone performance of work.

Robbins and Cotra - Describe major cellular biosynthetic

th
pathways, steps involved in these
Pathologic Basis of Disease, 7 edition,
pathways and the
Copyright@2007, Elsevier. [Main
Book] regulation of key enzymes.

Rosai and Ackerman Surgical Pathology, - Explain the lipid transport disorders and
th
9 edition, Two volumes, their relation to health.

Course symbol: MDL Level: Fourth - Explain energy balance and its
233 disorders.

Course Title: Medical Credit hours: - Major metabolic disorders related to

Biochemistry 3(2+1) arthrosclerosis, stroke, and diabetes.

165
 - Understand genetic mutations and - Know the critical clinical cases.
disease cases.
- Diagnose these cases.
Teaching Methods:
- Give the first aid of these cases.
- Lectures
- Call the ambulance in the proper time.
- Discussion
Teaching Methods:
- Practical sessions
- Lectures
Evaluation Means:
- Practical sessions
- Semester Examination: Written and
Practical 50% Evaluation Means:

- Final Examination: 50% - Semester Examination:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Written and practical 50%
Reading List:
- Final Examination: 50%
-Medical Biochemistry at a Glance, 2nd
Edition Reading list:
blackwellpublishing.com/book.asp?ref=
- Internet source material -
1405113227
specific to each critical clinical
-Marks' Basic Medical Biochemistry: A
case as determined
Clinical Approach, 2004.
by the instructors. -
- Workshops given by ministry of
Course symbol: HLTH Level: Third
health and Red Cresset
224
Course symbol: Level: First
Course Title: Credit hours:
HLTH-121
Ambulance Care 2(1+1)
Course Title: Medical Credit hours:
Prerequisite:
Terminology 2(2+0)
Hlth122 +
Anat114 Prerequisite:
Preparatory Year

Course outline:
Course Outline:
This course includes teaching the
methods of dealing with critical clinical This course covers the linguistic
cases. The student should know how to structural basis for scientific and
diagnose these cases, give the first aid medical terminology in Latin and
procedure and call the ambulance in English and explanation of the main
the proper time. terms in different applications of
medical science specialties to enable
By the end of this course, student
advanced students in different
should be able to:
branches and graduates deal easily

166
 with physicians and other workers in
different specialties. The course also
aims at acquainting students with the Course Outline:
pronunciation, writing and
Introduction to applied health sciences,
understanding of general principal
concept of health and factors affecting
medical terms and abbreviations
it, the general hierarchy of health
corresponding to their Arabic
services and their current and future
homologues.
needs, ethics of practice of the
By the end of this course, student should be different health professions.
able to:
By the end of this course, student should be
- Correctly pronounce medical terms able to:

- Explain the meanings of the common - Define health management

medical terms regularly usable in
- Describe the organization of health

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

medical and
management and its general hierarchy
health area
- Define the health team and describe
- Correctly understand sentences that the principles of organization and
include these terms and abbreviations control of

- Fluent conversation in English with the team.

workers in the health field
- Explain the meaning of supervision
Evaluation Means: and leadership

- Semester Examination: 50% - Mention the principles of organization

ethics
- Final Examination: 50%
- Describe the levels of health care
Reading List:
- Define quality and describe how to
- Medical Terminology for Health achieve in health care services
Professions. Ann Ehrlich, Carol L
Schroeder. - Mention the instruments and
advantages of achieving quality of
- Comprehensive Medical Terminology. health care
Betty Davis Jones
- Know danger associated with health
Course symbol: Level: First departments and affecting worker.
HLTH-122
- Know safety procedures and problem solving in
Course Title: Health Credit hours: biohazard.
Care System and 3(2+1)
Teaching Methods:
Vocational Safety
- Lectures
Prerequisite:
Preparatory Year - Discussion

167
Evaluation Means: - Know and describe the rights and
duties of medical team member
- Semester Examination: Written and towards the community.
practical 50%
- Know and describe the rights and
- Final Examination: 50% duties of medical team member
towards the colloquies.
Reading List:
- Know and describe the rights and
- Health Care Administration: Planning,
duties of medical team member
Implementing, and Managing
towards himself.
Organized
- Know and describe the rights and
Delivery Systems. Lawrence Wolper.
duties of medical team member
- Principles of Biomedical Ethics. towards the profession.
Beauchamp and Childress.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Know and describe the rights and
- www.islamset.com ( Islamic duties of medical ethics in research.
constitution of medical profession).
- Acquire the skill of effective pro-
Course symbol: Level: Fourth activity.
HLTH-123
- Acquire the skill of effective planning.
Course Title: Medical Credit hours:
- Acquire the skill of effective
ethics 2(2+0)
prioritization.
Prerequisite:
- Acquire the skill of effective win-win
Preparatory Year
thinking.

- Acquire the skill of effective

Course Outline: communication.

- Acquire the skill of effective team

This course will introduce, at an entry configuration.
level, the understanding of medical
ethics, concepts, rights and duties. - Acquire the skill of effective
Introduction to effective personal synergism.
development knowledge and skills will
Teaching Organization:
also be emphasizing.
-Theory lectures
By the end of this course, student
should be able to: Evaluation of students:

- Know and describe the ethics of - Semester Examination: Written and

medical professions Practical 50%

- Know and describe the rights and - Final Examination: 50%

duties of medical team member
towards the patients Reference book designated:

168
 Ethics of practicing the profession of - Written Report 50%
medicine- The Saudi Council of medical
specialist- KSA 2005 - Viva Examination 50%

The Seven Habits of Highly Effective Reading List:

People - effective lessons in the process
- As directed by the student's advisor.
of personal change, Stephen R. Covey.

Course symbol: MDL Level: Eighth

Course symbol: Level: 3
472
OPTO 231
Course Title: Credit hours: 2(1+1)
Course Title: Ocular Credit hours:
Graduation Project
Anatomy and 3(2+1)
Prerequisite: 425Hlth Physiology
OR 426Hlth Prerequisite: ANAT
114

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course Outline:
Course description
This course helps student to start
predetermined project including data A detailed study of the human visual
acquisition and analysis then write apparatus and related structures is
report under the supervision of a presented.
faculty staff member.
This course presents a systematic study of
By the end of this course, student should be the physiology of the eye.
able to:
Lecture topics include function,
physiology and biochemistry of the lids,
- Conduct practical research
lacrimal apparatus, cornea, uveal tract,
- Collect data intraocular fluids, lens, retina and optic
nerve.
- Analyze data
Topics are approached from gross
- Trouble shooting anatomical, histological and
embryological perspectives.
- Write research progress reports
The laboratory is devoted to the
- Write a final paper format with
demonstration of basic ocular anatomy
presentation in form of seminar.
concepts.
Teaching Methods:
Laboratories include dissection of the
The student conduct the practical mammalian eye and examination of the
research project under the supervision human eye.
of a faculty staff member
Objective
Evaluation Means:

169
 To enable students to examine and Clinical Anatomy of the Eye by Richard S.
determine the similarities and differences Snell and Michael A. Lemp
between the mammalian and human eye.
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5
To enable students to recognize orbital 332
contents as well as the globe structure.
Course Title: Ocular Credit hours:
Course Contents Biochemistry 2(2+0)

1- Ocular anatomy Prerequisite: MDL232

The orbit and paranasal sinuses, The
lacrimal system,The eyelids
The conjunctiva,The cornea,The ciliary
body,The iris,The lens,The choroid and Course description:
sclera,The retina,The visual pathways,The Study the biochemistry of the
extraocular muscles visual process, the chemistry

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

2- Orbital vasculature and the cavernous of visual excitation including
sinus discussion of: Photoreceptor
3- Skull osteology cells, Rhodopsin and
4- Visual acuity and adaptation neurotransmitter hypothesis
5- Color vision and substances involved. The
6- Binocular vision and stereopsis relationship of rhodopsin to
7- General physiology of eye structure the spectral sensitivity curve
and ERG and ERP. The cone
8- The Orbital Blood Vessels
pigments and normal human
9- The Nerve Supply of the Orbit color vision. The genetic
components of red green color
10- Embryology deficiency. The biochemistry
and metabolism of the retina
Course evaluation:
including hereditary retinal
Mid term exams 50% degeneration (e.g. retinitis
pigmesntosa). The
Final exam 50% biochemistry of the cornea
including corneal hydration,
References pump system, corneal
metabolism, and tear film
General Ophthalmology by Daniel G. composion and function
Vaughan including the effect of contact
lens wear. The biochemistry of
The Ophthalmic assistant by Stein. Slatt.
the normal lens and cataract
Stein
formation.
By the end of this course, student should be
Ocular Anatomy and Physiology by Saude
able to:
Ocular Anatomy and Physiology by
Tammy Langley, Shiela Coyne Nemeth, 1- Know the biochemistry of the
Carolyn Shea and Al Lens (Editor) visual process.

170
 2- Understand the chemistry of - Discussion
visual excitation including
discussion of: Evaluation Means:
a- Photoreceptor cells
- 2 Semester Examination:
b- Rhodpsin
Written 40%
c- Neurotransmitter
hypothesis and - Final Examination:
substances involved. Written 60%
d- Know the relationship
between rhodopsin and Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 3
spectral sensitivity curve 241
and ERG and ERP.
3- Understand the role of cone Course Title: Credit hours:
pigments in normal human Geometrical and (2+0)
color vision. Physical Optics I

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

4- Know the genetic components Prerequisite: phys 112
of red green color deficiency,
(causes of color blindness).
5- Know the biochemistry and Course Description:
metabolism of the retina
including hereditary retinal This course is the first of three essential
degeneration (e.g. retinitis courses which, covers the basic optical
pigmesntosa). theory (both geometric and physical
6- Know the biochemistry of the (wave) optics) and its components.
cornea including corneal Geometrical optics deals with the
hydration, pump system, treatment of light as a ray and will help
corneal metabolism, and tear the student to understand the basics of
film composion and function light reflection and refraction. These
including the effect of contact principles will be applied to the study of
lens wear. image formation, lenses, mirrors,
7- Know the biochemistry of aberrations, prisms, fibers, optical
normal lens and cataract system design and optical instruments.
formation, its causes and Physical optics introduces the wave
symptoms. nature of light and the consequences of
8- Know the types of intraocular this behavior. Topics studied include
lenses, advantages and interference, diffraction, polarization,
disadvantages. interferometry, spectroscopy, etc.
9- Apply all the previous study in There will also be an introduction to:
diagnosis of color blindness light matter interaction and laser.
and its types, cataract and the
A lab component will parallel the
suitable intraocular contact
lectures and provide hands-on
lenses for the patient.
experience handling optical equipment.
Teaching Methods:
In the laboratory, the student will
- Lectures develop the ability to appraise, use and
interpret data to express

171
mathematically and explain (often The propagation, reflection
using a model) the physical phenomena and refraction of light
involved. Refraction including Total
Internal Reflection
Overall Courses Objectives w/Applications
Spherical refracting interfaces
Upon completion of this course, the - convex, concave, derivation
student will be able to: of vergence equation
Prisms and Dispersion -
1. Describe the basic principles of angular dispersion - dispersive
optical physics as related to optometry. power - Dispersion
without/deviation and
2. Integrate the physics concepts of deviation without
dispersion.Achromatic prisms
geometric optics to apply to discuss
their practical applications in
optometry. Plane and Spherical Mirrors including Image

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Formation Using Ray Diagrams
3. Explain and discuss with a working
vocabulary of terms applicable to light Thin Lenses including Thin
as a ray, geometric and physical optics, Lens Equation Calculations and
and related optical devices. Image Formation
Optical Systems and
4. Demonstrate an elementary Instruments Using Multiple
knowledge of graphics construction and Lenses and Mirrors
ray-tracing techniques. Mirror and Lens Imaging Errors
(Aberrations) w/Aperture and
5. Demonstrate familiarity with general F-stops
terminology and materials used in the REFERENCE:
field of optics.
1. Fundamentals of optics
6. Apply principles and simple physics Jenkins/White
equations to solve elementary
2. Optics
geometric and physical optics
A.H.Tunnacliffe J.G.Hirst
problems.
Course evaluation:
7. Write (using correct data collection,
organization, and analysis techniques) a 2Mid term exams 40%
complete formal laboratory report
(written utilizing proper grammar Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 4
techniques) to include: title of 242
experiment, objectives, data and
observations, results and conclusions. Course Title: Credit hours:
Geometrical and (2+0)
Course contents: Physical Optics II
Prerequisite: OPTO
Geometrical and Physical Optics I 241

The ray theory of light

172
Course description: Optical instruments:
Spectrometer
The symmetrical optical system, thick
Simple and
lenses, apertures and stops, magnifiers,
compound
microscopes, telescopes, camera
micro0scope
lenses, focimeters, ophthalmometers,
and projectors. The resolving power, Telescope
depth of focus and field of view of
optical systems. Exact ray tracing and Magnifying power of
the aberrations of optical systems. simple and
compound
Course contents microscope,
telescope
Thick lenses.
Thick lenses - front Resolving power of

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

and back vertex optical instrument
powers - reduced
Resolving power of
system - dioptric
the eye
power of equivalent
lenses, cardinal The aberrations of optical
points. systems.
Chromatic
Application - to aberrations - cause
calculate the and methods of
equivalent dioptric minimizing,
power, of thick
achromatic doublet
meniscus lens, plano
convex vertex Monochromatic
powers, position of aberrations - first
principalplanes. order and third order
theory
Dioptric powers using
reduced systems. Spherical aberrations,
Matrix theory and coma, astigmatism,
lens matrices. curvature, distortion -
cause and the
Apertures and stops.
Entrance pupil and methods of
exit pupil minimizing
aberrations
Field stop
Tangent condition for
Entrance port and
elimination of
exit port, field of
distortion.
view, vignetting
Point spread function
Depth of field and
depth of focus

173
 Modulation transfer Course contents:
function
1: Nature of light:
Exact ray tracing
FIBRE OPTICS Wave Nature of Light
References.
Quantum Theory - Dual Nature of Light
1. Fundamentals of optics
Hugens principle - Laws of reflection
Jenkins/White
and refraction at spherical surfaces and
2. Optics lenses.
A.H.Tunnacliffe J.G.Hirst
Description of the phenomena of
Course evaluation: interference, Youngs experiment,
coherent sources,phase and path
Mid term exams 40% difference, intensity, Theory of
interference fringes.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Final exam 60%
Newtons rings experiment - refractive
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5
index of liquid
344
2: Diffraction and scattering
Course Title: Credit hours:
Geometrical and (1+1) Single slit, qualitative and quantitative
Physical Optics III
Prerequisite: OPTO Circular aperture
242
Multiple slits - grating

Rayleighs scattering
Course Description:
Raman scattering
Provides the theoretical background in
3: Polarisation
physical optics necessary to understand
the principles behind many phenomena Polarisation of transverse waves - light
observed when working with patients as transverse waves
in vision testing and prescribing. The
nature and speed of light as a wave and Double refraction, principal plane, nicol
as a particle using mathematical prism - plane polarization
modes.. Fresnel and Fraunhoffer
Circular elliptic polarization production,
diffraction of light and its effect on
detection and behavior
visual acuity and resolution. Sources of
light, their spectra and the nature of Optical activity - Fresnals half shade
color. Absorption, scattering, polarimeter
dispersion, polarization and
birefringence. Light quanta, their origin, Polarisation by selective absorption
description and consequences, dichorism.
including lasers and holography.
4: Radiometry & Photometry:

174
Radiant intensity 1. Optics in Vision Henri Obstfeld

Irradiance 2. Optics Brijilal

Lamberts cosine Law 3. Geometric, Physical, Visual optics

Michael.P.Keating
Basic concepts and definitions in
Photometry Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 2
243
Reflection co-efficient, transmission co-
efficient, power-transmitted and Course Title: Visual Credit hours:
Reflected Optics 2(2+0)

Lummen Brodhun Photometer Prerequisite: OPTO

241
5: Spectrum

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Sources of spectrum. Bunsen - carbon -
mercury - sodium Course Description:

Emission and absorption spectra - The optical aspects of the visual

classification - visible - ultra violet and process. The optic array as a
infra spectra- electromagnetic description of the environment as
spectrum contrasted with the conventional view
of the optics of vision based on
6: LASER OPTICS:
geometrical optics and the retinal
Basic laser principles - spontaneous and image. Ocular models and the image-
stimulated emission. Coherence - forming nature of the eye are
spatial, temporal, Laser considered with emphasis on blur,
chromatic and spherical aberration and
pumping - population inversion optical the effects of the pupil. The Stiles-
feedback Crawford Effect, entoptic phenomena,
and glare are discussed. Introduction to
Gas lasers, and solid lasers, Helium
photometry and accommodation and
neon laser argon ion laser ruby
its role in the visual process. Emphasis
laser. on understanding how changes in
Monocular laser carbandioixide, defocus and pupil size affect contrast,
eximer laser. Semi conductor lasers. spatial frequency content of the retinal
image, depth of focus and the effects of
Lasers
aberrations. These topics are related to
Course evaluation: clinical refraction and patient care. The
laboratory provides demonstrations of
2Mid term exams 30% the various important phenomena.

Practical 20%
Course contents
Final exam 50%
1. Introduction
REFERENCE BOOKS:

175
 2. Optical elements of the eye Ophthalmic Optics and (2+1)
Dispensing I
3.The eye as an optical instrument
Prerequisite:
4.Schematic eyes, Gullstrand`s eye, the opto 344
normal eye

5.Refractive
errors:myopia,hyperopia,astigmatism,r Course description
efractive ametropia, axial ametropia
Provides the student with the
6.Planes and angles of the eye theoretical and the practical knowledge
and the skills necessary to provide high
7.The refractive correction:spectacles quality dispensing services in a private
and contact lenses practice setting. The course covers the
basics of lens materials, single vision
8.Optical aberrations, depth of focus
lenses, prisms, bifocals, vertical

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

and the effects of aberrations.
imbalance problems and basic
9.Accommodation dispensing.

10. optical quality of the retina Learning Outcomes

11- entoptic phenomena On completion of this subject, the

student should be able to:
12-Introduction to photometry and
accommodation and its role in the 1. apply the paraxial theory to analyze
visual process. and solve problems related to
image characteristics in various
REFERENCE BOOKS: optical systems

1.Emsley, H. Visual Optics 2. recognize the commonly used units

for prism power and inter-converse
2.Borish,I.- Clinical Refraction a prism power between the
different units
3.Goldstein,D.-Optics for Optometrists
3. use a focimeter and a lens measure
4.Hart-Adler`s Physiology of the eye
to find the power of a single vision
5. Geometric, Physical, Visual optics spectacle lens
Michael.P.Keating
4. analyze and solve problems related
Course evaluation: to the optical properties of a
single vision spectacle lens
Mid term exams 40%
5. state the optical principles of
Final exam 60% lenticular and Fresnel lenses and
recognize their ophthalmic uses
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 6
345 6. select appropriate lens materials for
spectacle prescriptions
Course Title: Credit hours:

176
 7. name some commonly used form transposition. Writing of
spectacle frame materials and prescriptions and lens shapes
state their properties presentations.

8. recognize the major components of a 4. Ophthalmic prism and lens

spectacle frame decentration : Specification of
ophthalmic prisms and interactions
9. measure basic features of a spectacle of prisms. Theory and calculation
frame and related facial of prismatic effects on lens
parameters for the purposes of decentration.
lens edging and frame fitting
5. Obliquely crossed cylinders : Effects
10. evaluate the optical suitability of a and calculation of cylinders crossed
given pair of single vision at any angle.
spectacles
6. Accurate transposition : Calculation
11. perform lens laying-off and edging

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

of exact lens forms for thick lenses,
for single vision spectacles with bi-toric surfaces.
Outline Syllabus 7. Lens materials and their fabrication :
Optical and physical properties of
Vergence method of ray
tracing common ophthalmic lens
Basic optic properties of single materials; selection of lens
vision lenses materials. Introduction to
Ophthalmic lens power and processes of lens making.
form presentation
Ophthalmic prism and lens 8. Lenticular and Fresnel lenses :
decentration Optical principles and ophthalmic
Obliquely crossed cylinders uses of lenticular and Fresnel
Accurate transposition lenses.
Lens materials and fabrication
Lenticular and Fresnel lenses 9. Frame materials : Merits of different
Frame material and types types of spectacle frame materials;
Frame and face measurement frame types and components
Course content
parts; effects of frame designs on
1. Vergence method of ray tracing : fitting.
Theory, method and applications
10. Frame and face measurement :
of tracing paraxial ray through
Introduction to spectacle frame
single and complex lens systems.
and face measurement.
2. Basic optical properties of single
Laboratory/workshop practice
vision lenses : Optical properties of
spherical and sphero-cylindrical Workshop safety; lens measure;
lenses; principles of focimeter and thickness caliber; PD and frame
lens measure. measure; lens marking; lens edging;
uses of focimeters for single vision
3. Ophthalmic lens power and form
presentation : Lens power and

177
 lenses and completed spectacles; basic Course contents
spectacle fitting.
3: Tinted and protective lenses
Course evaluation:
3.1 Characteristics of tinted lenses
Mid term exams 30%
3.2 Absorptive Glasses
Practical exam 20%
3.3 Polarising Filters
Final exam 50%
3.4 Photochromic Filters
References:
3.5 Reflecting filters
Jalie, M. The Principles of Ophthalmic
Lenses. Association of Dispensing 3.6 Bifocal lenses
Opticians, London,
Obstfeld H. Spectacle Frames and their 3.7 Trifocal lenses

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Dispensing. W.B. Saunders, London,
Terms relating to ophthalmic optics and 3.8 Progressive addition lenses
spectacle frames. Part 2. Glossary of
terms relating to spectacle frames. 3.9 Lenticular lenses
BS3521, Part 2., , British Standard.
3.10 Reflection from spectacle lenses,
Recommended Reading
Jalie, M. Ophthalmic lenses and ghost images, Reflections in bifocals at
dispensing. Butterworth-Heinemann : the dividing line
Optician, 1999
Brooks CW, Borish IM. System for 3.11 Antireflection coating, antiscratch
Ophthalmic Dispensing. 2nd ed. coating, antifog coating, Mirror coating,
Butterworth-Heinemann,. edge coating, Hard Multi Coating (HMC)
Wakefield, KG, Bennett AG. Bennett's
Ophthalmic Prescription Work. 3rd ed. 3.12 Field of view of lenses
Butterworth-Heinemann,.
3.13 Size, shape of view of lenses
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 6
3.14 Aspherical lenses
345
4: spectacle frames
Course Title: Credit hours: (2+1)
Ophthalmic Optics and 4.1 Types and parts
Dispensing II
4.2 Classification of spectacle frames-
Prerequisite: opto 344 material, weight, temple, position,
coloration

4.3 Frame construction, frame

Course description measurements and markings
Optical and physical characteristics of 5: dispensing optics
ophthalmic lenses. Prescribing
ophthalmic lenses. Selecting, fitting and 5.1 Surfacing and polishing glass lenses
adjusting spectacles. continuation of
ophthalmic optics and dispensing 1 5.2 Glazing

178
 5.3 Frame manipulation and repair Jalie, M. The Principles of Ophthalmic Lenses.
Association of Dispensing
5.4 Facial measurements and frame
choice Opticians, London,

5.5 Frame and dimension Obstfeld H. Spectacle Frames and their

measurements of complete pair of Dispensing. W.B. Saunders, London,
spectacles
Terms relating to ophthalmic optics and
5.6 Complete dispensing for subjects. spectacle frames. Part 2. Glossary of terms
relating to spectacle frames. BS3521, Part 2.,
5.7 Special lenses examination of British Standard. Recommended Reading: Jalie,
specimens M. Ophthalmic lenses and dispensing.
Butterworth-Heinemann : Optician, 1999
5.8 Lens faults in sections
Brooks CW, Borish IM. System for Ophthalmic
5.9 Measurements of assorted faces for
Dispensing. 2nd ed.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

spectacle
Butterworth-Heinemann,
5.10 Making and edging of bifocal
lenses Wakefield, KG, Bennett AG. Bennett's
Ophthalmic Prescription Work. 3rd ed.
5.11 Edging of lenses for plastic, metal
Butterworth-Heinemann,.
and rimless frames
Mid term exams 30%
5.12 Joining plastics by different
solvents Practical exam 20%

Practical: Final exam 50%

Laboratory exercises in edging,
mounting, insertion and glazing,
neutralization, surfacing, lens lay out, Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5
frame adjustments, transportation 251
(optical cross, toric and flat), and filling
prescriptions. Course Title: Credit hours:
Neuroscience (2+0)
Equipments:
Prerequisite: OPTO
Ophthalmic Mechanics Trial case, P.D. 231
rule, one pair finish lens (plastic and
glass, cylindrical and spherical), one
pair rough lens (glass), one spectacle
frame, protractor, long nose pliers, Course description:
chipping pliers, screwdriver set, lens The nerve cell and neuroembryology.
pattern materials (scissors, cardboard, The spinal cord (ascending and
pens). descending pathways), brainstem
(medulla, pons and midbrain), cranial
References:
nerves (efferent and afferent columns),

179
 the diencephalon, the telencephalon - Lectures
and sensory receptors.
- Seminars.
Course outline:
- Group discussion
Introduction to basic neuroscience,
Evaluation Means:
structures and functions of different
regions and organs of human nervous Mid term exams 40%
system. Including the Neuroanatomy,
Neurophysiology, Neuroembryology. Final exam 60%
Clinical Neuroanatomy of certain
Recommended Books:
diseases in correlation to systems and
organs will be elucidated. Fundemental neuroscience, Larry R.Squire et al.
th
3 Ed. 2008.
By the end of this course student
should be able to: th

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Neuroscience, Dale Purves et al. 4 Ed.
2006
Describe the general structural and functional
characteristics of the human nervous system, Principles of neural science, Eric R.
Including: The nerve cell and neuroembryology. th
Kandel, 4 Ed.
The spinal cord; grey and white matter
(ascending and descending pathways), Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5
brainstem (medulla, pons and midbrain), cranial 352
nerves (efferent and afferent columns), the
diencephalon, the telencephalon and sensory Course Title: Credit hours: (2+0)
receptors. Oculomotor Systems

Correlate clinical observation to Prerequisite: OPTO

neurological sciences. 251

Course contents

1. The nerve cell Course description:

2. Neuroembryology
3. The spinal cord This course reviews some of the main
4. The spinal cord (ascending features of each of the oculomotor
pathways), systems: saccadic, pursuit, fixation,
5. The spinal cord (descending optokinetic, vestibula-ocular and
pathways),
vergence. Of primary concern are the
6. Medulla
7. Pons characteristics of different types of eye
8. Midbrain movements and how they arise from
9. Cranial nerves (efferent and the interactive dynamics of orbital
afferent columns) mechanics and brainstem
10. The diencephalon neurophysiology. Quantitative models
11. The telencephalon are utilized to illustrate and highlight
12. Sensory receptors
important system properties. As part of
the course students have an
Teaching Methods:
opportunity to observe each type of

180
 eye movement in a laboratory setting vengeance), Supra nuclear control of
and to investigate quantitatively eye movements.( the superior colliculi,
significant properties of the the occipital cortex, the psycho optical
movements. Normal oculomotor reflexes & fixation.
behavior and physiology are used as a
basis for understanding eye movement Oculomotor system:
disorders.
vestibular ocular reflexes, optokinetic
Course contents: reflexes. Diagnosis & clinical aspects of
ocular anomalies & disorders.
Eye movements:
Converge through a spectacle lens.
The orbit anatomy of the extraocular
muscles. Prismatic effects in spectacle lenses

Interactive dynamics of orbital REFERENCES:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

mechanisms & brain stem
Evaluation Means:
neurophysiology out line of extra
ocular muscle control. 2Mid term exams 40%

Extra ocular muscles-their function & Final exam 60%

nerve supply.
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5
Mechanics of actions of extra ocular 353
muscles -cross sectional area of muscle,
length of muscle. Course Title: VISUAL Credit hours:
Neuroscience (2+0)
Arc of contact, muscle plane, Muscle
axis of rotation. Prerequisite: OPTO
251
Physiology of ocular movement:

Basic Kinematics, ( position of gaze,

Ficks axes) Course contents

Ocular movements : This course presents the study of the

central nervous system, including
Monocular Movements cellular neurophysiology, organization
of sensory pathways, voluntary control
( Adduction, Abduction, supraduction,
of movement, and the physiology of
Infraduction, Incycloduction,
central visual pathways.
excycloduction).
Neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of
Binocular Movements
the eye and visual system will be
VERSIONS- (saccadic & pursuit studies.
movement, position maintenance
Gross anatomy, histology and
movements, stabilization movements &
functional significance of the optic
their characteristics). VERGENCES
nerve, optic chiasma, optic radiation,
(Convergence, divergence, vertical

181
lateral geniculate body and the visual 3- Visual information processing
cortex will be studies. (physiology of vision),

The cranial nerves, their nuclear 4- The ocular sensory and motor
organization and innervation of ocular system
and extraocular tissues will also be
studied. 5- The ocular sensory and motor
pathways
Visual information processing and
introduction to visual field defects will Part B
be covered.
1- The cranial nerves
Objective
2- Nuclear organization and
The student will gain a basic innervational control of the cranial
understanding of the central nervous Nerves which sub serve the oculovisual
system.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

system. In addition to the study of the
major sensory and motor pathways of
References
the brain, and discussion of the clinical
correlations of neuroanatomical Basic Science Ophthalmology
structure. By: John Ferris and D L Easty

students will learn the anatomy and Functional Neuroanatomy

physiology of the visual pathways, by Wendell J. S. Krieg.
along with the psychophysics and
physiology of binocular vision. Ocular Anatomy and Physiology
by Saude
The neuroanatomy and physiology of
the ocular motor system is introduced Course Evaluation:
in order to understand eye movements
2 Mid term exams 40%
and ocular motor system.
Final exam 60%
Topics

Part A
Course symbol:
1- Gross anatomy of the cerebrum and OPTO-354 1Level:
brain stem.
Course Credit hours: (2+1)
2- Anatomy of the Visual Pathway: Title:Monocular
Sensory Processes
i) Anatomy of the optic nerve.

ii) Anatomy of the optic Prerequisite: OPTO

chiasm. 352, OPTO 353

iii Anatomy of the optic radiations.

iv) Anatomy of the Visual Cortex Course description:

182
 The anatomical and neurophysiological 5. Contrast, Contrast sensitivity, Contrast
bases for spatial and temporal visual sensitivity function
performance are examined and related a. Definitions
to clinical testing. Visual acuities, b. Measurement methods
contrast sensitivity, light and dark c. Visual pathway of contrast perception
adaptation, and color vision are d. Effect of optical and neural disorders
discussed in terms of their normal on the CSF
function and clinically relevant 6. Visual Acuity:
deviations from normal. Laboratories a. Detection acuity
emphasize the measurement of these b. Resolution: Relation between MTF
functions in assessing the visual and retinal structures, Grating acuity
capacities of individual patients. c. Recognition: Snellen, Landolts C, Log
MAR, Lea, LCVA
Objective: To provide the students with d. Vernier acuity: Types
clear understanding of the processes e. Relation between acuities

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

involved in the perception of various f. Dynamic acuity
domain of vision. Specifically, the 7. Color vision
students will learn the various a. Rod and Cone Spectral Sensitivity
processes that are done by the visual Function
system to make sense out of the image b. Theories of color vision trichromatic
that is formed on the retina. theory and color opponent theory
c. Visual pathway involved color
1. Visual Physiology
perception
a. Processing of light at each layer of
8. Motion perception: Theories
retina
9. Form perception: Object recognition, face
b. Types of Bipolar cells, ganglion cells
recognition
c. Receptive fields
d. Post retinal visual pathways in terms Course Evaluation:
of visual processing
2. Introduction to Psychophysics 2 Mid term exams 30%
a. Webers Law and Fechners Law
b. Classical concepts of thresholds Practical exam 20%
c. Modern concepts of thresholds
Final exam 50%
statistical nature of thresholds;
internal and external noise; factors Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 1
affecting thresholds 355
d. Psychophysical methods of threshold
estimations methods of limits, Course Title: Binocular Credit hours:
staircase and adaptive techniques of Vision (2+0)
threshold estimation, forced-choice
procedures Prerequisite:OPTO 243
3. Luminance perception
4. MTF, OTF of optical system
a. Definition Course description:
b. Diffraction limited MTF
c. Nyquist theorem and aliasing

183
 An analysis of the geometrical, perception of depth under binocular
psychophysical, and physiological condition,monocular clues (non
sensory and motor aspects of binocular stereoscopic clues to spetial
vision, including their clinical orientation)-parallactic movements,
implications. Topics include visual linear perspectiveoveriay of
direction and correspondence, contours,sizedistance from horizon
binocular summation/averaging, ,distribution of highlights, shadow,
rivalry, fusion, the horopter, stereopsis, shades and light .aerial perspective,
spatial distortion/adaptation and influence of accommodation and
aniseikonia, fixation disparity, convergence on depth perception,
vergence/accommodative interactions, conclusion. Integration of the motor
and motor/perceptual interactions. and sensory system into binocular
Laboratory sessions cover many of vision.
these topics.
Binocular defects:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course contents:
Binocular optical defects-
Grades of binocular vision- anisometropia-vision in
simultaneous perception (first grade of anisometropia,treatment, Binocular
binocular vision), fusion, steropsis optical defects-aniseikoniasymtoms,
(third grade of binocular single vision). clinical investigatoin,treatment.
Binocular muscular co-ordination-
Advantages of binocular vision. Visual orthophoria-binocular vision.
direction and the horopter_visual
direction, corresponding point and Binocular muscular anomalies-
normal retinal correspondence, heterophoria-the causes of imbalance
horopter, physiologic diplopia. ,exophoria, esophoria, hyperphoria,
cyclophoria, symptoms of
Binocular fusion-panums area,fixation heterophoria, treatment. Binocular
disparity,theories of binocular muscular anomalis-heterotropiathe
fusion,synergy hypothesis of vision in concomitant strabismus,
panum,local sign hypothesis of treatment. Binocular muscular co-
hering,eye movement hypothesis of ordination-convergence-voluntary and
helmholts,suppession hypothesis of du reflex convergence, reflex convergence,
tour and verhoeff,physiologic basis of the measurement of convergence, the
fusion. relation between accommodation and
convergence, binocular
Dihoptic stimulation-depth with fusion
accommodation, fatigue of
and depth with diplopia,diplopia
convergence.
without depth,retinal rivary and
suppretion,binocular lusure. Stropsis- Binocular muscular anomalies-
physiologicalbasis of stereopsis,local anomalies of convergence and other
and global stereopsis and reading
fusion,stereopsis acuity
neurophysiology of stereopsis. difficultiesinsufficiency of
convergence, convergence excess, the
Depth perception-
steropsis,nonstereoscopic cluesto yhe

184
 ophthalmologist and the reading ability Perception of wavelength as color;
of children. colorimetry, color vision theories,

BINOCULAR VISION TEST: Trichromatic-opponent colors theory,

neurophysiology of color vision.
Test for simultaneous macular
perception, test for fusion, test for Objectives
stereopsis-synoptophore or
stereoscope test, vectograph test, The aim of the course is to teach
titmus stereo test,randomdot students how the perception process of
sterogram test,simple motor task test the visual system is and the mechanism
based on stereopsis. color vision and its defects.

Reference books Topics

Binocular vision Anomalies & Procedures 1) Visual Perception

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

for vision therapy, By Griffies
Understanding Visual Perception
Course Evaluation:
Perception of Depth
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 1 Perception of Motion
456
o Directional Sensitivity
Course Title: Credit
Visual hours: (2+1) Perception of Shape
perception
Perception of Size

Prerequisite: Perception of Distance

OPTO 354.
Perception of Time

2) Optical Illusions and Entopic

Phenomena
2 Mid term exams 40%

Final exam 60% Description of Optical Illusions

Causes
Course description:
Significance to the Visual System
This course is concerned with the study
of the perception of depth, direction, 3) Color Vision
size, shape, distance, motion and time,
through the visual medium. Mechanisms of Color Vision

Optical illusions and entopic Color Vision Defects and their

phenomena; their causes and Significance
significance to the visual system.
Recommended Texts
The mechanisms of color vision, color
vision defects and their significance.

185
 1) Visual Perception by 2 Mid term exams 30%
Cornsweet
Practical exam 20%
2) Optometry by Keith
Edwards and Richard Llewellyn Final exam 50%

3) The physiology of the eye (Fourth Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 1

Ed.) by Hugh Davson 458

Course Evaluation: Course Title: Credit hours:

Behavioral Vision and (1+1)
2 Mid term exams 30% Learning

Practical exam 20% Prerequisite: OPTO

456
Final exam 50%

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 8 Course descriptions:
457
An inclusive model of behavioral vision
Course Title: Credit is presented. Clinical application of
Visual field hours: (1+1) research in perceptual and cognitive
development and new techniques used
in infant evaluation with discussion of
Prerequisite:
the practical aspects involved in
OPTO 456
examining children from birth to five
years of age. Models of spatial
development developed by Piaget and
Course description: Gesell are discussed along with the
ideas of Kephart, Barsch, Getman,
The epidemiology, pathophysiology, Trvarthan, Rosner and Corballis and
anatomy, and clinical correlates of the Beale. Introduction to standardized
visual fields and its utilization in the visual-perceptual clinical tests. The
diagnosis and treatment of ocular relationship of the visual-perceptual
disease. The curriculum is designed to cognitive skills and motor-based skills is
cover the entire spectrum of visual field also discussed. Review of research on
examination and analysis from basic the efficacy of perceptual training and
technique in the area of Amsler grid communication skills in vision therapy.
and tangent screen evaluation to the
most sophisticated automated Course contents
perimetry systems. The laboratory
section of this course is designed to a) Assessment of children Vision &
provide intensive hands on education Paediatric evaluation, diagnosis &
with a wide variety of visual field management.
instrumentation and techniques.
b) Strabismus & Aniblyopia.
Course evaluation:

186
 c) Non- Strabismic Biuoculan Disorders. Course Title: Credit hours:
Optometric (2+0)
d) Neuro- Optometric Rehabilitation.
Epidemiology
e) Evaluation, Diagnosis & Optometric
Prerequisite:118 stat
management of children with mental
retardation C.P. Dyslexia, Multiple
Sensory Motor Haudicap.
Coursed description:
f) Visual Disorders in senior citizens,
evaluation, diagnosis+ management. Basic epidemiological principles as
applied to eye and vision problems.
g) Sports vision. Applications of epidemiology in
optometric practice.
h) Refraction in special cases (
pseudophakia , aphakia, irregular Course Evaluation:
corneal astigmatism , coloboma of iris,

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

choroids, retina, nystagmus, post R.K., 2 Mid term exams 40%
PRK, LASIK)
Final exam 60%
i) Congenital cataract, glaucoma.
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 3
j) Patient with low vision. 261

k) Patient with anisometropia( Course Title: Credit

Anisokonia) Optometry 1 hours: (2+2)

l) Monocular & binocular subjective

refraction. Prerequisite:
115 PHSL
Reference Books:

1.Paediatric Optometry, By Jerome

Rosner Course Description:

2.Vision development, By ILG & Bullis This course introduces theoretical and
practical aspects of determining the
3.Management of Special Population,
refractive state of the eye. The etiology
By Dominiquee Maino. diagnosis, and treatment of myopia,
hyperopia and astigmatism are
Course Evaluation:
discussed together with their
2 Mid term exams 30% correction using spectacle lenses. In the
clinical laboratory, the student as
Practical exam 20% practitioner learns to observe a
patient's behavior, construct working
Final exam 50%
hypotheses, skillfully and efficiently
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 1 carry out appropriate examination
459 procedures, and then successfully
gather sufficient data to develop

187
 definitive diagnosis and correction of 3.1 Visual Acuity
refractive anomalies of the human eye.
3.2 Ocular Motility (versions,
Course content vergence, fixation)

1.0 Refraction Conditions 3.3 Pupillary reflexes (direct,

indirect, consensual
1.1Refractive Status (ametropia, accommodative)
hyperopia, myopia, presbyopia
astigmatism, and emmetropia) 3.4 Ocular Dominance

1.2Incidence & Distribution, Definition, 3.5 Interpupillary Distance

Classification, Etiology, and its
Management 3.6 Negative and Positive
Convergence
1.3 Determination of refractive status
both objective (retinoscopy, 3.7 Negative and Positive

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

autorefractors) and subjectively both Accommodation
(monocular and bin ocular)
4.0 Objective clinical procedures such
2.0 Accommodative mechanism as opthalmoscopy, biomicroscopy,
ophthalmometry, and retinoscopy
2.1 Definition, Classification
Reference Books:
2.2 Determination of accommodative
mechanisms function both objectively - Optometry: Science, Techniques and
and subjectively including dynamic Clinical Management
both retinos copy, amplitude of
by Mark Rosenfield MCOptom PhD
accommodation, cross cylinder tests,
FAAO and Nicola Logan MCOptom PhD
negative and positive relative
(Jun 22, 2009)
accommodation.
- Primary Care Optometry (Grosvenor,
2.3 Identify anomalies of
Primary Care Optometry)
accommodation (including ill sustained
accommodation, insufficiency of by Theodore P. Grosvenor (Nov 2,
accommodation spasm of near reflex, 2006)
inertia of accommodation), aphakia,
anomalies of ACA ratio and its Course Evaluation:
management.
2 Mid term exams 30%
PRACTICAL OPTOMETRY
Practical exam 20%
1.0 Assessment of Visual Functions
Final exam 50%
1.1 Case History
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 4
2.0 External Examination 262

3.0 Preliminary Examination Course Title: Credit

Optometry 11

188
 hours: (2+2) - Primary Care Optometry (Grosvenor,
Primary Care Optometry)
Prerequisite:
OPTO261 by Theodore P. Grosvenor (Nov 2,
2006)

Course Evaluation:
Course description
2 Mid term exams 30%
Continuation of Optometry I. The goal
of this course is the development by Practical exam 20%
the student of a sound theoretical basis
Final exam 50%
for the clinical assessment of the
refractive status of the eye at distance Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5
by "subjective" methods of
363
examination. There is also an

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

introduction to near vision testing. Course Title: Credit
Optometry 111 hours: (2+2)
Practical optometry

5.0 Subjective Testing

Prerequisite:
5.1 Monocular Subjective Techniques OPTO 262
(fogging, determination and refinement
of astigmatic correction, determination
of spherical component, bichrome test) Course description

5.2 Binocular Subjective Techniques Continuation of Optometry I and II. The

(Biochrome balancing, Turville Infinity clinical assessment of the refractive
Balance Test, Prism Dissociation Test, state of the eye at near is studied in
Balancing Technique with Polarizing detail. This includes tests of
filters) accommodation and vergence and their
interaction. Integration of the full
5.3 Equalization Techniques
distance and near refractive sequence
6.0 All other tests necessary to assess is developed.
the refractive, accommodative and
Reference Books:
binocular vision status
- Optometry: Science, Techniques and
6.1 Phorometric Tests
Clinical Management
Reference Books:
by Mark Rosenfield MCOptom PhD
- Optometry: Science, Techniques and FAAO and Nicola Logan MCOptom PhD
Clinical Management (Jun 22, 2009)

by Mark Rosenfield MCOptom PhD - Primary Care Optometry (Grosvenor,

FAAO and Nicola Logan MCOptom PhD Primary Care Optometry)
(Jun 22, 2009)

189
 by Theodore P. Grosvenor (Nov 2, - Optometry: Science, Techniques and
2006) Clinical Management

Course Evaluation: by Mark Rosenfield MCOptom PhD

FAAO and Nicola Logan MCOptom PhD
2 Mid term exams 30% (Jun 22, 2009)

Practical exam 20% - Primary Care Optometry (Grosvenor,

Primary Care Optometry)
Final exam 50%
by Theodore P. Grosvenor (Nov 2,
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 1
2006)
364
Course Evaluation:
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Refractive and 2 Mid term exams 30%

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Binocular Case
Analysis Practical exam 20%

Prerequisite: OPTO Final exam 50%

363
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 8
465

Course description Course Credit hours: 3(2+1)

Title:Strabismus and
As a result of the materials presented Amblyopia
in this course and previously acquired
information, the student will be able to Prerequisite: OPTO
develop a diagnosis and spectacle 355
therapy plan in an effort to solve a
patient's vision problem(s). The
methods taught will include
Course description:
conventional, graphic, and O.E.P.
analysis. The course emphasis will be Introduction to amblyopia terminology,
for the student to learn the relative diagnosis, prognosis, and therapy. The
values of specific tests and approaches mechanisms underlying the sensory, motor, and
and their inter-relationships. In perceptual abnormalities in the amblyopic eye
addition to the traditional "21 point are discussed, appropriate diagnostic batteries
analysis" examination procedures, are considered, and strategies for remediation
students will become familiar with the are developed. Identification and classification
technique and application of such of both paralytic and non-paralytic types of
topics as the cycloplegic refraction, the strabismus. Evaluation of motor components of
pseudophakic examination, and the strabismus to classify the strabismus according
Mohindra Technique. to direction, ACA ratio, and etiology and
evaluation of the sensory components of
Reference Books:
strabismus, (i.e., quality of fusion, type of fusion
and retinal correspondence). Treatment of the

190
various types of strabismic patients using lenses, Using a seminar/workshop format, emphasis is
prisms, surgery and/or pharmaceutical agents. placed on the ethical implications of
professional practice.
Reference Books:
Doctor/patient communication methods are
- Primary Care Optometry (Grosvenor, Primary practiced and clinicians are taught how to
Care Optometry) enable patients to fully evaluate the
consequences of various treatment and
by Theodore P. Grosvenor (Nov 2, 2006)
management options.
- The Wills Eye Manual: Office and Emergency
The business concepts of public relations and
Room Diagnosis and Treatment of Eye Disease
practice marketing, patient retention, recall and
(Rhee, The Wills Eye Manual) by Justis P. Ehlers,
office production monitoring are presented.
Chirag P. Shah, Gregory L. Fenton, and Eliza N.
Hoskins (Feb 20, 2008) Clinical-legal aspects from record keeping,
patient confidentiality, documentation, coding
Course Evaluation:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

and billing, record release, and PDA (Patients
Mid term exam 20% with Disabilities Act) issues are also covered.

Final exam 50% This course provides learning experiences for

students in planning personal and professional
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 11 goals, and in the financial arrangements
466 necessary to reach these goals.

Course Title: practice Credit hours: (1+0)1 Personal finance strategies are introduced to
development and manage debt and prepare for future business
adminstration goals.

Prerequisite: OPTO Career choices using the Doctor of Optometry

486 degree, modes and scope of optometric
practice, as well as the advantages and
Course description: disadvantages of the various paths are
discussed.
This course is designed to provide educational
information and exercises that facilitate the Objectives
acquisition of knowledge and skills necessary for
entering independent practice. The desired outcome of the course is that the
student will be able to select and enter the best
Students will be taught modern business practice situation to meet his/her personal goals
principles and be able to select their preferred upon graduation.
mode of practice.
Each student will prepare a loan proposal to
This course coincides with the introduction of secure funding for the practice opportunity
students to patient care in a clinical setting. chosen.
Emphasis is placed on enhancing a students
interpersonal skills and professionalism as part Course Contents
of patient care.
1. Demographics
2. Employment Options

191
 3. Starting A private Practice Magnification-relative
4. practice financing distance/ relative size/
5. organizing an office approach/angular
6. managing office staff
7. Recall System Optics of Galilian & Keplarian
Course evaluation: telescope -
advantage/disadvantage,
Mid term exams 40%
significance of exit & entrance
Final exam 60% pupil. Optics of spectacle
magnifier/ determination/
References calculation/
disadvantage/advantage.Optic
Business aspects of Optometry By John G Glasse
s of stand magnifier,
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 12 significance of equivalent
467 viewing distance &
calculations.

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course Title: Vision Credit hours: 3 (2+1)
Rehabilitation Telescope- distance/ near/
telemicroscope/ monocular/
Prerequisite: OPTO473 binocular/ bioptic.
Determination of decentration
of lenses
/prism/calculation/Lebensons
Course description:
formula/simple diotricformula.
Evaluation of the low vision patient.
Hand held magnifier-
The low vision examination including
illuminated/ non-illuminated.
case history, visual acuity, externals,
retinoscopy, subjective and functional Spectacle magnifier / half eye/ prism
testing. Prescribing, training in the use correction/ bar magnifier/ CCTV/
of and dispensing of low vision devices. magni-cam/ low vision imaging system
Optics of low vision devices. or V-max / contact lens & IOL
Interdisciplinary approach to low vision. telescope.

Course contents: f) Low vision examination:

a) Definition-old, new, proposed Task/ Goal oriented history-

medical/ visual/ psychological
b) Grades of low vision history/ task analysis/
mobility/distance vision/ near
c) Statistics/ Epidemiology
vision / daily living/
d) Relation between disorder, illumination/ work & school.
impairment & handicapped
Visual acuity measurement-
e) Low vision optics distance/ near/ use of log MAR
chart ( distance & near)/ light
house, picture chart/ visual
field/ Amsler chart/ contrast

192
 sensitivity/ overview of glare 1.The Art & Practice of Low Vision , By
testing. Freeman & Jose, Butterwort Pub.

Low vision refraction. 2.Understanding Low Vision , AFB

Publication
g) Assessment & prescription of low
vision devices- 3.Low Vision, By Fayea E.E

optical/ non-optical/ Course Evaluation:

rehabilitation services.
2 Mid term exams 30%
Non- optical devices-
pen/umbrella/ boldline note Practical exam 20%
book/ illumination/ letter
Final exam 50%
writer/
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 9
environmental modification/

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

468
signature guide/ needle
threader/ eccentric viewing Course Title: Pediatric Credit hours: (2+0)
strategies. and Special population
Optometry
h) Overview of Rehabilitation Services:-
Prerequisite: OPTO
definition/ implementation/
465, OPTO 391
vocational
guidance/educational
guidance/ mobility &
orientation training / special Course description:
teacher/ special school/ Braille
This behavioral and clinically oriented
system/ integrated course is intended to give the third year
system/referral center- professional student an opportunity to
activity/ support/ loan. establish a comprehensive
understanding of the optometric
i) Overview of systematic / retinal experience with pediatric patients and
diseases in relation to low vision:- other special populations. The course
goal is to develop an understanding
acromatopsia/ LMBB
and appreciation of a pediatric oriented
syndrome/ labers congenital
examination so that the clinician can
anomaly/ down syndrome/
better utilize cognitive and behavioral
retinitis pigmentosa/ diabetic
characteristics of children and other
retinopathy/ optic atrophy/
special populations.
albinism/ aniridia.

j) Counseling of low vision patient/ Objectives

parents/ guardians/relatives.
After the course, the student should:
Reference Books: 1) describe the vision development of
children and use examination

193
 methodology in relation to the age and the subject-specific contents of the
mental capacity of the child, course.
2) take care of (examine, treat
optometrically, and refer) children with Course evaluation:
eye diseases and other medical
Mid term exams 40%
conditions affecting the eyes,
3) take care of (examine, treat Final exam 60%
optometrically and refer) children that
run the risk of developing or suffer Course symbol: PHG- Level: 6
from binocular disorders, and 301
4) describe and carry out additional
studies of children with reading and Course Title: General Credit hours:2 (2+0)
writing disabilities. Pharmacology

Course content
Prerequisite:

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

The course contains the following
parts: Course Outline:

1- Vision development This course will provide the essential

2- Eye diseases and eye knowledge needed to understand the
complications in children.
pharmacokinetic and
3- Examination methodology,
pharmacodynamic i.e mechanism of
binocular vision,
4- Children and contact lenses, drug action and
5- Vision dimness technique and
children, and screening. receptor interaction. This will provide
6- The diagnostic medication and the basic knowledge that the
its use, optometrist needs to use
7- Studies of the topography and pharmacuetical agents effectively and
aberrations of the eye, to know their adverse effects.
8- The use of Gonioscopy lens
and 90D lens, Course contents
Visual field examination, pressure
measurements techniques for 1.1 Introduction and sources of drugs
examination of the retina.
The course is divided in three parts: 1.2 Routes of drug administration
1) Clinical work comprises
1.3 Phrmacokinetics
attendance in compulsory
demonstrations, exercises and 1.4 Pharmacodynamic i.e mechanism of
clinical work. drug action (drug receptor interaction)
2) Comprises submission and
presentation of group assignment 1.5 Adverse drug reactions
and individual work.
Course objectives
3) Theoretical understanding.
Comprises a theoretical By the end of this course, student
understanding and application of should be able to:

194
 a- Know an introduction of effectively and safely. The goal is to
pharmacology and sources of provide an understanding of
drugs . pharmacological action that may be
b- Understand the routes of drug related to ocular side effects from
administration. medications.
c- Understand the
Phrmacokinetics of the drugs Course contents
d- Understand pharmacodynamic
i.e mechanism of drug action 1.1 Autonomic Nervous System
(drug receptor interaction).
e- Understand the adverse drug a) Introduction.
reactions.
b) Neutrotransmitters
Teaching Methods:
c) Cholinergic drugs
- Lectures
d) Adrenergic drugs

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

- Discussion
e) Skeletal muscle relaxants
Evaluation Means:
1.2 Cardiovascular System
- First semester examination: 15%
a) Antihypertensive drugs
- Second semester examination: 15%
b) Drugs useful in Angina
- Continuous assessment 10%
c) Diuretics
- Final Examination: 60%
d) Anticoagulants
Reading List:
e) Thrombolytics
Ophthalmologic Drug Guide by Douglas
1.3 Central Nervous System
J. Rhee, Kathryn A. Colby, Lucia Sobrin,
and Christopher J. Rapuano (Dec 3, a) Sedative Hypnotics drugs
2010)
b) General Anesthetics drugs
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 7
471 c) Local anesthetics drugs

Course Title:Ocular Credit hours: (2+0) d) Analgesics (opioids)

Pharmacology (1)
e) Analgesics (Non-steroidal anti-
Prerequisite: PHG 301 inflammatory drugs; NSAIDs)

1.4 Chemotherapy

Course Outline: a) Introduction

This course is to present principles that b) Antibiotics

will enable the optometrist to use
c) Antifungal
systemic related ocular drugs

195
 d) Antiviral Written 10%

e) Antitubercular - Final Examination:

Written 60%
f) Antileprotic
Refrences
g) Anticancer drugs
Ophthalmologic Drug Guide by Douglas
1.5 Hormones J. Rhee, Kathryn A. Colby, Lucia Sobrin,
and Christopher J. Rapuano (Dec 3,
a) Corticosterids
2010)
b) Antidiabetics
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 1
c) Antithyroid 472

1.6 Antihistamine drugs Course Title: Ocular Credit hours:2 (2+0)

Pharmacology (2)

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

a) H-1 blocker
Prerequisite: OPTO
b) Mast cell stabilizer 471

Course objectives

By the end of this course, student

Course Outline:
should be able to:
The purpose of this course is to present
a- The optometrist should be
principles and comprehensive
able to use systemic related
information that will enable the
ocular drugs effectively and
optometrist to use ocular
safely Understand the routes
pharmaceutical agents effectively and
of drug administration.
safely. A logical organization makes it
b- The optometrist should be
easy to find essential information.
able to understand of
Complete coverage of the basic
pharmacological action that
may be related to ocular side fundamentals of pharmacology such as
effects from medications. ocular drug delivery and ocular drug
Teaching Methods: formulations. Comprehensive reviews
of the pharmacology of specific classes
- Lectures of agents such as the cycloplegics,
antiglaucoma drugs, anti-inflammatory
- Discussion
drugs, ocular irrigating solutions, anti-
Evaluation Means: infective and contact lens care
products.
- First semester examination:
Written 15% COURSE CONTENTS

- Second semester examination: 2.1 Ocular preparations, formulations

Written 15% and requirements of ideal agents

- Continuous assessment

196
 2.2 Ocular pharmacokinetics-Methods By the end of this course, student
of drug administration, Special drug should be able to:
delivery systems.
a- The optometrist should be
DIAGNOSTIC AND THERAPUTIC able to use ocular
APPLICATIONS OF DRUGS IN pharmaceutical agents
OPTHALMOLOGY. effectively and safely.
b- The optometrist should be
2.3 Agents used to aid diagnosis able to complete coverage the
basic fundamentals of
2.4 Drugs and biological agents used in
pharmacology such as ocular
ocular surgery
drug delivery and ocular drug
2.5 Anesthetics used in ophthalmic formulations.
procedures c- The optometrist should get a
comprehensive reviews of the
2.6 Drugs for treatment of glaucoma,

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

pharmacology of specific
accommodative esotropia and ocular classes of agents such as the
myasthenia cycloplegics,
d- antiglaucoma drugs, anti-
2.7 Pharmacotherapy of ocular
inflammatory drugs, ocular
infections-Bacterial, Viral, Fungal,
irrigating solutions, anti-
Chlamydial
infective and contact lens care
2.8 Drugs used in inflammatory products.
disorders of the eye.

2.9 Drugs for treatment of Teaching Methods:

degenerative disorders of the eye
- Lectures
2.10 Immuno-modulators in ophthalmic
- Discussion
practice
Evaluation Means:
2.11 Use of other agents in ophthalmic
practice. - First semester examination: 15%

a) Enzymes - Second semester examination: 15%

b)Vitamins - Continuous assessment 10%

c)Trace elements - Final Examination: 60%

d) Antioxidants Reading List:

e) Wetting agents Ophthalmologic Drug Guide by Douglas

J. Rhee, Kathryn A. Colby, Lucia Sobrin,
f) Tear substitute
and Christopher J. Rapuano (Dec 3,
COURSE OBJECTIVES 2010)

197
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 8 8- Monocular fixation; correspondence
473
9- Strabismus surgery
Course Title: General Credit hours: 2(1+1)
10- Prism; managing constant
Vision Therapy
strabismus
Prerequisite: OPTO
11- Therapy outlines and cases
391
Textbook:

Scheiman M, Wick B. Clinical

Course description:
Management of Binocular
Vision: Heterophoric,
Diagnosis, prognosis, and orthoptic
Accommodative, and Eye
treatment of anomalies of binocular Movement Disorders, Second
vision,including the optical, motor, Edition. Philadelphia:
sensory, integrative, and perceptual

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Lippincott, Williams, and
systems Wilkins.
Alder's physiology of the eye:
Course contents: clinical application , by
th
Kaufman, 10 edition, Mosby
The course will consist of three parts Course Evaluation:

a. non-strabismic binocular vision and 2 Mid term exams 30%

accommodative disorders
Practical exam 20%
b. amblyopia
Final exam 50%
c. strabismus
Course symbol: OPTO-
Tentative lecture schedule: 474 Level: 9

1- Review of case analysis; introduction Course Title: Clinical Credit hours: (2+0)
to vision therapy procedures Medicine and Systemic
Disease
2- Training fusional vergence; Testing
and training with stereoscopes Prerequisite: MDL 232

3- Training accommodation

4- Diagnosis and treatment of eye Course description:

movement disorders
This course is an introduction to clinical
5- Computer training procedures; systemic diseases and eye ,which
Suppression;vertical imbalances; Other covers ,
topics
History, physical examination,
6- Vision therapy in a private practice investigations, differential diagnosis
and management
7- Amblyopia
Course contents:

198
1. Arterial Hypertension 7. Tuberculosis

i) Pathophysiology, classification, i) Etiology, pathology, clinical features,

clinical examination, diagnosis, pulmonary TB, diagnosis,
complications, management. complications, treatment of
tuberculosis involving the eye.
ii) Hypertension and the eye.
8. Tropical Disease and the Eye
2. Diabetes mellitus
i) Leprosy.
i) Pathophysiology, classification,
clinical features, diagnosis, ii) Syphilis.
complications, management.
iii) Malaria.
ii) Diabetes mellitus and the eye.
9. Vitamin deficiency and the eye
3. Acquired Heart Disease Embolism

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

10. Neurological disease and the eye
i) Rheumatic heart disease
i) Classification of neurological
ii) Subacute bacterial endocarditis. diseases.

iii) Heart disease & the eye. ii) Demyelinating diseases

4. Malignancy iii) Visual pathway lesions

i) Definitions, nomenclature, iv) Papiloedema.

characteristics of benign & malignant
neoplasms. 11. Genetic disorders and the eye.

ii) Grading and staging of cancer, 12. Phacomatoses & the eye.
diagnosis, priniples of treatment.
Reference books:
iii) Neoplasia and the eye.
1. Clinical Ophthalmology Jack J.
5. Connective Tissue Disease Kanski (Butterworth-Heniman)

i) Anatomy and pathophysiology: Course Evaluation:

Arthritis.
2 Mid term exams 40%
ii) Eye and connective tissue disease.
Final exam 60%
6. Thyroid Disease
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5
i) Anatomy and physiology of the 381
thyroid gland.
Course Title: Credit hours: 3(2+1)
ii) Classification of thyroid disease Optometric
Procedures( 1)
iii) Diagnosis, complications, clinical
features, management of thyroid Prerequisite: OPTO
disease involving eye.

199
262 1.11 Projection charts

1.12 Illumination of the consulting

room special instruments
course description:
1.13 Brightness acuity tester
This course is designed to serve as the
introduction into advanced diagnostic 1.14 Vision analyzer
and therapeutic procedures as well as
UNIT-2: OTHER INSTRUMENTS
an overview of diseases and disorders
of the anterior segment. Along with the 2.1 Slit lamp
continued enhancement of those skills
acquired in the methods sequence in 2.2 Tonometer Princioles, uses and
the first year, the intern will be types
introduced to slitlamp biomicroscopy
instrumentation and techniques, the 2.3 Ophthalmoscopes and related

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

use of diagnostic pharmaceuticals and devices
the examination and treatment of the
UNIT-3: SPECIAL EQUIPMENTS
ophthalmic patient, instrumentation
and technique utilized in applanation 3.1 Fundus camera

Course contents: 3.2 Orthoptic instruments

UNIT-1: REFRACTIVE INSTRUMENTS 3.3 Colour vision testing devices

1.1 Test charts standards, choice of test 3.4 Fields of vision and screening
charts devices

1.2 Trail case lenses-Best form lenses 3.5 Opthalmic ultra sonography -
ultrasound/ A scan/ Bscan/ UBM
1.3 Reractor head units, optical
considerations of refractor units 3.6 Electodiagnostics - ERG/VPG/EOG

1.4 Trial frame design 3.7 Nervefiber analyzer

1.5 Near vision difficulties with units 3.8 Scanning laser devices
and trial frame
Reference books:
1.6 Retinoscope-types available
The Optician's Manual: A Treatise On the
1.7 Adjustments of retionscopes Science and Practice of Optometry
special features
by Christian Henry Brown (Feb 26, 2010)
1.8 Cylinder retinoscopy
Clinics in optometry: a compilation of eye
1.9 Interpretation of objective findings clinics covering fully all errors of refraction
and anomalies of muscles, with methods of
1.10 Interpretation of objective tests-
examination, tests ... A text-book of the
polarising and displacement etc,
practice of optometry.
stimulant test

200
 by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010) practical tests in diagnostic examination
techniques is required. In case of absence from
Course Evaluation: demonstrations, exercises and clinical work,
compensation is discussed with course the
Mid term exams 50%
director. The part is graded according to the
Final exam 50% scale Fail/Pass/Pass with distinction.
In the part Assignments, a presentation and
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5 approval of the group assignment are required.
382 The part is graded according to the scale
Fail/Pass.
Course Title: Clinical Credit hours: 2(0+2) The part Theoretical understanding is examined
Screenings I through written/oral examinations. The part is
graded according to the scale
Prerequisite: OPTO262
Failed/Passed/Passed with distinction. For

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

admission to the examination in Theoretical
Course description: understanding, it is required that the part
Assignments are submitted and that
Students are provided the opportunity to supplementation of the part Clinical work is
practice clinical techniques learned in courses, completed.
thus bridging the gap between classroom When a student fails an examination, there will
learning and clinical practice. Students are be an opportunity for a new examination. All in
brought into public schools to experience the all, 6 opportunities for a new examination are
visual and social environment of children. provided for all parts
Students play an integral role in deciding if a
child needs further visual evaluation. Students Reference books:
interact with real patients early in their
The Optician's Manual: A Treatise On the
optometric careers.
Science and Practice of Optometry
Course objective:
by Christian Henry Brown (Feb 26, 2010)
The course is initiated with self study, exercises,
Clinics in optometry: a compilation of eye clinics
a theoretical overview and demonstrations. The
covering fully all errors of refraction and
theoretical overview is made through different
anomalies of muscles, with methods of
tuition forms (Case methodology, whole-group
examination, tests ... A text-book of the practice
lectures etc). The students are given a possibility
of optometry.
to train practical skills but must take a great
responsibility themselves. by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010)

Examination Clinical Procedures in Optometry

The examination comprises: by J. Boyd Eskridge, John F. Amos, and Jimmy D.

1) Clinical examination Bartlett
2) Assignments.
3) Written/Oral examination. Course Evaluation:
In the part Clinical work, attendance at
demonstrations, exercises and clinical work, and Practical exam 60%

201
 Final exam 40% Course Credit hours: (2+1)
Title:Optometric
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 1 Procedures II
383
Prerequisite: 381
Course Title: Clinical Credit hours: (0+2)
Screenings II

Prerequisite: OPTO Course description:

382
Designed as a continuation of optometric
Procedures I and deals with more advanced
clinical diagnostic and treatment procedures
Course description: related to examination of the retina and the
diagnosis of retinal disease. The course will
Continuation of Clinical Screenings 1.
cover a broad range of clinical skills including
The student continues clinical practice

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Binocular Indirect ophthalmoscopy, 90D and
with real subjects in schools and public
78D lens examination, Goldmann Contact Lens,
health centers at work, sport or elderly
etc. Diagnostic testing such as Laser
centers facilities.
Interferometry, PAM, and Ultra Sonography will
Reference books: also be reviewed.

The Optician's Manual: A Treatise On Course contents:

the Science and Practice of Optometry
UNIT-4: CLINICAL EXAMINATION OF
by Christian Henry Brown (Feb 26, THE VISUAL SYSTEM
2010)
4.1 History of the ophthalmic subject
Clinics in optometry: a compilation of
4.2 Ocular symptoms, the past
eye clinics covering fully all errors of
prescriptions-its influence
refraction and anomalies of muscles,
with methods of examination, tests ... A 4.3 Visual acuity testing-distance and
text-book of the practice of optometry. near and colour vision

by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010) 4.4 Examination of muscle balance

Clinical Procedures in Optometry 4.5 Examination of eye lids, conjunctiva

& sclera
by J. Boyd Eskridge, John F. Amos, and
Jimmy D. Bartlett 4.6 Examination of cornea, lens

Course Evaluation: 4.7 Examination of iris, ciliary body and

pupil
Practical exam 60%
UNIT-5: SPECIAL EXAMINATIONS
Final exam 40%
5.1Examination of intraocular pressure
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 5
& Examination of angle of anterior
484
chamber

202
 5.2 Ophthalmoscopy (direct and Prerequisite: OPTO
indirect) 484

5.3 Examination of fundus

5.4 Examination of lacrimal system Course description:

5.5 Examination of orbit Development and enhancement of

clinical diagnostic and treatment
5.6 Macular function test
methods taught from Optometric
5.7 Visual. Field charting (central Procedures I and II will be emphasized,
andperiphers) along with a variety of therapeutic
techniques. These procedures will
5.8 Neuro-opthalmological examination include corneal foreign body removal,
pressure patching, epilation, dilation
Reference books: and irrigation of the lacrimal system,

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

and punctal plug insertion, etc.
The Optician's Manual: A Treatise On the
Proficiency is expected in all ocular
Science and Practice of Optometry
health assessment techniques by the
by Christian Henry Brown (Feb 26, 2010) end of the quarter. In addition to
patient examinations, along with
Clinics in optometry: a compilation of eye initiation of the credential process for
clinics covering fully all errors of refraction patient care in the third year will occur.
and anomalies of muscles, with methods of
examination, tests ... A text-book of the Course contents:
practice of optometry.
UNIT-6: SPECIAL EQUIPMENTS
by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010)
6.1 Fundus camera
- Clinical Procedures in Optometry
6.2 Orthoptic instruments
by J. Boyd Eskridge, John F. Amos, and
6.3 Colour vision testing devices
Jimmy D. Bartlett (Apr 1991)
6.4 Fields of vision and screening
Course Evaluation:
devices
2 Mid term exams 20%
6.5 Opthalmic ultra sonography -
Practical exam 30% ultrasound/ A scan/ Bscan/ UBM

Final exam 50% 6.6 Electodiagnostics - ERG/VPG/EOG

Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 8 6.7 Nervefiber analyzer

485
6.8 Scanning laser devices
Course Credit hours: 3(2+1)
Reference books:
Title:Optometric
Procedures III The Optician's Manual: A Treatise On the
Science and Practice of Optometry

203
 by Christian Henry Brown (Feb 26, 2010) - Business Aspects of Optometry:
Association of Practice Management
Clinics in optometry: a compilation of eye Educators by APME, John G. Classe OD JD,
clinics covering fully all errors of refraction Lawrence S. Thal OD MBA, and Roger D.
and anomalies of muscles, with methods of Kamen OD MS (Aug 26, 2003)
examination, tests ... A text-book of the
practice of optometry. - Optometry Practice Start Up Business Plan
NEW! by Bplanxchange (Sep 21, 2010) -
by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010) Kindle eBook

- Clinical Procedures in Optometry Course Evaluation:

by J. Boyd Eskridge, John F. Amos, and 2 Mid term exams 20%
Jimmy D. Bartlett (Apr 1991)
Practical exam 30%
Course Evaluation:
Final exam 50%

CIENCES
EDICALSSCIENCES
2 Mid term exams 20%
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 9
Practical exam 30%
487
Final exam 50%

MEDICAL
Course Title: Credit hours: (0+2)
Optometric Clinic I
Course symbol: OPTO- Level:10

PPLIEDM
Prerequisite: OPTO484
486

OFAAPPLIED
Course Title: Clinical Credit hours: 2(1+1)
Orientation Course description:

OLLEGE OF
Prerequisite: OPTO This program is designed to afford the
391

CCOLLEGE
intern a broad exposure to all facets of
primary care in optometry. Rotations
include clinical responsibilities in the
Course description: area of primary care, and ophthalmic
dispensing. During these rotations, the
Included in this orientation will be intern will have direct patient care
emergency care procedures to include responsibilities in the University
a laboratory (20 hours), infection Optometric Center under the
control procedures (4 hours), supervision of clinical faculty. The
diagnostic coding (7 hours), and ethics rotations are designed to allow the
(5 hours). intern increasing levels of clinical
responsibility and patient care
Reference books: opportunities.

- Optometry Practice Start Up Business Plan Course contents:

NEW! by Bplanxchange (Sep 21, 2010) -
Kindle eBook 1. Ophthalmic Case Historian:

204
Demographic data, chief complaints, of refractive error, stenopaic slit
secondary complaints, ocular history, refraction, measurement of vertex
medical history, drugs and medications, distance, distometer, use of subjective
family ocular history, family medical autorefractor.
history,social history, review of system,
few example of history writing. 8. Different methods of measuring
amplitude of accommodation.
2. Recording Visual Acuity:
9. Correction of Presbyopia Different
Distance Snellens and log MAR. near- methods of stimulation of tentative
points/M/RS, use of Baily-lovie word presbyopic addition amplitude of
reading chart. accommodation, J.C.C., NRA-PRA
balance, Bichrome, Plus Build-up, based
3. Objective Refraction: on age,
Streak Retinoscopy all procedures to 10. Dynamic retinoscopy. Occupational
use streak retinoscope; static and consideration, finalization of odd for
dynamic retinoscopy, different near and intermediate different options
methods of dynamic retinoscopy of correction.
MEM, Notts, Sheards, Low and high
neutral, Bells, Cross, Taits. Other 11. Measurement of IPD and
methods of retinoscopy-Radical, significance.
Near(Mahandra), Chromoretinoscopy,
String Lensbar, use of objective and 12. Final discussion with the patient.
autorefractor.
13. Writing prescription of power and
4. Subjective Refraction: counseling

Monocular Distance Classic fogging, References:

testing of astigmatism under fog fixed
1 Clinics in optometry: a compilation of
astigmatic dial (clock dial), rotary
eye clinics covering fully all errors of
astigmatic dial, combination of fixed
refraction and anomalies of muscles,
and rotary dial (Fan and Block test),
with methods of examination, tests ... A
J.C.C. Duochrome or Bichrome,
text-book of the practice of optometry
Binocular balancing alternate
occlusion, prism dissociation, by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010)
dissociated duochrome balance, Borish
dissociated fogging, equalization 2. Primary care Optometry Theodore
Butterworth-heinemann.
5. Binocular Distance T.I.B. (Turville
Infinity Balance), Polarized Target and 3. Clinical Procedures in Optometry
polarized filter, fogging. Eskridge, Amos, Bartlett.-J. B. Lippincott
Co.
6. Near subjective refraction.
4. The Ocular Examination :
7. Cycloplegic refraction, cycloidemia, Measurement and Findings Karla
sudden unfogging , Borish delayed Zadmik
spherical end point, pinhole estimation
Course Evaluation:

205
 2 Mid term exams 30% j) Patient with low vision.

Practical exam 30% k) Patient with anisometropia(

Anisokonia)
Final exam 40%
l) Monocular & binocular subjective
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 10 refraction.
488
Clinical Refraction ( Practical )
Course Title: Credit hours:2 (0+2)
Optometric Clinic II History writing

Prerequisite: OPTO Recording VA

487
Practice of Streak Retinoscopy

Direct Opthalmoscopy-Normal

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Course description: Fundus

A continuation of Optometry Clinic I. Subjective refraction fogging,

clockdial, fan, JCC, prism balance, TIB,
Course contents: duochrome, cyclodeimia, Slit

a) Assessment of children Vision & refraction

Paediatric evaluation, diagnosis &
Measurement of amplitude of
management.
accommodation.
b) Strabismus & Aniblyopia.
Presbyopic add
c) Non- Strabismic Biuoculan Disorders.
Writing prescription.
d) Neuro- Optometric Rehabilitation.
References:
e) Evaluation, Diagnosis & Optometric
1 Clinics in optometry: a compilation of
management of children with mental
eye clinics covering fully all errors of
retardation C.P. Dyslexia,
refraction and anomalies of muscles,
Multiple Sensory Motor Haudicap. with methods of examination, tests ... A
text-book of the practice of optometry
f) Visual Disorders in senior citizens,
evaluation, diagnosis+ management. by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010)

g) Sports vision. 2. Primary care Optometry Theodore

Butterworth-heinemann.
h) Refraction in special cases (
pseudophakia , aphakia, irregular 3. Clinical Procedures in Optometry
corneal astigmatism, coloboma of iris, Eskridge, Amos, Bartlett.-J. B. Lippincott
choroids, retina, nystagmus, post R.K., Co.
PRK, LASIK)

i) Congenital cataract, glaucoma.

206
 4. The Ocular Examination : 8. Ocular emergencies
Measurement and Findings Karla
Zadmik a) Foreign body

Course symbol: OPTO- b) Eye Pain

Level: 10
489 c) Watering

Course Title: Open Eye Credit hours: 2(2+0) d) Injuries-perforating, non perforating
Clinic and Emergency & chemical
procedures
References:
Prerequisite: opto487
1 Clinics in optometry: a compilation of
eye clinics covering fully all errors of
refraction and anomalies of muscles,
Course description:
with methods of examination, tests ... A

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

The clinic includes general procedures text-book of the practice of optometry
in dealing with primary care methods in
by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010)
patient handling. Procedures of general
health assessment and treatments are 2. Primary care Optometry Theodore
taught as well as those in relation to Butterworth-heinemann.
eye and head emergency cases such as
foreign body removals and other 3. Public Health and Community
injuries to the anterior segment of the Optometry
eye and orbit.
by Robert D. Newcomb and Edwin C.
Course contents Marshall (Jul 1990)

1. Concept of public health. 4. The Ocular Examination :

Measurement and Findings Karla
2. Principles of primary, secondary and Zadmik
tertiary care.
Course Evaluation:
3. Planning of health services.
2 Mid term exams 40%
4. Health economics
Final exam 60%
5. Health manpower development-
a)Basic O.T Practices Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 6
391
b) Familiarity with use of Operating
Microscope Course Title: Ocular Credit hours: 3 (2+1)
Assessment and
6. NPCB and refractive blindness
Diagnosis
optometrists role as primary health
care provides.
Prerequisite: opto364
7. Health cares insurance including role
of TPA.

207
Course description: 7.glaucoma posterior segment.

Introduction on normal versus 8.retinal dystrophy.

abnormal anterior and posterior
segment disease presentations by 9.degnerative myopia.
ocular assesmant and diagnosis.
10. Age related macular
Course contents degenerative.

Anterior segment disease. 11.retinal detachment.

1. 12.leukocoria.
Eyelid.
13.optic nerve disease.
Stye
References:
Chalazion
1 Clinics in optometry: a compilation of

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Entropion eye clinics covering fully all errors of
refraction and anomalies of muscles,
Ectropion with methods of examination, tests ... A
text-book of the practice of optometry
Blepharitis
by Christian Henry Brown (Aug 9, 2010)
Ptosis
2. Primary care Optometry Theodore
Neoplasia
Butterworth-heinemann.
2- Conjunctiva.
3. Clinical Procedures in Optometry
-bacterial conjunctivitis Eskridge, Amos, Bartlett.-J. B. Lippincott
Co.
-viral conjunctivitis
4. The Ocular Examination :
-allergic conjunctivitis Measurement and Findings Karla
Zadmik
-degeneration
Course Evaluation:
-follicular conjunctivitis
2 Mid term exams 20%
3- Cornea -keratitis
Practical exam 30%
-keratoconus
Final exam 50%
-dystrophy
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 7
-degenerayion
492
4.sclera. -scleratis
Course Title: Cornea Credit hours: 3(2+1)
5.dry eye. and Contact lenses I

6.lens -cataract.

208
Prerequisite: opto 363 f) Contact lens terminology. RGP & soft
lens design. FDA classification of
contact lens material.

Course description: g) Patient selection & prescreening.

Indications & contra indications of
The goal of this course is to introduce
contact lens.
students to the general history of
contact lens development, h) Soft spherical contact lens fitting &
manufacturing, and utilization. Assesment.
Physiological interaction and
adaptation of the cornea to a fitted soft i) Soft contact lens case &
contact lens will be examined. Soft maintenance.
contact lens selection, fitting, and
j) Spherical RGP contact lens fitting &
evaluation will be presented in detail.
assessment.
Management of both functional and

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

physiological problems will be k) RGP contact lens care &
considered through changes in lens maintenance.
oxygen permeability and fitting and
astigmatic lens problem solving will be Contact Lens I ( Practical )
given. A complete review of soft lens
care and solution systems will be a) Routine clinical procedure for
presented. contact lens patient & selection of
contact lens.
Cornea and Contact lenses I
b) Keratometry & slit lamp
Course contents Biomicroscopy.

a) Contact lens history & development. c) Spherical soft & Spherical RGP
Benefits of contact lens over spectacle. contact lens fitting: selection of contact
Manufacturing lens Base curve, diameter &

methods-spin cast, Lethe cut, Cast Power & fitting Assessment .

modeling.
d) Insertion & Removal of soft & RGP
b) Slit lamp Examination technique contact lens.

c) Corncal topography- Keratometry & e) Contact lens & maintenance.

Extended Keratometry
REFERENCES:
d) Contact lens optics-Contact lens &
spectacle lens. Back vertex calculation. 1. Fiting Guide for Rigid and Soft
Contact lens & Tear Contact Lenses H. A. Stein, Slatt, M. L.
Freeman (Mosby).
lens system.
2. IACLE Module.
e) Classification of contact lens & its
material ( soft & RGP ); Material
property.

209
 3. Contact Lenses (The CLAO Guide to 3. Contact lens fitting in children.
Basic Science and Clinical Practice).
Kenddall/Hunt Publishing Co. 4. RGP lenses low D.K. and high D.K.
lenses.
4. Text Book of Contact Lenses V. K.
Dada (Jaypee). 5. Instructions regarding handling and
care of lenses.
Course Evaluation:
6. Cosmetic and prosthetic contact
2 Mid Term exams 20% lenses.

Practical exam 30% 7. Extended wear lenses versus Daily

wear
Final exam 50%
8. Disposable lenses
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 8
493 9. Contact lens Toric, Bifocal,

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Multifocal.
Course Title: Cornea Credit hours: 3(2+1)
and Contact Lenses II 10. Therapeutic lenses / Bandage
lenses.

Prerequisite: opto492 11. Contact lens solutions principle of

action, compositions

12. Ordering contact lenses writing

Course description: prescription to the lab.

The goal of this course is to introduce 13. Contact lens modifications of

students to the principles of rigid finished lenses (RGP).
contact lens fitting and preservation of
corneal health. Students will be taught 14. Checking the parameters.
a variety of rigid lens fitting approaches
15. Recent advances in contact lenses.
and selection of the appropriate lens
design based on the pre-fitting data. 16. Follow up examinations
Application of spherical, aspheric and
bitoric rigid lenses for a variety of 17. Contact lens complications and
normal and diseased corneal conditions their management.
will be discussed. Instruction on how
18. Prosthetic eye fitting procedures &
parameter alterations effect the
success or failure of rigid lens wear. conformers.
Management, corneal abnormalities
REFERENCES:
with rigid lenses will be discussed.
1. Fiting Guide for Rigid and Soft
Course contents: Contact Lenses H. A. Stein, Slatt, M. L.
Freeman (Mosby).
1. Contact lens fitting in astigmatism.
2. IACLE Module.
2. Contact lens fitting in keratokonus.

210
 3. Contact Lenses (The CLAO Guide to 1. Fiting Guide for Rigid and Soft
Basic Science and Clinical Practice). Contact Lenses H. A. Stein, Slatt, M. L.
Kenddall/Hunt Publishing Co. Freeman (Mosby).

4. Text Book of Contact Lenses V. K. 2. IACLE Module.

Dada (Jaypee).
3. Contact Lenses (The CLAO Guide to
Course Evaluation: Basic Science and Clinical Practice).
Kenddall/Hunt Publishing Co.
2 Mid term exams 20%
4. Text Book of Contact Lenses V. K.
Practical exam 30% Dada (Jaypee).

Final exam 50% Course Evaluation:

Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 11 2 Mid term exams 20%

496

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Practical exam 30%
Course Title: Cornea Credit hours:3 (2+1)
and Contact lenses III Final exam 50%

Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 9

Prerequisite: opto493 494

Course Title:Geriatric Credit hours:3 (2+1)

Optometry
Course description:
Prerequisite: opto478
Continuation of cornea and contact
lens II This course will introduce the
principles of advanced rigid contact Course description:
lens fitting. The application of a variety
of specialty rigid and soft lens designs This course introduces the principles of
will be reviewed, and selection of the vision rehabilitation with respect to the
appropriate lens design based on the geriatric and visually impaired
pre-fitting data. Contact lens fitting populations.
techniques for the management of
keratoconus, bifocal correction, post The topics presented include the
refractive surgery, post corneal clinical characteristics of aging, etiology
transplant correction, orthokeratology, and visual impairment, demographics
adult and pediatric aphakia, prosthetic and psychosocial factors of geriatric
soft and rigid lens correction will be and visually impaired patients, the case
offered. Use of state-of-the-art history and clinical examination of
computer corneal mapping and other these patients, and optics of treatment
diagnostic techniques will be presented options for the visually impaired.
as tools to help fit and manage the
abnormal cornea. The laboratory presents examination
procedures and techniques utilized for
REFERENCES: geriatric and visually impaired patients

211
 in traditional and non-traditional Practical exam 30%
settings; motility procedures; geriatric
case management; and an introduction Final exam 50%
to rehabilitation optics and optical
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 10
systems for visual impairment.
495

Objectives Course Title: Anterior Credit hours: (2+1)

Segment Disease
The students will be introduced to
problems unique to the geriatric Prerequisite: opto492
population and the characteristics of
visual problems as well as social,
environmental and other factors
Course contents:
affecting them and possible solutions.
This third segment of the Ocular

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

COURSE CONTENTS: Disease Track emphasizes anterior
segment ocular disease. The lecture
1- Overview material encompasses conditions
2- Vision screenings involving the eyelids, adnexa,
a. Communication
conjunctiva, cornea, sclera, anterior
b. Patient Information
c. Pre and Post- chamber, iris, and lens. The course
examination provides extensive discussion of the
Procedures symptomatology, clinical signs,
d. pharmacokinetics. diagnosis, pathogenesis,
3- Assessing and Managing the pathophysiology, systemic disease
older Patient
relationships, and treatment of
a. Non-visual
Assessment degenerative, hypersensitivity,
b. ocular health infectious, and inflammatory conditions
assessment affecting these structures. During the
4- Normal Vision Problems In The course, students are expected to be
Elderly able to differentially diagnose and
5- Geriatric Ocular Diseases manage these ocular entities in patient
6- Continue Geriatric Ocular
management case presentations
Diseases
including the proper utilization of
References pharmaceutical agents.

Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 9

General Ophthalmology by
497
Daniel G. Vaughan
Course Title: Credit hours: 2(2+0)
The Ophthalmic assistant by
Glaucoma
Stein. Slatt. Stein

Course Evaluation:
Prerequisite: OPTO
2 Mid term exams 20% 457

212
Course description: 7. Medical management of glaucoma

Epidemiology, classification and types 8. Surgery therapy f or glaucoma

of glaucoma. Theories of optic nerve
damage, visual fields, tonometry, 9. Newer advances in the management
tonography and gonioscopy. Theories of glaucoma
and practice of glaucoma therapy
Reference Books:
including medical and surgical
approaches. 1. M Bruce Shields (MBS): Text Book of
Glaucoma, Williams & Wilkins, London.
Course contents:
2. Marc Leiberman: Simplified Guide to
1. Introduction to glaucoma
Computerized Perimetry
a. Epidemiology
Course Evaluation:
b. Heridity

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Mid term exams 40%
c. Definition & classification of
Final exam 60%
Glaucoma
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 12
2. Intra Ocular pressure and Aqueous
498
humor dynamics
Course Title: Posterior Credit hours: 3(2+1)
3. Clinical Evaluation
Segment Disease
a. History and General examination

b. Gonioscopy Prerequisite: opto 495

c. Optic nerve head analysis

d. Visual fields Course Description:

4. Childhood Glaucoma This course examines the diagnosis and

management of diseases of the
5. Open angle glaucoma posterior segment, including glaucoma
and diseases of the retina, vitreous, and
a. The glaucoma suspect
posterior uvea. Emphasis is placed
b. Open angle glaucoma without upon the advanced optometric
elevated IOP management of these diseases. The
role of the optometrist in the
c. primary open angle glaucoma therapeutic management of these
diseases is maximized to the fullest
d. Secondary open angle glaucoma extent of optometric training. In some
instances, education beyond current
6. Angle closure glaucoma
optometric practice is introduced in an
a. Primary angle closure glaucoma effort to lay the foundation for future
amplification of optometric licensure
b. Secondary angle closure glaucoma and prepare the student and graduate

213
 practitioner to function in the ever- Diabetic Retinopathy
changing profession.
Diabetic Retinopathy
Learning Objectives:
Hypertensive Retinopathy; Retinal
At the conclusion of the course, the
Vascular Occlusions
student will be able to:
Retinal Vascular Occlusions
1. Accurately diagnose disorders of
the posterior segment and
institute appropriate management. Retinal Vascular Occlusions
2. Visually recognize retinal vascular
disease, understand the involved Retinal Breaks and Detachments
pathophysiology, and initiate
appropriate management. Acquired Maculopathies
3. Visually recognize peripheral
retinal disease, understand the

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

Proficiencies
involved pathophysiology, and
initiate appropriate management.
4. Visually recognize retinal Proficiencies
inflammatory disease and
understand the involved Acquired Maculopathies
pathophysiology, and initiate
appropriate management.
Acquired Maculopathies
5. Visually recognize acquired and
hereditary maculopathies,
understand the involved Acquired Maculopathies; Ocular
pathophysiology, and initiate Oncology
appropriate management.
6. Understand the relationship Hereditary Maculopathies
between systemic disease and
retinal disease and identify New Retinal Technologies
characteristic fundus findings of
commonly encountered systemic
Retinal Potpourri
diseases.
7. Understand advanced diagnostic
Posterior Uveitis
testing modalities of automated
visual fields testing, fluorescein
angiography, and diagnostic Posterior Uveiti
imaging for glaucoma and retinal
disease.
8. Understand the principles behind
therapeutic laser use for glaucoma
and retinal disease.

Course contents:

Posterior Segment Anomalies

Fluorescein angiography

214
Course symbol: OPTO- Level: 12 Laser Peripheral Iridotomy (LPI):
499 Indications:

Course Title: Laser and Credit hours: (2+0) Argon Laser LPI:
surgical Management
Nd:YAG Laser LPI:
of Eye Disease

Prerequisite: Glaucoma Surgery -Trabeculectomy

OPTO344, OPT O473
Considerations for Surgery

Maximal medical therapy

Course description: and progression
Poor patient compliance
Pre and post-operative management of with medications
the ophthalmic patient. It covers a wide Failure or contraindication
of LT

COLLEGE OF APPLIED MEDICAL SCIENCES

range of procedures including
oculoplastics, cornea, glaucoma, Need for very low IOP
Signs of Surgical Failure
strabismus, cataract, and retina.

Course contents:

Specific Laser- Tissue Interactions:

Photocoagulation:

Photovaporization:

Photodisruption:

Complications Associated with Anterior

Segment Laser Procedures:

Laser Therapy for Open Angle

Glaucoma:

Argon Laser Trabeculoplasty (ALT):

Thermal laser alteration of the

trabecular meshwork to increase
aqueous
Pressure Lowering Effect of ALT:

Selective Laser Trabeculoplasty (SLT)

Laser Therapy for Closed Angle

Glaucoma:

Argon Laser Iridoplasty:

215
 Raise awareness of community health and
prevention methods needed to maintain oral
health.
Contribute to the continuing dental education
for all dentists.
Conduct scientific research to find appropriate
solutions to the problems of oral and dental
health in the community.
Provide dental and technical advice to various
sectors in the field.
Prepare specialized staff in different fields of
College of Dentistry dentistry through the Graduate Program.
About:
Vision: College of Dentistry, Qassim University is one of
Nationally distinct college in dental education the modern colleges among Saudi Arabia. The
and applied researches, in support of the Royal Decree to establish the college was issued
promotion of oral and dental health in Qassim on 18 / 1 / 1426 Hijri. The college had received
Society. its first batch of students starting from the
academic year 1428-1429 Hijri.

College of Dentistry
Mission: Enrolled student must pass the preparatory year
Graduation of highly skilled dentists with higher and shall be assigned by the Deanship of
scientific and research skills, (who are Admissions and Registration in the University,
committed to continuous education and the and then it is required to pass qualifying skill
development of the profession to meet the tests of the College as well as the personal
needs of the labor market) , provide a dental interview.
treatment that is consistent with the Based on the decision of the Council of Higher
international quality standards in the field of Education No. 9/57/1431, college departments
Dentistry, perform a distinct awareness role were restructured to be: Basic Oral and Medical
within the community, and to strengthen the Sciences Department (BOM), Community Oral
national and international partnership. Health and Epidemiology Department (COE),
Maxillofacial Surgery and Diagnostic Sciences
Objectives: Department (MDS), Conservative Dental
Prepare and graduate dentists at a high level Sciences Department (CDS), Prosthetic Dental
of knowledge and clinical skills to provide Sciences Department (PDS), Ortho-Pedodontics
services in all areas of Dentistry. Department (OPD), Periodontology and Oral
Fill labor market needs of dentists. Medicine Department (POM), and Dental
To provide distinct therapeutic services for Informatics and Dental Education Department
patients in all disciplines of dentistry by (DIE)
students under the supervision of a team of The study plan follows the rules of the yearly
teachers who has the scientific and practical figures as the college education system is based
experience, and who are able to use the on problem-based learning. Study language is
modern technologies in the areas of English. Study duration is five years after the
treatment and diagnosis. preparatory year followed by a clinical training
internship year, and it is divided into three
phases: Basic Phase: first and second years,
Clinical Phase: third, fourth, and fifth years, and

216
Internship Phase: sixth clinical training year after Khan
graduation.
Irfan Ullah Khan Associate Prof.
Degrees:
Amr El-Karargy Associate Prof.
Bachelor (B.D.S)
Said El-Attar Associate Prof.
Programs:
Dental Surgery (B.D.S) Hamdy Selim Associate Prof.

M. Abd El-Monem Associate Prof.

Hamdy Metwaly Assistant Prof.

Faculty:
Abdulhaleem Assistant Prof.
Mohammed
Abdulhameed
Almohaimeed
Dean,
Alaa Abd El-Hamid Assistant Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Shoaib Haider Assistant Prof.
Mansour Vice-Dean,
Moustafa Omran Assistant Prof.

College of Dentistry
Almohaimeed
Assistant Prof.
A. El-Leethy Assistant Prof.
Mohammed El-Toni Professor
Ghada Bassiouny Assistant Prof.
Osama Sweedan Professor
Lamis Hussein Assistant Prof.
Abdel Wahab Samaha Professor
Ola Sakr Assistant Prof.
Ahmed Massoud Professor
Ashfaq Rahim Assistant Prof.
Mohammed Barakat Professor
Hazem Abbas Assistant Prof.
Maher El-Tonsi Professor
Mahmoud Salama Assistant Prof.
Gamal Hassan Professor
Sahar Abd Eh-Halim Assistant Prof.
Amira El-Nozahy Professor
Shahzad Ali Assistant Prof.
Ragia El-Prince Professor
Mohammed Salman Assistant Prof.
Tahany Hamdy Professor
Mahmoud Rabii Assistant Prof.
Hanaa El-Gazaerly Professor
Zeyad El-Saghir Assistant Prof.
Shokreya Ismail Professor
Nabila Sedky Assistant Prof.
Hany Daas Associate Prof.
Maha Mekkawy Assistant Prof.
Mohammed Khalil Associate Prof.

217
Zahid Iqbal Assistant Prof. Ghamadan Sabry Lecturer

Hazem Mourad Lecturer Mohammed Riyadh Lecturer

Yasser Araby Lecturer

Walid Samir Lecturer Study Plan:

Wael Zakareya Lecturer First Year

Course Course Title Credit
Faisal Baloch Lecturer
Code
Mohammed Ramadan Lecturer
IC 101 Islamic Culture (1) 2
Atef Ghobashy Lecturer
IC 102 Islamic Culture (2) 2
Ramy El-Moazen Lecturer
ARAB Arabic Language 2
Moustafa El-Zeky Lecturer 101 Skills

Hisham Hassan Lecturer ARAB Arabic Editing 2

103

College of Dentistry
Mohammed Saber Lecturer
DENT Dental Education 2
Azza Abo Rabeh Lecturer 111

Samir El Borolosy Lecturer DENT Cell Structure & 5

112 Function
Salsabil Gaber Lecturer
DENT Head & Neck: 5
Abd Elhalim Hassan Lecturer 113
Structure &
Tarek Halawa Lecturer Function

Mai Salah Lecturer DENT Genetics, Growth, 6

114 & Development
Shaimaa Said Lecturer
DENT Principles of 6
Karim Hommos Lecturer
115 Diseases
Abd El-Rahman Obeid Lecturer
DENT Presentation Skills 1
121 (1)
Omneya Abd El-Kader Lecturer
DENT Community 1
Amira Samir Lecturer
122 Dentistry (1)
Mohammed El-Abd Lecturer
DENT Dental Skills (1) 4
Maher Walid Lecturer 131

218
 TOTAL 38 Dental practice

DENT 312 Restorative (1) 5

*Each student must finish 12 elective units and
6 free units DENT 313 Restorative (2) 6

DENT 321 Presentation Skills 1

Second Year
(3)
Course Course Title Credit
Code DENT 322 Community 1
Dentistry (4)
IC 103 Islamic Culture (3) 2
DENT 323 Ethics in Dentistry 1
IC 104 Islamic Culture (4) 2
DENT 331 Dental Skills (3) 11
DENT 211 Body Systems in 11
Health & Disease DENT 341 Dental Clinical 5
Practice (1)
DENT 212 General Surgery 2
TOTAL 32
DENT 213 Neuroscience 4

College of Dentistry
DENT 214 Principles of Dental 6
Fourth Year
Sciences
Course Course Title Credit
DENT 221 Presentation Skills 1 Code
(2)
DENT 411 Surgical 2
DENT 222 Community 1 Management
Dentistry (2)
DENT 412 Child & Adolescent 4
DENT 223 Community 1 Care
Dentistry (3)
DENT 413 Management of 3
DENT 224 Emergency 2 Oral & Maxillofacial
Medicine for Dental Diseases (1)
Students
DENT 414 Management of 3
DENT 231 Dental Skills (2) 5 Oral & Maxillofacial
Diseases (2)
TOTAL 37
DENT 421 Presentation Skills 1
(4)

Third Year DENT 422 Community 2

Course Course Title Credit Dentistry (5)
Code
DENT 423 Restorative (3) 1
DENT 311 Introduction to 2

219
DENT 431 Dental Skills (4) 3 roots, prefixes, suffixes and combining forms.
The student will be able to analyze, spell,
DENT 441 Dental Clinical 12 pronounce and build dental terms according to
Practice (2) word parts and descriptions.
In order to enhance the student's knowledge of
TOTAL 31 dental science, various terminologies including
dental & medical terms are introduced & also
using of computerized & internet exercises.
Principles of Medical & Dental ethics are
Fifth Year
involved in this course; the dentist can evolve
Course Course Title Credit
his duties & rights towards his profession & be
Code
able for decision making.
During this course a practical model for verbal &
DENT 415 Dental 1
non- verbal communication will be introduced
Implantology
and induces advice for managing
DENT 416 Maxillofacial 3 communication in everyday clinical situations,
Surgery & together with interactive workshops.
Rehabilitation
DENT 112: Cell Structure & Function (5h)

College of Dentistry
DENT 425 Presentation Skills 1 This course is designed to ensure that dental
(5) student acquire sound knowledge in various
integrated areas of cell biology, biochemistry,
DENT 426 Problem Solving in 1 physiology and general histology.
Dentistry Some areas of the mentioned disciplines have
been covered less extensively than others to
DENT 427 Orthodontic 1
suite the needs of a dental student.
Treatment for
DENT 113: Head & Neck: Structure & Function
Adults
(5h)
DENT 428 Practice 1
Management This course is an entrance requirement for
preclinical and clinical dental programs.
DENT 445 Total Patient Care 15 Students study the anatomy, physiology of the
head and neck, and occlusion of the teeth. The
TOTAL 23 course includes introductions to basic
terminology and tooth structure, and extends to
a survey of all of the oral systems. All material
Course Description: discussed with direct relationship to a well-
characterized dental clinical case.
DENT 111: Dental Education (2h)
Oral secretions and salivary glands function, TMJ
The idea of the problem based learning [PBL]
and static occlusion will be included in this
will be discussed in the beginning of this course
course.
to clarify the modality of its application in the
medico-dental practice.
DENT 114: Genetics, Growth, and Development
This course is designed to review the dental
(6h)
history & provide students with the basic rules
The purpose of this course is to introduce the
and elements of a dental word, including word
student to basic concepts of growth and

220
development, maturational, aging processes of provision of oral health care to communities are
the tissues, systems within the craniofacial discussed.
complex, and deviation and variation from the
normal growth and development in order to DENT 123: The Art of Sculpture in Dentistry (1h)
prepare the student for the following Preclinical The purpose of this course is to introduce the
and Clinical stages. student to basic concepts of Perceptual Skills
and Visual Arts Vocabulary and developed their
DENT 115: Principles of Diseases (6h) ability and taste of the artistic skills in order to
This course includes the basic principles of develop competencies and creative skills in
disease and relevant histopathology. problem solving, communication, and
Considerable emphasis is given to management of time and resources that
understanding mechanisms underlying contribute to lifelong learning and career skills.
alterations at the cell and subcellular levels. The They also learn about careers in and related to
parameter of cell injury, inflammation, the visual arts.
immunopathology, repair and regeneration, DENT 124: Development of Dental Students
carcinogenesis, hemodynamic disturbances, and (1h)
nutritional diseases are studied. Correlations of Student Development is dedicated to ensuring
systemic diseases of importance in dentistry are students' college success and motivating their
emphasized. This course will provide the student journey toward lifelong learning. It will enable

College of Dentistry
with a working understanding of pharmacology students to develop their own plan for personal,
and pharmacotherapeutics as applied to dental academic and career success through self-
practice. evaluation, application of specific techniques,
and classroom activities. These activities will
DENT 121: Scientific presentation skills (1) (1h) help students acquire effective study strategies,
In the field of dentistry, knowledge and increase critical and creative thinking skills,
technical skills are not the only prerequisites for establish short-term and long-term goals, and
good practice. An ability to communicate learn to manage time more efficiently. This is a
effectively, to use active listening, to gather and course about making choices, especially those
impart information effectively, and to about setting and meeting personal, academic
demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical and career goals.
awareness is crucial. The Mind Map is a dynamic and exciting tool to
The aim of this course is improve skill and help all thinking and planning becomes a
behavior that help the students to communicate smarter and faster activity. The creation of a
more effectively, present with confidence and Mind Map is a revolutionary way to tap into the
enhance personnel impact. infinite resources in student's brain, to make
In this course, the students gain a appropriate decisions, and to understand their
comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps feelings.
them to work effectively with colleagues and
develop expertise. DENT 125: Technology and Acquired
Knowledge for Dental Students (2h)
DENT 122: Community Dentistry (1) (1h)
The course has been designed to introduce to This course is an elective course, designed to
the dental undergraduates the basic concepts equip the student with an understanding of the
about community dentistry, oral health theoretical and practical basis for good e-
promotion and education. The implications of learning. Emphasis is on learning theories,
the system of Primary Health Care to the learning technologies, and e-learning design.

221
 DENT 211: Body Systems in Health & Disease
DENT 126: Dentist Community (11h)
Communication (1h) This course is designed to ensure that dental
The role of the dentist does not depend only on student acquire sound knowledge in various
the treatment of patients but also to educate integrated areas of Anatomy, Histology,
the community through various media, whether Pathology, Microbiology, Biochemistry,
print, audio or video. Press is not just a means of Pharmacology and Physiological basis of the
communication but is an influential force human body systems, and the most common
derives its effectiveness from the power of the health problems that has a direct or indirect
words that settle in the minds and respond to relation to his practice as a dentist. These will
the hopes of nations and ambitious people. include the common Internal medicine, and the
This decision will include the training of students Dermatology.
to the basic rules of writing press releases and
will help students to improve the drafting skills DENT 212: General Surgery (2h)
of news reporting have also increase the self- This course is designed to ensure that dental
confidence in the dialogue and interview others. student acquire sound knowledge in various
integrated areas of Anatomy, Histology,
DENT 131: Dental Skills (1) (2h) Pathology, Microbiology, Biochemistry,
The course layout the foundation for developing Pharmacology and Physiological basis of the

College of Dentistry
technical artistic skills by the dental student and human body systems, and the most common
related these skills to his clinical performance. health problems that has a direct or indirect
relation to his practice as a dentist. These will
DENT 132: Digital Editing of Dental Record (2h) include the General surgery, Ear Nose and
In this course, the student gains knowledge of throat, and Ophthalmology.
the use of computer aided design technology.
This is mainly achieved through training the DENT 213: Neuroscience (4h)
student on the advanced potentials of various This comprehensive, multidisciplinary course is
programs mainly; Photoshop, Flash, Power Point dedicated to the understanding of the main
and Microsoft Publisher in preparing accurate functions of the nervous system, the principles
and high quality projects such as that enable of sensory and motor functions and to
them to present their ideas and concept in a understand pain and its management.
professional manner. Instruction includes training in local anesthesia
and nitrous oxide administration. Lecture topics
DENT 133: Management of Scientific Meeting include pain transmission, neurotransmitters,
(1h) theories of pain perception, and treatment
Due to the value of the scientific meeting as a procedures for patients suffering from acute or
mechanism for a unique form of personal chronic pain. Consideration is given to the use of
interchange we aim from this course to explain drugs, biofeedback, hypnosis, and surgery for
how we can organize and gain experienced in treatment of pain.
the business of running a conference,
symposium, workshop and tutorial sessions and DENT 214: Principles of Dental Sciences (6h)
eager for information, guidelines, and tips on This course is designed to assist in the transition
running a scientific meeting smoothly and from the didactic and preclinical portion of the
successfully. curriculum to the clinical phase, with the
ultimate goal of developing competent dentists.
Competent dentists demonstrate appropriate

222
patient management skills, professionalism and evaluating the statistics presented in scientific
integrity in the delivery of dental care, and papers.
critical thinking necessary for life-long learning.
The students are introduced to basic concepts of DENT 224: Emergency Medicine for Dental
clinical patient care and are provided Students (2h)
opportunities to observe and model future Life-threatening emergencies can occur
behaviors as they observe faculty and student anytime, anywhere and to anyone. Such
dentists deliver appropriate care in a situations are somewhat more likely to occur
compassionate manner. within the confines of the dental office due to
Epidemiology of dental caries and periodontal the increased level of stress which is so often
disease and their indices will be discussed in the present.
block. In this course the areas which are considered
vital to a proper understanding of Emergency
DENT 221: Scientific Presentation Skills (2)(1h) Medicine will be discussed. This will include a
In the field of dentistry, knowledge and discussion of a thorough review of the office
technical skills are not the only prerequisites for emergency kit (medications and equipment),
good practice. An ability to communicate basic life support including CPR and air way
effectively, to use active listening, to gather and management. Additionally, it will include the
impart information effectively, and to recognition and management of specific

College of Dentistry
demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical emergency situations that may be faced in the
awareness is crucial. dental clinic like altered consciousness, acute
The aim of this course is improve skill and chest pain, seizures, shock, hypertensive crisis,
behavior that help the students to communicate acute severe asthma, hypo and hyperglycemia
more effectively, present with confidence and and local anesthetic toxicity.
enhance personnel impact.
In this course, the students gain a DENT 225: Scientific Editing for Dental
comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps Periodicals (1h)
them to work effectively with colleagues and Scientific editing will provide students with the
develop expertise. basic principles needed to perform writing and
editing services to the scientific community. The
DENT 222: Community Dentistry (2)(1h) students will also be expected and encouraged
This course has been designed to introduce to to demonstrate the maturity and judgment for
undergraduates the basic concepts and methods research articles and posters, as well as critical
of conducting research. The lectures will be data evaluations that will increase the chances
supplemented by some practical exercises to of publication.
enhance the ability of students to actually apply
these concepts and methods. DENT 226: Alternative Dentistry (1h)
This Alternative Dentistry course is an approach
DENT 223: Community Dentistry (3) (1h) to Dentistry that promotes health and wellness
The course has been designed to highlight the instead of the treatment of disease. This
relevance of the basic concepts of biostatistics approach to Dentistry encompasses both
to oral epidemiology and dental research. It will modern science and knowledge drawn from the
include data coding, entry and analysis using worlds great traditions on natural healing. It is
SPSS (Statistical Package for Social Sciences).The sometimes called "Biological" dentistry or
course will facilitate students in acquiring skills "Biocompatible" dentistry. Alternative Dentistry
of drawing inferences from data and of acknowledges and deals with the mind, body,

223
and spirit of the patient, not just his or her fearful child, and as dental newsletters and
"Teeth". publications will be discussed.

DENT 227: Laboratory Techniques in Oral and DENT 311: Introduction to Dental Practice (2h)
Maxillofacial Pathology (2h) This course is designed to ensure that the
This elective course will focus on the basic as student acquired sound knowledge in various
well as the advanced laboratory techniques in integrated areas of diagnosis and filling system,
the field of oral & maxillofacial pathology. Some operative dentistry, periodontics, infection
techniques (Laser, Implants & control, handling instruments and local
Anutoradiography) will encourage students, anesthesia before real patient clinical work.
dentists and oral surgeons to conduct research Some of these areas had been covered
on human as well as on experimental animal previously and needs to be integrated together.
models, and to use computer programs to
analyze the microscopic findings in diagnosis DENT 312: Restorative 1 (5h)
and research. In addition, this course will shed a Dental restorative dentistry is among the most
light on the methods of protection against important branches of dentistry. The Restorative
infection, physical, chemical, biological and 1 course is didactic course. This course is
irradiation hazards in the dental clinics and the intended to provide information to the students
laboratory. about the followed steps for patients asking a

College of Dentistry
prosthetic treatment, starting from diagnosis up
DENT 231: Dental Skills (2) (5h) to preprosthetic preparation prior receiving final
This course will introduce the students to the impression.
field of operative dentistry and periodontology. Epidemiology of dental caries and periodontal
The course will stress on maintaining the disease and their indices will be discussed in the
required hand skills regarding grasping block.
techniques of the hand-piece, cavity
preparation, filling materials and techniques. DENT 313: Restorative 2 (6h)
The simulation of the human head will allow the Restorative 2 is a didactic course which is
student to apply these procedures clinically on proposed to expose the students to the
the patients. modalities of the preparation & construction of
the various restorations including operative
DENT 232: Photography in Dentistry (1h) dentistry, endodontics, fixed & removable
The purpose of this course is to introduce the prosthodontic restorations.
dental students to basic concepts of dental The presented course will introduce the student
photography. Clinical photography has its to the didactic background of the restorative
greatest applications as a record-keeping system treatment for dental patients; The management
and as an aid in conveying information. The slide of these patients will be presented to the
projection of clinical materials is an student. The course will stress on how the way
indispensable tool for use in self-evaluation, of handling of the patient is very important for
patient education, and effective communication the clinical success of dental restorations.
with colleagues. The documentation of patient
management is a permanent record used not only DENT 321 Scientific Presentation Skills (3)
by the resident during his training but also by the (1h)
faculty on all levels of education. The use of In the field of dentistry, knowledge and
photography as photo magic for calming the technical skills are not the only prerequisites for
good practice. An ability to communicate

224
effectively, to use active listening, to gather and important. The doctor-patient relationship
impart information effectively, and to forms one of the foundations of contemporary
demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical medical ethics. Most dental schools and
awareness is crucial. universities teach dental students from the
The aim of this course is improve skill and beginning, even before they start clinics, to
behavior that help the students to communicate maintain a professional rapport with patients,
more effectively, present with confidence and uphold patients dignity, and respect their
enhance personnel impact. privacy.
In this course, the students gain a
comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps DENT 324: Management of Occupational
them to work effectively with colleagues and Hazards (1h)
develop expertise. Dentists, as well as dental personnel, are
constantly exposed to a number of specific
DENT 322: Community Dentistry (4) (1h) occupational hazards. These cause the
The preventive dentistry course introduces the appearance of various ailments, specific to the
students to the philosophy and methods of profession, which develop and intensify with
prevention of oral diseases that can be applied years. Musculoskeletal pain is the frequent
on an individual level and on a mass scale. The complaint of dental personnel and is more
course emphasizes upon an understanding of frequently in the cervical area (neck and

College of Dentistry
the scientific basis of preventive measures and shoulders) with a significant association
their rational use considering the patients and between the number of working hours per week
community need as well as relative and musculoskeletal pain in all locations (back,
effectiveness and efficacy of these measures. upper limb, lower limb).
During the course the students learn and This didactic course is designed to teach the
practice different techniques involved in the students how to avoid these professional
application of preventive agents used in dental hazards by applying specialized physical
practice and community dental care. exercises.

DENT 323: Ethics in Dentistry (1h) DENT 325: Nanodentistry (1h)

The Ethics in Dentistry provides an introduction Nanotechnology will have future medical
to the importance of the doctor-patient applications leading to the emergence of
relationship and to the process of ethical nanomedicine and nanodentistry. Nanodentistry
decision-making. The topics of informed will make it possible to maintain a near perfect
consent, assessment of patient competence, oral health through the use of nanomaterials,
truth telling, confidentiality, and end-of-life biotechnology, including tissue engineering and
decisions are examined in several clinical nanorobotics. The nanorobotic functions may be
contexts such as acute care, pediatrics, controlled by an onboard nanocomputer that
geriatrics, and rehabilitation medicine. executes preprogrammed instructions in
The Ethics in Dentistry provides is central to the response to local sensor stimuli.
practice of dentistry and is essential for the The outline of this course is to familiarize the
delivery of high-quality health care in the students with the current and prospective
diagnosis and treatment of disease. A patient applications of nanotechnology in Dentistry.
must have confidence in the competence of
their dentist and must feel that they can confide DENT 326: Comparative Dentistry (1h)
in him or her. For most dentists, the This course is designed to provide the dental
establishment of good rapport with a patient is student with knowledge regarding the

225
experimental animals which can be used in producing appliances, restorations and
dental research, how to choose the animal and prostheses for patients.
how to deal with them during surgery.
DENT 329: Dental Informatics (1h)
DENT 327: The Art of Dental Therapeutics (2) Dental informatics is the application of
The purpose of this course is to review selected computer and information sciences to improve
pharmacologic areas with potential clinical dental practice, research, education, and
relevance in the practice of dentistry. The management; it is a relatively new field with
application of important pharmacologic significant potential for supporting dentistrys
concepts to therapeutic prescribing decisions many facets.
will be discussed. Students will improve their This course has two primary objectives. The first
general knowledge concerning the medications one is will introduce students to basics of
that they may prescribe, and those drugs known computers and the most common computer
taken by their patients. Drug specific topics will applications. Basic computer skills will help
include mechanism of action, indication, dosing, students use computer-aided instruction
drug interactions and prescribing concerns for software in the basic sciences. The skills
dental patients. This course will also provide acquired through this course will be
updates on analgesic and antibiotic selection immediately useful in other parts of the curricu-
and therapy, Over the Counter (OTC) drugs and lum.

College of Dentistry
their implications in dental practice,, pain and The second course, "Dental Informatics,"
anxiety control and last trends in pharmacologic concentrates on using computers in the dental
research. office and should be offered in the junior or
senior year. Topics include components and
DENT 328 Dental Technology (2h) functions of practice management programs;
This is an introductory course that is suitable for computer based oral health records, digital
dental students, dental assisting, and other imaging, and buying and managing computer
dental health occupations. systems.
The course emphasizes the knowledge of dental So participants will begin with conceiving an
students about how to fabricate dental informatics course, continue to the
restorations, prostheses and appliances to a development of a full course proposal, and
high standard of precision. explore implementation and evaluation issues.
The course includes: Introductory techniques,
Applied Dental Materials, Dental Anatomy & DENT 331 Dental Skills (3)(11h)
Physiology, Steps of fabricating Removable Dental Skill (3) is a preclinical course designed to
Complete & Partial Dentures, Cast Restorations, familiarize the students with the theoretical and
Removable Orthodontics, Ceramic Restorations, technical laboratory procedure which are
Bonded Restorations, Fixed and Functional required during treatment of patient who will
Orthodontics, Advanced Dental Assignments, receive removable prosthesis.
and Maxillofacial Prosthodontic appliances such Regarding preclinical endodontic, the course will
as obturators. introduce the student, under simulated clinical
During the last part of the course, the student conditions, to the skills necessary to perform
will undertake periods of work placements successful root canal treatment of teeth.
normally at the dental clinics of Qassim Concerning preclinical operative dentistry, the
University. The placement periods will enable students will gain knowledge and practice,
him to gain the necessary experience in under simulated clinical conditions, necessary
for pin and post retained non-cast restorations

226
.Also, the course will introduce the students to The student in this course is allowed to treat any
the field of designs of cavity and tooth carious lesions including anterior and posterior
preparations for cast restorations. teeth. Regarding periodontics, the student is
Concerning fixed prosthodontics, the student allowed to do scaling and root planning, and
will learn in the preclinical simulator to perform some advanced types of treatments. The course
all types of preparation and the steps for deals with the basic principles of complete
performing crowns and bridges. denture fabrication as well as the diagnosis and
treatment of a completely edentulous patient.
DENT 332 Principles of Dental Equipment
Maintenance (1h) DENT 411: Surgical Management (2h)
In this course, the student gains knowledge of This course is designed to serve the specialties
the principle of dental equipment maintenance, of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, & Oral
and learn some fundamental techniques and Radiology. The student will enhance his
tricks used to optimize preventive maintenance knowledge in patient evaluation &diagnosis, and
programs in dental field. This is mainly achieved explain how to perform simple & complicated
through recognition the major components of extraction of erupted teeth as well as managing
each piece, operate each piece of equipments impacted teeth. The foundation knowledge and
and perform routine user maintenance on skills acquired through these experiences
equipment. contribute to the development of a general

College of Dentistry
dentist competent in basic oral surgery.
DENT 333 Recent Trends in Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology (2) DENT 412: Child & Adolescent Care (4h)
This course is planned to teach and train the Introduction to clinical pediatric dentistry,
student the various advanced aspects of oral & including behavior management, oral diagnosis,
maxillofacial pathology. It covers the basic and preventive dentistry, care of infants and
the most recent principles of pathologic toddlers, dental anomalies, radiography,
processes in the form of lectures, and laboratory anesthesia, restorative procedures, pulp
sessions on essential of both conventional & therapy, space maintenance, oral surgery for the
experimental pathology. Extensive studies will primary dentition, and traumatic injuries in the
be based on current theories in the literature: primary and permanent dentitions.
nature & variations, in health and disease. The course is structured so the student may gain
Analysis and interpretation of clinical, experience in the skills necessary to integrate
radiographic and microscopic data of the orthodontic treatment within the context of
studied oral lesions will be extensively general dental practice. These include a
discussed. Biopsy service, written report and comprehensive clinical evaluation, selecting the
the role of computers in clinical pathology are correct diagnostic records, developing a list of
strongly emphasized in this elective course. the patient's orthodontic problems, formulating
treatment objectives and establishing a
DENT 341: Dental Clinical Practice (1)(5h) treatment plan that will include the integration
The course involves dental clinics for operative, of orthodontic treatment with other aspects of
periodontics, endodontics, and, fixed and dental care when appropriate. The student will
removable prosthesis and primary care. In this also gain familiarity with the biomechanical and
course, students should restore and treat cases patient management principles of orthodontic
for both first three specialties and in the same treatment so they may provide their patients
time dealing with the patients when they come with accurate information about the benefits,
to the clinic asking for primary care treatment. risks, practices and alternatives available to

227
patients with both simple and complex significant lesions are used as an aid in
malocclusions. understanding the biological aspects of oral
disease. The seminar periods are used to
DENT 413: Management of Oral & Maxillofacial integrate knowledge of the pathology with oral
Diseases (1) (3h) medicine and to impart a system of diagnosis
This course is consists of a series of lectures in a and treatment based on the understanding of
more advanced aspects of Oral and Maxillofacial disease.
Surgery such as surgical extraction of impacted
teeth, preprosthetic surgery, diagnostic biopsy, DENT 415: Dental Implantology (1h)
early treatment of odontogenic infections, and This course is a didactic course, designed to
surgical orthodontic treatment etc. The aim of introduce the students to the science of
this program is to provide the students with a multidisciplinary implant dentistry. Emphasis is
basic understanding of and the diagnostic on patient evaluation, diagnosis and treatment
capability to approach these more advanced planning, implant selection, surgical procedures,
aspects, of surgery which customarily are dealt prosthodontic restorations, patient
with by Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. management, and follow-up care.
The pathology, clinical aspects, differential
diagnosis and management of these conditions DENT 416: Maxillofacial Surgery &
are discussed. In the laboratory sessions the Rehabilitation (3h)

College of Dentistry
histopathological appearances of the most This course is a didactic course, designed to
significant lesions are used as an aid in introduce the students to the science of
understanding the biological aspects of oral multidisciplinary Maxillo-facial dentistry. It
disease. The seminar periods are used to provide a basic theory background, to assist the
integrate knowledge of the pathology with oral development of skills in diagnosis, treatment
medicine and to impart a system of diagnosis planning, active surgical care and postoperative
and treatment based on the understanding of management. It is also dedicated to prosthetic
disease. correction and management of maxillofacial
defects acquired from the surgical ablation of
DENT 414: Management of Oral & Maxillofacial cancer, traumatic injuries or congenital birth
Diseases (2) (3h) defects and alterations in growth and
The course has been designed to develop an development.
understanding and introduce the students to It focuses on the prosthodontic rehabilitation of
more advanced aspects of Oral and Maxillofacial patients with loss and compromise of facial
Surgery such as cysts of the oral cavity, maxillary anatomy, i.e., ocular, orbital, nasal, auricular,
sinus problems, tempromandibular joint combined intraoral/extraoral and other related
disorders, odontogenic and non odontogenic facial deformities.
tumours of the oral cavity. The foundation
knowledge acquired through this course DENT 421 Scientific Presentation Skills (4)
contribute to the development of diagnostic (1h)
capability to approach these more advanced In the field of dentistry, knowledge and
aspects of surgery which customarily is dealt technical skills are not the only prerequisites for
with by Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. good practice. An ability to communicate
The pathology, clinical aspects, differential effectively, to use active listening, to gather and
diagnosis and management of these conditions impart information effectively, and to
are discussed. In the laboratory sessions the demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical
histopathological appearances of the most awareness is crucial.

228
The aim of this course is improve skill and the promotion of oral wound healing and the
behavior that help the students to communicate use of gene transfer adjunctively.
more effectively, present with confidence and This course will provide a general review of the
enhance personnel impact. principles underlying key tissue engineering
In this course, the students gain a strategies, as well as the typical components
comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps used. Several examples of preclinical and clinical
them to work effectively with colleagues and progress are presented. These include passive
develop expertise. approaches, such as dental implants, and
inductive approaches that activate cells with
DENT 422 Community Dentistry (5) (2h) specific molecular signals.
The course has been designed to develop an
understanding and give an exercise to the DENT 425: Scientific Presentation Skills (5) (1h)
students about the practical implications of the In the field of dentistry, knowledge and
basic concepts of research methodology, oral technical skills are not the only prerequisites for
health education and promotion; and preventive good practice. An ability to communicate
care of individual patients. It will discuss the effectively, to use active listening, to gather and
significance and application of evidence-based impart information effectively, and to
dentistry, ethics, geriatric and forensic dentistry. demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical
The course will improve critical thinking and awareness is crucial.

College of Dentistry
organizational skills of dental undergraduates. The aim of this course is improve skill and
The course will also enhance the ability of behavior that help the students to communicate
students to work as a viable member of a health more effectively, present with confidence and
team. enhance personnel impact.
In this course, the students gain a
DENT 423 Restorative 3 (1h) comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps
This didactic course is designed to prepare the them to work effectively with colleagues and
students for the management of the patients develop expertise.
with various restorations including operative
dentistry, endodontics, removable & fixed DENT 426: Problem Solving in Dentistry (1h)
prosthodontic restorations in addition to Our college use the problem based learning
periodontal treatment. (PBL) as a learning method in the curriculum,
The student will gain didactic knowledge for the and now we are going to introduce the problem
management of dental patients with each of the solving course as a method to increase the
previously mentioned discipline. The course will students skill in both diagnosis and dental
concentrate on the various treatment modalities treatment. A problem based approach also help
with the proper handling of the dental patients. the students recognize knowledge in their minds
and link between different areas and
DENT 424: Biotechnology in Dentistry (1h) constructing a knowledge matrix which can be
Tissue engineering is the use of a combination of more readily recalled and applied.
cells, engineering and materials methods, and
suitable biochemical and pysiochemical factors DENT 427: Orthodontic Treatment for Adults
to improve or replace functions. (1h)
It will have a considerable effect on dental This is a didactic course include a
practice during the next years. The comprehensive clinical evaluation, selecting the
greatest effects will likely be related to the correct diagnostic records, developing a list of
repair and replacement of mineralized tissues, the patient's orthodontic problems, formulating

229
treatment objectives and establishing a DENT 441 Dental Clinical Practice (2) (12h)
treatment plan that will include the integration The purpose of this clinical course is to reinforce
of orthodontic treatment with other aspects of and refine the students knowledge and skills
dental care when appropriate. required for the clinical practice of dentistry in
the following subjects: Operative, Periodontics,
DENT 428: Practice Management (1h) Endodontics, Fixed and removable Prosthesis,
This course in practice management is designed Oral Surgery.
to teach the fundamentals of developing and As part of their educational experience, dental
running a successful dental practice. The course students must demonstrate competence in
is taught by dentists and practice management behavioral and patient management skills, in
consultants to insure that up-to-date and addition to the technical skills and knowledge
practical material is presented. Special subject that will be required of a graduated, licensed
areas of concentration are used in preparing dental practitioner.
students for residency programs, fees, and This course is designed to observe, evaluate,
third-party payment, collections, associateships and subsequently assist students in
and partnerships, hiring, and retaining a five-star understanding and practicing proper
dental team. The classes are taught in a relaxed comprehensive patient care and management.
atmosphere for maximum student enjoyment The course focuses, in particular, on refinement
and learning. The overall goal is to make the and integration of the following skills introduced

College of Dentistry
information as relevant to the student today as in the first, second, and third years:
it will be in the future. Ethical and professional behavior
Patient management, including comprehensive
DENT 431: Dental Skills (4) (3h) and timely care
The laboratory exercises in this course Proper infection control techniques before,
emphasize the fabrication and utilization of during, and following patient treatment
contemporary orthodontic and pedodontic Appropriate record keeping and management of
appliances. patient records.

DENT 432: Recent Modalities in Dental DENT 442: Advanced Periodontics Clinics (2h)
Radiology (2h) The course is planned so that the student will be
A number of medical imaging modalities have exposed to various surgical periodontal
been developed in recent years and these approaches.
continue to be developed at a great rate. With This course will particularly focus on the
these advanced imaging techniques as increasingly requested aesthetic procedures;
computed tomography (CT) scanning, Cone make sure that the dental student will attain a
beam CT (CBCT), magnetic resonance imaging pragmatic approach to mucogingival plastic
(MRI), Ultrasonography, and digital imaging, the surgery through imparting knowledge and
field of dental radiology has greatly expanded. expertise.
The dental professional should have some
familiarity with these newer imaging systems DENT 443: Advanced Endodontics Clinics (2h)
because patients may have to be referred for This course is designed in a way that the
such imaging or copies of the images may be students will acquire knowledge to understand
brought to the office by the patient for opinions the implication of microsurgery in endodontics.
and interpretation. Therefore an overview of At this level, emphasis will be more on didactic
these imaging systems is included in this course. teaching than developing psychomotor skills or
problem solving attitude. The course will

230
provide comprehensive knowledge about The process of developing a treatment plan
premedication, presurgical preparation and soft from the database will be thoroughly explored.
tissue management and apical resection in cases
where conventional root canal therapy has fail. DENT 447: Advanced Implant Dentistry Clinics
(2h)
DENT 444: Advanced Cosmetics Clinics (2h) This course is a clinical course, designed to
In modern day living, esthetics is a prime introduce the students to the clinical skill of
demand of dental patients. With advent of new multidisciplinary implant dentistry. Emphasis is
materials and modern technology, many options on patient evaluation and selection, diagnosis
have become available to practicing dentists to and treatment planning, implant selection,
satisfy their patients genuine demand. surgical procedures for implant placement,
This course is designed to teach the students prosthodontic restorations, patient
current treatment modalities available to bring management, and follow-up care.
dental esthetics through bleaching. It has a
didactic component along with clinical DENT 448: Advanced Oral & Maxillofacial
observation of under-treatment patients in Surgery Clinics (2h)
operative dentistry department of the Qassim This course is a clinical course, designed to
University Dental Hospital. introduce the students to the clinical skill of the
advanced oral and maxillofacial surgery cases.

College of Dentistry
DENT 445: Total Patient Care (15h) Emphasis is on surgical techniques (fractures,
Total patient care course is a comprehensive orthognathic surgery, distraction osteogenesis,
clinical course concerning the patients and reconstructionetc), patient
management with all various dental clinical management, and follow-up care.
disciplines including endodontics, fixed &
removable prosthodontics, oral surgery, oral DENT 449: Advanced Pedodontics Clinics (2h)
medicine & pathology, pedodontics, This course is designed to give the student
orthodontics & special dental care. The student advanced knowledge about different types of
will be trained to propose the treatment plan & preventive and interceptive appliances, and
treat the dental patients from A to Z utilizing ensure that they acquire knowledge about
infection control program. The student will be different management techniques to control
able to treat & follow up the advanced dental difficult, physically and medically compromised
cases under the supervision of interdisciplinary children.
staff members.

DENT 446: Advanced Orthodontics Clinics (2h)

This is a two-hour credit seminar course offered
at the graduate level within the specialty
program in orthodontics. The course provides
in-depth information concerning methods and
rationale for gathering a comprehensive data
base for orthodontic patients. Analysis and
interpretation of the database is approached by
using the orthogonal analysis technique and
from interdisciplinary perspectives, such as
orthognathic surgery and facial pain, as well.

231
 Raise awareness of community health and
prevention methods needed to maintain oral
health.
Contribute to the continuing dental education
for all dentists.
Conduct scientific research to find appropriate
solutions to the problems of oral and dental
health in the community.
Provide dental and technical advice to various
sectors in the field.
Prepare specialized staff in different fields of
College of Dentistry in Al Rass dentistry through the Graduate Program.

Vision: About:
Nationally distinct college in dental education College of Dentistry in Al Rass is a newly
and applied researches, in support of the established college, which is affiliated to Qassim
promotion of oral and dental health in Qassim University. It follows the same curriculum as the

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

Society. College of Dentistry in the main campus.
Enrolled student must pass the preparatory year
Mission: and shall be assigned by the Deanship of
Graduation of highly skilled dentists with higher Admissions and Registration in the University,
scientific and research skills, (who are and then it is required to pass qualifying skill
committed to continuous education and the tests of the College as well as the personal
development of the profession to meet the interview.
needs of the labor market) , provide a dental Based on the decision of the Council of Higher
treatment that is consistent with the Education No. 9/57/1431, college departments
international quality standards in the field of were restructured to be: Basic Oral and Medical
Dentistry, perform a distinct awareness role Sciences Department (BOM), Community Oral
within the community, and to strengthen the Health and Epidemiology Department (COE),
national and international partnership. Maxillofacial Surgery and Diagnostic Sciences
Department (MDS), Conservative Dental
Objectives: Sciences Department (CDS), Prosthetic Dental
Prepare and graduate dentists at a high level Sciences Department (PDS), Ortho-Pedodontics
of knowledge and clinical skills to provide Department (OPD), Periodontology and Oral
services in all areas of Dentistry. Medicine Department (POM), and Dental
Fill labor market needs of dentists. Informatics and Dental Education Department
To provide distinct therapeutic services for (DIE)
patients in all disciplines of dentistry by The study plan follows the rules of the yearly
students under the supervision of a team of figures as the college education system is based
teachers who has the scientific and practical on problem-based learning. Study language is
experience, and who are able to use the English. Study duration is five years after the
modern technologies in the areas of preparatory year followed by a clinical training
treatment and diagnosis. internship year, and it is divided into three
phases: Basic Phase: first and second years,
Clinical Phase: third, fourth, and fifth years, and

232
Internship Phase: sixth clinical training year after DENT Dental Skills (1) 4
graduation. 131

Degrees: TOTAL 38
Bachelor (B.D.S)

*Each student must finish 12 elective units and

Programs:
6 free units
Dental Surgery (B.D.S)

Second Year
Study Plan:
Course Course Title Credit
Code
First Year
Course Course Title Credit IC 103 Islamic Culture (3) 2
Code
IC 104 Islamic Culture (4) 2
IC 101 Islamic Culture (1) 2
DENT 211 Body Systems in 11

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

IC 102 Islamic Culture (2) 2 Health & Disease

ARAB Arabic Language 2 DENT 212 General Surgery 2

101 Skills
DENT 213 Neuroscience 4
ARAB Arabic Editing 2
103 DENT 214 Principles of Dental 6
Sciences
DENT Dental Education 2
111 DENT 221 Presentation Skills 1
(2)
DENT Cell Structure & 5
112 Function DENT 222 Community 1
Dentistry (2)
DENT Head & Neck: 5
113 DENT 223 Community 1
Structure & Dentistry (3)
Function
DENT 224 Emergency 2
DENT Genetics, Growth, 6 Medicine for Dental
114 & Development Students

DENT Principles of 6 DENT 231 Dental Skills (2) 5

115 Diseases
TOTAL 37
DENT Presentation Skills 1
121 (1)

DENT Community 1 Third Year

122 Dentistry (1) Course Course Title Credit

233
Code DENT 423 Restorative (3) 1

DENT 311 Introduction to 2 DENT 431 Dental Skills (4) 3

Dental practice
DENT 441 Dental Clinical 12
DENT 312 Restorative (1) 5 Practice (2)

DENT 313 Restorative (2) 6 TOTAL 31

DENT 321 Presentation Skills 1

(3)
Fifth Year
DENT 322 Community 1 Course Course Title Credit
Dentistry (4) Code

DENT 323 Ethics in Dentistry 1 DENT 415 Dental 1

Implantology
DENT 331 Dental Skills (3) 11

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

DENT 416 Maxillofacial 3
DENT 341 Dental Clinical 5
Surgery &
Practice (1)
Rehabilitation
TOTAL 32
DENT 425 Presentation Skills 1
(5)
Fourth Year
DENT 426 Problem Solving in 1
Course Course Title Credit
Dentistry
Code
DENT 427 Orthodontic 1
DENT 411 Surgical 2 Treatment for
Management Adults

DENT 412 Child & Adolescent 4 DENT 428 Practice 1

Care Management

DENT 413 Management of 3 DENT 445 Total Patient Care 15

Oral & Maxillofacial
Diseases (1) TOTAL 23

DENT 414 Management of 3

Oral & Maxillofacial Course Description:
Diseases (2)
DENT 111: Dental Education (2h)
DENT 421 Presentation Skills 1 The idea of the problem based learning [PBL]
(4) will be discussed in the beginning of this course
to clarify the modality of its application in the
DENT 422 Community 2
medico-dental practice.
Dentistry (5)

234
This course is designed to review the dental DENT 114: Genetics, Growth, and Development
history & provide students with the basic rules (6h)
and elements of a dental word, including word The purpose of this course is to introduce the
roots, prefixes, suffixes and combining forms. student to basic concepts of growth and
The student will be able to analyze, spell, development, maturational, aging processes of
pronounce and build dental terms according to the tissues, systems within the craniofacial
word parts and descriptions. complex, and deviation and variation from the
In order to enhance the student's knowledge of normal growth and development in order to
dental science, various terminologies including prepare the student for the following Preclinical
dental & medical terms are introduced & also and Clinical stages.
using of computerized & internet exercises.
Principles of Medical & Dental ethics are DENT 115: Principles of Diseases (6h)
involved in this course; the dentist can evolve This course includes the basic principles of
his duties & rights towards his profession & be disease and relevant histopathology.
able for decision making. Considerable emphasis is given to

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

During this course a practical model for verbal & understanding mechanisms underlying
non- verbal communication will be introduced alterations at the cell and subcellular levels. The
and induces advice for managing parameter of cell injury, inflammation,
communication in everyday clinical situations, immunopathology, repair and regeneration,
together with interactive workshops. carcinogenesis, hemodynamic disturbances, and
nutritional diseases are studied. Correlations of
DENT 112: Cell Structure & Function (5h) systemic diseases of importance in dentistry are
This course is designed to ensure that dental emphasized. This course will provide the student
student acquire sound knowledge in various with a working understanding of pharmacology
integrated areas of cell biology, biochemistry, and pharmacotherapeutics as applied to dental
physiology and general histology. practice.
Some areas of the mentioned disciplines have
been covered less extensively than others to DENT 121: Scientific presentation skills (1) (1h)
suite the needs of a dental student. In the field of dentistry, knowledge and
DENT 113: Head & Neck: Structure & Function technical skills are not the only prerequisites for
(5h) good practice. An ability to communicate
effectively, to use active listening, to gather and
This course is an entrance requirement for impart information effectively, and to
preclinical and clinical dental programs. demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical
Students study the anatomy, physiology of the awareness is crucial.
head and neck, and occlusion of the teeth. The The aim of this course is improve skill and
course includes introductions to basic behavior that help the students to communicate
terminology and tooth structure, and extends to more effectively, present with confidence and
a survey of all of the oral systems. All material enhance personnel impact.
discussed with direct relationship to a well- In this course, the students gain a
characterized dental clinical case. comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps
Oral secretions and salivary glands function, TMJ them to work effectively with colleagues and
and static occlusion will be included in this develop expertise.
course.
DENT 122: Community Dentistry (1) (1h)

235
The course has been designed to introduce to This course is an elective course, designed to
the dental undergraduates the basic concepts equip the student with an understanding of the
about community dentistry, oral health theoretical and practical basis for good e-
promotion and education. The implications of learning. Emphasis is on learning theories,
the system of Primary Health Care to the learning technologies, and e-learning design.
provision of oral health care to communities are
discussed. DENT 126: Dentist Community
Communication (1h)
DENT 123: The Art of Sculpture in Dentistry (1h) The role of the dentist does not depend only on
The purpose of this course is to introduce the the treatment of patients but also to educate
student to basic concepts of Perceptual Skills the community through various media, whether
and Visual Arts Vocabulary and developed their print, audio or video. Press is not just a means of
ability and taste of the artistic skills in order to communication but is an influential force
develop competencies and creative skills in derives its effectiveness from the power of the
problem solving, communication, and words that settle in the minds and respond to

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

management of time and resources that the hopes of nations and ambitious people.
contribute to lifelong learning and career skills. This decision will include the training of students
They also learn about careers in and related to to the basic rules of writing press releases and
the visual arts. will help students to improve the drafting skills
DENT 124: Development of Dental Students of news reporting have also increase the self-
(1h) confidence in the dialogue and interview others.
Student Development is dedicated to ensuring
students' college success and motivating their DENT 131: Dental Skills (1) (2h)
journey toward lifelong learning. It will enable The course layout the foundation for developing
students to develop their own plan for personal, technical artistic skills by the dental student and
academic and career success through self- related these skills to his clinical performance.
evaluation, application of specific techniques,
and classroom activities. These activities will DENT 132: Digital Editing of Dental Record (2h)
help students acquire effective study strategies, In this course, the student gains knowledge of
increase critical and creative thinking skills, the use of computer aided design technology.
establish short-term and long-term goals, and This is mainly achieved through training the
learn to manage time more efficiently. This is a student on the advanced potentials of various
course about making choices, especially those programs mainly; Photoshop, Flash, Power Point
about setting and meeting personal, academic and Microsoft Publisher in preparing accurate
and career goals. and high quality projects such as that enable
The Mind Map is a dynamic and exciting tool to them to present their ideas and concept in a
help all thinking and planning becomes a professional manner.
smarter and faster activity. The creation of a
Mind Map is a revolutionary way to tap into the DENT 133: Management of Scientific Meeting
infinite resources in student's brain, to make (1h)
appropriate decisions, and to understand their Due to the value of the scientific meeting as a
feelings. mechanism for a unique form of personal
interchange we aim from this course to explain
DENT 125: Technology and Acquired how we can organize and gain experienced in
Knowledge for Dental Students (2h) the business of running a conference,
symposium, workshop and tutorial sessions and

236
eager for information, guidelines, and tips on This course is designed to assist in the transition
running a scientific meeting smoothly and from the didactic and preclinical portion of the
successfully. curriculum to the clinical phase, with the
ultimate goal of developing competent dentists.
DENT 211: Body Systems in Health & Disease Competent dentists demonstrate appropriate
(11h) patient management skills, professionalism and
This course is designed to ensure that dental integrity in the delivery of dental care, and
student acquire sound knowledge in various critical thinking necessary for life-long learning.
integrated areas of Anatomy, Histology, The students are introduced to basic concepts of
Pathology, Microbiology, Biochemistry, clinical patient care and are provided
Pharmacology and Physiological basis of the opportunities to observe and model future
human body systems, and the most common behaviors as they observe faculty and student
health problems that has a direct or indirect dentists deliver appropriate care in a
relation to his practice as a dentist. These will compassionate manner.
include the common Internal medicine, and the Epidemiology of dental caries and periodontal
Dermatology. disease and their indices will be discussed in the
block.

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

DENT 212: General Surgery (2h)
This course is designed to ensure that dental DENT 221: Scientific Presentation Skills (2)(1h)
student acquire sound knowledge in various In the field of dentistry, knowledge and
integrated areas of Anatomy, Histology, technical skills are not the only prerequisites for
Pathology, Microbiology, Biochemistry, good practice. An ability to communicate
Pharmacology and Physiological basis of the effectively, to use active listening, to gather and
human body systems, and the most common impart information effectively, and to
health problems that has a direct or indirect demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical
relation to his practice as a dentist. These will awareness is crucial.
include the General surgery, Ear Nose and The aim of this course is improve skill and
throat, and Ophthalmology. behavior that help the students to communicate
more effectively, present with confidence and
DENT 213: Neuroscience (4h) enhance personnel impact.
This comprehensive, multidisciplinary course is In this course, the students gain a
dedicated to the understanding of the main comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps
functions of the nervous system, the principles them to work effectively with colleagues and
of sensory and motor functions and to develop expertise.
understand pain and its management.
Instruction includes training in local anesthesia DENT 222: Community Dentistry (2)(1h)
and nitrous oxide administration. Lecture topics This course has been designed to introduce to
include pain transmission, neurotransmitters, undergraduates the basic concepts and methods
theories of pain perception, and treatment of conducting research. The lectures will be
procedures for patients suffering from acute or supplemented by some practical exercises to
chronic pain. Consideration is given to the use of enhance the ability of students to actually apply
drugs, biofeedback, hypnosis, and surgery for these concepts and methods.
treatment of pain.
DENT 223: Community Dentistry (3) (1h)
DENT 214: Principles of Dental Sciences (6h) The course has been designed to highlight the
relevance of the basic concepts of biostatistics

237
to oral epidemiology and dental research. It will modern science and knowledge drawn from the
include data coding, entry and analysis using worlds great traditions on natural healing. It is
SPSS (Statistical Package for Social Sciences).The sometimes called "Biological" dentistry or
course will facilitate students in acquiring skills "Biocompatible" dentistry. Alternative Dentistry
of drawing inferences from data and of acknowledges and deals with the mind, body,
evaluating the statistics presented in scientific and spirit of the patient, not just his or her
papers. "Teeth".

DENT 224: Emergency Medicine for Dental DENT 227: Laboratory Techniques in Oral and
Students (2h) Maxillofacial Pathology (2h)
Life-threatening emergencies can occur This elective course will focus on the basic as
anytime, anywhere and to anyone. Such well as the advanced laboratory techniques in
situations are somewhat more likely to occur the field of oral & maxillofacial pathology. Some
within the confines of the dental office due to techniques (Laser, Implants &
the increased level of stress which is so often Anutoradiography) will encourage students,
present. dentists and oral surgeons to conduct research

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

In this course the areas which are considered on human as well as on experimental animal
vital to a proper understanding of Emergency models, and to use computer programs to
Medicine will be discussed. This will include a analyze the microscopic findings in diagnosis
discussion of a thorough review of the office and research. In addition, this course will shed a
emergency kit (medications and equipment), light on the methods of protection against
basic life support including CPR and air way infection, physical, chemical, biological and
management. Additionally, it will include the irradiation hazards in the dental clinics and the
recognition and management of specific laboratory.
emergency situations that may be faced in the
dental clinic like altered consciousness, acute DENT 231: Dental Skills (2) (5h)
chest pain, seizures, shock, hypertensive crisis, This course will introduce the students to the
acute severe asthma, hypo and hyperglycemia field of operative dentistry and periodontology.
and local anesthetic toxicity. The course will stress on maintaining the
required hand skills regarding grasping
DENT 225: Scientific Editing for Dental techniques of the hand-piece, cavity
Periodicals (1h) preparation, filling materials and techniques.
Scientific editing will provide students with the The simulation of the human head will allow the
basic principles needed to perform writing and student to apply these procedures clinically on
editing services to the scientific community. The the patients.
students will also be expected and encouraged
to demonstrate the maturity and judgment for DENT 232: Photography in Dentistry (1h)
research articles and posters, as well as critical The purpose of this course is to introduce the
data evaluations that will increase the chances dental students to basic concepts of dental
of publication. photography. Clinical photography has its
greatest applications as a record-keeping system
DENT 226: Alternative Dentistry (1h) and as an aid in conveying information. The slide
This Alternative Dentistry course is an approach projection of clinical materials is an
to Dentistry that promotes health and wellness indispensable tool for use in self-evaluation,
instead of the treatment of disease. This patient education, and effective communication
approach to Dentistry encompasses both with colleagues. The documentation of patient

238
management is a permanent record used not only DENT 321 Scientific Presentation Skills (3)
by the resident during his training but also by the (1h)
faculty on all levels of education. The use of In the field of dentistry, knowledge and
photography as photo magic for calming the technical skills are not the only prerequisites for
fearful child, and as dental newsletters and good practice. An ability to communicate
publications will be discussed. effectively, to use active listening, to gather and
impart information effectively, and to
DENT 311: Introduction to Dental Practice (2h) demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical
This course is designed to ensure that the awareness is crucial.
student acquired sound knowledge in various The aim of this course is improve skill and
integrated areas of diagnosis and filling system, behavior that help the students to communicate
operative dentistry, periodontics, infection more effectively, present with confidence and
control, handling instruments and local enhance personnel impact.
anesthesia before real patient clinical work. In this course, the students gain a
Some of these areas had been covered comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps
previously and needs to be integrated together. them to work effectively with colleagues and

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

develop expertise.
DENT 312: Restorative 1 (5h)
Dental restorative dentistry is among the most DENT 322: Community Dentistry (4) (1h)
important branches of dentistry. The Restorative The preventive dentistry course introduces the
1 course is didactic course. This course is students to the philosophy and methods of
intended to provide information to the students prevention of oral diseases that can be applied
about the followed steps for patients asking a on an individual level and on a mass scale. The
prosthetic treatment, starting from diagnosis up course emphasizes upon an understanding of
to preprosthetic preparation prior receiving final the scientific basis of preventive measures and
impression. their rational use considering the patients and
Epidemiology of dental caries and periodontal community need as well as relative
disease and their indices will be discussed in the effectiveness and efficacy of these measures.
block. During the course the students learn and
practice different techniques involved in the
DENT 313: Restorative 2 (6h) application of preventive agents used in dental
Restorative 2 is a didactic course which is practice and community dental care.
proposed to expose the students to the
modalities of the preparation & construction of DENT 323: Ethics in Dentistry (1h)
the various restorations including operative The Ethics in Dentistry provides an introduction
dentistry, endodontics, fixed & removable to the importance of the doctor-patient
prosthodontic restorations. relationship and to the process of ethical
The presented course will introduce the student decision-making. The topics of informed
to the didactic background of the restorative consent, assessment of patient competence,
treatment for dental patients; The management truth telling, confidentiality, and end-of-life
of these patients will be presented to the decisions are examined in several clinical
student. The course will stress on how the way contexts such as acute care, pediatrics,
of handling of the patient is very important for geriatrics, and rehabilitation medicine.
the clinical success of dental restorations. The Ethics in Dentistry provides is central to the
practice of dentistry and is essential for the
delivery of high-quality health care in the

239
diagnosis and treatment of disease. A patient The outline of this course is to familiarize the
must have confidence in the competence of students with the current and prospective
their dentist and must feel that they can confide applications of nanotechnology in Dentistry.
in him or her. For most dentists, the
establishment of good rapport with a patient is DENT 326: Comparative Dentistry (1h)
important. The doctor-patient relationship This course is designed to provide the dental
forms one of the foundations of contemporary student with knowledge regarding the
medical ethics. Most dental schools and experimental animals which can be used in
universities teach dental students from the dental research, how to choose the animal and
beginning, even before they start clinics, to how to deal with them during surgery.
maintain a professional rapport with patients,
uphold patients dignity, and respect their DENT 327: The Art of Dental Therapeutics (2)
privacy. The purpose of this course is to review selected
pharmacologic areas with potential clinical
DENT 324: Management of Occupational relevance in the practice of dentistry. The
Hazards (1h) application of important pharmacologic

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

Dentists, as well as dental personnel, are concepts to therapeutic prescribing decisions
constantly exposed to a number of specific will be discussed. Students will improve their
occupational hazards. These cause the general knowledge concerning the medications
appearance of various ailments, specific to the that they may prescribe, and those drugs known
profession, which develop and intensify with taken by their patients. Drug specific topics will
years. Musculoskeletal pain is the frequent include mechanism of action, indication, dosing,
complaint of dental personnel and is more drug interactions and prescribing concerns for
frequently in the cervical area (neck and dental patients. This course will also provide
shoulders) with a significant association updates on analgesic and antibiotic selection
between the number of working hours per week and therapy, Over the Counter (OTC) drugs and
and musculoskeletal pain in all locations (back, their implications in dental practice,, pain and
upper limb, lower limb). anxiety control and last trends in pharmacologic
This didactic course is designed to teach the research.
students how to avoid these professional
hazards by applying specialized physical DENT 328 Dental Technology (2h)
exercises. This is an introductory course that is suitable for
dental students, dental assisting, and other
DENT 325: Nanodentistry (1h) dental health occupations.
Nanotechnology will have future medical The course emphasizes the knowledge of dental
applications leading to the emergence of students about how to fabricate dental
nanomedicine and nanodentistry. Nanodentistry restorations, prostheses and appliances to a
will make it possible to maintain a near perfect high standard of precision.
oral health through the use of nanomaterials, The course includes: Introductory techniques,
biotechnology, including tissue engineering and Applied Dental Materials, Dental Anatomy &
nanorobotics. The nanorobotic functions may be Physiology, Steps of fabricating Removable
controlled by an onboard nanocomputer that Complete & Partial Dentures, Cast Restorations,
executes preprogrammed instructions in Removable Orthodontics, Ceramic Restorations,
response to local sensor stimuli. Bonded Restorations, Fixed and Functional
Orthodontics, Advanced Dental Assignments,

240
and Maxillofacial Prosthodontic appliances such Regarding preclinical endodontic, the course will
as obturators. introduce the student, under simulated clinical
During the last part of the course, the student conditions, to the skills necessary to perform
will undertake periods of work placements successful root canal treatment of teeth.
normally at the dental clinics of Qassim Concerning preclinical operative dentistry, the
University. The placement periods will enable students will gain knowledge and practice,
him to gain the necessary experience in under simulated clinical conditions, necessary
producing appliances, restorations and for pin and post retained non-cast restorations
prostheses for patients. .Also, the course will introduce the students to
the field of designs of cavity and tooth
DENT 329: Dental Informatics (1h) preparations for cast restorations.
Dental informatics is the application of Concerning fixed prosthodontics, the student
computer and information sciences to improve will learn in the preclinical simulator to perform
dental practice, research, education, and all types of preparation and the steps for
management; it is a relatively new field with performing crowns and bridges.

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

significant potential for supporting dentistrys
many facets. DENT 332 Principles of Dental Equipment
This course has two primary objectives. The first Maintenance (1h)
one is will introduce students to basics of In this course, the student gains knowledge of
computers and the most common computer the principle of dental equipment maintenance,
applications. Basic computer skills will help and learn some fundamental techniques and
students use computer-aided instruction tricks used to optimize preventive maintenance
software in the basic sciences. The skills programs in dental field. This is mainly achieved
acquired through this course will be through recognition the major components of
immediately useful in other parts of the curricu- each piece, operate each piece of equipments
lum. and perform routine user maintenance on
The second course, "Dental Informatics," equipment.
concentrates on using computers in the dental
office and should be offered in the junior or DENT 333 Recent Trends in Oral and
senior year. Topics include components and Maxillofacial Pathology (2)
functions of practice management programs; This course is planned to teach and train the
computer based oral health records, digital student the various advanced aspects of oral &
imaging, and buying and managing computer maxillofacial pathology. It covers the basic and
systems. the most recent principles of pathologic
So participants will begin with conceiving an processes in the form of lectures, and laboratory
informatics course, continue to the sessions on essential of both conventional &
development of a full course proposal, and experimental pathology. Extensive studies will
explore implementation and evaluation issues. be based on current theories in the literature:
nature & variations, in health and disease.
DENT 331 Dental Skills (3)(11h) Analysis and interpretation of clinical,
Dental Skill (3) is a preclinical course designed to radiographic and microscopic data of the
familiarize the students with the theoretical and studied oral lesions will be extensively
technical laboratory procedure which are discussed. Biopsy service, written report and
required during treatment of patient who will the role of computers in clinical pathology are
receive removable prosthesis. strongly emphasized in this elective course.

241
DENT 341: Dental Clinical Practice (1)(5h) treatment plan that will include the integration
The course involves dental clinics for operative, of orthodontic treatment with other aspects of
periodontics, endodontics, and, fixed and dental care when appropriate. The student will
removable prosthesis and primary care. In this also gain familiarity with the biomechanical and
course, students should restore and treat cases patient management principles of orthodontic
for both first three specialties and in the same treatment so they may provide their patients
time dealing with the patients when they come with accurate information about the benefits,
to the clinic asking for primary care treatment. risks, practices and alternatives available to
The student in this course is allowed to treat any patients with both simple and complex
carious lesions including anterior and posterior malocclusions.
teeth. Regarding periodontics, the student is
allowed to do scaling and root planning, and DENT 413: Management of Oral & Maxillofacial
some advanced types of treatments. The course Diseases (1) (3h)
deals with the basic principles of complete This course is consists of a series of lectures in a
denture fabrication as well as the diagnosis and more advanced aspects of Oral and Maxillofacial
treatment of a completely edentulous patient. Surgery such as surgical extraction of impacted

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

teeth, preprosthetic surgery, diagnostic biopsy,
DENT 411: Surgical Management (2h) early treatment of odontogenic infections, and
This course is designed to serve the specialties surgical orthodontic treatment etc. The aim of
of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, & Oral this program is to provide the students with a
Radiology. The student will enhance his basic understanding of and the diagnostic
knowledge in patient evaluation &diagnosis, and capability to approach these more advanced
explain how to perform simple & complicated aspects, of surgery which customarily are dealt
extraction of erupted teeth as well as managing with by Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons.
impacted teeth. The foundation knowledge and The pathology, clinical aspects, differential
skills acquired through these experiences diagnosis and management of these conditions
contribute to the development of a general are discussed. In the laboratory sessions the
dentist competent in basic oral surgery. histopathological appearances of the most
significant lesions are used as an aid in
DENT 412: Child & Adolescent Care (4h) understanding the biological aspects of oral
Introduction to clinical pediatric dentistry, disease. The seminar periods are used to
including behavior management, oral diagnosis, integrate knowledge of the pathology with oral
preventive dentistry, care of infants and medicine and to impart a system of diagnosis
toddlers, dental anomalies, radiography, and treatment based on the understanding of
anesthesia, restorative procedures, pulp disease.
therapy, space maintenance, oral surgery for the
primary dentition, and traumatic injuries in the DENT 414: Management of Oral & Maxillofacial
primary and permanent dentitions. Diseases (2) (3h)
The course is structured so the student may gain The course has been designed to develop an
experience in the skills necessary to integrate understanding and introduce the students to
orthodontic treatment within the context of more advanced aspects of Oral and Maxillofacial
general dental practice. These include a Surgery such as cysts of the oral cavity, maxillary
comprehensive clinical evaluation, selecting the sinus problems, tempromandibular joint
correct diagnostic records, developing a list of disorders, odontogenic and non odontogenic
the patient's orthodontic problems, formulating tumours of the oral cavity. The foundation
treatment objectives and establishing a knowledge acquired through this course

242
contribute to the development of diagnostic DENT 421 Scientific Presentation Skills (4)
capability to approach these more advanced (1h)
aspects of surgery which customarily is dealt In the field of dentistry, knowledge and
with by Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. technical skills are not the only prerequisites for
The pathology, clinical aspects, differential good practice. An ability to communicate
diagnosis and management of these conditions effectively, to use active listening, to gather and
are discussed. In the laboratory sessions the impart information effectively, and to
histopathological appearances of the most demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical
significant lesions are used as an aid in awareness is crucial.
understanding the biological aspects of oral The aim of this course is improve skill and
disease. The seminar periods are used to behavior that help the students to communicate
integrate knowledge of the pathology with oral more effectively, present with confidence and
medicine and to impart a system of diagnosis enhance personnel impact.
and treatment based on the understanding of In this course, the students gain a
disease. comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps
them to work effectively with colleagues and

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

DENT 415: Dental Implantology (1h) develop expertise.
This course is a didactic course, designed to
introduce the students to the science of DENT 422 Community Dentistry (5) (2h)
multidisciplinary implant dentistry. Emphasis is The course has been designed to develop an
on patient evaluation, diagnosis and treatment understanding and give an exercise to the
planning, implant selection, surgical procedures, students about the practical implications of the
prosthodontic restorations, patient basic concepts of research methodology, oral
management, and follow-up care. health education and promotion; and preventive
care of individual patients. It will discuss the
DENT 416: Maxillofacial Surgery & significance and application of evidence-based
Rehabilitation (3h) dentistry, ethics, geriatric and forensic dentistry.
This course is a didactic course, designed to The course will improve critical thinking and
introduce the students to the science of organizational skills of dental undergraduates.
multidisciplinary Maxillo-facial dentistry. It The course will also enhance the ability of
provide a basic theory background, to assist the students to work as a viable member of a health
development of skills in diagnosis, treatment team.
planning, active surgical care and postoperative
management. It is also dedicated to prosthetic DENT 423 Restorative 3 (1h)
correction and management of maxillofacial This didactic course is designed to prepare the
defects acquired from the surgical ablation of students for the management of the patients
cancer, traumatic injuries or congenital birth with various restorations including operative
defects and alterations in growth and dentistry, endodontics, removable & fixed
development. prosthodontic restorations in addition to
It focuses on the prosthodontic rehabilitation of periodontal treatment.
patients with loss and compromise of facial The student will gain didactic knowledge for the
anatomy, i.e., ocular, orbital, nasal, auricular, management of dental patients with each of the
combined intraoral/extraoral and other related previously mentioned discipline. The course will
facial deformities. concentrate on the various treatment modalities
with the proper handling of the dental patients.

243
DENT 424: Biotechnology in Dentistry (1h) constructing a knowledge matrix which can be
Tissue engineering is the use of a combination of more readily recalled and applied.
cells, engineering and materials methods, and
suitable biochemical and pysiochemical factors DENT 427: Orthodontic Treatment for Adults
to improve or replace functions. (1h)
It will have a considerable effect on dental This is a didactic course include a
practice during the next years. The comprehensive clinical evaluation, selecting the
greatest effects will likely be related to the correct diagnostic records, developing a list of
repair and replacement of mineralized tissues, the patient's orthodontic problems, formulating
the promotion of oral wound healing and the treatment objectives and establishing a
use of gene transfer adjunctively. treatment plan that will include the integration
This course will provide a general review of the of orthodontic treatment with other aspects of
principles underlying key tissue engineering dental care when appropriate.
strategies, as well as the typical components
used. Several examples of preclinical and clinical DENT 428: Practice Management (1h)

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

progress are presented. These include passive This course in practice management is designed
approaches, such as dental implants, and to teach the fundamentals of developing and
inductive approaches that activate cells with running a successful dental practice. The course
specific molecular signals. is taught by dentists and practice management
consultants to insure that up-to-date and
DENT 425: Scientific Presentation Skills (5) (1h) practical material is presented. Special subject
In the field of dentistry, knowledge and areas of concentration are used in preparing
technical skills are not the only prerequisites for students for residency programs, fees, and
good practice. An ability to communicate third-party payment, collections, associateships
effectively, to use active listening, to gather and and partnerships, hiring, and retaining a five-star
impart information effectively, and to dental team. The classes are taught in a relaxed
demonstrate empathy, rapport, ethical atmosphere for maximum student enjoyment
awareness is crucial. and learning. The overall goal is to make the
The aim of this course is improve skill and information as relevant to the student today as
behavior that help the students to communicate it will be in the future.
more effectively, present with confidence and
enhance personnel impact. DENT 431: Dental Skills (4) (3h)
In this course, the students gain a The laboratory exercises in this course
comprehensive and proven set of skill that helps emphasize the fabrication and utilization of
them to work effectively with colleagues and contemporary orthodontic and pedodontic
develop expertise. appliances.

DENT 426: Problem Solving in Dentistry (1h) DENT 432: Recent Modalities in Dental
Our college use the problem based learning Radiology (2h)
(PBL) as a learning method in the curriculum, A number of medical imaging modalities have
and now we are going to introduce the problem been developed in recent years and these
solving course as a method to increase the continue to be developed at a great rate. With
students skill in both diagnosis and dental these advanced imaging techniques as
treatment. A problem based approach also help computed tomography (CT) scanning, Cone
the students recognize knowledge in their minds beam CT (CBCT), magnetic resonance imaging
and link between different areas and (MRI), Ultrasonography, and digital imaging, the

244
field of dental radiology has greatly expanded. surgery through imparting knowledge and
The dental professional should have some expertise.
familiarity with these newer imaging systems
because patients may have to be referred for DENT 443: Advanced Endodontics Clinics (2h)
such imaging or copies of the images may be This course is designed in a way that the
brought to the office by the patient for opinions students will acquire knowledge to understand
and interpretation. Therefore an overview of the implication of microsurgery in endodontics.
these imaging systems is included in this course. At this level, emphasis will be more on didactic
teaching than developing psychomotor skills or
DENT 441 Dental Clinical Practice (2) (12h) problem solving attitude. The course will
The purpose of this clinical course is to reinforce provide comprehensive knowledge about
and refine the students knowledge and skills premedication, presurgical preparation and soft
required for the clinical practice of dentistry in tissue management and apical resection in cases
the following subjects: Operative, Periodontics, where conventional root canal therapy has fail.
Endodontics, Fixed and removable Prosthesis,
Oral Surgery. DENT 444: Advanced Cosmetics Clinics (2h)
As part of their educational experience, dental In modern day living, esthetics is a prime

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

students must demonstrate competence in demand of dental patients. With advent of new
behavioral and patient management skills, in materials and modern technology, many options
addition to the technical skills and knowledge have become available to practicing dentists to
that will be required of a graduated, licensed satisfy their patients genuine demand.
dental practitioner. This course is designed to teach the students
This course is designed to observe, evaluate, current treatment modalities available to bring
and subsequently assist students in dental esthetics through bleaching. It has a
understanding and practicing proper didactic component along with clinical
comprehensive patient care and management. observation of under-treatment patients in
The course focuses, in particular, on refinement operative dentistry department of the Qassim
and integration of the following skills introduced University Dental Hospital.
in the first, second, and third years:
Ethical and professional behavior DENT 445: Total Patient Care (15h)
Patient management, including comprehensive Total patient care course is a comprehensive
and timely care clinical course concerning the patients
Proper infection control techniques before, management with all various dental clinical
during, and following patient treatment disciplines including endodontics, fixed &
Appropriate record keeping and management of removable prosthodontics, oral surgery, oral
patient records. medicine & pathology, pedodontics,
orthodontics & special dental care. The student
DENT 442: Advanced Periodontics Clinics (2h) will be trained to propose the treatment plan &
The course is planned so that the student will be treat the dental patients from A to Z utilizing
exposed to various surgical periodontal infection control program. The student will be
approaches. able to treat & follow up the advanced dental
This course will particularly focus on the cases under the supervision of interdisciplinary
increasingly requested aesthetic procedures; staff members.
make sure that the dental student will attain a
pragmatic approach to mucogingival plastic DENT 446: Advanced Orthodontics Clinics (2h)

245
This is a two-hour credit seminar course offered
at the graduate level within the specialty
program in orthodontics. The course provides
in-depth information concerning methods and
rationale for gathering a comprehensive data
base for orthodontic patients. Analysis and
interpretation of the database is approached by
using the orthogonal analysis technique and
from interdisciplinary perspectives, such as
orthognathic surgery and facial pain, as well.
The process of developing a treatment plan
from the database will be thoroughly explored.

DENT 447: Advanced Implant Dentistry Clinics

(2h)
This course is a clinical course, designed to

College of Dentistry in Al Rass

introduce the students to the clinical skill of
multidisciplinary implant dentistry. Emphasis is
on patient evaluation and selection, diagnosis
and treatment planning, implant selection,
surgical procedures for implant placement,
prosthodontic restorations, patient
management, and follow-up care.

DENT 448: Advanced Oral & Maxillofacial

Surgery Clinics (2h)
This course is a clinical course, designed to
introduce the students to the clinical skill of the
advanced oral and maxillofacial surgery cases.
Emphasis is on surgical techniques (fractures,
orthognathic surgery, distraction osteogenesis,
and reconstructionetc), patient
management, and follow-up care.

DENT 449: Advanced Pedodontics Clinics (2h)

This course is designed to give the student
advanced knowledge about different types of
preventive and interceptive appliances, and
ensure that they acquire knowledge about
different management techniques to control
difficult, physically and medically compromised
children.

246
 principles of rehabilitation in the field
of health care.
4. Contribution in the development of
knowledge and profession in the field
of medical rehabilitation through the
promotion of scientific research
practice.
5. Upgrading the administrative and
technical facilities in the college.
6. Exchange of experience with colleges
and counterpart institutions within and
outside the Kingdom.

About:

College of College of Medical Rehabilitation will grant a

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

bachelor degree in new specialties that will be
contributed to improve the quality of health:
Medical Rehabilitation
1. Physical Therapy
Vision:
2. Speech and Hearing disorders
Achievement of regional and national
excellence in academic and research fields in the 3. Occupational Therapy
areas of medical rehabilitation to meet the
health's aspirations of the community. 4. Prosthetics and Orthotics.

Mission: 5. Sports Medicine.

And includes also Psychological and Mental

Providing academic programs that approved for
Rehabilitation (service department does not
preparation of qualified health contributors who
grant a degree).
will raise the level of health care introduced to
the community in the areas of medical Degrees:
rehabilitation through using the latest academic
and administrative programs that supported by Bachelor Degree
a modern techniques to improve performance
and provide opportunities that will enable the Programs
students to obtain a high level of professional
knowledge and problem solving skills. And BA degree program in
actively participate in ultimate applied research
in the areas of medical rehabilitation. Physiotherapy (DPT)

Faculty Members
Aims:
Naheed Pano Professor
1. Raising the quality of learning and
excellence in disciplines of medical Enas N. Morgan. Assist. Prof.
rehabilitation and to seek accreditation
of national and international levels. Awatif H. Sedeek Assist Prof.
2. Achievement of outstanding levels of
skills, experience and ethical standards Fatehyia G. Al-Sayeed Assist. Prof
in the practice of medical rehabilitation
for students. Hanan Al-Samhaan
3. Strengthening the role of faculty in the
Ateka
service of society and establishing the

247
 Meznah 114

Study Plan: STAT 115 Biostatistics 3(2+1)

Level-1
ANAT Principle of Anatomy 3 (2+1)
Course Course Title Credit 116
Code
PHSL 117 Principle of Physiology -1 3(2+1)
IC 101 Islamic Culture 2

MDL 118 Principle of Medical 3(2+1)
ARAB 101 Language Skills 2

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

Microbiology

PHYS General Physics 3 (4+1)

114 HLTH Medical Profession Ethics 2
127
CHEM 110 General Chemistry 3 (4+1)

Level-3
BIOL Human Biology 2 (3+1)
113 Course Course Title Credi
Code t
HLTH 4
IC 103 Islamic Culture (3) 2
125
Medical Terminology

Health care System and 3 (2+1)

ARAB 103 Arabic Editing 2
vocational safety
HLTH
126
DPT 221 Introduction to medical 2
rehabilitation
Level-2
DPT 222 Medical Communication Skills 2
Course Course Title Credit
Code ANAT 211 Clinical Anatomy (2+1) 3(2+1)

IC 102 Islamic Culture (4) 2 PHSL 212 Principle of Physiology -2- 3(2

CHEM Principles of Biochemistry 3 (2+1)

248
Course Course Title Credit
Code Course Course Title Credit
Code
College elective group 2 2
IC 104 Political System in Islam 2

3 (2+1)
ANAT 213 Neuro-Anatomy 3
Department Elective group 1
DPT 223 Pathology 3

NERO 217 Neuro-Sciences Lab 1

DPT Introduction to Physical Therapy 4 (3+1)
312 interventions AID 218 Emergency and first Aid 3 (2+1)

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

DPT 210 Musculoskeletal Anatomy 3 (2+1)

DPT Hydrotherapy 3(1+2)

313
DPT 213 Exercise Physiology 2

DPT Therapeutic Exercises 4(3+1)

314
Level-5

NUT Nutritional Assessment 3

310
Level-6

Course Course Title Credit

College elective group 2 2 Code

College elective group 3 3

MDL233 Medical Biochemistry (2+1) 3(2+1)

DPT 315 Electrotherapy and PT 4

interventions
ANAT 214 Development across life span 2

DPT 316 Medical and Surgical 3

Orthopedics
Level-4

249
DPT 317 Orthopedics and Rheumatology 3 DPT 421 Differential Diagnosis for General 3
for Physical Therapists Medical Conditions

DPT 318 Clinical practice in Orthopedics 2

Level-8

DPT 319 Physical Therapy for Burn and 3(2+1) Course Course Title Credit
Surgical conditions Code

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

Department Elective group 2 2

Level-7 Department Elective group 3 3

Course Course Title Credit

Code
PROS Introduction to Prosthetics and 3
DPT 431 Cardiovascular Disorders for 2 414 Orthotics
Physical Therapists

DPT 450 Geriatric Rehabilitation 2

DPT 432 Respiratory Disorders for Physical 2
Therapists

DPT 422 Neurology Disorders for Physical 3

Therapists -1-
DPT 433 Clinical practice in 2
Cardiopulmonary

DPT 423 Clinical practice in Neurology -1- 2

PHRM Pharmacology 3
413
DPT 424 Medical Imaging 3

OT 411 I Introduction to Occupational 3

therapy

Level-9
PSYC Rehabilitation Psychology 3
412
Course Course Title Credit
Code

250
 Department Elective group 4 3 Department Elective group 7 3

DPT 425 Neurology Disorders for Physical 3 PROS 415 Assistive Technology in 3
Therapists -2- Rehabilitation

DPT 426 Clinical practice in Neurology -2- 2

Course Description:
DPT 440 Pediatric Disorders for Physical 3
Therapists General Chemistry; CHEM 110 3hr. (2+1)

This course introduce the student to general

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

concepts of chemical calculations, molecular
DPT 441 Clinical practice in Pediatrics 2 weight, chemical reactions in

DPT 442 Research Methods and Critical 3 aqueous solutions, energy and its
appraisal transformation, chemical bonds, the cyclic table,
thermal chemistry, properties of substances and
attraction forces between molecules, physical
properties of solutions, chemical equilibrium
Level-10
and neutralization of acids and alkalines in
Course Course Title Credit aqueous solutions and chemical mobility.
Code
General Physics;PHYS 114: 3hr (2+1):
PROS 415 Assistive Technology in 3
This course aims to explore the nature of the
Rehabilitation
physical environment and explains how natural
phenomena occur in terms of mathematics. A
physics student will learn how to collect data,
DPT 443 Clinical practice -1- 3 organize findings into a readable format and
then report on the outcomes of that observed
1 data. This course is divided into a lecture
portion and a laboratory work portion. Lectures
DPT 444 Independent Study 2
explain the theories behind certain
phenomenon and how to use algebra to prove
theorems. Laboratory work gives the student a
Department Elective group 5 2 hands-on experience with the scientific method
and observing physics theories in action.

Human Biology; BIOL 113: 4 hr (3+1)

Department Elective group 6 2
This course will introduce, at an entry level,
the understanding of various cell structures and

251
functions, eukaryotes vs. prokaryotes, data, measures of central tendency, measures of
classification of live organisms, introduction to dispersion, principles of probability, random
the genetics and introduction to human biology variables and probability distribution, bimodal
including, introduction to human physiology, distribution, natural distribution, confidence
anatomy, and introduction to human intervals for mean, median, ratios and various
embryology. statistics tests .

Medical Terminology; HLTH 125: 2hr Principles of Anatomy; ANAT 116: 3 hr (2+1).

This course covers the linguistic structural This course represents introduction to
basis for scientific and medical terminology in anatomy of different regions and organs of
Latin and English and explanation of the main human body. Systemic anatomy of: joints,
terms in different applications of medical lymph, digestive, urinary, reproductive,
science specialties to enable advanced students cardiovascular, respiratory, nervous (CNS and

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

in different branches and graduates deal easily autonomic), musculoskeletal, endocrine, and
with physicians and other workers in different embryology.
specialties. The course also aims at acquainting
Principles of Physiology; PHSL 117: 3hr (2+1).
students with the pronunciation, writing and
understanding of general principal medical This course is aimed to understand the basis
terms and abbreviations corresponding to their of various physiological functions of the body
Arabic homologues. from the cell as the smallest functional
component of the body to the function of
Health care System and Vocational Safety;
various organs, systems. Further, these systems
HLTH 126: 3 (2+1)
will be studied with objective to enhance the
Introduction to applied health sciences, concept of integrative physiology, as functions
concept of health and factors affecting it, the of these systems, to the most part, they are
general hierarchy of health services and their interrelated.
current and future needs, ethics of practice of
Principles of Microbiology; MDL 118: 3 hr (2+1)
the different health professions.
This course covers the general principles of
Principles of Biochemistry; CHEM 114:
microbiology including classification of different
3 hr (2+1) groups of microbes, morphology of each group
and study of their characters. Also the study
This course offers detailed study of the includes a brief introduction to the infectious
chemical compositions and the biological diseases regarding their types, causative
functions of the main biochemical molecules microbial agents and methods of their control
including carbohydrates, proteins, lipids and together with study of food and air
their components, enzymes and different types microbiology.
of hormones. It also includes methods of
practical qualitative and quantitative assays to Medical Profession Ethics; HLTH 127: 2hr
discover these molecules.
This course covers the principles and
Biostatistics; STAT 115: 3 hr (2+1) standards for the health professional practice
and clarifies the duties of health practitioners,
This course presents detailed description of towards the patients, the community and his
characters types, displaying and presenting colleagues. It also introduces the knowledge

252
about a set of directives that guide the Principle of Physiology -2-; PHSL 212: 3hrs
professional and ethical behavior as well as (2+1).
instilling the spirit of the initiative to improve
and change the attributes that must be provided This subject is designed to study the way the
in the hearts of the medical community. body interacts with the environment via the
muscular and nervous systems. Overall, the
Introduction to Medical Rehabilitation; DPT material presented will explain the way
221: 2hrs movements are controlled, sensations recorded
and interpreted, and the way body
This course provides students with an communicates with its external environment.
introduction to the profession of rehabilitation There is also an emphasis on the clinical aspects
services. The course examines the history, of neuromuscular conditions.
philosophy, and legal basis for rehabilitation
services and independent living programs. Roles Medical Biochemistry; MDL233: 3hrs (2+1)

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

of the rehabilitation professional are also
emphasized. An overview of the rehabilitation This course presents introductory
process and employment opportunities will be biochemistry relevant to human health and
presented disease that forms part of the foundation of
modern medical practice. The molecular
Medical Communication Skills; DPT 222: 2hrs correlation with disease is emphasized
throughout the course.
This course introduces the students to the
skills that necessary for them to be able of using Development Across Life Span; ANAT 214: 2hrs
the communication strategies to inform and
influence individual and community decisions This course examines human growth and
that enhance health. It also links the domains of development over the life span to understand
communication and health and is increasingly the nature and needs of individuals at all
recognized as a necessary element of efforts to developmental levels. Emphasis is on normal
improve personal and public health. growth and milestones in the physical,
emotional, cognitive, behavioral, and moral
Clinical Anatomy; ANAT 211: 3hrs (2+1) development of individuals including learning
and personality development. Topics covered
The aim of the clinical anatomy course is to include theories of development and transitions
enable students to study specifically clinically- across the life span for individuals and families,
related aspects of gross anatomy before they theories related to learning and personality
are due to embark on their clinical studies. The development, factors influencing both normal
course aims are to refresh students knowledge and abnormal development, strategies to
of the gross anatomy studied in level 2, to facilitate optimum development, and ethical
provide instruction on all areas of the body in and legal considerations
relation to the extent that clinical problems
arise there, and to demonstrate for each area Pathology; DPT 223: 3hrs
common uses to which anatomical knowledge
needs to be put; for examination of patients, for This course contains introduction to general
diagnosis of structural problems, and for the and basic knowledge of diseases, their etiology,
performance of simple clinical procedures pathogenesis, general morphological and
expected of clinical students. changes at gross, microscopic and
submicroscopic levels as well as the prognosis of
the disease.

253
Neuro-Anatomy; ANAT 213:3 hrs This course will introduce the students to a
number of common emergency situations and
The neuro-anatomy course provides a broad their respective First Aid responses.
overview of the structure and function of the
central nervous system, with a principal focus on Musculoskeletal Anatomy; DPT 210: 3hrs (2+1)
issues relevant to clinical neurology. The main
objectives of the course are to (1) provide the Provides an introduction to the functional
students with a basic working knowledge and anatomy of the human body with emphasis on
language of the central nervous system and (2) the musculoskeletal system, peripheral
to present the basic functional neuro-anatomy vasculature and major nerve trunks. In addition,
required to understand and interpret the it provides a firm basis for later courses in
neurological exam. organ-based anatomy and neuro-anatomy.

Neuro-Sciences Lab; NERO 217: 1hr Exercise Physiology; DPT 213: 2hrs

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

The laboratory course consists of two The aim of this course is to understand the
components: 1) wet and computer labs. The wet principles by which exercise and human
labs use fixed specimens of whole brains and movement affect human physiology, the
brain sections to provide a general overview of physiological adaptations to exercise and
the 3-D structure of the brain. This is then training, the influence that human physiology
expanded upon by the computer labs which has on exercise and movement capacity as well
examine brain anatomy at a detailed view of the as the regulation of exercise performance.
regional anatomy of the brain and spinal cord.
Introduction to Physical Therapy Interventions;
The computer "Neuroanatomy Laboratory
DPT 312: 4 hrs (3+1).
Assistant" is a sophisticated, interactive
laboratory exercise and atlas which will guide This course aimed to provide the student a)
the students through images of brain regions, knowledge and skills about the therapeutic
highlighting the structures that they are intervention that utilized physical agents
expected to see and understand. 2) The including heat, cold, light, sound, water,
neurologic exam includes a careful history and electricity and electromagnetic waves in the
physical examination to determine if a lesion treatment of acute and chronic diseases and
exists, its site and its cause. The careful appraisal injuries. b) Introduction to wound care, burn
of the history of complaints and symptoms will care and infection control. Emphasis on the
include time, mode, and progression of onset as application and the safe appropriate use of
well as a family history. Patient complaints may treatment modalities. Hydrotherapy; DPT 313:
include weakness, pain, headache, seizures, 3hrs (1+2).
dizziness, numbness, visual abnormality, etc.
The exam involves an evaluation of mental The ultimate goal of this course is to help the
status, cranial and spinal nerves, sensory, motor students to understand the principles of
and reflex responses. Locating the lesion is hydrotherapy as a major part of the physical
important to the physician as well as to the agents that the students will use to achieve their
student in Neuro-anatomy. goals of treatment. This course will include both
theoretical and practical parts. Where the
Emergency and first Aid; AID 218: 3 hrs (2+1). students will be trained on the principles of
water exercises in the practical part, and in the
theoretical part the students will be introduced
to the physical properties, terminology,

254
indications contraindications, and application treatment plan. Discusses fundamental skills for
techniques of hydrotherapy application of biphasic pulsed current,
monophasic pulsed current, uninterrupted
Therapeutic Exercises; DPT 314: 4hr (3+1) direct current, interferential electrical
stimulation, Russian stimulation,
Provides students with the opportunity to apply
microstimulation (MENS), transcutaneous nerve
and analyze therapeutic exercise techniques in
stimulation (TENS), neurostimulation (NMES),
order to formulate exercise programs for
functional electrical stimulation (FES) and
diverse patient and client populations. Students
iontophoresis. Introduce biofeedback and
will be encouraged to discuss and build upon
electrodiagnostic testing: nerve conduction
their knowledge of basic therapeutic techniques
velocity (NCV) and electromyography (EMG).
attained from previous coursework and clinical
training experiences. Advanced techniques will Medical and Surgical Orthopedic; DPT 316: 3hrs
be demonstrated and practiced in lab. Students

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

will evaluate, set goals, develop therapeutic The purpose of this course will be on
exercise programs and measure outcomes. introducing the student to the different
Issues regarding frequency, intensity and orthopedic cases that will be seen in the
duration of treatment will be discussed practical fields, with discussing the proper
throughout the course. assessment, special considerations, and the
appropriate physical therapy intervention for
Nutritional Assessment; NUT 310: 3hrs these cases.

The aim of this course is to understand the Orthopedics and Rheumatology for Physical
methods of human nutritional assessment, Therapists; DPT 317: 3hrs
including dietary, anthropometric, biochemical
and haematological techniques, and physical This course aims to introduce the student to the
examination. Principles of precision, accuracy, different of rheumatologic, inflammatory and
and interpretation of results for individuals and autoimmune diseases-conditions involving
populations joints, soft tissues and connective tissues.
Including the art of diagnosis, clinical
Electrotherapy and PT interventions; DPT 315: management and treatment.
4hr
Clinical practice in Orthopedics; DPT 318:2hrs
Presents principles of electrophysics and the
application to the human body in health and This course is designed to provide opportunities
disease and relates principles to the use of by which the students develop a level of
electrophysiologic stimulators and testing integration between theoretical knowledge and
equipment in physical therapy clinical practice. skills in physical therapy evaluation and
Discusses properties of excitable membranes treatment of actual patients with
and effects of electrical stimulation on muscle musculoskeletal disorders in out-patient's
and nerve tissue. Promotes evidence-based physical therapy departments as well as in-
practice through analysis of appropriate patient's orthopaedic departments. The student
literature. Covers electrotherapeutic will acquire sufficient skills and experiences in
management of impairments and pathology of clinical practice based on the theoretical and
musculoskeletal system, neuromuscular system, academic knowledge in the field of physical
cardiopulmonary system and the integument. therapy for the common orthopaedic,
Explores the role of electrotherapy as adjunctive rheumatic, traumatic and surgical conditions.
modality in a comprehensive physical therapy

255
Physical Therapy for Burn and Surgical
conditions; DPT 319: 3hrs (2+1)

The ultimate aim of this course is to provide the

students with the necessary knowledge and
skills needed to deal with burn and the pre-post
surgical conditions

College of Medical Rehabilitation in Buraidah

256
 About:

College of Medicine in Qassim University was

established in the academic year 2000-2001,and
became a regional leader in medical education.
It is the first medical college in Saudi Arabia
adopts the Problem-Based learning (PBl)
curriculum, as well as integration within basic
sciences and between basic and clinical
sciences.

The curriculum is oriented towards training

students to undertake the responsibilities of a
physician of first contact who is capable of
looking after preventive, promotive, curative
College of Medicine and rehabilitative aspects of medicine.
Curriculum aims to ensure that our graduates
have a good working understanding of
Vision: biological, psychological and social mechanisms

College of Medicine
and processes, as well as their impact on health
To be a leading national and internationally and disease, based on principles of learning
accredited and recognized college in innovative drawn from cognitive psychology.
medical education. This is accomplished by
adopting a didactic strategy of problem-based,
Degrees:
self-directed, student-centered learning, and
community-oriented education. Promoting Undergraduate
faculty development, research and collaboration Postgraduate
with national and international partners.
Programs:
Mission:

To prepare competent and compassionate The Undergraduate Medical Curriculum

physicians who are able to meet and respond to
College of Medicine adopts a community-
the changing health-care needs and
oriented, problem-based learning curriculum
expectations of the community, through
where people, patients and problems are
innovative medical education, research, and
studied from a number of standpoints. Problem-
health services collaborating with local and
based learning (PBL) is integrated with
international partners.
appropriate training in clinical skills and
community-based learning experiences.
Values: Emphasis is given to critical thinking and self-
directed learning.
Team spirit and leadership, Professionalism, The undergraduate curriculum is designed to
High Standards, Life-long learning, Innovation, realize the mission and the institutional
creativity and adaptability, Partnership and objectives of the College as outlined above and
commitment to community. is based on the objectives (attributes and

257
competencies) of the graduate of the College as and the personal needs, limitations
shown below. and abilities of each patient;
7. Refer cases beyond his capacity
Objectives (Attributes and Competencies) of whenever required and extend
the Graduate support, empathy, respect and
At the end of the program each student friendliness to the patient, family
is expected to: members and relatives without
traversing the bounds of
1. Utilize his skills in information
professionalism and medical ethics;
management effectively to retrieve
8. Diagnose and manage common
relevant information, analyze it
emergencies and deal with
critically and apply it to the
unfamiliar situations;
solution of clinical/health problems
9. Work effectively and harmoniously
in a scientific reasoning manner;
within a health team that includes
2. Use an evidence-based approach
physicians, other health and health-
to apply the most effective and up-
related personnel and community
to-date knowledge, skills, values
members or agencies;
and attitudes in his medical
10. Participate in peer review activities
practice and in his pursuit of
and respond positively to

College of Medicine
postgraduate studies and life-long
constructive criticism;
learning;
11. Act as a change agent and
3. Identify, diagnose, evaluate and
contribute to community
manage common or serious health
development with special reference
problems competently in individual
to the development and success of
patients, families and the
health care programs and health
community with special reference
institutions;
to Saudi Arabia including provision
12. Conduct relevant health research
of care for high-risk groups and
(especially health system research)
follow-up measures;
to contribute to the solution of
4. Educate and counsel patients and
health problems and the evolution
others (especially in the promotion
of medicine.
of health and healthy life style,
prevention of disease and securing
Curriculum Structure and Timetable
consent) using effective
Curriculum phases
communication skills;
5. Observe medical ethics strictly in his
The undergraduate program is 6 years (Twelve
practice, in the efficient and
semesters followed by 1 year of clinical rotatory
optimum use of available resources
internship) and is preceded by Preparatory
and their equitable allocation
Phase of 1 year (divided into 2 semesters). The
especially for minority,
undergraduate program is divided into 3 phases
disadvantaged and high-risk groups.
namely, Integrated Organ System Phase, Clinical
6. Help patients adjust to their
Phase and Clinical Internship
condition when managing clinical
problems with due consideration to Preparatory Phase:
the family and social environment Students are eligible to enter the college of

258
medicine after completion the University
Preparatory Year.
Dr. Syed Nauman Bazmi Inam Associate Prof.
Phase 1: Integrated organ-system phase
Dr. Ahmad Noor Udin Al-Qasbi Prof.
Phase 2: Clinical phase
Dr. Al- Mutiz Al-Mansi Assistant Prof.
Phase 3: Clerkship phase
Dr. Al-Tahami Abdul Majeed Prof.
Faculty Members:
Dr. Fauzi Khalil Mohammad Sharaf
Dr. Hasham Saad Mohammad Saad
Assistant Prof.
Associate Prof.
Dr. Asam ul Syed Musa Barima Assistant Prof.
Dr. Khalild Mohammad Hasaneen Prof.
Dr. Mohammad Al-Khatim Mohammad Al-
Dr. Mohammda Nadir Tahir Ullam Prof. Samani Prof.

Dr. Jamal Abdul Azeem Ahmad Hamra Dr. Salah Rashdi Ahmad Prof.

Assistant Prof. Dr. Majdi Al-Babli Associate Prof.

College of Medicine
Dr. Jalees Farhan Assistant Prof. Dr. Mohsin Mohammad Al-Khiat Assistant Prof.

Dr. Raheel Shafee Associate Prof. Dr. Ghulam Yasin Malik Assistant Prof.

Dr. Jalal Ali Bilal Assistant Prof. Dr. Yasir Salim Nasrullah Saleh Assistant Prof.

Dr. Naji Mohammad Biomi Prof. Dr. Arshad Mahmood Malik Associate Prof.

Dr. Azadin Anwar Al-Syed Saleh Associate Prof. Dr. Abdul Mannan Khan Rao Assistant Prof.

Dr. Mohammad Al-Syed Handavi Prof. Dr. Al-Syed Aldeeb Mahni Hamooda

Dr. Abdul Majeed Mohammad Imam Assistant Prof.

Associate Prof. Dr. Waseem Iqbal Prof.

Dr. Abdul Raheem Mohammad Abdul Hafeez Dr. Sajjad Ahmad Salati Assistant Prof.
Makki Associate Prof.
Dr. Abdul Munam Hafiz Salim Assistant Prof.
Dr. Irshad Ahmad Khorshi Assistant Prof.
Dr. Mohammad Shahzad Maaraj Assistant Prof.
Dr. Ahmad Abdul Salam Sateen Prof.
Dr. Mustafa Mahmood Mahmood Khazer
Dr. Asif Syed Prof.
Assistant Prof.
Dr. Ashraf Saad Abu Halawa Assistant Prof.

Dr. Atiya Mohammad Jabar Assistant Prof.

Dr. Aiman Al Jidaa Associate Prof.

259
Faculty Female: Dr. Wullaa Usman Al-Shabravee Assistant Prof.

Dr. Ulla Mahmood Farghali Imran Afreena Raza Lecturer

Assistant Prof. Dr. Shamshad Beeqom Lonee Assistant Prof.

Dr. Maha Imam Ahmad Associate Prof. Dr. Faiza Shaukat Lecturer

Dr. Sahar Rifaat Ibraheem Al-Ghindoor Dr. Eman Mohammad Abdul Ghani

Assistant Prof. Assistant Prof.

Dr. Fatin Abbas Assistant Prof. Dr. Marwah Salah Lecturer

Dr. Rija Hamad Mohammad Salamah Dr. Suzan Faisal Assistant Prof.

Assistant Prof. Dr. Muneeb Jahan Assistant Prof.

Dr. Amani Saeed Usman Assistant Prof. Dr. Azah Al-Sharbeeni Assistant Prof.

Dr. Suzan Ameen Saleh Associate Prof. Dr. Manaal Baseeoni Assistant Prof.

College of Medicine
Dr. Khadija Fathee Dandash Prof. Dr. Ikhlaas Usman Assistant Prof.

Dr. Amani Abdul Wahab Al-Malah Dr. Dalia Rifaat Al-Baeeoni Associate Prof.

Assistant Prof. Dr. Ufaf Shaaban Abdul Rahman Imran Prof.

Dr. Zaherah Saadia Intikhab Mahmood Study Plan:

Assistant Prof.
Curriculum Timetable
Dr. Enaas Ahmad Al-Bandari Assistant Prof.
Phase I Integration of Basic Sciences
Dr. Maha Mohammad Al-Syed Al-Kholi
Year 1:
Associate Prof.
Year elteee trtoe elteee Cre Distr
Dr. Ghadah Mahmood Abdul Hameed Ahmad and and dit ibuti
Khalil Assistant Prof. meS on of
eetee Symbol ho hour
Dr. Manal Kamal Abdul Samee urs s

Assistant Prof. Concepts and CMD 211 3 2+1

process of
Dr. Uzma Zafar Assistant Prof.
learning
Dr. Anjom Kul Maimoon Prof.
Man, his C 213 7 4+3
Dr. Hannan Sabree Assistant Prof. Year environment M
1, and D
Dr. Ulla Mujahid Yousaf Associate Prof. metabolism
Sem

260
este Growth and CMD 212 5 2+3 ters: Economic IC- 103 2 2+0
rs: development system in III
5&6 Islam*
3& Arabic AR 10 2 2+0
4 Language I AB 1 Cardiovas CM 312 7 3+4
cular D
Principles of CMD 221 6 3+3 System
disease
Respirator CMD 321 7 3+4
Musculoskelet CMD 222 9 4+5 y system
al system and
integumentary Health HIC-2 311 2 0+2
and illness
Health and HIC-1 211 2 0+2 in the
illness in the communit
community -I* y -2*

Clinical skills- CMD 214 2 0+2 Clinical CMD 313 2 0+2

1* skills-2*

College of Medicine
Islamic Study I IC- 10 2 2+0 Principles IC- 104 2 2+0
I 1 of political IV
system in
Islam and IC-II 102 2 2+0
Islam*
community
organization* Total 39
Hours
Total Hours 40

Year 3:

Year elteee trtoe elteee Cre Distr

Year 2:
and and dit ibuti
Year elteee elteee Cre Distr meS on of
eetee Symbol ho hour
and trtoe and dit ibuti
urs s
meSeet on of
ee Symbol ho hour
urs s Gastrointestin CMD 332 8 4+4
al system
Reproduct CMD 322 9 4+5
ion and Urinary system CMD 341 5 3+2
Endocrine
Arabic AR 10 2 2+0
Year
Language III AB 3
Hemopoie CMD 311 8 5+3 3,
Year tic and Sem
Nervous CMD 331 10 5+5
2, Immune este
system
Semes systems

261
rs: Integrated CMD 342 10 5+5 Medical IMG 421 2 1+1
Multi-systems Radiology
7& and
8 Dermatology DER 411 2 1+1
Therapeutics
M
Health and HIC-3 331 2 0+2
illness in the Total hours 41
community -
Year 5:
3*
Year elteee trtoe elteee Cre Distr
Clinical skills- CMD 333 2 0+2
and and dit ibuti
3* meS on of
eetee Symbol ho hour
Clinical skills- MED 341 2 0+2 urs s
4*
Pediatrics PED 431 11 2+9
Total Hours 41
Family and FCM 431 6 2+4
* Longitudinal courses
Community
Phase II Medicine

College of Medicine
Year
Clinical Phase Obstetrics and OBG 441 8 2+6
5,
Gynecology N
Sem
Year 4:
este
Psychiatry PSYC 441 4 2+2
Year elteee trtoe elteee Cre Distr rs:
and and dit ibuti Emergency EMR 441 4 1+3
11
meS on of Medicine
eetee Symbol ho & 12
hour
urs s Forensic CMD 431 2 1+1
Medicine*
Medicine -1 MED 411 4 4+0
1 Medical CMD 441 3 2+1
Ethics*
Medicine -2 MED 412 11 0+11
2 Total hours 38
Year
Surgery SUR 421 11 2+9 * Longitudinal courses
4,
G
Sem Summary of distribution of credit hours by
este curriculum phases and academic years:
Orthopedics ORT 421 5 1+4
rs:
H
Phase Year Credit hours
9&
Ear, Nose and ENT 421 3 1+2
10 Premed Preparatory 00
Throat
Year
Ophthalmolog OPH 421 3 1+2
Integration First 40
y T

262
of Basic Second 39 predefined tasks/skills in a logbook and submit a
Sciences short report.
(Body Third 41
Systems) There are two courses (Health and Illness in the
Community and Professional Skills) which run
Clerkship Fourth 41 longitudinally over the three years (2 credit
(Clinical hours each for 6 semesters) in addition to a
training) Fifth 38 university required course (Islamic Studies) (2
credit hours for the first four semesters of the
Total credit hours for 199 phase).
graduation
In Professional Skills students are trained initially
in the skillslab to acquire the basic clinical skills
at an early stage of the program before
Phase I. Basic Medical Sciences
application and training on real patients.
Phase 1: Organ System Phase: medical years 1,
The Health and Illness in the Community is a
2 and 3 (semesters 3 to 8)
Organization community-based education (CBE) program
conducted in health centers in close
The Organ system phase, after an introduction collaboration with Al-Qassim Health System

College of Medicine
to the principles of medical education, (Continuing Education Centre of the PHC
addresses the concepts and principles in the Directorate).
field of medicine and their application in an
integrated manner. The main aim of the phase is The block/course booklet
for students to explain the basic mechanisms of
Each of these blocks has a booklet
common health problems in terms of structure,
containing the required details for students
function, pathogenesis and the psychosocial,
and faculty along the following format:
ethical and cultural dimensions. They are also
expected to interpret data and diagnose some 1. Course title, symbol and number.
of these problems. Although management is 2. Duration (credit hours)
partly addressed with details of drug treatment, 3. Coordinator, co-coordinator and
the major part of it is deferred to the clerkship student coordinator
period. 4. Responsible multidisciplinary
group (MDG)
The block system is a form of concentrated 5. Intended students
6. Prerequisites
study where students and faculty focus on the
7. Rationale/Justification
block that is on at the time. The blocks follow in 8. Objectives especially specific
sequence one after the other. In each block a instructional objectives (SIOs)
variety of teaching/learning methods are used 9. Education strategies and methods(
with emphasis on problem-based learning (PBL). and detailed timetable)
Students are trained, not only on campus 10. Evaluation and assessment
methods
(including basic science labs and skillslab), but
11. Required resources
also in health facility/community-based settings.
12. References and other learning
For the latter there is, in addition, an optional materials
course of four weeks where students are 13. The block booklet after final
assigned each to one of these facilities ( usually preparation as such by the MDG is
a small hospital or health centre) to perform handed to each student in the first

263
 session of the block/ module and it questionnaires are completed by concerned
is the responsibility of the student faculty and students respectively on the
to realize the objectives problems, seminars and lectures. Students are
irrespective of the education
also asked to rate faculty and evaluate the
activities offered in the block as
these objectives represent the programs through completing questionnaires
minimum required competencies and through open discussion sessions. There are
for the block. in addition some mid-course/block tests.
ProblemBased Learning (PBL)
For summative evaluation, a variety of methods
The block/course MDG selects the problems are used for written exams: modified essay
for PBL according to defined selection questions, multiple choice questions (one-best-
criteria: answer type A) and structured- short- answer
questions. Oral exam is also applied for
1. Common or serious (high Multisystem and Therapeutic Block. This is done
mortality);
by means of Structural Oral Exam (SOE).
2. Preventable/treatable;
3. Holistic/integrated;
4. Compatible (appropriate for level); Description of Course:
5. Clinically current and motivating.
CMD 211: Medical Education Block

College of Medicine
Each problem is assigned to a problem
coordinator (a coordinator may be responsible Duration and Credits: 3 Weeks - 3 Credit Hours
for more than one problem). The problem (2+1)
coordinator meets with the resource people to
Rational /Justification:
decide on the specific objectives of the problem.
The problem is then written according to a There is a growing tendency to renovate the
certain format and peers reviewed and/or methods of learning and teaching to conform to
edited by an education expert. high quality standards. With an explosive
overflow of knowledge, the need for capable
In each semester the students are divided into
and highly effective ways of acquiring, updating
small groups of 8-12 students. A tutor is
and retrieving knowledge becomes imperative.
assigned to each group to facilitate the learning
Herein emerges the value of problem based
process. Each week the students go through one
learning as a cognitive method that represents
problem, which constitutes the focus of learning
the utmost attainable standard in learning.
for the week.
Particularly in medical institutions, self directed
Evaluation and Assessment in Phase 1 (the
learning and problem solving abilities lend
organ systems phase)
themselves to development of lifelong learning,
The assessment follows the course unit system that is the pressing demand of today and future
and is based on the various blocks in the doctors.
semester. This method is applied in all Phase I
To promote the above skills at an early stage,
courses. The final marks for the block are
early exposure to the acquisition and practice of
composed of a continuous assessment portion
inquiry, group interaction and efficient exchange
of 40% and a final assessment of 60%.
of information should be made and practiced in
Both formative and summative evaluation are in proper educational environment.
practice. For the former certain forms and

264
The aim of this course is to provide students Throughout his history, man could live and build
with the basic knowledge and behavioral skills civilization in widely different environments;
enabling them to proceed smoothly and pursue ranging from North Pole, rain forests, deserts,
their learning effectively in their new system of islands, to Tibet. This reflects the great
education in the College of Medicine, at Qassim adaptability potentials of humans to
University. environments. With modern life, man has also
added new environments such as mining, diving
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: and aviation; he could even live in spaceships for
months.
By the end of this course students are
expected to: Man is unique in the aspect that if his
adaptability potentials are not enough to adapt
1. Be aware of their responsibility in
learning and become motivated to the environment, he makes the environment
and willing to be self-learners. according to him; humans have changed their
2. Understand the problem-solving environment through hunting, farming, mining,
environment of the College (basic and bringing invasive species with them as they
definitions and components of the traveled to new lands. Industrialization and
adopted educational policy,
urbanization probably have several effects on
learning through small groups,
human life; better sanitation and availability of
integrating basic and clinical
more food surely have their beneficial effects,

College of Medicine
sciences, making optimum
utilization of the available on the other hand, pollution, chemical and
instructional resources and industrial wastes could be very harmful.
critically appraising learning
materials and methods). The environment also affects humans in
3. Acquire the skills of mutual numerous ways. The availability of nutrients
interactive communication in the from the local environment affects the
class and the skills of seeking
physiological characteristics of humans.
relevant information from different
Improved nutrition has contributed to increased
reference resources and learning
through small groups. height in developed countries. Similarly, the
4. Develop positive attitudes towards external environment affects the milieu
the learning process in general intereur, or the internal environment, of the
(and independent, self-directed human body continuously. All the body systems
learning in particular) and towards are working in tandem to achieve homeostasis,
peers/colleagues and the society.
which enables the individual to lead a disease
5. Build up effective study habits to
accommodate information free life.
overflow and utilization of
affordable resources. Homeostasis is essentially dependant on
6. Introduce students to medical integrity of the barriers between the body and
terminology and basic biology the environment, the nervous system and the
issues. endocrine functions. Endocrine glands play their
role through control of various systemic effects
CMD 213: Man, his Environment and and metabolic pathways in the target organs,
Metabolism thus metabolism is intimately related to
homeostasis. The anabolic and catabolic
Duration and Credits: 7 weeks - 7 Credit Hours
pathways of protein, carbohydrates, and lipids
(3+4)
depend upon hormones, vitamins, minerals,
Rational /Justification: enzymes and coenzymes. These metabolic

265
pathways are interrelated in various situations, 1. Understand the internal
they are essential for growth, wear and tear environment, homeostasis, the
processes, providing energy needed for various fluid electrolyte balance, the acid-
base balance, and energy balance
biological functions. Thus, metabolism is one of
under different conditions.
our tools for stabilization of the milieu intereur. 2. Recognize ecological perspectives
Inborn errors of metabolism, various metabolic in human-environment
disorders and vitamin deficiencies constitute an relationship health consequences
important part of clinical practice. of exposure to variety of potential
hazards (physical, chemical and
Humans are not the only habitants on earth; biological) in the environment.
plants, animals and insects share us on our 3. Recognize the composition and
planet. However, microorganisms may be more functions of body fluid, buffers and
buffering mechanisms.
close to us and have their effect on us than
4. Recognize the major causes of
other types of life on the earth. They were disturbances of fluid-electrolyte
responsible for the major causes of death balance as and basic principles of
throughout history; smallpox, flu, cholera, correction of these disturbances.
tuberculosis, malaria, plagues, measles, etc. 5. Understand the general
Advances in health services, sanitation, and organization of the nervous system
nutrition have made better human life and its role in homeostasis.
6. Recognize the structure,
worldwide and virtually eliminated infectious

College of Medicine
composition and functions of the
diseases as serious threats in industrialized biological membranes.
nations. Yet, influenza, HIV-AIDS, diarrheal 7. List structures acting as protective
diseases, tuberculosis, measles, and malaria barriers between the human body
remain primary killers in Africa and other and its environment, and briefly
developing regions. Many of these diseases are mention how various barriers
perform their function of
related to poor environmental practices,
protection.
including land and water use. Water-borne
diseases are estimated to cause five million a. Understand the effect of hot
deaths a year, particularly affecting children and and cold environment, and the
the elderly. Although their fame as causing bodys ability to adapt to it.
troubles, some live with man in symbiosis. Flora b. Be familiar with the
may be more important and advantageous to acclimatization to high
altitude, deep-sea diving
human beings then they perceive.
and other hyperbaric
conditions.
Therefore, students are expected to be armed
c. Understand the biological
with reasonable knowledge about
spectrum of disease and
environmental hazards, the potentialities of pollution of the external
human adaptability on the cellular, tissue and environment.
organ levels to his environment, and the d. Recognize the agent-host-
outstanding role of metabolism in homeostasis. environment triad on
disease occurrence, the
transmission of disease
and the incubation and
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: latent period.
e. Understand the effects of
By the end of this block, the students are external environment on
expected to be able to: endemic, epidemic and
pandemic diseases, in

266
 addition to an Rational /Justification:
investigation of an
epidemic and distribution The term growth and development refers to the
and frequency of diseases. process by which fertilized ovum attains its adult
f. Be aware with the food size. Growth refers to the complete life cycle of
and water-borne diseases,
human beings from fertilization to old age. The
their impact on the
social, cultural, health needs and other services
individual, his family and
the community, and vary in all the various stages of human life cycle.
outline the basic Growth refers to the physical changes that occur
principles of treatment of in the human body, development is the
diarrheal disorders functional potential achieved by the body.
g. Recognize the basic There is interplay of several factors that
principles of foreign
determine how much the biological potential an
substance and drug
metabolism. individual is able to attain. For example some of
h. Understand the basic these factors before birth may be health of the
principles of mothers, quality and appropriateness of health
carbohydrate, lipid, and care provided to mothers during their early
protein metabolism and lifecycle and antenatal and postnatal periods.
the associated role of Social and environmental factors, nutritional
enzymes, co-enzymes,
factors, both maternal and of the child, are

College of Medicine
and co-factors.
i. Understand the process of equally important along with psychological
metabolic inter factors, child care practices, emotional factors,
relationship. endocrinal and genetic factors. All these are
j. Understand he basic important determinants of health in the human
principles of restriction / life cycle and need to be understood and
replacement and appreciated.
supportive therapy for
cases of inborn errors of The period of maximum growth in life is during
metabolism.
the initial early phases of life and later when
k. Integrate and interpret
the theoretical knowledge growth spurts occur before attaining full adult
from pharmacology and size. Weight and length/height for age is a good
other disciplines anthropometric measurement for growth.
(physiology, biochemistry Regular growth monitoring can provide
and pathology) with the opportunities for timely and effective
clinical knowledge intervention to combat any insult to the process
resulting in acquiring the
of growth. Furthermore, proper nutrition like
ability of management of,
and skills of prescribing breastfeeding and proper weaning is extremely
medications for diseases crucial to proper growth.
relevant to environmental
hazards.

The Development aspect is also closely woven

CMD 212: Growth and Development with the physical aspects of growth.
Environmental, cultural and social stimulation
plays an important role in acquiring the
Duration and Credits: 5 Weeks - 5 Credit Hours milestones, which are indicators of functional
(2+3) maturation. In the early phase of life,

267
neurological and behavioral maturation is 4. Be familiar with the
difficult to differentiate while in later life it is development of breast as a
possible to measure intellectual functions gland, the secretion transport,
and expression of breast milk
through communication skills and ability to
along with the hormonal control
handle abstract and symbolic material. of these phenomena and the
composition of breast milk, its
Lastly, a student of medical science needs to be
superiority over the formula
aware that as a consequence of better health milk, and its benefits to the
care, improvement in living standards, the neonate.
population of elderly is increasing 5. Acquire knowledge about the
internationally. In Saudi Arabia, the life developmental stages in early
expectancy has increased to over 71.The Saudi childhood, the different
milestones and the ages at which
medical graduates of tomorrow will be faced
they are normally reached, the
with dealing with the care of elderly in far dentition and ossification of
greater numbers and, therefore, need to be bones, the dietary needs of
oriented to the care of elderly. growing children and the
supplements required at this
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: age.
6. Be familiar with the
By the end of this block students are expected immunization - its protective

College of Medicine
to: role in preventing the incidence
of vaccine preventable childhood
1. Understand the male and female diseases and the impact of drugs
organs of reproduction (gross on infants and mothers during
and histological), Endometrium pregnancy and lactation.
and its cyclical shedding during 7. Understand the physical and
menstruation, the ovulatory psychological changes during
cycle, spermatogenesis the adolescence and the hormonal
formation of semen and its basis of the pubertal changes
conducting system and the with emphasis on the physical
hormonal regulation of these changes and menarche.
different phenomena. 8. Recognize the degenerative
2. Understand the areas of process associated with ageing
fertilization and implantation, and hence its specific health
early embryological needs.
development i.e. organogenesis,
formation and structure of CMD 221: Principles of Disease
placenta and umbilical cord and
the gestational sac. Duration and Credits: 6 weeks - 6 Credit Hours
3. Be familiar with the intrauterine (3+3)
development of the fetus. They Rational /Justification:
will also learn about the
physiological changes occurring
in normal pregnancy, the
different stages of pregnancy Pathology is considered the basis of disease.
and maternal changes during This block on Principles of Disease is, therefore,
pregnancy, the special calorie a vital one since its main objective is to provide
requirement and the dietary students with sufficient knowledge of basic
supplements for pregnant
concepts of pathology and microbiology with
mothers; and the biochemical
basis of nutrition. some inputs from molecular biology and

268
pharmacology. The need for this block is to homeostasis, temperature homeostasis and
precede the integrated blocks on systems is houses hematopoietic elements.
therefore quite obvious. Basic concepts of
processes like infections, inflammations and Problems of the musculoskeletal system
neoplasia which cause most of the morbidity constitute an important part of medical practice.
and mortality in the world are introduced in the Road traffic accidents are a common cause of
block to prepare the ground for the more in- traumatic lesions which involve bones , joints ,
depth study of the various organ systems of the muscles and nerves. It leads to serious
body. complications. Osteomyelitis is a serious disease
which needs rapid diagnosis and treatment to
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: avoid its complications. Osteoarthritis is the
most common type of joint disease in which a
By the end of this block, the students are lot of money is spent for its treatment and lost
expected to be able to: days of work. So, it is very important to study
the normal and pathological conditions related
1. Understand and explain the basic
concepts of general pathology, to this system.
microbiology, biochemistry,
general pharmacology, and For more than a century, skin was considered
community health issues related in merely a protective covering for more delicate
particular to infectious diseases and functionally complex internal viscera. The

College of Medicine
and cancer. skin was important primarily as a passive barrier
2. Correlate pathologic processes to fluid loss and mechanical injury. With the
with signs and symptoms of rather sudden advances in the field of medicine,
disease, understand the
during the past three decades, we have come to
mechanism of disease
(pathogenesis) and, independently, realize that it is a much more complex organ in
think of the methods of prevention which precisely regulated cellular and molecular
of disease. interactions govern many crucial responses to
our environment. We now know that the skin is
CMD 222: Musculoskeletal and Integumentary composed of' a number of interdependent cell
System types and structures that work toward a
common protective goal. Neural structures and
Duration and Credits: 9 weeks (7 weeks
the protective effects of pain sensations warn of
musculoskeletal and 2 weeks Integumentary) - 9
potentially damaging physical factors in the
Credit Hours (4+5)
environment and have recently been found to
Rational/Justification: assist in regulation of immunocompetent cells.

The study of the musculoskeletal system is Sweat glands help in temperature regulation
important for medical students at this stage and hair follicles contain epithelial stem cells
because it provides a spectrum of different essential for regeneration of superficial skin
structures (bones, muscles and joints) which layers that have been disrupted by a variety of
constitute considerable proportion of the body injurious external and internal agents.
function. The main function of the
We are conscious of the fact that the skin is
musculoskeletal system is the mechanical
frequently damaged because it is right in the
support for movement. In addition to this main
'firing line' and the second is that each of the
function it is as vital to life as any organ system
various cell types that it contains can 'go wrong'
because it plays an essential role in mineral
and develop its own degenerative and

269
neoplastic disorders. This last point is 3. Understand the role of imaging
compounded by the ready visibility of skin so techniques and laboratory
that minor deviations from normal give rise to a investigations in diagnosis of diseases
of the MSK system.
particular set of signs. The net effect is that
4. Be aquianted with the treatment of
there seems to be a large number of skin common disease conditions affecting
diseases. the MSK system and the principles of
the therapeutics of skin diseases
Unfortunately, skin disease is often considered 5. Understand the impact of MSK
the domain of the dermatologist who is disorders on a patient's functional and
generally trained in a manner similar to and with employability and consequently on
a philosophy similar to that of specialists in health care utilization and delivery.
internal medicine. It is often forgotten that 6. Understand the structure and functions
of the skin and its appendages.
about 10-20% of the patients that a general
7. Recognize biochemical basis of alpha
practitioner sees in his clinic are skin conditions. keratins, hair and nail proteins.
In most countries diseases contracted from 8. Explain synthesis of melanin and define
sexual contact (venereal diseases) are also the melanocytes and their disorders.
considered to be within the domain of 9. Understand mechanisms and pathways
dermatology. Many systemic diseases such as involved in pain of superficial origin and
diabetes mellitus, amyloidosis, and lupus in itching (Pruritis)
10. Be familiar with the basic pathologic
erythematosus may also affect the skin and for

College of Medicine
changes in the skin.
that reason the skin is considered as the window 11. Understand immunological
through which we can glimpse into the functions mechanisms in relation to skin.
of many organs and where we observe changes 12. Know nature and effects of
due to diseases of many of the viscera. microbiologic organisms affecting the
skin.
In addition, a significant amount of surgery 13. Understand the biochemical basis of
relates to skin conditions. Skin disorders are not muscle contraction and the biochemical
often acute conditions but cause considerable structure of extracellular matrix and
the metabolism of calcium, phosphate,
discomfort and much disability. The disability
and purine bases and explain their role
caused is physical, emotional and socioeconomic in musculoskeletal system.
and patients are much helped by an
appreciation of this. There is also the worry Health and Illness in the Community
created by conditions that are not really (longitudinal)
diseases or if they are diseases, are not very
serious as far as physical health is concerned. Health and illness in the community are three
courses: HIC-1(211), HIC-2 (311) and HIC-
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 3(331) (all are longitudinal throughout Phase
II)
By the end of this block, the students are
expected to be able to:
1. Understand the basic normal structure Introduction:
and function of the musculoskeletal
(MSK) system.
2. Be familiar with the pathological
changes occurring in bones, joints, The purpose of these courses is to expose the
muscles and nerves in disease students to the problems of the community in
condition. order to understand the principles of care of

270
defined populations, based on cost-effective In addition, it is important for the students to
and scientifically sound methods. The aim is study the theoretical background of care of the
also to produce doctors who can understand under-five in order to maximize learning in the
health in socio-psychological and economic PHC center. The course is based on theoretical
milieu and devise a holistic approach towards sessions in the College and practical training in
care of the individuals, families and the PHC centers. Each child health activity in the
communities. The approach is to impart hands- PHC center is structured.
on training for conducting operational and other
research as well as critically appraising scientific This course is offered to facilitate students to
literature for keeping updated. acquire the knowledge and skills for providing
basic promotive, preventive and selected
The teaching and learning strategies adopted for curative care to children less than five years of
achieving the objectives are through integrated, age.
problem based, community-based, field training
including general and health systems research. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
Most of the objectives are achieved through
By the end of this block, the students are
integration with the organ-system blocks, while
expected to be able to:
some of the objectives are realized through
hands-on training in the PHC centers. 1. Recognize the larger spectrum of
Longitudinal modules are designed to support interventions through their

College of Medicine
the field based and research training. understanding of the
interrelationship of factors
HIC-1 211: Health and Illness in the Community influencing health and causing
disease.
Duration: longitudinal throughout year one- 2 2. Understand the health system of
Credit Hours (0+2) Saudi Arabia with especial
emphasis on primary health care
Rational/Justification: (PHC).
3. Be familiar with the basic health
The course is essential for the students for care for children under-five at the
understanding of health and its determinants PHC.
Clinical Skills (longitudinal)
together with the factors responsible for disease
to imbibe the philosophy of holistic care and Clinical Skills are three longitudinal courses CMD
comprehensive care through primary health 214; CMD 313; and CMD 333 throughout phase
care approach. Therefore, an orientation to the II
health system of Saudi Arabia is important and
training in actual health system especially the Rational/Justification:
PHC centers is necessary to translate the
theoretical training in the medical college into Clinical Skills are four courses throughout phase
practice in the PHC system. II. Professional skills program is one of the most
important strands in the College curriculum.
Training in the PHC centers that are based in the Medicine is not a theoretical science, it is a
actual community setting provide students an practical one. For this reason, to be a good
opportunity to have an insight to the advantages doctor you must not only have a certain amount
of having a primary level care facility as well as of knowledge, but you should also be capable of
appreciate the unexploited potentials of the practicing what you know. This cannot be
PHC system. achieved without acquiring the required skills

271
for it. Unfortunately, deterioration of the clinical (peer examination), or on the
skills level of medical graduates has recently model according to the steps
been noted which could be due to difficulty in outlined in the check list.
3. The way in which the trainer
training on the patients due to humane,
performs the steps of the skill is
religious, or social reasons or allotment of less the standard way on which both
time for training. For the previous reasons, training and assessment will be
developing clinical skills units in medical schools conducted. For this reason,
has become mandatory in the study of standard check lists are available
medicine. for all students and tutors at the
beginning of the class (there is no
The main aim is to improve the clinical skills of objection for students to know
medical students in general and preclinical other methods of examination but
the standard method agreed here
students in particular before their contact with
is the only one that would be
the patients in hospitals and health units in the followed during assessment).
clinical phase. The program extends 4. Students perform the skill under
longitudinally throughout the curriculum from supervision of the trainer.
year 2 to year 4 and is coordinated with the 5. The trainer informs students about
block/system and the learning problems. In this their mistakes (feed-back).
way the basic clinical skills (social, lab. and 6. Each skill lasts from 1-2 weeks,
followed by assessment.

College of Medicine
clinical) are acquired early in the program to
give enough time for their perfection before
CMD 214: Clinical Skills I
graduation. Clinical skill courses are conducted
Duration: longitudinal throughout year one- 2
in Clinical Skill Unit in the college.
Credit Hours (0+2)
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
Evaluation Methods:
By the end of this block, the students
Continuous (On-going) Assessment
are expected to be able to:
40%
1. Training the students on most of
the important clinical skills, very Final End of Block Evaluation
early in their study, in a 60%
standardized way.
2. Training on clinical skills using IC-103: Islamic Study III (The political system in
either simulated patients Islam)
(students) or models by means of
checklists.

Steps of training on a clinical skill: IC-104: Islamic Study IV

1. The students acquire the

theoretical background related to
the skill. This is supplemented by a
lecture delivered by a consultant,
followed by demonstration of
steps of the skill in a patient
(volunteer) or a model.
2. The trainer in his class (a group of
7-10 students) demonstrates the
steps of skill on one of the students

272
CMD 322: Endocrine and Reproductive System GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
Duration and Credits: 9 weeks - 9 Credit Hours
(4+5) By the end of this block, the students are
expected to be able to:
Rational/Justification:
1. Understand the anatomy, histology
Endocrine glands constitute one of the and development of individual
important communication systems sending endocrine glands.
2. Understand the structures,
chemical messages to various organs of the
biosynthesis, regulation of
body. These messages not only control various secretion, mechanism of action,
systemic effects but also metabolic pathways in and functions (metabolic and
the target organs .Thus endocrine glands are systemic) of individual hormones.
ultimately and intimately related to metabolism 3. Be familiar with the investigations
and homeostasis. to assess the endocrine glands
functions
Thyroid, gonads and zona fasciculata of adrenal 4. Undrstand the physiological,
cortex are controlled by pituitary and anatomical, developmental or
genetic basis of various signs and
hypothalamus by feedback mechanisms.
symptoms in endocrine disorders.
Pancreas, Parathyroid and zona glomerulosa of 5. Understand the pathophysiological
adrenal cortex are controlled respectively by changes that affect the endocrine

College of Medicine
+ + +
glucose, Ca , Na and K levels in the blood. glands.
Adrenal medulla and pineal gland are mainly 6. Understand and describe various
controlled by neural mechanisms. control mechanisms and their
clinical significance.
Any organic or functional abnormality in these 7. Understand the anatomy,
organs or in their control mechanisms produces development, histology, and
functions of male genital system
various metabolic and systemic derangements
8. Understand the anatomy,
constituting various syndromes and disease development, histology, and
states. functions of female genital system.
9. Recognize the endocrine function
Diabetes is the leading endocrine disorder which of placenta.
causes not only significant mortality but also 10. Recognize the biochemical nature
morbidity. Thyroid disorders are also common of sex hormones, their structures,
including goiters related to iodine metabolism. synthesis, transport, mechanism of
Fast air travels and shift systems in industries action, metabolism and excretion
11. Understand the pathophysiological
may produce disturbances in circadian rhythms
changes that affect the male and
related to pineal gland. female reproductive system,
including pregnancy, parturition
Reproduction is mainly controlled by and lactation
endocrines. Hypothalomo-hypophysial-gonadal 12. Understand the pathophysiological
axis is one of the important feedback changes that affect breast and
mechanisms in endocrinology. Role of placenta
endocrines in fertilization, implantation, 13. Be familiar with the lab
gestation, parturition and lactation is to be fully investigations to assess the
reproductive problems in both sex.
appreciated by the students
14. Understand the general
management of common
reproductive disorders including

273
 the pharmacological uses of many countries of the world for protection
hormones and drugs used in against the crippling disease it causes. Similarly,
common reproductive disorders immunization against hepatitis-B virus has been
disorders, their administration,
introduced in the recent past. Each year millions
dose, degradation, complication,
interactions and toxicity. of Hujjaj come from different parts of the world
15. Understand different ways of to Makkah Moazmah; and vaccination for
contraception. protection against many communicable diseases
16. Understand the magnitude, such as meningitis, yellow fever, cholera etc is
screening, prevention, and control required before entry into the Kingdom.
measures for endocrinal disorders
17. Recognize the disease patterns and In this era the world population faces new
special needs of women of child emerging ailments; such as allergies, severe
bearing age
acute respiratory syndrome (SARS), avian flu,
18. Recommend strategies to address
needs of women of child bearing AIDS and cancers, all of which cut across the
age. theme of immune system. Hence the knowledge
19. Understand and interpret the of how the bodys immune system reacts,
measures used in demography. protects or hyper-reacts to various pathogens
carries great significance.

CMD 311: Hemopoietic and Immune Systems The system is complex and displays several

College of Medicine
remarkable characteristics. At the heart of it lies
Duration and Credits: 8 weeks - 8 Credit
its ability to distinguish between self and
Hours (5+3)
nonself. The bodys immune defenses do not
Rational/Justification: normally attack tissues that carry a self
identity. Rather, immune cells and other body
Blood, as it flows into every part of the body, is cells coexist peacefully in a state known as self-
an organ of multiple roles craftsman of all jobs. tolerance. Any substance capable of triggering
This block helps provide students with the an immune response is called antigen. An
necessary understanding of the functions and antigen can be a virus, a bacterium, a fungus, or
alterations of function of the blood. Basic a parasite, or even a portion or product of one
knowledge of development of blood elements of these organisms. Tissues or cells from
and the factors that control that development another individual, except an identical twin who
are prerequisites to this understanding. cells carry identical self-markers, also act as
Students are also required to be acquainted antigens. Because the immune system
with the common blood diseases, e.g. iron recognizes transplanted tissues as nonself, it
deficiency anaemia, sickle cell anaemia, rejects them. The body even rejects nourishing
thalasaemia, etc and their community impact proteins unless they are first broken down by
and management. These diseases are fairly the digestive system into their primary, non-
common in Saudi Arabia and often accompany antigenic building blocks. The success of this
many other diseases. system in defending the body relies on an
incredibly elaborate and dynamic regulatory-
Smallpox was once considered to be a deadly communications network. Millions and millions
disease. However, successful immunization of cells, organized into sets and subsets, pass
against this virus had led WHO to conclude that information back and forth to recognize the
perhaps, smallpox may have been eliminated entry of an invader and work in harmony to
from the planet of earth. Currently, vaccination eliminate the foreign invader. The result is a
programs against polio virus are practiced in

274
sensitive system of checks and balances that Rational/Justification:
produces an immune response that is prompt,
appropriate, effective, and self-limiting. To continue living, all aerobic organisms need
continuous supply of oxygen and other nutrients
In abnormal situations, the immune system can to their different tissues and organs to be
wrongly identify self as nonself and execute metabolized there. This metabolism supplies
a misdirected immune attack. The result can be tissues with the required energy and builds up
a so-called autoimmune disease such as substrates as well as a wide range of waste
rheumatoid arthritis or systemic lupus products that may cause severe tissue damage if
erythematosus. In some people an apparently not directly eliminated!
harmless substance such as ragweed pollen or
cat hair or certain food items can provoke the By using blood as a transporting tool, cardio-
immune system to set off the inappropriate and vascular system (CVS) plays this bi-directional
harmful response known as hypersensitivity, role. It delivers blood containing oxygen and
commonly known as allergy; in fact, it is the nutrients substances to the tissues and delivers
bodys attempt to violently defend itself against waste products to organs of elimination or
foreign entity. This may at occasions cause lethal metabolism.
effects on the body itself.
This vital role of the system is accomplished by a
few hundred miles of vascular structures

College of Medicine
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
(arteries, capillaries and veins) and a reliable
By the end of this block, the students are pump (heart) which must beat regularly for a
expected to be able to: lifetime. Any factor that disturbs this basic
function will contribute to the increased
1. Acquire the basic knowledge of morbidity and mortality which is related firstly
structure and function of the
to the cardiovascular diseases among the
organs of the body related to
hematopoeisis and lymphopoiesis. different societies all over the world.
2. Understand the basic knowledge of
abnormal conditions related to Although these factors may differ from one
both Blood and Immune systems. society to the other, most of them can be
3. Acquire knowledge about iron eliminated in our societies simply by modifying
metabolism, iron disorders, heme our habits and lifestyle. Examples include taking
structure and synthesis; and the balanced diet (amount and type), ceasing
basic knowledge of hemolytic smoking and alcohol consumption, regular
anaemias.
moderate physical activities and early
4. Acquire the knowledge of drugs
used in the management of the management of any disease. All these are part
main problems associated with of our religious traditions.
these two systems.
5. Recognize the community aspects GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
related to these problems and to
solving the related problems of By the end of this block, the students are
major community importance. expected to be able to:

1. Understand the basic anatomy and

CMD 312: Cardiovascular System histology of the heart and identify
on an appropriate model or
Duration and credits: 7 weeks - 7 Credit Hours diagram:
(3+4) a. The location of the heart

275
 within the body management of common CVS
b. The chambers and valves problems including primary and
of the heart secondary prevention.
c. Structure of the heart wall
d. The coronary circulation
e. The conducting system of CMD 321: Respiratory system
the heart.
2. Recognize the body's major Duration and credits: 7 Weeks 7 Credit Hours
arteries and veins and name the (3+4)
body region supplied by each.
3. Understand the basic anatomy, Rational/Justification:
physiology and function of the
vascular system: The respiratory system is one of the most
a. Arterial and arterioles essential components of a living organism. In
system humans, the lungs fulfill this essential function
b. Venous and capillary
by providing a source of oxygen for the body as
system.
4. Be familiar with the normal well as help to rid the body of carbon dioxide. In
development of CVS and foetal doing so the respiratory system inhales an array
circulation and its changes after of pollutants and infectious agents. Many a
birth. times these infectious agents colonize the lung
5. Understand the pump and valve tissue and cause severe respiratory ailments. In

College of Medicine
function and the hemodynamic the developing countries, relatively high
properties of the cardiac cycle:
mortality is associated with high incidence of
a. Systole and diastole
b. The components and the respiratory diseases. In many of these countries
chronological events in there is a special national health program for
the cardiac cycle acute respiratory infections (ARI) in which
c. Cardiac output. pneumonia often contributes the leading cause
6. Be acquainted with the following of death for infants and children less than five
cardiovascular hemodynamics:
years.
a. Pulse
b. Blood pressure Internationally the major respiratory disorders
c. Systemic peripheral
currently rank among the 10 leading causes of
resistance.
7. Recognize the unique features of death worldwide i.e. pneumonia (third), chronic
special circulations of the body: obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD; fifth),
brain, coronary and portal. tuberculosis (TB; sixth) and lung cancer (ninth).
8. Understand the fuel supply and Projections for 2010 even predict an increase in
metabolism of the heart. mortality due to COPD, TB and lung cancer, with
9. Understand the lipoprotein and
COPD becoming the third leading cause of death
cholesterol metabolism and their
role in cardiovascular diseases. worldwide. In addition, asthma is currently the
10. Understand the electrical impulse most frequent chronic disease affecting
generation and conduction of the children, as well as adults
heart and peripheral pumping
mechanism. In the past few years new life threatening
11. Recognize the common health respiratory infections have emerged in different
problems in the CVS. parts of the world i.e. severe acute respiratory
12. Be familiar with the rationale of syndrome(SARS) had caused panic in the south
common investigations applied to
east Asian countries as well as in the western
the CVS.
13. Understand the general hemisphere. Avian flu has also emerged as life

276
threatening disease for humans in the past six to gas exchange disturbances
months. Such respiratory infections spread like a and environmental pollution as
wild fire as every droplet that is exhaled can be cause of gas exchange
disturbances.
a source of infection for another person.
4. Recognize the lung defenses and
lung injury i.e. non-specific and
The increasing abuse of the environment leading
immunological defenses in
to air pollution and respiratory diseases of
respiratory system,
occupations together with the prevailing characteristics of respiratory
unhealthy life style with special reference to pathogens (pyogenic and TB),
smoking gives further justification for the study pathology of respiratory
of this block. infections, epidemiology of
respiratory infections.
Through the study of this block, the students are 5. Understand the drug therapy of
expected to recognize the major respiratory common respiratory disorders.
illnesses in the Kingdom, understand the
structure, function of the system, and explain HIC-2 311: Health and Illness in the Community
the underlying mechanisms in the pathogenesis
of these diseases. The students are also Duration: longitudinal throughout year two- 2
expected to devise treatment regimens and Credit Hours (0+2)
preventive measures to control the spread of

College of Medicine
these diseases in the community. Rational/Justification:

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: The course content in HIC 311 is intended to

build the foundations for research as well as
By the end of this block, the students are supporting field activities in the Primary Health
expected to be able to: Care (PHC) center. Epidemiology is one of the
basic tools for scientific, medical research. It
1. Understand the mechanism of helps in identifying the distribution,
respiration and airflow
determinants and dynamics of disease in human
obstruction including the
anatomy and histology of population, thus enables the health
respiratory system, lung professionals to adopt appropriate interventions
volumes, tissue elasticity and for promotive, preventive curative and
surface tension in respiration in rehabilitative care.
addition to factors determining
airway caliber. The students need to understand the basic
2. Understand the basic concepts of epidemiology so that they can apply
pathological mechanisms in them in designing small research project as well
airway obstruction with
as in understanding and evaluating medical
principles of treatment of airway
obstruction. literature.
3. Be familiar with the process of
gas exchange including the Health care managers and service providers,
pulmonary circulation, alveolar whether dealing with communities or clinical
ventilation and PCO2, role of services, are required to conduct research to
ventilation in acid- base balance ascertain the status, needs and other aspects of
and blood pH, features of health care for evidence- based decision making
hemoglobin dissociation curve
and effective and efficient services. Also an
and relationship of
introduction to the basics of the study of
ventilation/perfusion in addition

277
demography is essential for medical students to 1. Understand the importance of
understand and interpret the terms used in the epidemiology in the practice
study of populations. of medicine and its need for
comprehending medical
Furthermore, practice of evidence-based literature for updating
knowledge.
medicine is now regarded essential for quality
2. Plan and write a protocol for a
services. Hands-on experience of designing,
research study.
conducting, analyzing, and reporting a research 3. Understand the `measures
study, is thus an important part of the medical used in demography.
curriculum. Proper planning for investigating a 4. Recognize the disease
problem requires following a well recognized patterns and special needs of
sequence of steps. HIC 311 provides a hands-on women of child bearing age.
5. Recommend strategies to
training for following these steps to complete a
address the needs of women
research protocol for conducting research in the of child bearing age.
following year (Year 3- HIC 331). 6. Recognize the special needs of
adolescents and recommend
culturally acceptable
strategies to deal with them.
HIC 311 also covers the essential elements of
reproductive health that are practiced in the CMD 313: Clinical Skills II

College of Medicine
PHC program and provides an orientation to
other issues of reproductive health and safe Duration: longitudinal throughout year two- 2
motherhood in order to facilitate their learning Credit Hours (0+2)
at the PHC level where they are encountered.

Adolescent health is also covered in HIC 311. It is

ARAB-103: Expository Writing 2(2+0)
well recognized that the psychosocial needs of
adolescents differ from those of other age
groups. Inappropriate handling at this critical
stage of development may lead to serious CMD 332: Gastrointestinal System
consequences ranging from deviant behavior to
indulgence in criminal activities. Therefore an Duration and credits: 8 weeks - 8 Credit Hours
understanding of the adolescent health (4+4)
problems is important in order to recognize the
Rational/Justification:
impact of changing environment on the
adolescent. It is important for appropriate The study of this system is of utmost importance
community-orientation for students to realize since it involves the diseases that we come
the importance of adolescent health and to across during whole span of life, diseases of
identify the gaps in the health system at the PHC common occurrence ranging from minor to
level to deal with such problems and severe ones. It includes also those problems that
recommend strategies to deal with the problem. require explorative laparotomy for their
diagnosis. It involves a complex set of organs
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
and various associated glands and poses a great
By the end of this block, the challenge to the doctor especially when
students are expected to be able confronted with a case of acute abdomen.
to:

278
The system is also involved in changes that In this block the aim is that the students will be
occur in other systems of the body , of primary able to learn the scientific basis of various
importance. It is the system where our food on conditions affecting the urinary system so as a
which we depend for our life is taken care of : better clinical management of the patients can
ingestion, digestion, absorption etc, in addition be done.
to the fact that it also includes the liver (vital
organs) and biliary system. It is affected by a Developmentally and anatomically, the genital
diversity of diseases of various congenital, and urinary systems are close to each other. The
inflammatory and malignant natures, in addition genital system has an important role in
to various bacterial, viral, fungal and parasitic reproduction and will be considered in
infections which are also of common Endocrine and Reproduction Block. The organs
occurrence. Of common occurrence also in GIT of urinary system consist of kidneys, ureters,
are many of the medical and surgical urinary bladder and urethra. The prostate gland
emergencies. The student should, therefore, although is not an organ of urinary system but
know the GIT thoroughly well, its structure, from the study point of view it is considered as a
functions, pathogenesis and how to deal part of it because the diseases affecting it
effectively with these conditions. usually result in urinary problems.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: Many urinary problems like infections, lithiasis

and tumors affect a large number of populations

College of Medicine
By the end of this block, the students are although these are preventable or can be
expected to be able to: diagnosed and treated early by doing simple
1. Be aware of prevalence and tests. And if these diseases are not treated
preventive measures of the common earlier it can leads to renal failure which is a
gastrointestinal tract and related cause for a lot of economical and social stress
accessory organs
for the family, community and country.
2. Know the structural and topographic
organization of the gastrointestinal
The weather conditions in Kingdom of Saudi
tract and related accessory organs
Arabia like long hot climates, existence of desert
3. Realize the functional organization
and related mechanisms of action and scanty water supply favors the stone
effective in the gastro-intestinal tract formation in urinary tract. And also recurrent
and related accessory organs urinary tract infections, hypertension, and
4. Understand the common bladder reflex can cause problems. Early
dysfunctional and morbid changes of identification and treatment of these problems
the gastrointestinal tract and related
is desired to reduce the mortality and morbidity
accessory organs
5. Be familiar with the common clinical of urinary diseases. Student should, therefore,
and laboratory methods of diagnosis be well equipped with the basic knowledge of
and general lines of management of these health problems and their underlying
the common disorders of the mechanisms and with the skills of taking them
gastrointestinal tract and related both at the level of the individual and the level
accessory organs. of the family /community.

CMD 341: Urinary System GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:

Duration and credits: 5 weeks - 5Credit Hours By the end of this block, the students are
(3+2) expected to be able to:

Rational/Justification:

279
 1. Understand the anatomy of urinary affect the nervous system. A neurological
system and its relation to other examination attempts to trace the source of the
systems. problem through evaluation of the sensory,
2. Understand the development of
motor, behavioral, and cognitive functions of
urinary system and its congenital
malformations. the nervous system. The nervous system is the
3. Recognize the microscopic master controlling system of the body. It is
structure of different parts of responsible for all behaviors - indeed every
urinary system and its relation to thought, action, and emotion reflects its activity.
function and disease.
4. Be familiar with the functions of Diseases like congenital malformations of the
the kidney and understand the brain and spinal cord are often seen in Saudi
urea synthesis and Creatinine Arabia and our students should be able to
metabolism.
manage such patients and council parents with
5. Be familiar with the role of renal
system in buffer system. such children. In the past such diseases were not
6. Understand the pathogenesis of diagnosed early and the patients were left
common diseases affecting urinary untreated, but in the present era of modern
system including the parasitic technology, the presence of highly sophisticated
infection. diagnostic techniques has made it possible for
7. Be familiar with the drugs affecting the early detection, diagnosis and management
urinary system and the

College of Medicine
of such patients. Infectious diseases of the
pharmacology of drugs used in
treatment of renal diseases. nervous system like poliomyelitis, encephalitis,
8. Recognize the prevention of meningitis etc which can cause morbidity and
common renal diseases and care of mortality, can be prevented and managed if
patients with renal failure. appropriate measures are taken.
9. Understand the etiology, mode of
transmission, prevention and Cerebro-vascular accidents (CVAs) are a major
control of renal diseases of public threat to the community and the family of a
health importance. person. Psychological, psychosocial and
behavioral problems on the other hand, are also
CMD 331: Nervous System, Special Senses hazardous for the community. They need to be
and Behavior managed and dealt with cautiously. Meningitis is
a great hazard during Hajj season. Every year
Duration and Credits: 10 weeks -10 Credit there is a fear of epidemic. Appropriate
Hours (5+5) vaccination, awareness program for community
and other preventive measures are adopted to
Rational/Justification: prevent it. Knowledge of drugs that can
effectively cross the blood brain barrier is very
The nervous system is highly complex and
vital for the good management of nervous
interconnected network of neurons and
system diseases. Tumors of brain, benign or
supporting neuroglia. Neural tissue is extremely
malignant, are also very common in this part of
delicate and the characteristics of the extra-
the world.
cellular environment must be kept within
narrow homeostatic limits. When homeostatic The doctor of tomorrow should be able to
regulatory mechanisms breakdown; under the identify the pathologies of the nervous system
stress of genetic or environmental factors, for the purpose of management. The use of
infection or trauma, symptoms of neurological magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), positron
disorders appear. Literally hundreds of disorders emission tomography (PET), digital subtraction

280
angiography (DSA), computerized tomography 7. Be aware of some basic
(CT) scans, electro-encephalography (EEG), etc neurological and special senses
have improved the quality of life in many of such tests and investigations
necessary in diagnosis of
patients.
common disorders of the
nervous system including CSF
There are also systemic diseases which affect
analysis.
the nervous system, like diabetes and
8. Recognize the psychological,
hypertension etc. It is therefore very crucial to social and economic impacts of
know the structure, function, biochemistry and some common neurological
malfunction of the nervous system and be able disorders in the community.
to deal with its disorders.
CMD 342: Integrated Multi-Systems and
Most of the doctors in general practice come Therapeutics
across patients with eye diseases and diseases Duration and credits: 10 weeks - 10 Credit
of the ear, nose and throat (ENT). Similarly the Hours (5+5)
psychological and behavioral disorders are also
Rational/Justification:
not uncommon. Blindness and hearing
impairment are the topics of the day. Therefore This course is intended to consolidate the
the training of the students from the beginning knowledge and skills gained in previous
should include the relevant material from these individual organ system blocks/courses in an

College of Medicine
specialties with major emphasis on the integrated and holistic approach to the human
prevalent problems of Saudi Arabia. body. Although the main emphasis in this block
is still to consider basic sciences in some depth,
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
clinical problems are also emphasized. A good
By the end of this block, the students are deal is also given to the different laboratory
expected to be able to: tests to enable the students to judge the lab
1. Be familiar with the organs of results and integrate them with the patient
the nervous system, and its problem. During this block a chance is given to
components students to access hospital for real patients to
2. Understand the various
integrate the previously acquired clinical skills in
functions of the nervous system
components and special senses the skill lab with those of hospital work i.e. a
3. Recognize pathological good bridge is established between basic
deviations that may affect the science studies in previous blocks and the real
functions of nervous system clinical work in the hospital in a smooth and
components and consequences natural fashion.
of these changes
4. Understand the underlying In addition to selected relevant topics for
patho-physiological basis of seminars to reflect self learning and team work,
common neurological and
clinical presentations for real-patient problems
special sense disorders.
5. Understand the synthesis and obtained from the hospital are also provided to
degradation of enable students to be familiar with clinical work.
neurotransmitters and During this block clinical therapeutics for
neuropeptides. different problems are emphasized. The
6. Be familiar with the drugs used problems selected for the study during this
in the management of common course emphasize multi-system disorders such
neurological and psychological
as miliary tuberculosis and most of the chronic
disorders

281
diseases such as diabetes mellitus and HIC-3 331: Health and Illness in the Community
hypertension. 2(0+2)

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: Duration: longitudinal throughout year three- 2

Credit Hours (0+2)
By the end of this block, the students are
expected to be able to: Rational/Justification:

1. Recognize the human body as an The course content in HIC 331 is intended to
integrated system. strengthen the knowledge base for research as
2. Understand the common disorders well as supporting field activities in the PHC
which affect multi-systems and the
center. Basic concepts of analytic epidemiology
human body on different life cycles.
3. Recognize the impact of social, are required for answering research questions
psychological and cultural factors on requiring analytic epidemiological study designs.
disease. Applied biostatistics is essential for analyzing
4. Be familiar with the principles of and interpreting data obtained during the
management, rehabilitation, health research project. Practice of evidence-based
promotion and prevention of medicine is now becoming the norm. Therefore,
disease.
in order to understand medical literature as well
5. Recognize the concepts of team-
working and holistic approach in as to collect, analyze, organize and interpret

College of Medicine
dealing with health problems. data and use information in a meaningful
6. Recognize the concepts of multi- manner, understanding of basic biostatistics is
professional and interdisciplinary essential for medical students.
approaches.
7. Application and linking the Conducting a research study provides students
theoretical knowledge that the the opportunity to practice acquisition of
student has been taught in research skills that may be applicable in health
pharmacology, mainly, and other
care settings such as at the PHC level of care. In
disciplines (physiology, biochemistry
and pathology) with the clinical addition, courses on occupational health
phase which is translated in the form problems provide orientation to hazards at work
of management of different diseases places such as industries and hospitals and
(the final outcome of the academic facilitate learning of determinants and dynamics
phase) of problems related to occupational health.
8. Preparing the student for the clinical
phase as regards management of This course also examines the different
common diseases like DM, dimensions of care of the elderly and is required
hypertension, HF, anemias,
students to be able to identify the services gap
thromboembolic diseases,
dyslipidemias, gout and common at the PHC level as well as the special needs of
infections including, diagnosis, this population sub-group.
prescription, follow up and
monitoring the therapy. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
9. Recognize the aspects of herbal
therapy and complementary By the end of this block, the students
medicine. are expected to be able to:

1. Conduct a research study.

282
 2. Write and present the 5. Be able to use the clinical
report of the research information to arrive at diagnostic
study. and therapeutic plans.
3. Recognize the features of 6. Be able to present clinical
selected occupational information accurately in written and
diseases and the need for verbal reports.
occupational health 7. Develop self-awareness about one's
services in order to deal own attitudes, beliefs and behaviors
with them appropriately. that influence his/her practice as a
4. Recognize the needs of physician.
the elderly and measures Phase II
to address them.
Phase 2 [Clerkship Phase] (Medical years 4 and
5; semesters 9-12
CMD 333: Clinical Skills III 2(0+2)
Introduction
Duration: longitudinal throughout year three- 2
Credit Hours (0+2) The main emphasis of this phase is on practical
clinical training in the various fields of medicine
MED 341: Clinical Skills IV 2(0+2) including mental health, ambulatory/emergency
medicine and family medicine. Students are
Duration: longitudinal throughout year three- 2

College of Medicine
exposed to the environment they are going to
Credit Hours (0+2)
work in after graduation. They are required to
Rational/Justification function as sub-interns and take limited
responsibility in the management of patients
To introduce the art of eliciting a proper history and when they are on call. In this capacity they
and practice the standard technique of are expected to:
examination in order to demonstrate the clinical
1. Interview, examine and clerk
signs in real patients with full attention to
patients;
ethical aspects of clinical medicine 2. Discuss cases with colleagues
and senior staff;
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 3. Counsel and health educate
patients and their families and
By the end of this block, the students follow them up;
are expected to be able to: 4. Participate in rounds, clinics,
and procedures.
1. Communicate effectively with
patients and their families to identify Care should be taken to ensure that the training
problems and provide scientifically encompasses all the levels of health care:
and socially acceptable solution. primary, secondary as well as tertiary and not be
2. Practice professionalism with limited to bed-side teaching alone.
patients and colleagues.
3. Conduct a medical interview to Clerkship Organization
collect relevant clinical information
and identify the patient's Students are divided into four main rotations
perspective.
covering the four major specialties; but covered
4. Perform a physical examination to
within these, as shown below, are other
identify important findings while
respecting a patient's dignity. specialties and subspecialties considered as part
of the major discipline, with or without specified
duration, or standing on their own as separate

283
courses with defined credit hours. Examples of D. OBGYN 10 weeks+ mental
the former are: health 4 wks and
ambulatory/emergency
Endemic diseases, medicine 4 wks.
gastroenterology, cardiology,
nephrology (no specified
duration) and dermatology (2 Semester Semester Semester Semester
weeks duration each) with
9 10 11 12
medicine (rotation A);
Urology, anesthesiology (no
A B C D
specified duration) and
otolaryngology and B A D C
ophthalmology (two weeks
duration each) and Longitudinal courses semesters 9 and
orthopedics (4 weeks) with 10: Medical Radiology
surgery (rotation B); while Longitudinal for semesters 11 and 12:
examples of the latter are: Islamic medical ethics (IME) and
Family medicine (six Forensic medicine (Forensic science
weeks/credit hours) with and toxicology)
pediatrics (rotation C); and MED 411: Medicine-1
ambulatory/emergency
medicine (eight weeks/credit MED 412: Medicine-2

College of Medicine
hours) and mental
health/psychiatry (four DERM 411
weeks/credit hours) with
OB/GYN (rotation D). Duration and credits: General Medicine 16
weeks (16 CHs), Dermatology 2 weeks (2 CHs), in
There are, in addition, longitudinal courses with Semesters 9 or 10
specified credit hours: Radiology in semesters 9
Intended Students: Semesters 9 and 10
and 10 and Islamic medical ethics in semesters
11-12, Forensic medicine in semesters 11and 12 Rationale/Justification
(two credit hours each).
The basic aim of health care is that patients,
Each week there is a combined session for all irrespective of all their gender, age, colors,
the groups to meet together to present and religion, socio-economic background etc.,
discuss special cases, their research projects, receive the physicians kind care and full
selected articles for the journal club etc. attention and be treated humanely, with due
Clerkship Rotations, Semesters 9-12 respect and their own dignity. The physician
should have the required knowledge, skills and
The rotations are as follows with each semester professionalism, to carry out his/her duties to
of 18 weeks duration. help them. Modern educational philosophies
A. Medicine 18 weeks assume that a medical student is an active
(including dermatology, 2 learner and emphasize independent learning
wks) and team work attitudes.
B. Surgery 18 weeks
(including: orthopedics, 4 Studying internal medicine is the cornerstone
wks, otolarygology 2 wks of medical practice. Knowledge and skills
and ophthalmology 2 wks) learned in internal medicine enable the
C. Pediatrics 10 weeks + students to deal with the majority of problems
family medicine 6 wks related to other specialties and subspecialties.

284
Most of the training in this clerkship is focused 6. Opt for the wise selection of the
on secondary and tertiary levels of health care, most appropriate and cost-
which have to complement, rather than effective investigations to reach
replace, the primary level. the proper diagnosis, considering
the patient rights and abilities and
The study of internal medicine helps the the capabilities of the health
students adopt a holistic approach to patient system.
problems. The subspecialties, within the medical 7. Interact effectively with the health
team (and appreciate the role of
clerkship (neurology, cardiology, dermatology
others) in providing medical
and oncology) study in depth aspects or rapidly services.
expanding areas within the medical practice. 8. Continue independent learning and
pursue postgraduate studies.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: 9.
IMG 421: Clerkship in Radiology and Medical
By the end of this block, the students
Imaging
are expected to be able to:
Duration and credits: 2 CH, longitudinal
1. Show responsible and
Semesters 9 and 10
compassionate behavior with the
patient and family considering the
Rationale /Justification
cultural, social and economic

College of Medicine
background, and in dealing with all The science and practice of radiology and
levels of education and abilities. imaging have expanded enormously in the last
2. Master the required four decades. Almost all diseases require
communication skills for
imaging either for diagnosis, staging, routine or
appropriate history taking and
medical examination. interventional management or follow up. All
3. Appreciate the role of perfect disciplines in medical practice ask the help of
understanding of basic sciences radiologists to select an algorithm of the most
(anatomy, physiology, and suitable and prudent imaging modalities to solve
biochemistry) and the underlying a patients problem. Medical students and
pathophysiological processes
interns find themselves, in all departments
relevant to medical practice in
including Accident and Emergency, with images
diagnosis and management of
common illnesses in patient and of various parts of the body that require
community. knowledge of imaging techniques, imaging
4. Be acquainted with the anatomy and diagnostic imaging features. The
epidemiological profile of the diagnostic decision sometimes has to be prompt
population and society, their and accurate to take the necessary management
heritage and cultural, social,
choices by the clinician. Basic knowledge of
geographic and economic
characteristics, and relationship of imaging methods, indications, anatomy and
all those to medical disease diagnosis are important for medical students.
etiology and management.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
5. Have the knowledge and skills
necessary to identify and manage For Pre-Clinical Phase:
the health problems of a patient:
emergency situations, common By the end of this phase the students
endemic or epidemic diseases and should be able to:
disabilities, including health
promotion, prevention, treatment,
rehabilitation and follow up.

285
 1. Identify normal structures of body OPHT 421: Ophthalmology
over the plain x-rays, contrast Duration and credits: 18 weeks (18 CHs),
studies and CT scan. including orthopedics (4), ophthalmology (2),
2. Know the common radiological and ENT (2).
investigations with regard to basic
mechanism, common uses, Rationale/Justification
advantages and disadvantages.
3. Correlate common pathological The basic aim of health care is that patients,
process over the different irrespective of all their gender, age, color,
radiological modalities. religion, socioeconomic background etc. deserve
4. Be aware of the harmful and the physicians kind care and full attention, hope
beneficial effects of x-rays.
to be treated humanely, with due respect to
their dignity. The surgeon should have the
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: required, skills and professionalism, to carry out
For Clinical Phase: his/her duties to help them. Modern
educational philosophies assume that a medical
By the end of this course the students
student is an active learner and emphasize
should be able to:
independent learning and team work.
1. Know the brief details of all
Injuries and road traffic accidents constitute a
common and recent radiological

College of Medicine
investigations as regard to the large share of health problems in any
mechanism, indications, contra- community, particularly in Saudi Arabia.
indications, limitations, advantages Studying surgery is an essential component of
and disadvantages. medical training and a daily activity of a
2. Read and recognize normal practicing physician. Knowledge and skills
structures of the body on the plain
learned in surgery enable the students to deal
x-rays. Students should have
with surgical emergencies and life-saving
sufficient knowledge to diagnose
the common problems over the x- situations as well as with other cold problems of
ray. removal of non-functioning organs or
3. Recognize normal and abnormal unnecessary benign or malignant growths, or
findings over the contrast studies. replacing or reconstructing shape or function.
They should be able to diagnose Surgical training in subspecialties like
common problems seen in contrast
orthopedics, ophthalmology and
studies and fluoroscopic
examinations. otorhinolaryngology helps in facing very specific
4. Utilize radiological investigations to components of surgery and dealt with in this
solve the common problems of clerkship. Most of the training in this clerkship is
patients with evidence-based focused on secondary and tertiary levels of
approach. health care, which have to complement, rather
5. Be aware of best use of ultrasound, than replace, primary level.
CT scan and MRI in the body in
terms of diagnosis of disease While studying surgery the student should adopt
process.
a holistic approach to patient problems, which
may require attention to medical illnesses while
Clerkship in Surgery the patient is in the surgical ward. This is why
the General Objectives and the Specific Basic
SURG 421: Surgery Clinical Skills are nearly the same as those in
ORTH 421: Orthopedic Surgery Medical Clerkship. Close consultations and
ENT 421: Ear Nose and Throat

286
timely referral of medical cases is for the benefit and abilities and the
of the patient. capabilities of the health
system, especially when
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: weighing the pros and cons of
surgical intervention
By the end of the Surgical Clerkship the student 7. Interact effectively with the
should: surgical and other health
teams (and appreciate the role
1. Show responsible and of others) in providing medical
compassionate behavior with and surgical services
the patient and family 8. Continue independent
considering the cultural, social learning in surgery and pursue
and economic background, postgraduate studies.
and in dealing with all levels of OBGYN 441: Obstetrics and Gynecology
education and abilities.
2. Use the required Duration and credits: 8 weeks
communication skills for taking
appropriate history and Rationale/Justification:
conducting medical
examination. The basic concept in health care is that patients,
3. Appreciate the role of perfect irrespective of all their gender, age colors,
understanding of basic science religions and socioeconomic background etc,

College of Medicine
(anatomy, physiology and
deserve the physicians kind care and full
biochemistry) and the
underlying pathophysiological attention, hope to be treated humanely, with
processes relevant to surgical due respect to their dignity. The physician
practice, in the diagnosis and should have adequate knowledge, skills and
management of common professionalism, to carry out his/her duties to
illnesses in patient and help them. Modern educational philosophies
community. assume that a medical student is an active
4. Be acquainted with the
learner and emphasize independent learning
epidemiological profile of the
population and society, their and team work.
heritage and cultural, social,
geographic and economic Family is the social unit of the community.
characteristics, and Family health concerns include: the
relationship of all those to reproductive process, child rearing, nutrition,
surgical disease etiology and infectious diseases, health education and
management. environmental hygiene. The role and
5. Have the knowledge and skills responsibilities of women in this spectrum are
necessary to identify the crucial. Women health, if guaranteed, will
health problems of a patient: assure achieving important requirements of a
emergency situations, healthy functioning family. The provision and
common endemic or epidemic evaluation of maternal health requires
diseases and disabilities, knowledge of the reproductive processes. This
including health promotion, requires basic knowledge on structure and
prevention, treatment, function of the female genital system, the role
rehabilitation and follow up. played by endocrine organs, the issues of
6. Opt for the wise selection of fertility and infertility.
the most appropriate and
cost-effective investigations to During conception and child bearing, the health
reach the proper diagnosis, of the mother is subjected to numerous risks,
considering the patient rights which can be reduced by intervention by the

287
health profession if the latter adopts a be able to investigate and
multidisciplinary approach sharing the burden evaluate the patient care
with other disciplines concerned with practices, appraise and
population studies, economics, social behavior, assimilate scientific evidence,
and equity in distribution of resources. and improve the patient care
practices. He/she should
Studying obstetrics and gynecology is an continue independent learning
important activity in preserving the human race. in family and reproductive
The discipline is expanding rapidly and student sciences and practice, and
has to have basic knowledge and readiness to pursue postgraduate studies (A,
add on from the daily discoveries in this field. C3, P4)
Reproductive health is an area of controversies 4. Interpersonal and
where cultures intersect and contradict. The communication skills: the
family and motherhood has a very special place student must be able to
in Islam. A Muslim obstetrician and gynecologist demonstrate interpersonal and
have a lot to offer to world wisdom and communication skills that result
knowledge on philosophies and ethical limits of in effective information
reproductive biology. These issues will be exchanges and teaming with
touched upon in this course, and, at the same patients, their families, and
time, in the course of Islamic Medical Ethics professional associates (A, P3).
(ETHIC 411). 5. Professionalism: the student
must demonstrate a

College of Medicine
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES: commitment to carrying out
professional responsibilities
By the end of this course the student adherence to ethical principles,
should be able to develop the attitudes and sensitivity to a diverse
and acquire knowledge and skills about patient population (A, P3).
the following general competencies: 6. System-based practice: the
student must demonstrate an
1. Patient care: the student must awareness of and
be able to provide patient care responsiveness to the larger
that is compassionate, context and system of health
appropriate, and effective for care and the ability to
the prevention and treatment effectively call on system
of health problems and the resources to provide care that is
promotion of health and of optimal value (A, P2).
rehabilitation. He/she shows
ability and enthusiasm to
promote health through health PED 431: Pediatrics
education and support and
provision of primary health Duration and credits: 10 weeks (10 CHs),
programs (A) Semesters 11 or 12
2. Medical knowledge: the student
must demonstrate knowledge Rationale/Justification
about established and evolving
biochemical, clinical, and The basic concept in health care is that patients,
cognate (epidemiologic and irrespective of their gender, age, colors, religion,
social-behavioral) sciences and socio-economic background etc., receive the
the application of this physicians kind care and full attention, to be
knowledge to patient care (K3, treated humanely, with due respect to their own
C3). dignity. The physician should have the required,
3. Patients-based learning and
knowledge, skills and professionalism, to carry
improvement: the student must

288
out his/her duties to help them. Modern 3. Appreciate the role perfect
educational philosophies assume that a medical understanding of basic science
student is an active learner and emphasize (e.g. anatomy, physiology and
biochemistry) and the underlying
independent learning and team work attitudes.
pathophysiological) relevant to
pediatric practice in the diagnosis
Children constitute over 50% of the population
and management of common child
and they suffer from almost the same medical
illnesses.
and surgical illnesses as do adults, in addition to
4. Be acquainted with the
specific childhood illnesses, which are mainly
epidemiological profile of the
due to vulnerability to infections, poverty,
population and society, their
malnutrition, congenital malformations,
heritage and cultural, social,
metabolic diseases, neonatal problems or abuse.
geographic and economic
Studying pediatrics is essential because
characteristics, and relationship of
management and prevention of childhood
all those to child health and
diseases decreases the rates of morbidity and
disease etiology and management.
mortality in children, which are important
5. Have the knowledge and skills
indicators of development and quality of life.
which help him/her to observe and
maintain the healthy physical,
Knowledge and skills learned in pediatric
psychological and educational

College of Medicine
training enable the students to deal with the
development of the child.
majority of problems related to other specialties
6. Have the knowledge and skills
and subspecialties. Most of the training in this
necessary to identify the problems
clerkship is exposure to secondary and tertiary
of child health and their
levels of health care, which have to
management, including emergency
complement, rather than replace, primary level
situations, common child diseases
of the disease spectrum. In pediatrics primary
of endemic or epidemic etiologies,
care is exceptionally important, because most of
and disabilities, including health
the origin or consequences of childhood
promotion preventions, treatment,
diseases are in the community. Therefore, the
rehabilitation and follow up.
study of pediatrics requires the student to adopt
7. Opt for the wise selection of the
holistic approach to patient problems, looking at
most appropriate and cost-
other members of the family, school and
effective abilities and the
community at large. The subspecialties within
capabilities of the health system.
the medical clerkship (neurology, cardiology,
8. Interact effectively with the child
dermatology and oncology etc) are as well
health team and other teams (and
important in pediatrics.
appreciate the role of others) in
providing child health services.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
9. Continue independent learning in
By the end of this course the student should pediatric sciences and practice,
develop the attitudes and acquire and pursue postgraduate studies.
knowledge and skills which qualify him/her
to:
1. Show responsible and FCM 431: Family and Community Medicine
compassionate behavior with the
child and family considering the Duration and Credits: 6 weeks 6 (2+4)
cultural, social and economic
background, and in dealing with all Rational/justification:
levels of education and abilities.
2. Use the required communication Over the past 30 years family physicians have
skills for taking appropriate history provided personal health care in the context of
and conducting medical family, influenced medical education and
examination.

289
changed the nature of health care in North Following will highlight the role of Family
America, Canada, England and many other Physicians.
countries.
Continuity of Care:
Family medicine is now a recognized specialty in Family Physicians are committed to
many countries of the world requiring intense providing care to patients and their families
residency training program ranging from 2 to 4 over time whether in hospital or in
years. In the US Family Medicine gained ambulatory (out-patient) setting. Family
recognition as a distinct specialty in 1969. Family practice includes well-patient visits, acute
medicine is a discipline that provides holistic and care, follow-up for chronic disease
comprehensive health care in the context of the monitoring and management, and palliative
family and its environment. care when intervention is no longer
indicated. This long-term contact allows for
In the developing countries, family medicine is the development of a relationship with
an evolving specialty. Trained family individuals and their families which
practitioners to provide holistic and improves medical care.
comprehensive care are still not available in
sufficient numbers in the developing countries, Coordination of Care:
therefore, such care is often provided by general The Family Physician identifies other
practitioners (GPs) with varying training practitioners and health resources that are

College of Medicine
background. The GPs are often the first level of needed to care for the patient and
care givers (primary care physicians) and coordinates the care and services which
because of the lack in appropriate training, their they provide. Thus family physicians work
competencies and skills do not match the within a broader system of health care
expectations of the clients. which meets the needs of our patients.

A trained family physician is an expert in dealing Comprehensiveness of Approach:

with the common problems, recognizes the Family Physicians not only view patients
conditions that need referral for appropriate from the biological perspective, but also
level of care, maintains linkage of the referred from a psychological point of view. The bio-
cases with the referral sites and health psycho-social model influences how we
personnel and has the skills to provide follow-up interact with our patients and what we
care; thus ensuring continuity of care. He is also expect the outcome of a successful
well versed with the bio-social factors interaction to be. This patient-centered
influencing health and his training in approach strengthens the possibility that
communication skills provides him an edge over the patients health will improve over time.
his other colleagues in gaining confidence of the
family and community. Community:
Family Physicians are not only oriented to
The emphasis of family practice is broad based the individuals psychological state, but also
care of the person and family with a humanistic to their social context, as well as,
approach integrated with evolving new considering their occupation, community,
technologies for provision of longitudinal health family and cultural issues. This may involve
care. Family Practice is a health oriented, sometimes informing the health
comprehensive and holistic approach rather department when the physician suspects a
than a narrow disease oriented focus. new epidemic of a disease, notifying the
employer of potential health problems at a

290
 work site, or utilizing community resources care to individuals, families
to support patient care. and communities

The family physician thus assumes an

PSYC 441: Psychiatry and Mental Health
important role in acting as bridge between
the community and health and other Duration and credit hours: 4 weeks (4 credit
resources for the benefit of the individual, hours).
families, and communities.
Rationale/justification
Many infectious (AIDS) and chronic diseases
are not totally curable at this stage of Mental health (psychiatric) disorders represent
prevailing knowledge. Thus prevention disturbance in thinking, emotion and behavior.
assumes an important role and family They result from a complex of psychological,
physicians, being most close to the family physical, social, cultural and hereditary
and community discharge this responsibility influences. Because of this complex etiology,
most cost-effectively and efficiently. and the increasing burden of this group of
diseases, a move has developed to bring
Common Ambulatory (out-patients) Family mentally ill patients, out of the health
Practice problems: institutions, back into the families and society
This rotation will introduce the students to i.e. deinstitutionalization, where the family and

College of Medicine
the principles and practice of family some self-help groups are active in the
medicine. The core content is determined community. This is for patients who are not a
by the common problems that present to danger to themselves or society. Therefore, the
family physicians. patients are coming back to the primary health
care level, where a general physician is expected
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
to deal with them, and follow up and monitor
At the end of the rotation, the students should the daily, life-long prescriptions and their
be able to: complications.

Rapid advances are going on in knowledge of

1. Explain the basic principles
and philosophy of Family the intricate mechanisms in the structure and
Practice. function of the human brain, the relationship of
2. Describe the differentiating certain parts of the brain or its chemicals with
characteristics of family mental illness and in the classification and
medicine and internal diagnostic criteria of disease. These have
medicine.
expanded the pure medical component of the
3. Apply holistic and
specialty, added to similar advances in
comprehensive health care in
the context of continuity of psychology and behavior. Medical students and
care and promotive, practitioners find themselves in need of reading
preventive, curative and complex background of scientific material that
rehabilitative care through an has to be simplified to help practice and boost
organized team approach. the special clinical skills needed in psychiatry.
4. Give the rationale for trained
family physicians at the Studying psychiatry and caring for mental health
Primary Health Care level for
is absolutely necessary, not only because of the
improved health care.
evident psychiatric illnesses, which require
5. Explain the extended role of
family physician in providing consulting a specialized physician, but because

291
many patients, arriving at the primary care level, CMD 431: Forensic Medicine
present organic complaints that can only be
explained on the bases of psychological Credit hours: 2 (1+1).
disturbance.
Rationale/justification
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
Forensic science Medical Jurisprudence is a
At the end of this course, the students branch of medicine that serves justice by
should be able to: examining material evidence related to civil and
criminal context from biomedical aspects. It can
1. Use the standard classification and be defined as the application of medical
terminology known in mental knowledge to the administration of law. A lot of
health care. questions concerning medicine arise from the
2. Appreciate the comprehensiveness
administration of law. Among them, cause of
of care, and wholistic
(biopsychosocial) approach in death, timing of death, identification, paternity,
psychiatry where behavior and trauma, abortion, infanticide and asphyxia are
somatic illness are very much the most popular subjects in forensic medicine.
related to underlying psychological
abnormalities. Forensic science makes use of other different
3. Utilize his/her knowledge of family medical and non-medical sub-specialties as
and society to understand forensic anthropology, forensic chemistry,

College of Medicine
psychiatric illness, and use family forensic entomology, forensic medicine legal
bonds and society helpers in
medicine, forensic odontology, forensic
management and rehabilitation.
4. Find the epidemiology and burden osteology, forensic pathology, forensic
of mental illness in his/her photography, forensic psychiatry, forensic
country, and the contributing psychology, forensic radiology, forensic
factors to increasing or decreasing serology, forensic toxicology etc.
tendencies.
5. Obtain relevant history, thorough The study and subsequent practice of forensic
mental status examination, science entails a very successful medical art that
focusing on clinical presentation, utilizes all possible available means from simple
elicit physical sign and request
microscopy to most sophisticated techniques eg
informative investigations to reach
a suitable diagnosis for the mental DNA techniques.
condition, aware of the
implications of misdiagnosed or GENERAL INSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
underestimated or overestimated
By the end of this course, the students should
danger of a mentally ill patient on
the society, and, at the same time, be able to:
considering the consequences on
his/her wrong diagnosis on the 1. Diagnose death.
individual and family. 2. Identify sex and race.
6. Appreciate the role of health team 3. Examine different stains
in mental health, where non- e.g. blood stain, semen,
medical staff are involved, milk, and excreta.
accepting, most of the time, 4. Classify wounds from the
leadership responsibilities. medico-legal point of
view.

292
 5. Recognize causes and GENERALINSTRUCTIONAL OBJECTIVES:
types of head injuries and
factors affecting them. These are the same as the general objectives of
6. Identify and describe medical or surgical clerkships.
firearm injuries.
7. Recognize and describe CMD 441: Medical Ethics
injuries due to physical
agents.
8. Deal with sexual assaults,
abortion, and miscarriage.
9. Diagnose causes of death
in different age groups
and to describe the post
mortem changes.
10. Understand and deal with
preventive and
environmental toxicology
including forensic
toxicology.
11. Understand and deal with
clinical poisoning cases.
12. Study and learn antidotes

College of Medicine
to the most common toxic
agents.
13. Focus on the international
medicine as domestic
violence (child abuse) in
Forensic medicine and
Lead poisoning in children
in clinical Toxicology.

EMR 441: Emergency Medicine

Duration and credits: 4 weeks (4 CHs)

Rationale/Justification:

There is nothing more important to the

practicing doctor than saving the human life,
next is relieving patients suffering, irrespective
of his/her ability to reach the accurate diagnosis.
In situations of emergency, very specific
characteristic have to prevail in the doctors
behavior. Most essential is feeling the urgency
and move in few minutes to the patient, and act
accordingly. No time for work, since if the
emergency requires then the doctor has to stay
most of the time in the accident and emergency
department. A keen sense of responsibility to
human life and suffering is very important.

293
 1. Provide the highest quality healthcare
education and obtaining national and
international academic accreditation.
2. Raising the aptitude and
competitiveness of healthcare
students.
3. Raising the effectiveness of community
services and applied research to fulfill
the needs of development.
4. Raising the institutional administrative,

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

technological and informational
performance.
5. Enhancement of cooperation and
partnership in local, national and
College of Medicine & international institutions.
Applied Medical Sciences in 6. Raising the rates of efficiency,
satisfaction and retention of human
Unaizah resources.

Vision About
The College of Mecicine and Applied Medical
The College of Medicine and Appliaed Medical
Sciences has been recently started. The college
Sciences in Unaizah at Qassim University (QU)
is currently offering a basic program in Nursing.
envisions being a globally recognized learning
It provides a community based and community
institution, committed to graduating healthcare
oriented educational program that adopts the
professionals, supporting sustainable
problem based learning approach in teaching
development of health care in Qassim region,
and learning as an educational strategy.
contributing to advance a knowledge based
Integration between the nursing disciplines
society in health sciences.
together with the medical sciences and
Mission humanities is an integral issue of the program.
This program philosophy gives a great
The college of Medicine and Applied Mediccal opportunity for students to be responsible
Sciences in Unaizah is committed to excellence about their own learning and a great ability to
in healthcare education, research and graduate highly competent nurses able to be
community service, providing a high quality lifelong learners. Being a community based
student-centered healthcare education through program, nursing students perform their clinical
graduating competent and compassionate training in the available health care settings in
professionals able to meet and respond to the Qassim region including ministry of health
changing health care needs and expectations of hospitals and primary health care units. Being a
the Saudi community, in collaboration with community oriented program, allows a
national and international partners continuous revision of the program to include
emerging priority health problem.
Objectives
Degrees

-Bachelor

294
Programs: IC-103 Islamic Study III 2 (2+0)

BS Degree Prpgram: Nursing ARAB 103 Expository Writing 2 (2+0)

Study Plan NURS 211 Adult Nursing I 7(4+3)

Year 1 NURC 241 Nursing Applied 3 (2+1)

Nutrition
Course Course Credit
Symbol Hours
NURS 212 Pathophysiology 2 (2+0)

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

IC 101 Islamic Study I 2 (2+0)
NURS 213 Chronicity in Health 2(2+0)
ARAB 101 Arabic Language 2 (2+0) Care
Skills
IC-104 Islamic Study IV 2 (2+0)
NURE 121 Nursing Education 3 (2+1)
NURS 214 Adult Nursing II 7 (4+3)
NURS 111 Body Structure and 8 (5+3)
Function
NURS 215 Human Bioscience 3 (2+1)
NURS 112 Basic Concepts of 3 (2+1) in Nursing
Nursing Care
NURC 242 Health Promotion 2(1+1)
IC 102 Islamic Study II 2 (2+0) and Risk Reduction

CMD 212 Growth and 5(3+2)

NURS 216 Health Assessment 2(2+0)
Development
in Clinical Practice I

CMD 221 Principles of 6 (3+3)

NURS 217 Perioperative 2 (2+0)
Diseases
Nursing
NURC 141 Health Care System 2 (2+0)
Total 36
NURC 142 Nursing 2 (2+0)
Epidemiology
Year 3
NURC 143 Nursing 2 (2+0)
Psychosocial Course Course Credit
Science Symbol Hours

Total 37 NURM Maternal Health 7(4+3)

331 Nursing

NURE 321 Nursing 2 (2+0)

Year 2
Professional
Course Course Credit Communication
Symbol Hours

295
NURE 322 Nursing Informatics 2 (1+1)
Course Description:
NURE 323 Nursing Leadership 4 (2+2)
and Management NURE 121 Nursing Education (3h)

Nursing Education is a key part of the work of

Nursing Elective I 3
health care professionals through provision of
NURM Child and 7 (4+3) patient, peer and student teaching. Problem
332 Adolescent Nursing Based Learning (PBL) is the key educational
strategy of Qassim College of Nursing. In PBL,
learners are progressively given more and more

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

responsibility for their own education and
NURE 324 Nursing Ethics 2 (2+0) become increasingly independent of the teacher
for their education. PBL produces independent
NURC 341 Nursing 2 (1+1)
learners who can continue to learn on their own
Biostatistics
in life and in their chosen careers. The
Nursing Elective II 3 responsibility of the teacher in PBL is to provide
the educational materials and guidance that
Free Hours 3 facilitate learning. The Nursing Education Course
will provide a two weeks overview of PBL. Also,
Total 35 Understanding teaching and learning theories
and approaches is fundamental to delivering
effective teaching. This course aims to introduce
Year 4 students to teaching and learning for clinical
practice. It will explore theory underpinning
Course Course Credit teaching and learning as well as provide
Symbol Hours opportunities for skills development in planning
and delivering teaching.
NURS 411 Critical care nursing 7(4+3)
NURS 111 Body Structure and Function (8h)
NURC 441 Psychiatric & 5 (3+2)
Mental Health Body Structure and Function is an
Nursing undergraduate level course that integrates basic
science topics in an interdisciplinary approach,
NURE 421 Nursing Research I 2 (2+0) in which the essential principles of human
anatomy and physiology are presented,
Free Hours 3
including basic biochemistry, cell and tissue
NURC 442 Community Health 6 (4+2) studies, and an overview of all the body systems
Nursing dealing with the structure and function of the
human body and mechanisms for maintaining
homeostasis within it. Included is the study of
NURC 443 Geriatric Nursing 3 (2+1) cells, tissues, and the integumentary, skeletal,
muscular and nervous systems, cardiovascular,
NURE 422 Nursing Research II 4(1+3)
lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, and urinary
Nursing Elective III 3 systems, as well as the concepts of
development, metabolism, fluid and electrolyte
Total 33 balance, and acid-base balance are included.

296
 Discussions on temperature regulation, themes of study are nervous and endocrine
metabolism as well as fluid, electrolytes and control and regulation of body functions,
acid-base balance are included The course also maintenance systems of the body, and
includes an introduction to the general reproduction and early development, which are
pharmacological concepts. integrated into nursing studies. Basic medical
genetics covering DNA and chromosome
NURS 112 Basic Concepts of Nursing Care (3h) structure and function will also be dealt with

Basic Concepts of Nursing Care, is an CMD 221 Principles of Diseases (6h)

undergraduate level course in the nursing
speciality, designed to provide students with basic The registered nurse in a practitioner role is

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

knowledge, skills and attitude, essential to act as expected to undertake actions that meet the
professional nurses in caring with adult patients in health care needs of individual patients/clients,
different health care settings. their families and significant others at selected
Acquisition of the basic concepts and points of contact when an individual is
principles of nursing care is the backbone of presenting with an episode of illness. Principles
nursing education and an introduction of the of Diseases is an undergraduate level course
bachelor degree nursing student to nursing that provides the student nurse with knowledge
practice and the roles of the nurse. The content of pertinent to aspects of pathology, microbiology,
this course emphasizes fundamental nursing immunology, biochemistry as well knowledge of
concepts which provide the foundation of all clinical diagnosis by laboratory methods in
nursing courses. Through this course the student relation to organic functions and body systems.
will be able to identify human responses relative Pharmacological basis of drugs used in
to an individual's health and nursing care, inflammation, infections and cancers will also be
describe the determinants of health and wellness dealt with.
that impact these human responses, the basic
NURC 141 Health Care System (2h)
concepts and principles relevant to meeting
individual nutritional needs, fluid and electrolytes, Health Care System, is an undergraduate level
sleep/sensory, microbial/safety, elimination, nursing course that present basic information,
respiratory, circulatory/thermoregulatory and knowledge, skills needed by the nurse to
mobility ones. Overview of nursing as a profession understand the holistic approach to healthcare for
and principles of documentation including individuals, families, groups and communities in
reporting and recording will be dealt with. order to meet their growing health needs in the
21st century. The course explores factors that
CMD 212 Growth and Development (5h) mitigate against health and explores how people
conceptualize health and health promotion in a
Growth and Development is an undergraduate
range of contexts including Primary Health Care,
level course that deals with with development of
roles and responsibilities of Key team members,
the human being from conception through the
multi-agency working in Public Health and Primary
older adult. It covers physical, mental, and
Care and interface between Primary Care and
social phases of development at each stage of
Acute Care.
life. It entails the transition from cells to tissues
and organismal biology through introduction of The health care system course as integrated with
embryology together with physiology histology, the growth and development and principle of
biochemistry, pharmacology and gross anatomy diseases courses simultaneously, will give the
in an integrated fashion. Among the major students an overview of the different phases of

297
human life from early embryological development, about the health needs of elderly in the society
fetal growth, infancy and childhood, adolescence and health care facilities provided for them.
and finally the inevitable ageing. This will be
followed by the actions undertaken by the nurse NURC 143 Nursing Psychosocial Science (2h)
practitioner to meet the health care needs of
Psychosocial Science is an undergraduate level
individual patients/clients, their families and
course, designed to enable students to acquire
significant others at selected points of contact
knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to help
when an individual is presenting with an episode
them provide effective psychological and social
of illness, within the principles of diseases course.
care for children, adolescents, women during
The students will become familiar with the special
prenatal , natal, postnatal and menopausal
features of all these issues and will also gain

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

periods and to elderly as well. The rationale of
knowledge about the role of a health care provider
this course is to allow students to develop
at different phases and state of human life in
academic and professional knowledge base
accordance to the specific needs each stage
relevant to psychosocial nursing, based on
demands. It will help students to dentify in a
psychological and social theoretical frameworks.
practice setting, services likely to be of value in
Students will be able to identify how the social
improving the health of individuals or groups.
context of an individuals environment
NURC 142 Nursing Epidemiology (2h) influences health state and health status and
explore ways in a practice setting in which
Epidemiology, is an undergraduate level course in psychological factors interact with
the nursing curriculum, that presents basic environmental and social factors in relation to
information, knowledge and skills about the health and illness.
infectious disease process, mode of transmission
and most common endemic and quarantinable NURS 211 Adult Nursing I (7h)
diseases. Students will acquire a thorough
This Adult Nursing I course is an undergraduate
knowledge about concept of health and disease
level course which introduces holistic nursing
and general epidemiology of infectious and non-
care of adults experiencing acute or chronic
infectious diseases, incidence, morbidity and
illness in selected structured settings. This
mortality of females and infants in KSA. Also, it
course is aiming at offering student nurses with
guides students to know the risk factors in
relevant teaching / learning opportunities that
relation to puerperal sepsis and its relation to
give them the chance to acquire the necessary
maternal mortality, diseases prevalence in the
knowledge and problem solving skills which
children under five years and in school age. This
assist them in planning comprehensive safe
course provides an understanding of the
nursing care to patients who are suffering from
fundamentals of epidemiology, surveillance
medical health problems in special areas. The
procedures and an introduction to statistical
nursing process is the theoretical framework of
analysis methods. Students will acquire a sound
this course. Promoting, and maintaining physical
foundation in investigative methods as relevant to
psychosocial integrity of patients is emphasized.
outbreaks of infectious diseases. Throughout this
course, students will recognize obligatory vaccines NURC241 Nursing Applied Nutrition (3h)
during childhood in KSA, realize and gain
knowledge about adolescent health problems Applied Nutrition is an undergraduate level
and their effects on patient, family and nursing course that deals with the study of food
community. Students will also acquire knowledge in relation to health. Improved nutrition has
contributed to increased height in developed
countries. All the body systems are working in

298
coordination to achieve homeostasis, which manifestations, diagnosis, and treatments of
enables the individual to lead a disease-free life. those diseases, examining the interrelated
The course covers nutrients and other effects of organ systems when one
substances and their action, and interaction and pathophysiology occurs. Knowledge of normal
balance in relation to health and diseases and anatomy, histology and physiology are essential
the process by which organism ingests, digests, for understanding the pathophysiology of
absorbs, transports, utilizes and excretes food disease. Therefore, students are expected to
substances. Energy requirement changes related have knowledge in those areas sufficient to
to lifespan changes are addressed. Dietary understand course content in pathophysiology
modulation as a therapeutic strategy to manage
NURS 213 Chronicity in Health Care (2h)

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

intervening variables is emphasized. It also
focusses on the therapeutic and food service
This unit focuses on multi-disciplinary care and
aspects of the delivery of nutritional services in
models of care delivery with an emphasis on
hospitals and other healthcare institutions.
ageing, chronic and life limiting illness. With the
Essentials of normal nutrition and their evolving role of the nurse as primary care
relationships to the health of individuals and providers it introduces the student to the issues
families are concepts that serve as a basis for facing older people and will include healthy
the development of an understanding of the ageing, the ageing process, polypharmacy,
therapeutic application of dietary principles and lifestyle issues, advanced health assessment
the nurses role and responsibility in this facet of related to people with complex health needs and
patient care. legal and ethical issues associated with aging,
chronic illness and palliative care.
NURS 212 Pathophysiology (2h)
NURS 214 Adult Nursing II (7h)
The pathophysiology course is an undergraduate
course designed to provide students with an in This Adult Nursing II course is an undergraduate
depth study of the abnormal physiology level course which introduces holistic nursing
associated with disease, the pathologic care of adults experiencing acute or chronic
processes (pathogenesis) of disease and how illness in selected structured settings. This
that disease affects the human organism. The course is aiming at offering student nurses with
focus of this course is on nursing care of clients relevant teaching learning opportunities that
through the adult life span with acute or chronic give them the chance to acquire the necessary
dysfunctional health patterns involving knowledge and problem solving skills which
respiratory, cardiac, renal, nervous, assist them in planning comprehensive safe
gasterointestinal and musculoskeletal nursing care to patients who are suffering from
impairment in need of medical and/or surgical surgical health problems in special areas.
intervention. The pathologies to be studied will Systems studied include respiratory,
be diseases that have the greatest effect on KSA cardiovascular, musculoskeletal, urinary,
society, with an emphasis on those complex neurological and endocrine. Perioperative care
pathologies that are most commonly will be dealt with. Pain management and wound
encountered by health care providers. The study assessment and integrity are explored.
approach will be around major body systems Promoting, and maintaining physical,
and common diseases characteristic of those psychosocial integrity of patients is emphasized.
major body systems focussing on changes in Problem formulation facilitates the integration
normal physiology that constitutes disease with and application of pharmacological principles
a secondary focus on the etiologies, and associated drug groups underpinned by

299
human pathophysiology related to the body diverse individuals can positively influence their
system under review The clinical practicum own health and wellness. The role of
component provides opportunities to develop professional nursing in promoting health
competency in a range of skills learnt in the behavior is examined. Using substantive content,
simulated laboratory environment as well as in exemplar behaviors of nutrition, physical activity,
the clinical hospital settings. The nursing process and coping and adaptive behaviors will be
will be utilized throughout this course for both examined from the students perspective to gain
teaching and learning enhancement. an understanding of their contribution to health
and wellness. Underlying dynamics, such as self-
NURS 215 Human Bioscience in Nursing (3h) efficacy and resilience, will be examined within

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

the context of the theoretical and empirical
This course provides study for nervous and
literature and standards for the nursing
endocrine control and regulation of body
profession. Students will examine potential
functions, maintenance systems of the body,
strategies for influencing health behavior change
and reproduction and early development, which
are integrated into nursing studies. The unit NURS 216 Health Assessment in Clinical
develops further the critical evaluation of Practice (2h)
evidence and an awareness of the changing
nature of knowledge in the health sciences. The Health Assessment in Clinical Practice course
Topics include the structure and functions of the is an undergraduate level nursing course that
nervous system; the autonomic functions of the deals with concepts, principles & techniques of
nervous system the structure and function of history taking using various tools, physical
the respiratory system; the structure and examination (head to toe), psychosocial
function of the urinary system; the structure and assessment and interpretation of laboratory
function of the digestive system; the structure findings to arrive at a nursing diagnosis on the
and function of the reproductive system; the client across the lifespan in varied settings. It
major changes in embryonic development in incorporates a holistic perspective for care. and
early pregnancy; and an introduction to examines fundamental knowledge and skills in
pharmacology. An integrated approach in case preparation for the care of individuals who have
scenarios provides inter-professional learning developed health problems. Emphasis is placed
opportunities. on systematic methods for health assessment of
clients and the development of appropriate plans
NURC 242 Health Promotion and Risk for care intervention and the evaluation of that
Reduction (2h) care. Clinical practice experience is an integral
component of this course and concentrates on
Health promotion and risk reduction is an the attainment of fundamental client care skills.
undergraduate level course that enables nursing Students are expected to develop a sound
students to gain an understanding of the knowledge to the nursing needs of clients.
concepts of health, healthy lifestyle behavior,
health promotion, levels of prevention, diversity NURS 217 Perioperative Nursing (2h)
and risk; factors that influence health and
healthy lifestyle behaviors; basic dynamics of The Perioperative Nursing course will provide
behavioral change; and substantive content in student nurses with basic knowledge and clinical
nutrition, physical activity, and psychological skills necessary to function independently in an
well-being. Theoretical and empirical support for entry level Perioperative Nursing position.
promoting health and reducing risk behaviors is Course content includes principles of aseptic
examined as a basis for understanding ways that technique, patient safety, universal protocol, and

300
the nursing process in the perioperative setting. information systems in the management and
The course will also address ethical, moral, and decision-making of patient care. A laboratory
legal issues as well as specific considerations for session shall be provided for practice
various types of procedures and specialty application. This course focuses on providing a
services in the circulating role. foundation on information management and
processing principles used to support the data,
information, and knowledge needs in the
provision and delivery of nursing and health
NURM 331 Maternal Health Nursing (7h)
care. Topics include computer-based patient
Maternal health nursing is a course where the record, healthcare and nursing languages,

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

focus continues to be on the family-centered minimum data sets, telehealth, computer-
approach to nursing care, with a greater depth mediated decision support, education, and
for understanding the previously acquired research.
knowledge and skills on the study of women
NURE 323 Nursing Leadership and
during different cycles of their lives including
Management (4h)
childbearing, childrearing, and menopausal
periods. Knowledge of reproductive health, safe Leadership and Management in Nursing is an
motherhood and gynecological aspects are undergraduate level course in the nursing
essential for the planning and implementation of speciality , This course designed to help students
care during preconception, conception, to develop expertise in the field of nursing
antenatal, and postnatal periods. Knowledge management and to work as nurse managers at
from biophysical sciences, humanities and different levels in the health care system. This
growth and development are essential for the course prepares the students to assume their
provision of holistic care for women and their nursing leadership and management roles with
families within hospital and community settings. focus on their interactions with the health care
Non reproductive health problems as cultural tea students with management theories,
aspects relevant to health of women will be organizational behavior theories and leadership
discussed. styles that are relevant to the practice of nursing
management. It explores the elements of the
NURE 321 Nursing Professional Communication
management process as well as change
(2h)
management strategies and their applications. It
Students in this course will focus on basic enhances students leadership skills in
communication skills essential for working with maintaining best practices and standards of
clients of various ages and health care care. Nursing units in hospitals are the
professionals. Content includes interpersonal framework used for the application of the
communications and group dynamics. Students theories and knowledge base. The course is
will practice communication skills with designed to facilitate understanding on key skills
individuals, within groups, and through employed by nurse leaders and managers and
electronic media. their development of critical analytical thinking
in evaluating and interpreting management
NURE 322 Nursing Informatics (2h) challenges and practices

This course deals with the use of information MURM 332 Child and Adolescent Nursing (7h)
technology system and data standards based on
nursing informatics principles/theories. It Child and Adolescent Nursing is a theoretical and
further deals with the utilization of clinical clinical course focuses on the care of children

301
from birth through adolescence. The effects of the practical application of data to address
acute and chronic illness on growth and nursing issues, rather than theoretical and
development are studied in the acute and mathematical development. Students will learn
community care setting. Education of the child how to choose and apply statistical tools to data
and family on health promotion, disease sources, when and how statistical tools can be
prevention, and safety issues are addressed. used to analyze data, and how to interpret
Attention will be given to the implementation of others quantitative studies.
the nursing process in the care of healthy children
as well as children with different health problem. NURS 411 Critical care nursing (7h)
In addition, ethical issues are discussed regarding
Critical care Nursing, is an undergraduate level
the relationship to the child and family, including

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

course in the nursing specialty, designed to
issues such as child abuse, informed consent, and
provide students with basic knowledge, skills
the impact of diverse cultural and spiritual beliefs
and attitude, essential to act as professional
on health care decisions in the family.
nurses in caring patients with cardiovascular,
NURE 324 Nursing Ethics (2h) respiratory, renal, neurological and gastro-
intestinal problems requiring critical care in
The course consists of the study of the laws, different critical care units specialty, not only
regulations, and ethical considerations related physical problems, but also psychosocial issues
to the provision of safe and effective for such patients.
professional nursing care; with attention given
to the impact of the political process on the The course also equips students with adequate
regulations surrounding the practice of nursing. knowledge about various diagnostic tests
The course also focuses on ethical concepts, performed for critically ill patients; indication
theories, and values applied in ethical decision- and nursing interventions of various drugs used
making that are related to a variety of ethical in critical care; nutritional management of
dilemmas in nursing practice and health care. It critically ill patients; advanced nursing skills
promotes an examination of legal concepts and required in critical care. Therefore, students will
regulations under which professional nurses be capable of developing a list of the patient's
practice and notes that ethical and legal issues problems, formulating correct nursing diagnosis,
are often not mutually exclusive. Student self setting realistic objectives and establishing a
assessment is encouraged in order to facilitate relevant nursing intervention that will include
each student to become accountable and the integration of all body of knowledge that
responsible for professional, personal, ethical, was previously taught in the context of
and legal growth and development within the professional ethical and legal issues in critical
practice of nursing. care.

NURC 341 Nursing Biostatistics (2h) NURC 441 Psychiatric & Mental Health Nursing
(5h)
Biostatistics is an undergraduate level course
designed to provide a broad overview of Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing is an
biostatistics methods as well as applications undergraduate level course which provides the
commonly used for nursing research. Topics opportunity for the student to develop
covered include measurement and categorizing fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes
variables, use and misuse of descriptive statistics, relevant to the restoration and maintenance of
testing hypotheses, and applying commonly used optimal mental health. Students will be expected
statistical tests. An emphasis will be placed on to assess people with mental health problems

302
and to identify, prioritize and implement the medical approach, behavioral change
appropriate evidence based interventions. Topics strategies, educational strategies, empowerment
covered in this course include: mental health and advocacy, and social change related to socio-
and illness, psychiatric assessment, legal and economic environment. The theoretical concepts
ethical care, psychotropic medications, the will be linked to a discussion of current examples
mental health system, the consumer and carer of community health promotion programs and
movement, acute psychosis, mood disorders, research
peri-natal mental disorders, personality
disorders, eating disorders, delirium and NURC 443 Geriatric Nursing (3h)
dementia, anxiety disorders and substance-
This course will focus on providing the student
related disorders. Emphasis is placed upon

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

with nursing principles as relevant to the care of
empowerment of the individual and caregiver
the geriatric patient. The nursing roles of
using the stress/vulnerability model and carer
provider of care and member within the
based management. The course also
discipline of nursing are emphasized as they
encompasses management of aggression, crisis
apply to gerontological nursing. The nursing
intervention, case management and the
process serves as a guide for implementing
importance of self care.
nursing care and evaluating human response to
NURE 421 Nursing Research I (2h) actual or potential health problems of the
geriatric population. Included is a development
This is an introductory course intended to equip of a knowledge base in the areas of physiological,
the nursing students with concepts, principles in sociological, psychological, and emotional
research starting from an overview of the major changes which occur with the aging process.
phases of the research process. The course will Integrated throughout the course are concepts
include discussion from formulation to relating to illness prevalent in the geriatric
dissemination of research findings, focus on the populace as well as therapeutic regimes.
formulation of a research problem to the Curriculum threads of pharmacology,
selection of the research design, planning and communication, critical thinking, and client
choosing the appropriate research tool for data teaching are integrated throughout the course.
gathering. This course will require the
student/group to present a research proposal in NURE 422 Nursing Research II (4h)
a colloquium to apply knowledge and
The course is a continuation of Nursing Research
demonstrate skills and attitude in the
I designed to help students to conduct research
conceptual, design and planning phases of the
study in nursing independently by using the
research process.
scientific method of research in designing a
NURC 442 Community Health Nursing (6h) research proposal and collecting data. It also will
help students to interpret the results in a
Community Health Nursing is an undergraduate meaningful way in health related matters &
course that will focus on the role of the utilize research findings to improve nursing
community health nurse in working with practice.
individuals, families, communities, and
populations. It will examine in detail current NURS 311 Oncology Nursing (3h) Elective
frameworks of illness prevention, health
Oncology nursing is an undergraduate elective
promotion, and community development.
nursing course designed to assist students in
Nursing roles in a variety of health promotion
developing expertise and in-depth
approaches will be examined. These will include
understanding in the field of oncology Nursing.

303
It will help students to develop advanced skills NURS 314 Alternative and Complementary
for Nursing intervention in various oncological therapy (3h) Elective
conditions. It will enable the student to function
as oncology nurse practitioner/specialist and Alternative therapy is an undergraduate elective
provide quality care. It will further enable the nursing course that introduces students to a
student to function as educator, manager, and variety of complementary and alternative
researcher in the field of oncology nursing. medicine topics including homeopathy,
aromatherapy, massage therapy, acupuncture
NURS 312 Concepts in Pain Management (3h) and Traditional Chinese Medicine using an
Elective evidence-based approach. Special attention will
be focused on plants that have been used for

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

Concepts in pain management is an the treatment of human diseases such as
undergraduate elective nursing course designed cancer, heart and nervous system disorders, and
to provide the opportunity for students from a other diseases. The students will have a good
variety of disciplines to explore the issues and basic background in the different systems of
concepts in caring for adults, older adults and herbal medicine and other types of alternative
their families. Course content will be based on medicine.
key concepts related to guided in systems of
care; communication, roles and relationships;
pain and symptom management; legal and
ethical issues and well-being, while considering NURM333 Reproductive Health (3h) Elective
psychosocial, spiritual diseases and cultural
aspects of care. Application of theories and This course introduces the student nurse to the
concepts across the span of adult life to include reproductive health of males and females from
specific medical surgical conditions. Emphasis adolescence to the elderly. It provides students
will be placed on integrating previously learned the opportunity to apply critical thinking and
cognitive, psychomotor, and affective clinical judgments to the health care of the
knowledge in the care of the individual client, childbearing family from a holistic and
her/his family, as well as groups and humanistic perspective. The theories of nursing
communities through application of the nursing and the nursing process are integrated in the
process. promotion and maintenance of reproductive
health and in the management of clients with
NURS 313 Renal Dialysis Nursing (3h) Elective reproductive system conditions. Concurrent
clinical portion of this course offers students the
Renal dialysis nursing is an undergraduate opportunity to apply theory, nursing process,
elective nursing course designed to prepare critical thinking, and to develop psychomotor
future professional nurses with the skills and skills related to the care of clients. Practical
knowledge to appropriately assess, treat, and sessions take place in hospitals, prenatal clinics,
evaluate in a timely renal dialysis patients with selected homes and schools.
electrolyte, acid-base . Students apply the
nursing process and prioritize nursing care for a NURM 334 Midwifery (3h) Elective
renal dialysis patients with multiple need
imbalances. Also, they will recognize and apply Midwifery is an undergraduate elective nursing
the role of the nurse in the management of course designed to equip students with an
renal patient pre, intra and following dialysis. understanding in a number of subject areas that
inform midwifery theory, practice and
education. Students can possess the skills

304
necessary for knowledge, and developing course designed to introduce students to the
midwifery practice. This course aims to provide application of management principles in the role
an academic base to the understanding and of the nurse manager. Nurse managers oversee
development of midwifery and maternity care. teams of registered nurses and nurse
Students in this course can be expected to practitioners, often stationed on a single hospital
provide quality midwifery and maternity care floor or within a specific hospital department.
and promote and develop excellence in their Nurse managers and administrators begin their
practice setting. This course presents specialized careers as registered nurses, and, through
knowledge of current theories and techniques in experience, they develop the skills necessary to
nurse-midwifery care. The emphasis is on the become effective managers. So, students must
development of nurse-midwifery management be prepared to have excellent leadership and

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

skills in the care of women from diverse communication skills as they will often interact
backgrounds who are at low risk for as nurse managers with hospital administrators
complications of pregnancy. The focus is on and health care professionals in variou
primary care, gynecological, antepartal, specialties. They should understand the
intrapartal, or postpartal care and the care of challenges facing today's health care industry
newborns. An additional focus of this course is and are able to work within the system .
on well woman care throughout the lifespan.
NURM 431 Children with special needs (3h)
Elective

NURE 325 Nursing Management of Human Children with special needs is an undergraduate
Resources(3h) Elective elective nursing course designed to provide
students with a general overview of the various
Nursing Management of Human Resources is an categories of special
undergraduate elective nursing course designed needs of children and adolescents. The course
to introduce students to the strategic role of will cover the theoretical foundations of working
human resource management. Decisions are with children, and families who are abused or
made in organizations in the HR department neglected in addition to children with
about who to hire, what training to give them, developmental or genetic disabilities. All
how to reward them. Since the managers are students will be divided into small groups; each
responsible for selection, training, performance group will focus on a particular type of special
management, and compensation decisions, so need, relevant assessment procedures,
the student should be trained to identify as treatment objectives, current practices, and the
future employees and future managers to role of nurse/caregiver in various settings for
understand their responsibilities regarding HR those children and their families. Methods of
management. This means that the student teaching will include class notes, lectures, class
should do the readings, think about the issues, discussion, and small group exercises designed
and be prepared to contribute and participate in to promote critical thinking and understanding
exercises, and practicing the skills necessary to of the relevance of the topics to students own
perform to class discussions. work in the field.

NURE 326 Organization and Administration for

NURC 444 Palliative Care (3h) Elective
the Nurse Manager (3h) Elective
Palliative Care is open to a wide range of
Organization and Administration for the Nurse
professionals who wish an experience in
Manager is an undergraduate elective nursing
delivering a palliative care approach. Students

305
will be employed in an area where the principles management, consulting, research and
of palliative care are applied in caring for education in diverse locations which include
individuals with lifethreatening illness and their corporate headquarters, museums, and
families. The aim of the course is to strengthen industries as well as hospitals. Occupational
and develop the knowledge, skills, competencies health nurses also manage travel clinics and
and attitudes of students, thus enabling them to employee health clinics.
fulfill their highest potential in the personal,
professional and practice arena. It also aims to NURC 446 Counseling Skills for health
make a valuable contribution to the professionals (3h) Elective
development of Palliative Care knowledge,
Counseling skills for health professionals is an

College of Medicine & Applied Medical Sciences in Unaizah

research and practice. The design is such that it
will promote collaboration between disciplines undergraduate elective nursing course that
working with individuals with palliative care provides students with a historical background to
needs and their families. Students passing this the current practice of community counseling. In
course are expected to promote and develop addition, the course discusses the counselor and
excellence in their practice setting. client relationship in the context of the multiple
systems that influence the function and behavior
NURS 412 Advanced Critical Care Nursing (3h) of the community counselor. Students will learn
Elective skills necessary for counselor practice including
understanding the nature of health delivery
Advanced critical care nursing is an systems, agency management, outcome oriented
undergraduate elective course designed to treatment planning, counselor advocacy and
equip students with adequate knowledge time management. Finally, students will learn
about the advanced concepts and principles of the process of grant writing as a critical skill in
critical nursing care specialty. Through this continuing the mission of agency counseling in
course, the students will also gain familiarity communities.
with the updated critical care devices such as
mechanical ventilators, infusion pumps, NURM 432 Surgical Pediatric Nursing (3h)
monitors etc, and provide comprehensive Elective
nursing care for such patients who are
connected with these devices. Surgical pediatric nursing is an undergraduate
elective nursing course designed to assist
NURC 445 Management of occupational students in developing expertise and in depth
hazards (3h) Elective understanding in the field of Surgery in Pediatric
Nursing. This course is primarily concerned with
Management of occupational hazards is an the assessment, diagnosis and treatment of
undergraduate level nursing elective course surgical disorders of children, taking into
which enables students to have an overview consideration the most common surgical
about the discipline of Occupational Health disorders of infants and children. The practicum
Nursing (OHN). It prepares students to use their part of this course aims to provide guided
nursing skills to focus on hazard control, health clinical training experience, knowledge, and
promotion and safety for workers, employers skills required for the preparation of nursing
and communities' while working with students in the nursing care of newborns,
experienced peers as part of a multidisciplinary infants, and children in surgical settings. The
team. The course will enlarge the student's nursing process will be utilized in implementing
knowledge about possible career opportunities the plan of care
in this regard, including positions in

306
 7. Provide the highest quality nursing
education and obtaining national and
international academic accreditation.
8. Raising the aptitude and
competitiveness of nursing students.
9. Raising the effectiveness of community
services and applied research to fulfill
the needs of development.
10. Raising the institutional administrative,
technological and informational
performance.
11. Enhancement of cooperation and
partnership in local, national and
international institutions.
12. Raising the rates of efficiency,
satisfaction and retention of human
resources.

College of Nursing
About

College of Nursing
Vision
The College of Nursing provides a community
The College of Nursing (CON) at Qassim based and community oriented educational
University (QU) envisions being a globally program that adopts the problem based
recognized learning institution, committed to learning approach in teaching and learning as an
graduating nurses competitive professionals, educational strategy. Integration between the
supporting sustainable development of health nursing disciplines together with the medical
care in Qassim region, contributing to advance a sciences and humanities is an integral issue of
knowledge based society in nursing and health the program. This program philosophy gives a
sciences. great opportunity for students to be responsible
about their own learning and a great ability to
Mission graduate highly competent nurses able to be
lifelong learners. Being a community based
The college of nursing is committed to program, nursing students perform their clinical
excellence in nursing education, research and training in the available health care settings in
community service, providing a high quality Qassim region including ministry of health
student-centered nursing education through hospitals and primary health care units. Being a
graduating competent and compassionate community oriented program, allows a
nurses able to meet and respond to the continuous revision of the program to include
changing health care needs and expectations of emerging priority health problem. This
the Saudi community, in collaboration with demonstrates great relevance of the program to
national and international partners the mission of the institution.

Objectives Degrees

-Bachelor

307
Programs: NURS 112 Basic Concepts of 3 (2+1)
Nursing Care
BS Degree Prpgram: Nursing
IC 102 Islamic Study II 2 (2+0)
Faculty Members:
CMD 212 Growth and 5(3+2)
Khaled Fahd Al-Hosis Assistant Prof. Development

Hoda Wadie El-Gawly Professor

CMD 221 Principles of 6 (3+3)
Lamiaa Ismail Keshk Assistant Prof. Diseases

Fathia Ahmed Mersal Assistant Prof. NURC 141 Health Care System 2 (2+0)

Hanan Mohamed Tork Assistant Prof. NURC 142 Nursing 2 (2+0)

Epidemiology
Dalia Salah El-Din Assistant Prof.
NURC 143 Nursing 2 (2+0)
Shereen Ahmed Kelawa Assistant Prof. .
Psychosocial
Badria Mostafa ElSeddik Lecturer Science

Lorna Espiritu Vallar Lecturer Total 37

College of Nursing
Princess Canlas Balajadia Lecturer

Fritzie Joy Gayosa Juen Lecturer Year 2

Lucille Lapena Bautista Lecturer Course Course Credit

Symbol Hours
Cheryl Manito Reyes Lecturer
IC-103 Islamic Study III 2 (2+0)
Christina Marie Go Siquioco Lecturer
ARAB 103 Expository Writing 2 (2+0)
Study Plan
NURS 211 Adult Nursing I 7(4+3)
Year 1
NURC 241 Nursing Applied 3 (2+1)
Course Course Credit Nutrition
Symbol Hours

IC 101 Islamic Study I 2 (2+0) NURS 212 Pathophysiology 2 (2+0)

ARAB 101 Arabic Language 2 (2+0) NURS 213 Chronicity in Health 2(2+0)
Skills Care

NURE 121 Nursing Education 3 (2+1) IC-104 Islamic Study IV 2 (2+0)

NURS 111 Body Structure and 8 (5+3) NURS 214 Adult Nursing II 7 (4+3)
Function

308
NURS 215 Human Bioscience 3 (2+1) Total 35
in Nursing

NURC 242 Health Promotion 2(1+1)

and Risk Reduction Year 4

Course Course Credit

NURS 216 Health Assessment 2(2+0) Symbol Hours
in Clinical Practice I
NURS 411 Critical care nursing 7(4+3)

NURS 217 Perioperative 2 (2+0) NURC 441 Psychiatric & 5 (3+2)

Nursing Mental Health
Nursing
Total 36
NURE 421 Nursing Research I 2 (2+0)

Free Hours 3
Year 3
NURC 442 Community Health 6 (4+2)
Course Course Credit Nursing
Symbol Hours

College of Nursing
NURM Maternal Health 7(4+3) NURC 443 Geriatric Nursing 3 (2+1)
331 Nursing
NURE 422 Nursing Research II 4(1+3)
NURE 321 Nursing 2 (2+0)
Professional Nursing Elective III 3
Communication
Total 33
NURE 322 Nursing Informatics 2 (1+1)

NURE 323 Nursing Leadership 4 (2+2) Course Description:

and Management
NURE 121 Nursing Education (3h)

Nursing Elective I 3 Nursing Education is a key part of the work of

health care professionals through provision of
NURM Child and 7 (4+3) patient, peer and student teaching. Problem
332 Adolescent Nursing Based Learning (PBL) is the key educational
strategy of Qassim College of Nursing. In PBL,
learners are progressively given more and more
NURE 324 Nursing Ethics 2 (2+0) responsibility for their own education and
become increasingly independent of the teacher
NURC 341 Nursing 2 (1+1) for their education. PBL produces independent
Biostatistics learners who can continue to learn on their own
in life and in their chosen careers. The
Nursing Elective II 3 responsibility of the teacher in PBL is to provide
the educational materials and guidance that
Free Hours 3
facilitate learning. The Nursing Education Course

309
 will provide a two weeks overview of PBL. Also, this course emphasizes fundamental nursing
Understanding teaching and learning theories concepts which provide the foundation of all
and approaches is fundamental to delivering nursing courses. Through this course the student
effective teaching. This course aims to introduce will be able to identify human responses relative
students to teaching and learning for clinical to an individual's health and nursing care,
practice. It will explore theory underpinning describe the determinants of health and wellness
teaching and learning as well as provide that impact these human responses, the basic
opportunities for skills development in planning concepts and principles relevant to meeting
and delivering teaching. individual nutritional needs, fluid and electrolytes,
sleep/sensory, microbial/safety, elimination,
NURS 111 Body Structure and Function (8h) respiratory, circulatory/thermoregulatory and
mobility ones. Overview of nursing as a profession
Body Structure and Function is an
and principles of documentation including
undergraduate level course that integrates basic
reporting and recording will be dealt with.
science topics in an interdisciplinary approach,
in which the essential principles of human
CMD 212 Growth and Development (5h)
anatomy and physiology are presented,
including basic biochemistry, cell and tissue Growth and Development is an undergraduate
studies, and an overview of all the body systems level course that deals with with development of
dealing with the structure and function of the the human being from conception through the

College of Nursing
human body and mechanisms for maintaining older adult. It covers physical, mental, and
homeostasis within it. Included is the study of social phases of development at each stage of
cells, tissues, and the integumentary, skeletal, life. It entails the transition from cells to tissues
muscular and nervous systems, cardiovascular, and organismal biology through introduction of
lymphatic, respiratory, digestive, and urinary embryology together with physiology histology,
systems, as well as the concepts of biochemistry, pharmacology and gross anatomy
development, metabolism, fluid and electrolyte in an integrated fashion. Among the major
balance, and acid-base balance are included. themes of study are nervous and endocrine
Discussions on temperature regulation, control and regulation of body functions,
metabolism as well as fluid, electrolytes and maintenance systems of the body, and
acid-base balance are included The course also reproduction and early development, which are
includes an introduction to the general integrated into nursing studies. Basic medical
pharmacological concepts. genetics covering DNA and chromosome
structure and function will also be dealt with
NURS 112 Basic Concepts of Nursing Care (3h)
CMD 221 Principles of Diseases (6h)
Basic Concepts of Nursing Care, is an
undergraduate level course in the nursing The registered nurse in a practitioner role is
speciality, designed to provide students with basic expected to undertake actions that meet the
knowledge, skills and attitude, essential to act as health care needs of individual patients/clients,
professional nurses in caring with adult patients in their families and significant others at selected
different health care settings. points of contact when an individual is
Acquisition of the basic concepts and presenting with an episode of illness. Principles
principles of nursing care is the backbone of of Diseases is an undergraduate level course
nursing education and an introduction of the that provides the student nurse with knowledge
bachelor degree nursing student to nursing pertinent to aspects of pathology, microbiology,
practice and the roles of the nurse. The content of immunology, biochemistry as well knowledge of

310
 clinical diagnosis by laboratory methods in Epidemiology, is an undergraduate level course in
relation to organic functions and body systems. the nursing curriculum, that presents basic
Pharmacological basis of drugs used in information, knowledge and skills about the
inflammation, infections and cancers will also be infectious disease process, mode of transmission
dealt with. and most common endemic and quarantinable
diseases. Students will acquire a thorough
NURC 141 Health Care System (2h) knowledge about concept of health and disease
and general epidemiology of infectious and non-
Health Care System, is an undergraduate level
infectious diseases, incidence, morbidity and
nursing course that present basic information,
mortality of females and infants in KSA. Also, it
knowledge, skills needed by the nurse to
guides students to know the risk factors in
understand the holistic approach to healthcare for
relation to puerperal sepsis and its relation to
individuals, families, groups and communities in
maternal mortality, diseases prevalence in the
order to meet their growing health needs in the
children under five years and in school age. This
21st century. The course explores factors that
course provides an understanding of the
mitigate against health and explores how people
fundamentals of epidemiology, surveillance
conceptualize health and health promotion in a
procedures and an introduction to statistical
range of contexts including Primary Health Care,
analysis methods. Students will acquire a sound
roles and responsibilities of Key team members,
foundation in investigative methods as relevant to
multi-agency working in Public Health and Primary

College of Nursing
outbreaks of infectious diseases. Throughout this
Care and interface between Primary Care and
course, students will recognize obligatory vaccines
Acute Care.
during childhood in KSA, realize and gain
The health care system course as integrated with knowledge about adolescent health problems
the growth and development and principle of and their effects on patient, family and
diseases courses simultaneously, will give the community. Students will also acquire knowledge
students an overview of the different phases of about the health needs of elderly in the society
human life from early embryological development, and health care facilities provided for them.
fetal growth, infancy and childhood, adolescence
NURC 143 Nursing Psychosocial Science (2h)
and finally the inevitable ageing. This will be
followed by the actions undertaken by the nurse Psychosocial Science is an undergraduate level
practitioner to meet the health care needs of course, designed to enable students to acquire
individual patients/clients, their families and knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to help
significant others at selected points of contact them provide effective psychological and social
when an individual is presenting with an episode care for children, adolescents, women during
of illness, within the principles of diseases course. prenatal , natal, postnatal and menopausal
The students will become familiar with the special periods and to elderly as well. The rationale of
features of all these issues and will also gain this course is to allow students to develop
knowledge about the role of a health care provider academic and professional knowledge base
at different phases and state of human life in relevant to psychosocial nursing, based on
accordance to the specific needs each stage psychological and social theoretical frameworks.
demands. It will help students to dentify in a Students will be able to identify how the social
practice setting, services likely to be of value in context of an individuals environment
improving the health of individuals or groups. influences health state and health status and
explore ways in a practice setting in which
NURC 142 Nursing Epidemiology (2h)
psychological factors interact with

311
environmental and social factors in relation to the nurses role and responsibility in this facet of
health and illness. patient care.

NURS 211 Adult Nursing I (7h) NURS 212 Pathophysiology (2h)

This Adult Nursing I course is an undergraduate The pathophysiology course is an undergraduate

level course which introduces holistic nursing course designed to provide students with an in
care of adults experiencing acute or chronic depth study of the abnormal physiology
illness in selected structured settings. This associated with disease, the pathologic
course is aiming at offering student nurses with processes (pathogenesis) of disease and how
relevant teaching / learning opportunities that that disease affects the human organism. The
give them the chance to acquire the necessary focus of this course is on nursing care of clients
knowledge and problem solving skills which through the adult life span with acute or chronic
assist them in planning comprehensive safe dysfunctional health patterns involving
nursing care to patients who are suffering from respiratory, cardiac, renal, nervous,
medical health problems in special areas. The gasterointestinal and musculoskeletal
nursing process is the theoretical framework of impairment in need of medical and/or surgical
this course. Promoting, and maintaining physical intervention. The pathologies to be studied will
psychosocial integrity of patients is emphasized. be diseases that have the greatest effect on KSA
society, with an emphasis on those complex
NURC241 Nursing Applied Nutrition (3h) pathologies that are most commonly

College of Nursing
encountered by health care providers. The study
Applied Nutrition is an undergraduate level
approach will be around major body systems
nursing course that deals with the study of food
and common diseases characteristic of those
in relation to health. Improved nutrition has
major body systems focussing on changes in
contributed to increased height in developed
normal physiology that constitutes disease with
countries. All the body systems are working in
a secondary focus on the etiologies,
coordination to achieve homeostasis, which
manifestations, diagnosis, and treatments of
enables the individual to lead a disease-free life.
those diseases, examining the interrelated
The course covers nutrients and other
effects of organ systems when one
substances and their action, and interaction and
pathophysiology occurs. Knowledge of normal
balance in relation to health and diseases and
anatomy, histology and physiology are essential
the process by which organism ingests, digests,
for understanding the pathophysiology of
absorbs, transports, utilizes and excretes food
disease. Therefore, students are expected to
substances. Energy requirement changes related
have knowledge in those areas sufficient to
to lifespan changes are addressed. Dietary
understand course content in pathophysiology
modulation as a therapeutic strategy to manage
intervening variables is emphasized. It also NURS 213 Chronicity in Health Care (2h)
focusses on the therapeutic and food service
aspects of the delivery of nutritional services in This unit focuses on multi-disciplinary care and
hospitals and other healthcare institutions. models of care delivery with an emphasis on
ageing, chronic and life limiting illness. With the
Essentials of normal nutrition and their evolving role of the nurse as primary care
relationships to the health of individuals and providers it introduces the student to the issues
families are concepts that serve as a basis for facing older people and will include healthy
the development of an understanding of the ageing, the ageing process, polypharmacy,
therapeutic application of dietary principles and lifestyle issues, advanced health assessment

312
related to people with complex health needs and nervous system; the autonomic functions of the
legal and ethical issues associated with aging, nervous system the structure and function of
chronic illness and palliative care. the respiratory system; the structure and
function of the urinary system; the structure and
NURS 214 Adult Nursing II (7h) function of the digestive system; the structure
and function of the reproductive system; the
This Adult Nursing II course is an undergraduate
major changes in embryonic development in
level course which introduces holistic nursing
early pregnancy; and an introduction to
care of adults experiencing acute or chronic
pharmacology. An integrated approach in case
illness in selected structured settings. This
scenarios provides inter-professional learning
course is aiming at offering student nurses with
opportunities.
relevant teaching learning opportunities that
give them the chance to acquire the necessary
NURC 242 Health Promotion and Risk
knowledge and problem solving skills which
Reduction (2h)
assist them in planning comprehensive safe
nursing care to patients who are suffering from Health promotion and risk reduction is an
surgical health problems in special areas. undergraduate level course that enables nursing
Systems studied include respiratory, students to gain an understanding of the
cardiovascular, musculoskeletal, urinary, concepts of health, healthy lifestyle behavior,
neurological and endocrine. Perioperative care health promotion, levels of prevention, diversity
will be dealt with. Pain management and wound

College of Nursing
and risk; factors that influence health and
assessment and integrity are explored. healthy lifestyle behaviors; basic dynamics of
Promoting, and maintaining physical, behavioral change; and substantive content in
psychosocial integrity of patients is emphasized. nutrition, physical activity, and psychological
Problem formulation facilitates the integration well-being. Theoretical and empirical support for
and application of pharmacological principles promoting health and reducing risk behaviors is
and associated drug groups underpinned by examined as a basis for understanding ways that
human pathophysiology related to the body diverse individuals can positively influence their
system under review The clinical practicum own health and wellness. The role of
component provides opportunities to develop professional nursing in promoting health
competency in a range of skills learnt in the behavior is examined. Using substantive content,
simulated laboratory environment as well as in exemplar behaviors of nutrition, physical activity,
the clinical hospital settings. The nursing process and coping and adaptive behaviors will be
will be utilized throughout this course for both examined from the students perspective to gain
teaching and learning enhancement. an understanding of their contribution to health
and wellness. Underlying dynamics, such as self-
NURS 215 Human Bioscience in Nursing (3h)
efficacy and resilience, will be examined within
This course provides study for nervous and the context of the theoretical and empirical
endocrine control and regulation of body literature and standards for the nursing
functions, maintenance systems of the body, profession. Students will examine potential
and reproduction and early development, which strategies for influencing health behavior change
are integrated into nursing studies. The unit
NURS 216 Health Assessment in Clinical
develops further the critical evaluation of
Practice (2h)
evidence and an awareness of the changing
nature of knowledge in the health sciences. The Health Assessment in Clinical Practice course
Topics include the structure and functions of the is an undergraduate level nursing course that

313
deals with concepts, principles & techniques of care during preconception, conception,
history taking using various tools, physical antenatal, and postnatal periods. Knowledge
examination (head to toe), psychosocial from biophysical sciences, humanities and
assessment and interpretation of laboratory growth and development are essential for the
findings to arrive at a nursing diagnosis on the provision of holistic care for women and their
client across the lifespan in varied settings. It families within hospital and community settings.
incorporates a holistic perspective for care. and Non reproductive health problems as cultural
examines fundamental knowledge and skills in aspects relevant to health of women will be
preparation for the care of individuals who have discussed.
developed health problems. Emphasis is placed
on systematic methods for health assessment of NURE 321 Nursing Professional Communication
clients and the development of appropriate plans (2h)
for care intervention and the evaluation of that
Students in this course will focus on basic
care. Clinical practice experience is an integral
communication skills essential for working with
component of this course and concentrates on
clients of various ages and health care
the attainment of fundamental client care skills.
professionals. Content includes interpersonal
Students are expected to develop a sound
communications and group dynamics. Students
knowledge to the nursing needs of clients.
will practice communication skills with
NURS 217 Perioperative Nursing (2h) individuals, within groups, and through

College of Nursing
electronic media.
The Perioperative Nursing course will provide
student nurses with basic knowledge and clinical NURE 322 Nursing Informatics (2h)
skills necessary to function independently in an
This course deals with the use of information
entry level Perioperative Nursing position.
technology system and data standards based on
Course content includes principles of aseptic
nursing informatics principles/theories. It
technique, patient safety, universal protocol, and
further deals with the utilization of clinical
the nursing process in the perioperative setting.
information systems in the management and
The course will also address ethical, moral, and
decision-making of patient care. A laboratory
legal issues as well as specific considerations for
session shall be provided for practice
various types of procedures and specialty
application. This course focuses on providing a
services in the circulating role.
foundation on information management and
processing principles used to support the data,
information, and knowledge needs in the
NURM 331 Maternal Health Nursing (7h) provision and delivery of nursing and health
care. Topics include computer-based patient
Maternal health nursing is a course where the record, healthcare and nursing languages,
focus continues to be on the family-centered minimum data sets, telehealth, computer-
approach to nursing care, with a greater depth mediated decision support, education, and
for understanding the previously acquired research.
knowledge and skills on the study of women
during different cycles of their lives including NURE 323 Nursing Leadership and
childbearing, childrearing, and menopausal Management (4h)
periods. Knowledge of reproductive health, safe
motherhood and gynecological aspects are Leadership and Management in Nursing is an
essential for the planning and implementation of undergraduate level course in the nursing
speciality , This course designed to help students

314
 to develop expertise in the field of nursing professional nursing care; with attention given
management and to work as nurse managers at to the impact of the political process on the
different levels in the health care system. This regulations surrounding the practice of nursing.
course prepares the students to assume their The course also focuses on ethical concepts,
nursing leadership and management roles with theories, and values applied in ethical decision-
focus on their interactions with the health care making that are related to a variety of ethical
tea students with management theories, dilemmas in nursing practice and health care. It
organizational behavior theories and leadership promotes an examination of legal concepts and
styles that are relevant to the practice of nursing regulations under which professional nurses
management. It explores the elements of the practice and notes that ethical and legal issues
management process as well as change are often not mutually exclusive. Student self
management strategies and their applications. It assessment is encouraged in order to facilitate
enhances students leadership skills in each student to become accountable and
maintaining best practices and standards of responsible for professional, personal, ethical,
care. Nursing units in hospitals are the and legal growth and development within the
framework used for the application of the practice of nursing.
theories and knowledge base. The course is
designed to facilitate understanding on key skills NURC 341 Nursing Biostatistics (2h)
employed by nurse leaders and managers and
Biostatistics is an undergraduate level course
their development of critical analytical thinking
designed to provide a broad overview of

College of Nursing
in evaluating and interpreting management
biostatistics methods as well as applications
challenges and practices
commonly used for nursing research. Topics
MURM 332 Child and Adolescent Nursing (7h) covered include measurement and categorizing
variables, use and misuse of descriptive statistics,
Child and Adolescent Nursing is a theoretical and testing hypotheses, and applying commonly used
clinical course focuses on the care of children statistical tests. An emphasis will be placed on
from birth through adolescence. The effects of the practical application of data to address
acute and chronic illness on growth and nursing issues, rather than theoretical and
development are studied in the acute and mathematical development. Students will learn
community care setting. Education of the child how to choose and apply statistical tools to data
and family on health promotion, disease sources, when and how statistical tools can be
prevention, and safety issues are addressed. used to analyze data, and how to interpret
Attention will be given to the implementation of others quantitative studies.
the nursing process in the care of healthy children
as well as children with different health problem. NURS 411 Critical care nursing (7h)
In addition, ethical issues are discussed regarding
Critical care Nursing, is an undergraduate level
the relationship to the child and family, including
course in the nursing specialty, designed to
issues such as child abuse, informed consent, and
provide students with basic knowledge, skills
the impact of diverse cultural and spiritual beliefs
and attitude, essential to act as professional
on health care decisions in the family.
nurses in caring patients with cardiovascular,
NURE 324 Nursing Ethics (2h) respiratory, renal, neurological and gastro-
intestinal problems requiring critical care in
The course consists of the study of the laws, different critical care units specialty, not only
regulations, and ethical considerations related physical problems, but also psychosocial issues
to the provision of safe and effective for such patients.

315
The course also equips students with adequate This is an introductory course intended to equip
knowledge about various diagnostic tests the nursing students with concepts, principles in
performed for critically ill patients; indication research starting from an overview of the major
and nursing interventions of various drugs used phases of the research process. The course will
in critical care; nutritional management of include discussion from formulation to
critically ill patients; advanced nursing skills dissemination of research findings, focus on the
required in critical care. Therefore, students will formulation of a research problem to the
be capable of developing a list of the patient's selection of the research design, planning and
problems, formulating correct nursing diagnosis, choosing the appropriate research tool for data
setting realistic objectives and establishing a gathering. This course will require the
relevant nursing intervention that will include student/group to present a research proposal in
the integration of all body of knowledge that a colloquium to apply knowledge and
was previously taught in the context of demonstrate skills and attitude in the
professional ethical and legal issues in critical conceptual, design and planning phases of the
care. research process.

NURC 441 Psychiatric & Mental Health Nursing NURC 442 Community Health Nursing (6h)
(5h)
Community Health Nursing is an undergraduate
Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing is an course that will focus on the role of the

College of Nursing
undergraduate level course which provides the community health nurse in working with
opportunity for the student to develop individuals, families, communities, and
fundamental knowledge, skills and attitudes populations. It will examine in detail current
relevant to the restoration and maintenance of frameworks of illness prevention, health
optimal mental health. Students will be expected promotion, and community development.
to assess people with mental health problems Nursing roles in a variety of health promotion
and to identify, prioritize and implement approaches will be examined. These will include
appropriate evidence based interventions. Topics the medical approach, behavioral change
covered in this course include: mental health strategies, educational strategies, empowerment
and illness, psychiatric assessment, legal and and advocacy, and social change related to socio-
ethical care, psychotropic medications, the economic environment. The theoretical concepts
mental health system, the consumer and carer will be linked to a discussion of current examples
movement, acute psychosis, mood disorders, of community health promotion programs and
peri-natal mental disorders, personality research
disorders, eating disorders, delirium and
dementia, anxiety disorders and substance- NURC 443 Geriatric Nursing (3h)
related disorders. Emphasis is placed upon
This course will focus on providing the student
empowerment of the individual and caregiver
with nursing principles as relevant to the care of
using the stress/vulnerability model and carer
the geriatric patient. The nursing roles of
based management. The course also
provider of care and member within the
encompasses management of aggression, crisis
discipline of nursing are emphasized as they
intervention, case management and the
apply to gerontological nursing. The nursing
importance of self care.
process serves as a guide for implementing
NURE 421 Nursing Research I (2h) nursing care and evaluating human response to
actual or potential health problems of the
geriatric population. Included is a development

316
of a knowledge base in the areas of physiological, ethical issues and well-being, while considering
sociological, psychological, and emotional psychosocial, spiritual diseases and cultural
changes which occur with the aging process. aspects of care. Application of theories and
Integrated throughout the course are concepts concepts across the span of adult life to include
relating to illness prevalent in the geriatric specific medical surgical conditions. Emphasis
populace as well as therapeutic regimes. will be placed on integrating previously learned
Curriculum threads of pharmacology, cognitive, psychomotor, and affective
communication, critical thinking, and client knowledge in the care of the individual client,
teaching are integrated throughout the course. her/his family, as well as groups and
communities through application of the nursing
NURE 422 Nursing Research II (4h) process.

The course is a continuation of Nursing Research NURS 313 Renal Dialysis Nursing (3h) Elective
I designed to help students to conduct research
study in nursing independently by using the Renal dialysis nursing is an undergraduate
scientific method of research in designing a elective nursing course designed to prepare
research proposal and collecting data. It also will future professional nurses with the skills and
help students to interpret the results in a knowledge to appropriately assess, treat, and
meaningful way in health related matters & evaluate in a timely renal dialysis patients with
utilize research findings to improve nursing electrolyte, acid-base . Students apply the

College of Nursing
practice. nursing process and prioritize nursing care for a
renal dialysis patients with multiple need
NURS 311 Oncology Nursing (3h) Elective imbalances. Also, they will recognize and apply
the role of the nurse in the management of
Oncology nursing is an undergraduate elective
renal patient pre, intra and following dialysis.
nursing course designed to assist students in
developing expertise and in-depth NURS 314 Alternative and Complementary
understanding in the field of oncology Nursing. therapy (3h) Elective
It will help students to develop advanced skills
for Nursing intervention in various oncological Alternative therapy is an undergraduate elective
conditions. It will enable the student to function nursing course that introduces students to a
as oncology nurse practitioner/specialist and variety of complementary and alternative
provide quality care. It will further enable the medicine topics including homeopathy,
student to function as educator, manager, and aromatherapy, massage therapy, acupuncture
researcher in the field of oncology nursing. and Traditional Chinese Medicine using an
evidence-based approach. Special attention will
NURS 312 Concepts in Pain Management (3h) be focused on plants that have been used for
Elective the treatment of human diseases such as
cancer, heart and nervous system disorders, and
Concepts in pain management is an
other diseases. The students will have a good
undergraduate elective nursing course designed
basic background in the different systems of
to provide the opportunity for students from a
herbal medicine and other types of alternative
variety of disciplines to explore the issues and
medicine.
concepts in caring for adults, older adults and
their families. Course content will be based on
key concepts related to guided in systems of
care; communication, roles and relationships; NURM333 Reproductive Health (3h) Elective
pain and symptom management; legal and

317
This course introduces the student nurse to the NURE 325 Nursing Management of Human
reproductive health of males and females from Resources(3h) Elective
adolescence to the elderly. It provides students
the opportunity to apply critical thinking and Nursing Management of Human Resources is an
clinical judgments to the health care of the undergraduate elective nursing course designed
childbearing family from a holistic and to introduce students to the strategic role of
humanistic perspective. The theories of nursing human resource management. Decisions are
and the nursing process are integrated in the made in organizations in the HR department
promotion and maintenance of reproductive about who to hire, what training to give them,
health and in the management of clients with how to reward them. Since the managers are
reproductive system conditions. Concurrent responsible for selection, training, performance
clinical portion of this course offers students the management, and compensation decisions, so
opportunity to apply theory, nursing process, the student should be trained to identify as
critical thinking, and to develop psychomotor future employees and future managers to
skills related to the care of clients. Practical understand their responsibilities regarding HR
sessions take place in hospitals, prenatal clinics, management. This means that the student
selected homes and schools. should do the readings, think about the issues,
and be prepared to contribute and participate in
NURM 334 Midwifery (3h) Elective exercises, and practicing the skills necessary to
perform to class discussions.

College of Nursing
Midwifery is an undergraduate elective nursing
course designed to equip students with an NURE 326 Organization and Administration for
understanding in a number of subject areas that the Nurse Manager (3h) Elective
inform midwifery theory, practice and
education. Students can possess the skills Organization and Administration for the Nurse
necessary for knowledge, and developing Manager is an undergraduate elective nursing
midwifery practice. This course aims to provide course designed to introduce students to the
an academic base to the understanding and application of management principles in the role
development of midwifery and maternity care. of the nurse manager. Nurse managers oversee
Students in this course can be expected to teams of registered nurses and nurse
provide quality midwifery and maternity care practitioners, often stationed on a single hospital
and promote and develop excellence in their floor or within a specific hospital department.
practice setting. This course presents specialized Nurse managers and administrators begin their
knowledge of current theories and techniques in careers as registered nurses, and, through
nurse-midwifery care. The emphasis is on the experience, they develop the skills necessary to
development of nurse-midwifery management become effective managers. So, students must
skills in the care of women from diverse be prepared to have excellent leadership and
backgrounds who are at low risk for communication skills as they will often interact
complications of pregnancy. The focus is on as nurse managers with hospital administrators
primary care, gynecological, antepartal, and health care professionals in variou
intrapartal, or postpartal care and the care of specialties. They should understand the
newborns. An additional focus of this course is challenges facing today's health care industry
on well woman care throughout the lifespan. and are able to work within the system .

NURM 431 Children with special needs (3h)

Elective

318
Children with special needs is an undergraduate Advanced critical care nursing is an
elective nursing course designed to provide undergraduate elective course designed to
students with a general overview of the various equip students with adequate knowledge
categories of special about the advanced concepts and principles of
needs of children and adolescents. The course critical nursing care specialty. Through this
will cover the theoretical foundations of working course, the students will also gain familiarity
with children, and families who are abused or with the updated critical care devices such as
neglected in addition to children with mechanical ventilators, infusion pumps,
developmental or genetic disabilities. All monitors etc, and provide comprehensive
students will be divided into small groups; each nursing care for such patients who are
group will focus on a particular type of special connected with these devices.
need, relevant assessment procedures,
treatment objectives, current practices, and the NURC 445 Management of occupational
role of nurse/caregiver in various settings for hazards (3h) Elective
those children and their families. Methods of
teaching will include class notes, lectures, class Management of occupational hazards is an
discussion, and small group exercises designed undergraduate level nursing elective course
to promote critical thinking and understanding which enables students to have an overview
of the relevance of the topics to students own about the discipline of Occupational Health
work in the field. Nursing (OHN). It prepares students to use their

College of Nursing
nursing skills to focus on hazard control, health
NURC 444 Palliative Care (3h) Elective promotion and safety for workers, employers
and communities' while working with
Palliative Care is open to a wide range of experienced peers as part of a multidisciplinary
professionals who wish an experience in team. The course will enlarge the student's
delivering a palliative care approach. Students knowledge about possible career opportunities
will be employed in an area where the principles in this regard, including positions in
of palliative care are applied in caring for management, consulting, research and
individuals with lifethreatening illness and their education in diverse locations which include
families. The aim of the course is to strengthen corporate headquarters, museums, and
and develop the knowledge, skills, competencies industries as well as hospitals. Occupational
and attitudes of students, thus enabling them to health nurses also manage travel clinics and
fulfill their highest potential in the personal, employee health clinics.
professional and practice arena. It also aims to
make a valuable contribution to the NURC 446 Counseling Skills for health
development of Palliative Care knowledge, professionals (3h) Elective
research and practice. The design is such that it
will promote collaboration between disciplines Counseling skills for health professionals is an
working with individuals with palliative care undergraduate elective nursing course that
needs and their families. Students passing this provides students with a historical background to
course are expected to promote and develop the current practice of community counseling. In
excellence in their practice setting. addition, the course discusses the counselor and
client relationship in the context of the multiple
NURS 412 Advanced Critical Care Nursing (3h) systems that influence the function and behavior
Elective of the community counselor. Students will learn
skills necessary for counselor practice including

319
understanding the nature of health delivery
systems, agency management, outcome oriented
treatment planning, counselor advocacy and
time management. Finally, students will learn
the process of grant writing as a critical skill in
continuing the mission of agency counseling in
communities.

NURM 432 Surgical Pediatric Nursing (3h)

Elective

Surgical pediatric nursing is an undergraduate

elective nursing course designed to assist
students in developing expertise and in depth
understanding in the field of Surgery in Pediatric
Nursing. This course is primarily concerned with
the assessment, diagnosis and treatment of
surgical disorders of children, taking into
consideration the most common surgical
disorders of infants and children. The practicum

College of Nursing
part of this course aims to provide guided
clinical training experience, knowledge, and
skills required for the preparation of nursing
students in the nursing care of newborns,
infants, and children in surgical settings. The
nursing process will be utilized in implementing
the plan of care

320
 Confidently selecting the appropriate
College of Pharmacy
pharmaceutical field of clinical and/or
general pharmaceutical practice to
Vision:
advance in higher education.
For the college pharmacy to become a leader in
a timely and high quality pharmacy education About:
that is able to provide contemporary high
The college of Pharmacy is one of the
quality pharmaceutical education yielding
exceptional Qassim University institutions which
confident graduates and highly competent
is, as an integral part of health sciences, highly
pharmacists.
concerned with the promotion, advancement,
and building of state-of-the-art health care
Mission:
system for Saudi population
To introduce up to date pharmaceutical care
The start of the century has witnessed a rapid
practice and pharmaceutical education
advancement in pharmacy education resulting in
according to the best international standards
a number of creative therapeutic approaches for
applicable in the area through practice and
treatment and production of medicines. Thus, it
research oriented patient-centered
has become inevitable for colleges of pharmacy,
practitioners.
including Qassim University College of Pharmacy

College of Pharmacy
Objectives: to coup with the demands of this tremendous
revolution and change. This emphasizes the
The college of Pharmacy at Qassim University urgent need for advancements in strategic
will be working towards graduating clinical planning and programs of the college, well
pharmacists who are professionally confident, trained academic staff, establishment of
motivated, and committed to achieve the excellent laboratories, scientific research, and
following objectives: graduate programs for quality research. All of
these top our priority agendas that we are
Gaining the best of available certain to achieve since the Kingdom is
pharmaceutical knowledge determined to rekindle and spread the noble
Building the necessary pharmaceutical virtue of learning through the generous funding
and clinical skills that enable them to made available for the advancement of
provide the optimum pharmaceutical education in the country.
care
Enabling themselves to be an effective The Pharmacist profession is no longer confined
part of the health care system by to the classical sale of prescribed medicines.
linking various basic as well as clinical Instead, todays pharmacist constitutes an
pharmaceutical sciences, and make essential membership in all health care systems
best use of that for the benefit of and industry including treatment options and
individual patients and general planning, pharmaceutical industries, drug and
population poison regulation, information, and monitoring
Continuously developing their centers, research and development, and
intellectual and professional abilities to consultancy.
properly deal with arising challenges
The demand for pharmacists has been
locally and globally
increasing steadily in the market; however,
there is still a shortage of Saudi pharmacists.

321
The college strategy is focused on three plans; Masood Alam Khan Associate Prof.
namely, the student, the program, and the
society. The student is intensively trained and Osama H Abdalla Associate Prof.
well educated to reflect the attributes of
Kamaleldin B Said Associate Prof.
university graduates in terms of ethics,
punctuality, and entertainment of highest Manal Sulum Omar Associate Prof.
quality knowledge that makes him go beyond
confined disciplinary expertise or technical Sanaa Ahmed Associate Prof.
knowledge. The program courses are designed
Shalam Hussain
based on timely and world-class approaches in
teaching and learning, and are consistent to Ibrahim Ali Awwad Associate Prof.
ACPE )American Council of Pharmaceutical
Education). With regard to society, the college Arif Khan Assistant Prof.
emphasizes the role of awareness and society
education in use and storage of drugs. Syed Imam Rabbani Doctor

We always hope for success in our service to our Riaz Ahmad Khan Assistant Prof.
university and that our strategic plans would
Ahmed Fathelrahman Assistant Prof.
lead to advanced level education
Umrana Mirza Assistant Prof.

College of Pharmacy
Degree:
Syeda A. Farhana Assistant Prof.
Bachelor
Mahmoud S Soliman Assistant Prof.
Programs:
Yaser A AL-worafi Assistant Prof.
PharmD program
Mostafa M Taha Technician
Faculty Members:
Zakir Ullah Lecturer
Azza El Sherbiny Assistant Prof.
Abuzar Osman Lecturer
Mohammed Eajaz Assistant Prof.
Sana Fatima Khan Lecturer
Sivakumar Gowder Assistant Prof.
Shamshir Khan Lecturer
Hamzah Maswadeh Assistant Prof.
Huda B H Ahmed Lecturer
Ayman Allahham Assistant Prof.
Nahid Abbas Lecturer
Hassan Al-shiyab Res & Teaching Assistant
Adel M Ahmed Lecturer
Ehab S Elkhayat Associate Prof.
Mohamad Yusuf Lecturer
Bala Y Muhammad Associate Prof.
Mamoon H Syed Lecturer
Akram Mohammad Associate Prof.
Omar Khan Lecturer
Monika k Sachdeva Associate Prof.

322
Study Plan: Analytical
Chemistry
Level 1
Total 16
Course Code Course Title Credit
Level 3
101ARAB Arabic
Languages Course Course Title Credit Pre.req.
Skills 2 Code

101 PHP Medical 2 210PHG Biochemistry-1 2 103PHC

Terminology
211PHG Physiology-1 3 106BIOL
135MATH Mathematics 3
for Pharmacy 212PHT Pharmaceutics- 3 135MATH
1
106BIOL Human 4
Biology 215PHC Pharmacognosy 3 103PHC,

103PHC Organic 2 122PHC

Chemistry

College of Pharmacy
216PHP Computer for 2 135MATH
111ANAT Human 4 Health Sciences
Anatomy and
217PHP Pharmacy 2 120PHP
Histology
Practice
Total 17
218PHG General 2 106BIOL
Level 2 Immunology

Course Course Title Credit Pre.req. Total 17

Code
Level 4
120PHP Intro. To 1
Course Course Title Credit Pre.req.
Pharmacy
Code
Profession
220PHG Biochemistry- 3 210PHG
101 IC Introduction to 2
11
Islamic Culture
222PHG Physiology-11 2 211PHG
121PHP Biostatistics 2 135MATH
225PHC Med.Chemistry- 3 122PHC,
122PHC Pharm. Organic 4 103PHC
1
Chemistry 124PHC

123PHT Pharmaceutical 3 106BIOL 224PHG Pharmacology- 4 210PHG

Microbiology 1

124PHC Pharm. 4 103PHC

323
225PHG Molecular 2 106BIOL Total 16
Pharmacology

223PHT Pharmaceutics- 3 212PHT,

11 135MATH Level 7

Total 17 Course Course Title Cre Pre.req.

Code dit
Level 7
330PHP Pharmacotherapy 3 310PHP
Course Course Title Credit Pre.req. -1
Code
334PHG Pharmacology-IV 2 324PHG
315PHC Med. Chemistry 3 225PHC
333PHG Toxicology 2 224PHG
310PHP Pathophysiology- 2 222PHG
1 335PHT Pharmaceutical 2 212PHP
Biotechnology
314PHG Pharmacology- 4 224PHG
11 336PHT Basic 2 135MAT
Pharmacokinetics H

College of Pharmacy
315PHG Chemotherapy 2 224PHG
337PHT Dispensing of 3 323PHT
316PHC Natural Products 3 215PHC medication

102 IC Islam & Costr. of 2 332PHC Radiopharmacy 1 320PHC

Society
338PHG Pharmacogenomi 2 324PHG
Total 16 cs

Level 6 Total 17

Course Course Title Credit Pre.req. Level 8

Code
Course Course Title Credi Pre.req
327PHC Pharmacopeial 4 124PHC Code t .
Analysis
345PHT Biopharmaceutics 2 335PHT
320PHC Medical 3 315PHC
Chemistry-III 342PHP Clinical 2
Communication
322PHP Pathophysiologh- 2 310PHP Skills
II
341PHP Ethics in 2 102 IC
323PHT Pharmaceutics-III 3 223PHT Pharmacy

324PHG Pharmacology-III 3 314PHG 340PHP Pharmacotherapy 3 330PHP

-II
325PHP Scientific Writing 1 216PHP
& Seminar-I

324
343PHP Drug and Poison 3 216PHP Code t
Info Serv. And
literature 423PHP Clinical 4 135MAT
evaluation Nutrition H

344PHT Over the counter 2 335PHT 426PHP Pharmacy law 1

drugs
421PHP Scientific 2 325PHP
346PHP Patient 1 222PH writing &
Assessment & G Seminar-2
First aid
104 IC Fundamentals 2
103ARA Expository 2 of the Islamic
B Writing Political System

Total 17 424PHG Drug of abuse 2 334PHG

Level 9 420PHP Pharmacothera 3 410PHP

py-IV
Course Course Title Credi Pre.req
Code t . 425PHP Graduation 2 343PHP

College of Pharmacy
Project
410PHP Pharmacotherapy 3 340PHP
-III Total 16

411PHP Pharmacoecono 3 343PHP

mics &
epidemiology
Course Description:

Course Name: Medical Terminology

412PHP Pharmacy 2 341PHP
Code & Number: 102 PHP
management
Level: 1
413PHP Evidence based 2 343PHP Course Description: Medical Terminology is a
pharmacy specialized language for the health care team so
that they may communicate in concise and
414PHP Psychology and 2 106BIO accurate way. The course introduces the most
Health L common & important terminology in the fields
of medicine, dentistry and pharmacy based on
416PHP Appl. 2 336PHT the main disciplines of medicine, dentistry and
Pharmacokinetics pharmacy. The course will be conducted in
simple, easy & enjoyable interactive lectures. It
103 IC The Islamic 2
is an integrated course that will be shared by the
Economic System
colleges of medicine, dentistry and pharmacy.
Total 16
Course Name: Mathematics for Pharmacy
Level 10 Code & Number: 135 MATH
Level: 1
Course Course Title Credi Pre.req.

325
Course Description: This course is designed to Course Description: This course is intended to
provide calculus for students of pharmacy who introduce the student to the basic knowledge
Intend to apply these concepts in their regarding the structural anatomy and histology
professional course work. Students are expected of the various body Systems and organs. The
to develop an understanding of the derivative as relation between the various systems and
an instantaneous rate of change and use this organs will be outlined and discussed. Students
definition to find derivatives of many types of will also be introduced to basics of cytology,
functions and combinations of these functions general histology and organohistology of the
including algebraic, trigonometric, exponential human body systems. In the practical classes,
and logarithmic functions. Then they are the students will be using simulated plastic
expected to compute the maxima and minima of human models to implement what is taught in
some functions and plot them as well. They also the theoretical lecture
will develop the idea that integration is the Course Name: Introduction to Pharmacy
inverse operation to differentiation and will be Profession
able to familiar with the integration techniques. Code & Number: 120 PHP
Students are also exposed to linear first-order Level: 2
differential equations and their applications in Course Description: This course is designed to
health sciences. provide students with a broad perspective on
pharmacy as a profession in a changing health

College of Pharmacy
Course Name: Human Biology care environment. Students will learn to think
Code & Number: 106 BIOL critically about health and health care from the
Level: 1 patient's perspective and about the historical
Course Description: This course serves as an and philosophical contexts of the profession as
introduction to the basic principles of biology it continues to evolve toward patient focused
with emphasis on structure and function at the care.
molecular and cellular levels. Topics include cell
structure and function, cellular respiration, Course Name: Biostatistics
genetics and molecular biology. Much of Code & Number: 121PHP
laboratory is devoted to a detailed study of the Level: 2
histology, anatomy and physiology of body Course Description: This course is designed to
Systems, for example, digestive, urogenital, provide students with a basic understanding of
urinary system. biostatistics. The course covers of descriptive
statistics with concepts of dispersion, central
Course Name: Organic Chemistry tendency measurements. Graphical and tabular
Code & Number: 103 PHC displays are also covered. Simple inferential
Level: 1 statistics involving probability, sampling,
Course Description: confidence intervals and tests of significance are
This course is a comprehensive introduction in presented. Simple linear regression and
all aspects of organic chemistry, for freshmen correlations are also covered. Understanding
students. The course will qualify the students concepts and rational for various methods are
and prepare them with organic chemistry emphasized with use of computer statistical
knowledge to further their studies. software (such as Excel, SPSS) for graphs and
calculations.
Course Name: Human Anatomy and Histology
Code & Number: 111 ANAT Course Name: Pharmaceutical Organic
Level: 1 Chemistry

326
Code & Number: 122 PHC application in the field of pharmaceutical
Level: 2 analysis
Course Description: This course will continue
covering the organic functional groups that were Course Name: Biochemistry-1
not covered in the previous organic chemistry. Code & Number: 210 PHG
This will include the rest of aliphatic compounds, Level: 3
aromatic compounds and heterocyclic Course Description: This course covers the
chemistry, which will prepare the student following topics in biochemistry: amino acids
properly to medicinal chemistry. and proteins, enzymes, biological oxidation,
porphyrins and nucleic acids. Clinical
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Microbiology correlations and the action of certain
Code & Number: 123 PHT therapeutic as well as toxic agents are explained
Level: 2 whenever possible.
Course Description: The course provides an
overview of basic, and Medical Microbiology. Course Name: Physiology-I
The study will be focused on the biological Code & Number: 211 PHG
characteristics of different groups of microbes Level: 3
(Bacteria, Rickettsiae, Mycoplasma, Chlamydiae, Course Description: The course describes the
Viruses and Fungi); classification, nomenclature, physiology of cell membrane, nerve and muscle,

College of Pharmacy
structure, nutrition, metabolism, cultivation, autonomic nervous system, blood and
growth and genetics. In addition, study of cardiovascular system with emphasis on the
etiological agent(s), mode of infection, human body.
pathogenesis, laboratory diagnosis, prevention,
control, and treatment of the most medically Course Name: Pharmaceutics-I
important infectious diseases. Code & Number: 212 PHT
Level: 3
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Analytical Course Description: This subject is designed to
Chemistry introduce first year pharmacy students to the
Code & Number: 124 PHC breadth and depth of the discipline of pharmacy
Level: 2 and pharmaceutics. In this course, the principles
Course Description: Analytical chemistry is a of chemistry, physics and mathematics are
measurement science consisting of a set of applied to the pharmaceutical sciences. Acid-
powerful ideas and methods that are useful in base, solubility, partitioning, reaction kinetics
all fields of science and medicine. It may be and stabilization of formulations will be
defined as the science and art of determining considered.
the composition of materials in terms of the
elements or compounds contained in them. The Course Name: Pharmacognosy
course will cover both chemical methods of Code & Number: 215 PHC
analysis with emphasis on volumetric category; Level: 3
and physicochemical methods of analysis Course Description: Pharmacognosy course
(instrumental methods). Each part will then aims to provide the knowledge and
cover several topics. The course will cover the understanding of the medicinal plants and to
principle of each method, mathematical encourage students to take a broad and
treatments, laws, calculation, advantages and continuing interest in medicinal plants with
limitations and finally, the applications of each emphasis to those available in the Saudi Arabia.
method. More attention will be given to its

327
Introduce the student to the different types of the main elements of immunity, immune
complementary and alternative medicine. responses1 development of immune cells,
interactions between humeral and cell mediated
Course Name: Computers for Health Sciences immunity, and pathology resulting from immune
Code & Number: 216 PHP responses.
Level: 3
Course Description: This course is designed to Course Name: Biochemistry-ll
provide the student with knowledge about Code & Number: 220 PHG
advanced computer technology and its Level: 4
application in the healthcare field. It will also Course Description: This course deals with the
introduce the student to technological metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins
innovations in healthcare informatics as a and minerals. Clinical correlations and the action
discipline, clinical decision-support systems, of certain therapeutic as well as toxic agents are
medical expert systems, telemedicine, explained, whenever possible. Much of the
telepharmacy and Internet health applications. laboratory is devoted to the determination of
The course will emphasize the use of blood and urine biochemical parameters.
computerized health information retrieval
systems, the advanced features of the Internet Course Name: Physiology-Il

College of Pharmacy
information resources, patient-related programs Code & Number: 222 PHG
and data manipulation software for application Level: 4
in profession -related tasks. Course Description: With an emphasis on the
human body, this course describes the
Course Name: Molecular Pharmacology physiology of respiratory, renal, digestive, and
Code & Number: 214 PHG central nervous system.
Level: 3
Course Description: The course deals with the Course Name: Pharmacy Practice
molecular pharmacological aspects of action of Code & Number: 226 PHP
neurotransmitters and other endogenous Level: 4
substances as well as the drugs affecting their Course Description: This course is designed to
activity. The interactions of these endogenous introduce the student to the various roles
molecules with their specific receptors or played by pharmacists In hospital and
enzymes shall be covered as well as the community settings, and the ways in which
molecular effects of their respective agonists drugs are compared, selected1 and used in the
and antagonists. Details of the mechanisms of health care environment. The course also
action, SAR, stereochemistry, and metabolism of presents comprehensive principles of
these agents shall be presented. contemporary institutional pharmacy operation
systems (e.g., a unit dose drug distribution
Course Name: General Immunology system, etc). The course will emphasize the
Code & Number: 213 PHG challenges that face pharmacy practice and the
Level: 3 Impact of automation in hospital and
Course Description: This course is an community pharmacies.
introductory course on basic principles of
immunology focusing on the cellular and Course Name: Medicinal Chemistry-I
molecular processes involved in innate (non- Code & Number: 225 PHC
specific) immunity and adaptive (specific) Level: 4
immunity. The course includes descriptions of

328
Course Description: As a result of advances
made in synthesis and separation methods and Course Name: Medicinal Chemistry-II
in biochemical techniques, a more rational Code & Number: 315 PHC
approach to drug discovery has been possible, Level: 5
namely one which involves the element of Course Description: This course will handle the
design. This course handles chemical and relationship of chemical structure to biological
medicinal aspects of drug design, drug activity and the general structural features
development and drug action. Only the required for a specific mechanism of action.
chemistry and biochemistry background Topics of discussion will include the effects of
information pertinent to understanding the molecular modifications on receptor binding,
topics in this course are discussed. The course distribution and metabolism as they relate to
focuses on a drug molecule and relates the clinical response. Although the course outline
physicochemical properties of the drug reflects a pharmacological classification, the
molecules to its absorption, distribution, material covered will deal principally with the
metabolism, and interaction with a receptor to chemical, structure and biophysical properties
give a physiological response. as related to drug action at the molecular level
and will relate to therapeutic use.
Course Name: Pharmacology-I
Code & Number: 224 PHG Course Name: Pathophyslology-1
Level: 4 Code & Number: 310 PHP

College of Pharmacy
Course Description: This course is designed to Level: 5
introduce the student to the general principles Course Description: Pathophysiology is the
of pharmacology with regard to the general study of disorders or altered functions, i.e. the
pharmacological terms and the principles of physiologic mechanisms altered by disease in
drugs administration, absorption, distribution, the living organism. The study of
metabolism and excretion. It also deals with the pathophysiology is essential to understand the
drugs actions and mechanisms. It covers all rationale for diagnosis and therapeutic
aspects of the autonomic nervous system and interventions in disease processes. The
autacoids. The practical part of the course deals framework is designed to present the general
with the verification of the actions of drugs concepts of disease processes. Then, the various
studied in the theoretical part of the course- dysfunctions of an organ or organ system are
using isolated tissues from rodents and examined including cardiovascular, respiratory,
anaesthetized animals. and gastrointestinal disorders and infectious
diseases.
Course Name: Pharmaceutics-II
Code & Number: 223 PHT Course Name: Pharmacology-ll
Level: 4 Code & Number: 314 PHG
Course Description: This course provides an Level: 5
understanding of various dosage forms and drug Course Description: This course is directed to
delivery systems, and how medicinal and provide the student with knowledge regarding
pharmaceutical substances are incorporated the principles of neurochemical transmission in
into them. The fundamental principles of the brain and spinal cord together with the
interfacial phenomena, dispersion system, various neurotransmitters and their respective
rheology and their impacts on the preparation receptors. It provides the student with
and design of stable dosage forms will be knowledge regarding the general
discussed. actions,mechanisms and uses of general

329
anaesthetics, central nervous system stimulants identification, assay and pharmacological
and depressants,analgesics, antipsychotics, activity and uses of natural compounds.
antiepileptics, antitussives, antiemetics,
antidepressants, antimaniacs, and Course Name: Pharmacopeal Analysis
antiparkinsonians. It also provides information Code & Number: 327 PHC
on the major side effects of the various drug Level: 6
classes. The drugs will be analysed to permit the Course Description: The course is designed to
choice of a certain agent for the treatment of a teach the student how to use the
certain disease. In the practical part of the Pharmacopoeia (specially the most famous
course the students will be allowed to perform ones: USP, BP and EP). First, the student is
experiments in conscious animals (rodents) to entitled to know how to identify pharmaceutical
verify the actions of the drugs they studied in compounds, either using chemical tests or
the theoretical part of the course. instrumental methods. Second, to check the
purity of these compounds and identifying the
Course Name: Chemotherapy impurities, whether general impurities (applying
Code & Number: 315 PHG limit tests) or related compounds. Third, how to
Level: 5 assay pharmaceutical compounds, either per se
Course Description: This course is designed to or in pharmaceutical preparations. Special
provide the student with the general principles interest will be given to the most frequently

College of Pharmacy
of antimicrobial and antiparasites therapy. It adopted methods namely: potentiometric non-
also deals with the study of antineoplastic drugs. aqueous titration of the raw materials,
The course deals with the pharmacological spectrophotometric analysis of the drugs In their
aspects of those chemotherapeutic agents that dosage forms and finally HPLC for both checking
are produced naturally, synthetically or the purity of the compounds and analysis of
semisynthetically. The studies cover their their dosage forms. The course also includes
spectrum of activity, mechanisms, and side introduction to statistical evaluation of data.
effects when they are used in treatment of
bacterial, fungal or viral infections. Part of the Course Name: Medicinal Chemistry-III
course also deals with those chemotherapeutic Code & Number: 320 PHC
agents that are currently used for treatment of Level: 6
malaria, schistosomiasis, amoebiasis, filariasis, Course Description: This course will handle the
ascariasis, oxyuriasis... etc. Part of the course is relationship of chemical structure to biological
directed towards the study of some activity and the general structural features
antineoplastic drugs used for treatment of required for a specific mechanism of action.
leukemia, solid or diffuse tumors. Topics of discussion will include the effects of
molecular modifications on receptor binding,
Course Name: Natural products chemistry distribution and metabolism as they relate to
Code & Number: 316 PHC clinical response. Although the course outline
Level: 5 reflects a pharmacological classification, the
Course Description: The course aims to provide material covered will deal principally with the
pharmacy students with a primary knowledge of chemical, structure and biophysical properties
phytoceuticals and enable the student to gain an as related to drug action at the molecular level
understanding of the following general areas of and will relate to therapeutic use.
study: The different classes of the natural
compounds Methods of extraction, isolation, Course Name: Pathophysiology-Il
Code & Number: 322 PHP

330
Level: 6 effects of the named drugs will be outlined.
Course Description: Pathophysiology is the Furthermore, the course involves the study of
study of disorders or altered functions I.e. the the causes and the topical treatment of some
physiologic mechanisms altered by disease in skin diseases such as vitiligo, psoriasis,
the living organism. The study of chloasma, ephelis, acne vulgaris1 warts, tinea
pathophysiology is essential to understand the corporis, tinea cruris, tinea versicolor and tinea
rationale for diagnosis and therapeutic pedis (Athlete's Foot). The mechanisms and the
interventions in disease processes. The limitations of the various drugs used will be
framework is designed to discuss various discussed. A certain part of the course deals
dysfunctions of an organ or organ system with the uses and mechanisms of action of some
including renal, endocrine, musculoskeletal, antidiarrhoeals and laxatives.
hematology and oncology and central nervous
system disorders. Course Name: Scientific Writing and Seminar-I
Code & Number: 325 PHP
Course Name: Pharmaceutics-III Level: 6
Code & Number: 323 PHT Course Description: The purpose of this course
Level: 6 is to introduce basics of scientific presentation
Course Description: Pharmaceutical products and discussions of current issues in the
are generally required to be free from profession of clinical pharmacy. Emphasis will be

College of Pharmacy
contamination with organisms. Such organisms on general evaluation of drug literature, articles
may cause spoilage by adversely affecting the for proper research, design and data
appearance of composition of pharmaceutical interpretation including use of multimedia,
products and may cause serious adverse effects slides, overheads, handouts and other visual
in patients. This course covers the principles and aids as well as methods of answering questions
techniques involved in the formulation, from the audience
preparation and evaluation of sterile dosage
forms. Methods of sterilization and applications Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-l
of aseptic techniques will also be studied. Code & Number: 330 PHP
Level: 7
Course Name: Pharmacology-III Course Description: The purpose of this course
Code & Number: 324 PHG is to integrate the pathophysiologic
Level: 6 abnormalities of disease states (Cardiovascular,
Course Description: This course is concerned Pulmonary, and Infectious Diseases) with
with the study of the general actions and concepts of drug action and therapy. State-of-
mechanisms of actions of the various hormones the-art pharmacotherapy will be reviewed with
and the diseases that follow disturbances in pertinent pathophysiology and pharmacology.
their normal release. Stress will be given to Emphasis will be placed on drug selection,
utilization of the hormones themselves or their dosing regimen design1 and therapeutic drug
synthetic analogues in the treatment of the monitoring to assess the attainment of
disorders. Another part of the course deals with therapeutic efficacy and avoidance of adverse
the mechanisms that are involved in the reactions.
appearance of hyperlipoproteinemias and
thrombi in the human body and the Course Name: Pharmacology-lV
precipitation of atherosclerosis and thrombosis. Code & Number: 334 PHG
Drugs and their mechanisms in the treatment of Level: 7
these disorders will be discussed. The side

331
Course Description: This course complements formulation relevant to the use and
studies to what has been studied in the previous development of biotechnology-derived
courses of pharmacology. It deals with drugs products, including protein and nucleic-based
that affect the immune1 ocular and nasal pharmaceuticals. The course provides extensive
Systems together with those drugs that aid in coverage of both basic science and applications
the diagnosis of some diseases. The major part of biotechnology-produced pharmaceutical,
of the course deals with recent treatments of with special emphasis on their clinical use and
certain diseases and disorders such as applications.
hemorrhoids, migraines, premature and
complicated deliveries, varicose veins, prostate Course Name: Basic Pharmacokinetics
hypertrophy and erectile dysfunction. It also Code & Number: 336 PHT
deals with discussions of the various means Level: 7
available for contraception in both males and Course Description: The course will introduce
females together with the general principles of students to the basic concepts of
gene therapy. pharmacokinetics with a special emphasis on
the different pharmacokinetic models.
Course Name: Toxicology Absorption, distribution, metabolism and
Code & Number: 333 PHG excretion of dugs and calculations of
Level: 7 pharmacokinetic parameters of these processes

College of Pharmacy
Course Description: This course is concerned will be discussed.
with the illustration of the general principles of
management of poisoning with dugs, chemicals Course Name: Dispensing of Medications
and heavy metals. It also deals with the general Code & Number: 337 PHT
mechanisms through which toxic substances Level: 7
exert their effects at the molecular and cellular Course Description: In this course, students will
level. Stress is given to those poisonings apply previously acquired knowledge to the
following drug allergies and those that result practice of dispensing medications. Comparative
from interaction of chemicals with proteins, evaluation of commonly prescribe ed and some
enzyme, receptors or the genome. Part of the non-prescribed drugs will be discussed. Different
course is concerned with the role of free radicals criteria used for selection of drugs and
in induction of diseases. Furthermore, the pharmaceutical products will be emphasized.
student will be enlightened about those Drug interactions and prescriptions for different
intoxications resulting from exposure to groups of patients will be discussed.
environmental pollutants, heavy metals, drug-
drug interactions and drug4ood interactions. Course Name: Radiopharmacy
The course also covers the mechanisms of Code & Number: 332 PHC
teratogenicity, mutagenicity and carcinogenicity. Level: 7
Course Description: This course will handle
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Biotechnology Radiopharmacy as an area of specialty of
Code & Number: 335 PHT pharmacy practice. This will deal with the
Level: 7 atomic and nuclear structure and the reasons
Course Description: The student's basic that lead to the phenomenon of radioactivity.
biochemistry and pharmacy education will be This also includes the role of the radiopharmacy
expanded with current concepts in and radiopharmacist in the production and
biochemistry, molecular biology, analytical dispensing the radiopharmaceuticals and their
techniques, drug development, delivery and

332
use in diagnosis and treatment of various practice In particular. This course seeks to clarify
specific illnesses. the obligations of pharmacists to use their
knowledge and skills for the benefit of others to
Course Name: Pharmacogenomics be fair and just in their services to the public. It
Code & Number: 338 PHG also serves as a tool for self-evaluation of
Level: 7 professional relations with other health care
Course Description: This course provided givers in view of pharmacy law.
pharmacy students with an understanding of
pharmacogenetics ranging from genetic Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-Il
principles and the inheritance of complex traits Code & Number: 340 PHP
to specific examples of pharmacogenomics in Level: 8
drug therapy. Course Description: This course is designed to
integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of
Course Name: Biopharmaceutics disease states (Gastroenterology,
Code & Number: 345 PHT Malnutrition/Nutritional Support, and
Level: 8 Nephrology) with concepts of drug action and
Course Description: This course will deal with therapy. State-of-the-art pharmacotherapy will
the effects of the physicochemical properties of be reviewed with pertinent pathophyslology and
the drug, the formulation factors1 the dosage pharmacology. Emphasis will be placed on drug

College of Pharmacy
form, the route of administration and the selection, dosing regimen design and
physiological factors on the rate and extent of therapeutic drug monitoring to assess the
systemic drug absorption. Oral and some other attainment of therapeutic efficacy and
non-oral delivery systems will be covered in this avoidance of adverse reactions.
course. Graphical and mathematical data
analysis will be employed throughout the curse Course Name: Drug and Poison Information
using on appropriate computer software (e.g. Services
Excel). Code & Number: 343 PHP
Level: 8
Course Name: Clinical Communication Skills Course Description: The theoretical part is
Code & Number: 342 PHP designed to introduce the students to the
Level: 8 concept of drug Information, functions3 and
Course Description: This course emphasizes how to establish drug information centers. In
specific tools and techniques for improving addition this part will expose the students to the
listening skills, delivering effective messages and theoretical background required to locate,
bridging different communication styles. evaluate and communicate drug information
Through interactive lectures, tutorial and using mainly secondary and tertiary resources.
simulations students work in small or large In this case the student will be taught types of
groups to apply communication tools and literatures, classification of requests, and how to
strategies. prepare, formulate, and communicate an
answer. In the practical part, the students will
Course Name: Ethics in Pharmacy also be exposed to the various types of drug and
Code & Number: 341 PHP poison information requests, and be involved in
Level: 8 preparation of written response to each using
Course Description: This course introduces the the official request form used by the center. In
student to the basic principles of ethics as they addition, the student will learn how to write
pertain to health care in general and pharmacy drug monograph. Furthermore the student will

333
be taught and exposed to the various types of the-art pharmacotherapy will be reviewed with
secondary and tertiary resources and to the pertinent pathophysiology and pharmacology.
searching technique required for each type. Emphasis will be placed on drug selection1
dosing regimen design1 and therapeutic drug
Course Name: Over the Counter Drugs monitoring to assess the attainment of
Code & Number: 344 PHT therapeutic efficacy and avoidance of adverse
Level: 8 reactions.
Course Description: This course enables
pharmacy students to follow health care Course Name: Pharmacoeconomics and
practitioners, and consumers by making Pharmacoepidemiology
available comprehensive, convenient and easy- Code & Number: 411 PHP
to-use compilation of information on Level: 9
nonprescription drugs and drug products. Course Description: This course Is designed to
Students practice interviewing and counseling provide a framework for the understanding and
skills, and continue to develop their skills in over application of the concepts and techniques of
the counter drugs (OTC) counseling with new pharmacoeconomics and
topics, including some alternative medicine. pharmacoepidemology. The course also
Emphasis will be placed on mechanism(s) of emphasizes the importance of utilizing
action of the various drug classes, body Pharmacoeconomic and Pharmacoepidemiology

College of Pharmacy
system(s) affected, clinical manifestations of results when evaluating drug safety. It also
problems and the resulting adverse effects. enables students to explore and assess vital
topics and trends regarding spontaneous
Course Name: Patient Assessment and First Aid reporting systems, adverse drug reactions, and
Code & Number: 346 PHP post marketing surveillance (PMS).
Level: 8
Course Description: This course is designed to Course Name: Pharmacy Management
introduce the student to various physical Code & Number: 412 PHP
assessment techniques and tools necessary to Level: 9
monitor drug therapy and assess common Course Description: This course is designed to
complaints that may be experienced in the introduce the principles of management as they
delivery of pharmaceutical care. Formal lectures applied to professional pharmacy practice. The
will be conducted to introduce student to course is intended to provide pharmacy
equipment and techniques necessary to conduct students with a basic understanding of the
physical examination. Also, students will be able practical aspects of managing a pharmacy
to understand signs and symptoms and first aid operation. This Includes the basic functions of
care for commonly encountered life-threatening planning, organizing, directing, coordinating,
situations and emergencies. and controlling as they relate to fiscal,
personnel, and merchandize management. In
Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-Ill addition, the course will Introduce the student
Code & Number: 410 PHP to the principles and methods of human
Level: 9 resources management by teaching topics such
Course Description: This course is formulated to as recruitment, selection, orientation, training,
integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of motivation, management by objectives, and
disease states (Endocrinology1 Neurology1 performance evaluation. It will also introduce
Psychiatry, and Reproductive system) with the student to principles and methods of
concepts of drug action and therapy. State-of- financial and operational management such as

334
principles of accounting, financial statements, lectures will provide a review of clinical
purchasing, and inventory control. pharmacokinetic principles and provide
background for the student to develop an
Course Name: Evidence-Based Pharmacy approach to therapeutic drug monitoring.
Code & Number: 413 PHP Situations and clinical conditions that are likely
Level: 9 to alter the concentration: time and/or
Course Description: The course is designed to concentration: effect relationship will be
provide the understanding of the concept and emphasized. The remainder of the course will
skills required to practice evidence--based deal more specifically with the most common
pharmacy (EBP) and pharmacotherapy. Hand- drug classes where therapeutic drug monitoring
on-experience will include use of evidence-- is applied in clinical practice.
based databases, critical appraisal and how to
calculate and interpret statistical indicators used Course Name: Clinical Nutrition& IV admix.
in pharmaceutical and medical literature. Code & Number: 423 PHP
Level: 10
Course Name: Psychology & Health Course Description: Parenteral administration
Code & Number: 414 IC of medications, once restricted to hospitals, is
Level: 9 becoming more common in all levels of patient
Course Description: The first part of this course care. Sterile products preparation has expanded

College of Pharmacy
will survey the major fields of psychology. Topics outside of hospitals to both community
will include cognition, personality, development, pharmacies and specialized sterile
social interaction, and abnormal behavior The manufacturing centers. In this course, students
course will explore current approaches to will become familiar with the requirements for
psychology, demonstration of the biological, safe and efficient preparation of intravenous (IV)
cognitive, and socio-cultural approaches to admixtures, total parenteral nutrition (TPN), and
psychology combine to provide a chemotherapy. He will learn how to use
comprehensive view of human behavior. The appropriate aseptic technique to prepare some
second part of the course will focus on the types of parenteral admixtures.
interaction of mind and body as it affects Course Name: Pharmacy Law
physical and psychological well being. It Code & Number: 426 PHP
discusses the relationship between health care Level: 10
provider and the patient as well as the role of Course Description: The course deals with the
social support in disease etiology. This part of materials of the pharmacy law, which deals with
the course will cover topics such as: Stress and the regulations of pharmacy practice and
coping, adjustment to illness, trading in medicinal and pharmaceutical
psychoneuroimmmunology, and pain and pain products Issued by the Council of Ministers
management. letter number 335 and dated 7/3/1398 H and Its
various explanations. The course is one hour,
Course Name: Applied Pharmacokinetics delivered by lecture through which the
Code & Number: 416 PHP followings will be discussed: pharmacy practice
Level: 9 Including registration of pharmacists and their
Course Description: This course is designed to assistants, pharmacies, wholesale drug
provide the student with exposure to the distribution warehouses, pharmaceutical
application of pharmacokinetic and companies and Industries, medicines
pharmacodynamic principles of a variety of drug registration, pharmaceutical companies
classes to clinical situations. The first few registration and their scientific offices,

335
transitional provisional rules, penalties, and utilized maximally to achieve the objectives of
regulations of poisons, narcotics, and psychiatric the course.
medications under control.
Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-lV
Course Name: Scientific Writing and Seminar-II Code & Number: 420 PHP
Code & Number: 421 PHP Level: 10
Level: 10 Course Description: This course is designed to
Course Description: This course is designed to Integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of
provide the student with an overview of the disease states (Oncology, Hematology,
current conventions and practices used in Dermatology, Rheumatology, Transplantation,
scientific and technical writing in the field of and Pediatrics) with concepts of drug action and
pharmacy and other health-related disciplines. therapy. State-of-the-art pharmacotherapy will
This course is considered as an intensive be reviewed with pertinent pathophysiology and
introduction on how to prepare, write, edit and pharmacology. Emphasis will be placed on drug
review pharmacy research communications, selection, dosing regimen design, and
pharmacy reports, and patient education therapeutic drug monitoring to assess the
materials. The student will also learn how to attainment of therapeutic efficacy and
present and convey his ideas with conviction, avoidance of adverse reactions.
poise and style. A limited questionnaire-type

College of Pharmacy
field research project will be conducted by Course Name: Graduation Project
students as a part of the course requirements. Code & Number: 425 PHP
Students will apply their acquired knowledge in Level: 10
coding, recoding and analyzing collected data to Course Description: Topics will include research
formulate, write, and present the results. design, data collection, analysis, and
Course Name: Drugs of Abuse interpretation and formulation of research
Code & Number: 424 PHG results and describe their process in oral session
Level: 10 presentation.
Course Description: This course is intended to
provide the student with knowledge regarding
the different cases of drugs of abuse whether
they are legal or illegal drugs. All these drugs
share the general properties of being able to
induce habituation, tolerance, dependence, and
addiction. The various factors that tend to
predispose youth to drug abuse will be
discussed together with the scientific strategies
to prevent youth from indulging in the habit of
drug abuse. The major part of the course will be
directed for discussion of the pharmacological
action, mechanisms and adverse reactions of
the drugs of abuse. Furthermore, the
discussions will include the various methods
available for treatment of addiction and
prevention of precipitation of the withdrawal
symptoms. Both lectures and seminars will be

336
 Confidently selecting the appropriate
College of Pharmacy in
pharmaceutical field of clinical and/or
Unaizah general pharmaceutical practice to
advance in higher education.
Vision:
About:
For the college pharmacy to become a leader in
a timely and high quality pharmacy education The college of Pharmacy in Unaizah is a new
that is able to provide contemporary high college which is affiliated to Qassim University.
quality pharmaceutical education yielding Its curriculum is identical to that of the College
confident graduates and highly competent of Pharmacy in the main campus. It is an integral
pharmacists. part of health sciences, highly concerned with
the promotion, advancement, and building of
Mission: state-of-the-art health care system for Saudi
population
To introduce up to date pharmaceutical care
practice and pharmaceutical education The start of the century has witnessed a rapid

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

according to the best international standards advancement in pharmacy education resulting in
applicable in the area through practice and a number of creative therapeutic approaches for
research oriented patient-centered treatment and production of medicines. Thus, it
practitioners. has become inevitable for colleges of pharmacy,
including Qassim University College of Pharmacy
Objectives: to coup with the demands of this tremendous
revolution and change. This emphasizes the
The college of Pharmacy at Qassim University urgent need for advancements in strategic
will be working towards graduating clinical planning and programs of the college, well
pharmacists who are professionally confident, trained academic staff, establishment of
motivated, and committed to achieve the excellent laboratories, scientific research, and
following objectives: graduate programs for quality research. All of
these top our priority agendas that we are
Gaining the best of available
certain to achieve since the Kingdom is
pharmaceutical knowledge
determined to rekindle and spread the noble
Building the necessary pharmaceutical
virtue of learning through the generous funding
and clinical skills that enable them to
made available for the advancement of
provide the optimum pharmaceutical
education in the country.
care
Enabling themselves to be an effective The Pharmacist profession is no longer confined
part of the health care system by to the classical sale of prescribed medicines.
linking various basic as well as clinical Instead, todays pharmacist constitutes an
pharmaceutical sciences, and make essential membership in all health care systems
best use of that for the benefit of and industry including treatment options and
individual patients and general planning, pharmaceutical industries, drug and
population poison regulation, information, and monitoring
Continuously developing their centers, research and development, and
intellectual and professional abilities to consultancy.
properly deal with arising challenges
locally and globally

337
The demand for pharmacists has been Biology
increasing steadily in the market; however,
there is still a shortage of Saudi pharmacists. 103PHC Organic 2
Chemistry
The college strategy is focused on three plans;
namely, the student, the program, and the 111ANAT Human 4
society. The student is intensively trained and Anatomy and
well educated to reflect the attributes of Histology
university graduates in terms of ethics,
punctuality, and entertainment of highest Total 17
quality knowledge that makes him go beyond
Level 2
confined disciplinary expertise or technical
knowledge. The program courses are designed Course Course Title Credit Pre.req.
based on timely and world-class approaches in Code
teaching and learning, and are consistent to
ACPE )American Council of Pharmaceutical 120PHP Intro. To 1
Education). With regard to society, the college Pharmacy

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

emphasizes the role of awareness and society Profession
education in use and storage of drugs.
101 IC Introduction to 2
We always hope for success in our service to our Islamic Culture
university and that our strategic plans would
lead to advanced level education 121PHP Biostatistics 2 135MATH

Degree: 122PHC Pharm. Organic 4 103PHC

Chemistry
Bachelor
123PHT Pharmaceutical 3 106BIOL
Programs: Microbiology

PharmD program 124PHC Pharm. 4 103PHC

Analytical
Study Plan: Chemistry

Level 1 Total 16

Course Code Course Title Credit Level 3

101ARAB Arabic Course Course Title Credit Pre.req.

Languages Code
Skills 2
210PHG Biochemistry-1 2 103PHC
101 PHP Medical 2
Terminology 211PHG Physiology-1 3 106BIOL

135MATH Mathematics 3 212PHT Pharmaceutics- 3 135MATH

for Pharmacy 1

106BIOL Human 4

338
215PHC Pharmacognosy 3 103PHC, 314PHG Pharmacology- 4 224PHG
11
122PHC
315PHG Chemotherapy 2 224PHG
216PHP Computer for 2 135MATH
Health Sciences 316PHC Natural Products 3 215PHC

217PHP Pharmacy 2 120PHP 102 IC Islam & Costr. of 2

Practice Society

218PHG General 2 106BIOL Total 16

Immunology
Level 6
Total 17
Course Course Title Credit Pre.req.
Level 4 Code

Course Course Title Credit Pre.req. 327PHC Pharmacopeial 4 124PHC

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

Code Analysis

220PHG Biochemistry- 3 210PHG 320PHC Medical 3 315PHC

11 Chemistry-III

222PHG Physiology-11 2 211PHG 322PHP Pathophysiologh- 2 310PHP

II
225PHC Med.Chemistry- 3 122PHC,
1 323PHT Pharmaceutics-III 3 223PHT
124PHC
324PHG Pharmacology-III 3 314PHG
224PHG Pharmacology- 4 210PHG
1 325PHP Scientific Writing 1 216PHP
& Seminar-I
225PHG Molecular 2 106BIOL
Pharmacology Total 16

223PHT Pharmaceutics- 3 212PHT,

11 135MATH
Level 7
Total 17
Course Course Title Cre Pre.req.
Level 7 Code dit

Course Course Title Credit Pre.req. 330PHP Pharmacotherapy 3 310PHP

Code -1

315PHC Med. Chemistry 3 225PHC 334PHG Pharmacology-IV 2 324PHG

310PHP Pathophysiology- 2 222PHG 333PHG Toxicology 2 224PHG

1

339
335PHT Pharmaceutical 2 212PHP Level 9
Biotechnology
Course Course Title Credi Pre.req
336PHT Basic 2 135MAT Code t .
Pharmacokinetics H
410PHP Pharmacotherapy 3 340PHP
337PHT Dispensing of 3 323PHT -III
medication
411PHP Pharmacoecono 3 343PHP
332PHC Radiopharmacy 1 320PHC mics &
epidemiology
338PHG Pharmacogenomi 2 324PHG
cs 412PHP Pharmacy 2 341PHP
management
Total 17
413PHP Evidence based 2 343PHP
Level 8 pharmacy

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

Course Course Title Credi Pre.req 414PHP Psychology and 2 106BIO
Code t . Health L

345PHT Biopharmaceutics 2 335PHT 416PHP Appl. 2 336PHT

Pharmacokinetics
342PHP Clinical 2
Communication 103 IC The Islamic 2
Skills Economic System

341PHP Ethics in 2 102 IC Total 16

Pharmacy
Level 10
340PHP Pharmacotherapy 3 330PHP
-II Course Course Title Credi Pre.req.
Code t
343PHP Drug and Poison 3 216PHP
Info Serv. And 423PHP Clinical 4 135MAT
literature Nutrition H
evaluation
426PHP Pharmacy law 1
344PHT Over the counter 2 335PHT
drugs 421PHP Scientific 2 325PHP
writing &
346PHP Patient 1 222PH Seminar-2
Assessment & G
First aid 104 IC Fundamentals 2
of the Islamic
103ARA Expository 2 Political System
B Writing
424PHG Drug of abuse 2 334PHG
Total 17

340
420PHP Pharmacothera 3 410PHP differential equations and their applications in
py-IV health sciences.

425PHP Graduation 2 343PHP Course Name: Human Biology

Project Code & Number: 106 BIOL
Level: 1
Total 16 Course Description: This course serves as an
introduction to the basic principles of biology
with emphasis on structure and function at the
Course Description: molecular and cellular levels. Topics include cell
structure and function, cellular respiration,
Course Name: Medical Terminology genetics and molecular biology. Much of
Code & Number: 102 PHP laboratory is devoted to a detailed study of the
Level: 1 histology, anatomy and physiology of body
Course Description: Medical Terminology is a Systems, for example, digestive, urogenital,
specialized language for the health care team so urinary system.
that they may communicate in concise and

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

accurate way. The course introduces the most Course Name: Organic Chemistry
common & important terminology in the fields Code & Number: 103 PHC
of medicine, dentistry and pharmacy based on Level: 1
the main disciplines of medicine, dentistry and Course Description:
pharmacy. The course will be conducted in This course is a comprehensive introduction in
simple, easy & enjoyable interactive lectures. It all aspects of organic chemistry, for freshmen
is an integrated course that will be shared by the students. The course will qualify the students
colleges of medicine, dentistry and pharmacy. and prepare them with organic chemistry
knowledge to further their studies.
Course Name: Mathematics for Pharmacy
Code & Number: 135 MATH Course Name: Human Anatomy and Histology
Level: 1 Code & Number: 111 ANAT
Course Description: This course is designed to Level: 1
provide calculus for students of pharmacy who Course Description: This course is intended to
Intend to apply these concepts in their introduce the student to the basic knowledge
professional course work. Students are expected regarding the structural anatomy and histology
to develop an understanding of the derivative as of the various body Systems and organs. The
an instantaneous rate of change and use this relation between the various systems and
definition to find derivatives of many types of organs will be outlined and discussed. Students
functions and combinations of these functions will also be introduced to basics of cytology,
including algebraic, trigonometric, exponential general histology and organohistology of the
and logarithmic functions. Then they are human body systems. In the practical classes,
expected to compute the maxima and minima of the students will be using simulated plastic
some functions and plot them as well. They also human models to implement what is taught in
will develop the idea that integration is the the theoretical lecture
inverse operation to differentiation and will be Course Name: Introduction to Pharmacy
able to familiar with the integration techniques. Profession
Students are also exposed to linear first-order Code & Number: 120 PHP
Level: 2

341
Course Description: This course is designed to characteristics of different groups of microbes
provide students with a broad perspective on (Bacteria, Rickettsiae, Mycoplasma, Chlamydiae,
pharmacy as a profession in a changing health Viruses and Fungi); classification, nomenclature,
care environment. Students will learn to think structure, nutrition, metabolism, cultivation,
critically about health and health care from the growth and genetics. In addition, study of
patient's perspective and about the historical etiological agent(s), mode of infection,
and philosophical contexts of the profession as pathogenesis, laboratory diagnosis, prevention,
it continues to evolve toward patient focused control, and treatment of the most medically
care. important infectious diseases.

Course Name: Biostatistics Course Name: Pharmaceutical Analytical

Code & Number: 121PHP Chemistry
Level: 2 Code & Number: 124 PHC
Course Description: This course is designed to Level: 2
provide students with a basic understanding of Course Description: Analytical chemistry is a
biostatistics. The course covers of descriptive measurement science consisting of a set of
statistics with concepts of dispersion, central powerful ideas and methods that are useful in

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

tendency measurements. Graphical and tabular all fields of science and medicine. It may be
displays are also covered. Simple inferential defined as the science and art of determining
statistics involving probability, sampling, the composition of materials in terms of the
confidence intervals and tests of significance are elements or compounds contained in them. The
presented. Simple linear regression and course will cover both chemical methods of
correlations are also covered. Understanding analysis with emphasis on volumetric category;
concepts and rational for various methods are and physicochemical methods of analysis
emphasized with use of computer statistical (instrumental methods). Each part will then
software (such as Excel, SPSS) for graphs and cover several topics. The course will cover the
calculations. principle of each method, mathematical
treatments, laws, calculation, advantages and
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Organic limitations and finally, the applications of each
Chemistry method. More attention will be given to its
Code & Number: 122 PHC application in the field of pharmaceutical
Level: 2 analysis
Course Description: This course will continue
covering the organic functional groups that were Course Name: Biochemistry-1
not covered in the previous organic chemistry. Code & Number: 210 PHG
This will include the rest of aliphatic compounds, Level: 3
aromatic compounds and heterocyclic Course Description: This course covers the
chemistry, which will prepare the student following topics in biochemistry: amino acids
properly to medicinal chemistry. and proteins, enzymes, biological oxidation,
porphyrins and nucleic acids. Clinical
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Microbiology correlations and the action of certain
Code & Number: 123 PHT therapeutic as well as toxic agents are explained
Level: 2 whenever possible.
Course Description: The course provides an
overview of basic, and Medical Microbiology. Course Name: Physiology-I
The study will be focused on the biological Code & Number: 211 PHG

342
Level: 3 systems, the advanced features of the Internet
Course Description: The course describes the information resources, patient-related programs
physiology of cell membrane, nerve and muscle, and data manipulation software for application
autonomic nervous system, blood and in profession -related tasks.
cardiovascular system with emphasis on the
human body. Course Name: Molecular Pharmacology
Code & Number: 214 PHG
Course Name: Pharmaceutics-I Level: 3
Code & Number: 212 PHT Course Description: The course deals with the
Level: 3 molecular pharmacological aspects of action of
Course Description: This subject is designed to neurotransmitters and other endogenous
introduce first year pharmacy students to the substances as well as the drugs affecting their
breadth and depth of the discipline of pharmacy activity. The interactions of these endogenous
and pharmaceutics. In this course, the principles molecules with their specific receptors or
of chemistry, physics and mathematics are enzymes shall be covered as well as the
applied to the pharmaceutical sciences. Acid- molecular effects of their respective agonists
base, solubility, partitioning, reaction kinetics and antagonists. Details of the mechanisms of

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

and stabilization of formulations will be action, SAR, stereochemistry, and metabolism of
considered. these agents shall be presented.

Course Name: Pharmacognosy Course Name: General Immunology

Code & Number: 215 PHC Code & Number: 213 PHG
Level: 3 Level: 3
Course Description: Pharmacognosy course Course Description: This course is an
aims to provide the knowledge and introductory course on basic principles of
understanding of the medicinal plants and to immunology focusing on the cellular and
encourage students to take a broad and molecular processes involved in innate (non-
continuing interest in medicinal plants with specific) immunity and adaptive (specific)
emphasis to those available in the Saudi Arabia. immunity. The course includes descriptions of
Introduce the student to the different types of the main elements of immunity, immune
complementary and alternative medicine. responses1 development of immune cells,
interactions between humeral and cell mediated
Course Name: Computers for Health Sciences immunity, and pathology resulting from immune
Code & Number: 216 PHP responses.
Level: 3
Course Description: This course is designed to Course Name: Biochemistry-ll
provide the student with knowledge about Code & Number: 220 PHG
advanced computer technology and its Level: 4
application in the healthcare field. It will also Course Description: This course deals with the
introduce the student to technological metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins
innovations in healthcare informatics as a and minerals. Clinical correlations and the action
discipline, clinical decision-support systems, of certain therapeutic as well as toxic agents are
medical expert systems, telemedicine, explained, whenever possible. Much of the
telepharmacy and Internet health applications. laboratory is devoted to the determination of
The course will emphasize the use of blood and urine biochemical parameters.
computerized health information retrieval

343
Course Name: Physiology-Il Code & Number: 224 PHG
Code & Number: 222 PHG Level: 4
Level: 4 Course Description: This course is designed to
Course Description: With an emphasis on the introduce the student to the general principles
human body, this course describes the of pharmacology with regard to the general
physiology of respiratory, renal, digestive, and pharmacological terms and the principles of
central nervous system. drugs administration, absorption, distribution,
metabolism and excretion. It also deals with the
Course Name: Pharmacy Practice drugs actions and mechanisms. It covers all
Code & Number: 226 PHP aspects of the autonomic nervous system and
Level: 4 autacoids. The practical part of the course deals
Course Description: This course is designed to with the verification of the actions of drugs
introduce the student to the various roles studied in the theoretical part of the course-
played by pharmacists In hospital and using isolated tissues from rodents and
community settings, and the ways in which anaesthetized animals.
drugs are compared, selected1 and used in the
health care environment. The course also Course Name: Pharmaceutics-II

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

presents comprehensive principles of Code & Number: 223 PHT
contemporary institutional pharmacy operation Level: 4
systems (e.g., a unit dose drug distribution Course Description: This course provides an
system, etc). The course will emphasize the understanding of various dosage forms and drug
challenges that face pharmacy practice and the delivery systems, and how medicinal and
Impact of automation in hospital and pharmaceutical substances are incorporated
community pharmacies. into them. The fundamental principles of
interfacial phenomena, dispersion system,
Course Name: Medicinal Chemistry-I rheology and their impacts on the preparation
Code & Number: 225 PHC and design of stable dosage forms will be
Level: 4 discussed.
Course Description: As a result of advances
made in synthesis and separation methods and Course Name: Medicinal Chemistry-II
in biochemical techniques, a more rational Code & Number: 315 PHC
approach to drug discovery has been possible, Level: 5
namely one which involves the element of Course Description: This course will handle the
design. This course handles chemical and relationship of chemical structure to biological
medicinal aspects of drug design, drug activity and the general structural features
development and drug action. Only the required for a specific mechanism of action.
chemistry and biochemistry background Topics of discussion will include the effects of
information pertinent to understanding the molecular modifications on receptor binding,
topics in this course are discussed. The course distribution and metabolism as they relate to
focuses on a drug molecule and relates the clinical response. Although the course outline
physicochemical properties of the drug reflects a pharmacological classification, the
molecules to its absorption, distribution, material covered will deal principally with the
metabolism, and interaction with a receptor to chemical, structure and biophysical properties
give a physiological response. as related to drug action at the molecular level
and will relate to therapeutic use.
Course Name: Pharmacology-I

344
Course Name: Pathophyslology-1 Course Description: This course is designed to
Code & Number: 310 PHP provide the student with the general principles
Level: 5 of antimicrobial and antiparasites therapy. It
Course Description: Pathophysiology is the also deals with the study of antineoplastic drugs.
study of disorders or altered functions, i.e. the The course deals with the pharmacological
physiologic mechanisms altered by disease in aspects of those chemotherapeutic agents that
the living organism. The study of are produced naturally, synthetically or
pathophysiology is essential to understand the semisynthetically. The studies cover their
rationale for diagnosis and therapeutic spectrum of activity, mechanisms, and side
interventions in disease processes. The effects when they are used in treatment of
framework is designed to present the general bacterial, fungal or viral infections. Part of the
concepts of disease processes. Then, the various course also deals with those chemotherapeutic
dysfunctions of an organ or organ system are agents that are currently used for treatment of
examined including cardiovascular, respiratory, malaria, schistosomiasis, amoebiasis, filariasis,
and gastrointestinal disorders and infectious ascariasis, oxyuriasis... etc. Part of the course is
diseases. directed towards the study of some
antineoplastic drugs used for treatment of

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

Course Name: Pharmacology-ll leukemia, solid or diffuse tumors.
Code & Number: 314 PHG
Level: 5 Course Name: Natural products chemistry
Course Description: This course is directed to Code & Number: 316 PHC
provide the student with knowledge regarding Level: 5
the principles of neurochemical transmission in Course Description: The course aims to provide
the brain and spinal cord together with the pharmacy students with a primary knowledge of
various neurotransmitters and their respective phytoceuticals and enable the student to gain an
receptors. It provides the student with understanding of the following general areas of
knowledge regarding the general study: The different classes of the natural
actions,mechanisms and uses of general compounds Methods of extraction, isolation,
anaesthetics, central nervous system stimulants identification, assay and pharmacological
and depressants,analgesics, antipsychotics, activity and uses of natural compounds.
antiepileptics, antitussives, antiemetics,
antidepressants, antimaniacs, and Course Name: Pharmacopeal Analysis
antiparkinsonians. It also provides information Code & Number: 327 PHC
on the major side effects of the various drug Level: 6
classes. The drugs will be analysed to permit the Course Description: The course is designed to
choice of a certain agent for the treatment of a teach the student how to use the
certain disease. In the practical part of the Pharmacopoeia (specially the most famous
course the students will be allowed to perform ones: USP, BP and EP). First, the student is
experiments in conscious animals (rodents) to entitled to know how to identify pharmaceutical
verify the actions of the drugs they studied in compounds, either using chemical tests or
the theoretical part of the course. instrumental methods. Second, to check the
purity of these compounds and identifying the
Course Name: Chemotherapy impurities, whether general impurities (applying
Code & Number: 315 PHG limit tests) or related compounds. Third, how to
Level: 5 assay pharmaceutical compounds, either per se
or in pharmaceutical preparations. Special

345
interest will be given to the most frequently Course Description: Pharmaceutical products
adopted methods namely: potentiometric non- are generally required to be free from
aqueous titration of the raw materials, contamination with organisms. Such organisms
spectrophotometric analysis of the drugs In their may cause spoilage by adversely affecting the
dosage forms and finally HPLC for both checking appearance of composition of pharmaceutical
the purity of the compounds and analysis of products and may cause serious adverse effects
their dosage forms. The course also includes in patients. This course covers the principles and
introduction to statistical evaluation of data. techniques involved in the formulation,
preparation and evaluation of sterile dosage
Course Name: Medicinal Chemistry-III forms. Methods of sterilization and applications
Code & Number: 320 PHC of aseptic techniques will also be studied.
Level: 6
Course Description: This course will handle the Course Name: Pharmacology-III
relationship of chemical structure to biological Code & Number: 324 PHG
activity and the general structural features Level: 6
required for a specific mechanism of action. Course Description: This course is concerned
Topics of discussion will include the effects of with the study of the general actions and

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

molecular modifications on receptor binding, mechanisms of actions of the various hormones
distribution and metabolism as they relate to and the diseases that follow disturbances in
clinical response. Although the course outline their normal release. Stress will be given to
reflects a pharmacological classification, the utilization of the hormones themselves or their
material covered will deal principally with the synthetic analogues in the treatment of the
chemical, structure and biophysical properties disorders. Another part of the course deals with
as related to drug action at the molecular level the mechanisms that are involved in the
and will relate to therapeutic use. appearance of hyperlipoproteinemias and
thrombi in the human body and the
Course Name: Pathophysiology-Il precipitation of atherosclerosis and thrombosis.
Code & Number: 322 PHP Drugs and their mechanisms in the treatment of
Level: 6 these disorders will be discussed. The side
Course Description: Pathophysiology is the effects of the named drugs will be outlined.
study of disorders or altered functions I.e. the Furthermore, the course involves the study of
physiologic mechanisms altered by disease in the causes and the topical treatment of some
the living organism. The study of skin diseases such as vitiligo, psoriasis,
pathophysiology is essential to understand the chloasma, ephelis, acne vulgaris1 warts, tinea
rationale for diagnosis and therapeutic corporis, tinea cruris, tinea versicolor and tinea
interventions in disease processes. The pedis (Athlete's Foot). The mechanisms and the
framework is designed to discuss various limitations of the various drugs used will be
dysfunctions of an organ or organ system discussed. A certain part of the course deals
including renal, endocrine, musculoskeletal, with the uses and mechanisms of action of some
hematology and oncology and central nervous antidiarrhoeals and laxatives.
system disorders.
Course Name: Scientific Writing and Seminar-I
Course Name: Pharmaceutics-III Code & Number: 325 PHP
Code & Number: 323 PHT Level: 6
Level: 6 Course Description: The purpose of this course
is to introduce basics of scientific presentation

346
and discussions of current issues in the Level: 7
profession of clinical pharmacy. Emphasis will be Course Description: This course is concerned
on general evaluation of drug literature, articles with the illustration of the general principles of
for proper research, design and data management of poisoning with dugs, chemicals
interpretation including use of multimedia, and heavy metals. It also deals with the general
slides, overheads, handouts and other visual mechanisms through which toxic substances
aids as well as methods of answering questions exert their effects at the molecular and cellular
from the audience level. Stress is given to those poisonings
following drug allergies and those that result
Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-l from interaction of chemicals with proteins,
Code & Number: 330 PHP enzyme, receptors or the genome. Part of the
Level: 7 course is concerned with the role of free radicals
Course Description: The purpose of this course in induction of diseases. Furthermore, the
is to integrate the pathophysiologic student will be enlightened about those
abnormalities of disease states (Cardiovascular, intoxications resulting from exposure to
Pulmonary, and Infectious Diseases) with environmental pollutants, heavy metals, drug-
concepts of drug action and therapy. State-of- drug interactions and drug4ood interactions.

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

the-art pharmacotherapy will be reviewed with The course also covers the mechanisms of
pertinent pathophysiology and pharmacology. teratogenicity, mutagenicity and carcinogenicity.
Emphasis will be placed on drug selection,
dosing regimen design1 and therapeutic drug Course Name: Pharmaceutical Biotechnology
monitoring to assess the attainment of Code & Number: 335 PHT
therapeutic efficacy and avoidance of adverse Level: 7
reactions. Course Description: The student's basic
biochemistry and pharmacy education will be
Course Name: Pharmacology-lV expanded with current concepts in
Code & Number: 334 PHG biochemistry, molecular biology, analytical
Level: 7 techniques, drug development, delivery and
Course Description: This course complements formulation relevant to the use and
studies to what has been studied in the previous development of biotechnology-derived
courses of pharmacology. It deals with drugs products, including protein and nucleic-based
that affect the immune1 ocular and nasal pharmaceuticals. The course provides extensive
Systems together with those drugs that aid in coverage of both basic science and applications
the diagnosis of some diseases. The major part of biotechnology-produced pharmaceutical,
of the course deals with recent treatments of with special emphasis on their clinical use and
certain diseases and disorders such as applications.
hemorrhoids, migraines, premature and
complicated deliveries, varicose veins, prostate Course Name: Basic Pharmacokinetics
hypertrophy and erectile dysfunction. It also Code & Number: 336 PHT
deals with discussions of the various means Level: 7
available for contraception in both males and Course Description: The course will introduce
females together with the general principles of students to the basic concepts of
gene therapy. pharmacokinetics with a special emphasis on
the different pharmacokinetic models.
Course Name: Toxicology Absorption, distribution, metabolism and
Code & Number: 333 PHG excretion of dugs and calculations of

347
pharmacokinetic parameters of these processes form, the route of administration and the
will be discussed. physiological factors on the rate and extent of
systemic drug absorption. Oral and some other
Course Name: Dispensing of Medications non-oral delivery systems will be covered in this
Code & Number: 337 PHT course. Graphical and mathematical data
Level: 7 analysis will be employed throughout the curse
Course Description: In this course, students will using on appropriate computer software (e.g.
apply previously acquired knowledge to the Excel).
practice of dispensing medications. Comparative
evaluation of commonly prescribe ed and some Course Name: Clinical Communication Skills
non-prescribed drugs will be discussed. Different Code & Number: 342 PHP
criteria used for selection of drugs and Level: 8
pharmaceutical products will be emphasized. Course Description: This course emphasizes
Drug interactions and prescriptions for different specific tools and techniques for improving
groups of patients will be discussed. listening skills, delivering effective messages and
bridging different communication styles.
Course Name: Radiopharmacy Through interactive lectures, tutorial and

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

Code & Number: 332 PHC simulations students work in small or large

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

Level: 7 groups to apply communication tools and
Course Description: This course will handle strategies.
Radiopharmacy as an area of specialty of
pharmacy practice. This will deal with the Course Name: Ethics in Pharmacy
atomic and nuclear structure and the reasons Code & Number: 341 PHP
that lead to the phenomenon of radioactivity. Level: 8
This also includes the role of the radiopharmacy Course Description: This course introduces the
and radiopharmacist in the production and student to the basic principles of ethics as they
dispensing the radiopharmaceuticals and their pertain to health care in general and pharmacy
use in diagnosis and treatment of various practice In particular. This course seeks to clarify
specific illnesses. the obligations of pharmacists to use their
knowledge and skills for the benefit of others to
Course Name: Pharmacogenomics be fair and just in their services to the public. It
Code & Number: 338 PHG also serves as a tool for self-evaluation of
Level: 7 professional relations with other health care
Course Description: This course provided givers in view of pharmacy law.
pharmacy students with an understanding of
pharmacogenetics ranging from genetic Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-Il
principles and the inheritance of complex traits Code & Number: 340 PHP
to specific examples of pharmacogenomics in Level: 8
drug therapy. Course Description: This course is designed to
integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of
Course Name: Biopharmaceutics disease states (Gastroenterology,
Code & Number: 345 PHT Malnutrition/Nutritional Support, and
Level: 8 Nephrology) with concepts of drug action and
Course Description: This course will deal with therapy. State-of-the-art pharmacotherapy will
the effects of the physicochemical properties of be reviewed with pertinent pathophyslology and
the drug, the formulation factors1 the dosage pharmacology. Emphasis will be placed on drug

348
selection, dosing regimen design and system(s) affected, clinical manifestations of
therapeutic drug monitoring to assess the problems and the resulting adverse effects.
attainment of therapeutic efficacy and
avoidance of adverse reactions. Course Name: Patient Assessment and First Aid
Code & Number: 346 PHP
Course Name: Drug and Poison Information Level: 8
Services Course Description: This course is designed to
Code & Number: 343 PHP introduce the student to various physical
Level: 8 assessment techniques and tools necessary to
Course Description: The theoretical part is monitor drug therapy and assess common
designed to introduce the students to the complaints that may be experienced in the
concept of drug Information, functions3 and delivery of pharmaceutical care. Formal lectures
how to establish drug information centers. In will be conducted to introduce student to
addition this part will expose the students to the equipment and techniques necessary to conduct
theoretical background required to locate, physical examination. Also, students will be able
evaluate and communicate drug information to understand signs and symptoms and first aid
using mainly secondary and tertiary resources. care for commonly encountered life-threatening

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

In this case the student will be taught types of situations and emergencies.
literatures, classification of requests, and how to
prepare, formulate, and communicate an Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-Ill
answer. In the practical part, the students will Code & Number: 410 PHP
also be exposed to the various types of drug and Level: 9
poison information requests, and be involved in Course Description: This course is formulated to
preparation of written response to each using integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of
the official request form used by the center. In disease states (Endocrinology1 Neurology1
addition, the student will learn how to write Psychiatry, and Reproductive system) with
drug monograph. Furthermore the student will concepts of drug action and therapy. State-of-
be taught and exposed to the various types of the-art pharmacotherapy will be reviewed with
secondary and tertiary resources and to the pertinent pathophysiology and pharmacology.
searching technique required for each type. Emphasis will be placed on drug selection1
dosing regimen design1 and therapeutic drug
Course Name: Over the Counter Drugs monitoring to assess the attainment of
Code & Number: 344 PHT therapeutic efficacy and avoidance of adverse
Level: 8 reactions.
Course Description: This course enables
pharmacy students to follow health care Course Name: Pharmacoeconomics and
practitioners, and consumers by making Pharmacoepidemiology
available comprehensive, convenient and easy- Code & Number: 411 PHP
to-use compilation of information on Level: 9
nonprescription drugs and drug products. Course Description: This course Is designed to
Students practice interviewing and counseling provide a framework for the understanding and
skills, and continue to develop their skills in over application of the concepts and techniques of
the counter drugs (OTC) counseling with new pharmacoeconomics and
topics, including some alternative medicine. pharmacoepidemology. The course also
Emphasis will be placed on mechanism(s) of emphasizes the importance of utilizing
action of the various drug classes, body Pharmacoeconomic and Pharmacoepidemiology

349
results when evaluating drug safety. It also Course Description: The first part of this course
enables students to explore and assess vital will survey the major fields of psychology. Topics
topics and trends regarding spontaneous will include cognition, personality, development,
reporting systems, adverse drug reactions, and social interaction, and abnormal behavior The
post marketing surveillance (PMS). course will explore current approaches to
psychology, demonstration of the biological,
Course Name: Pharmacy Management cognitive, and socio-cultural approaches to
Code & Number: 412 PHP psychology combine to provide a
Level: 9 comprehensive view of human behavior. The
Course Description: This course is designed to second part of the course will focus on the
introduce the principles of management as they interaction of mind and body as it affects
applied to professional pharmacy practice. The physical and psychological well being. It
course is intended to provide pharmacy discusses the relationship between health care
students with a basic understanding of the provider and the patient as well as the role of
practical aspects of managing a pharmacy social support in disease etiology. This part of
operation. This Includes the basic functions of the course will cover topics such as: Stress and
planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, coping, adjustment to illness,

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

and controlling as they relate to fiscal, psychoneuroimmmunology, and pain and pain
personnel, and merchandize management. In management.
addition, the course will Introduce the student
to the principles and methods of human Course Name: Applied Pharmacokinetics
resources management by teaching topics such Code & Number: 416 PHP
as recruitment, selection, orientation, training, Level: 9
motivation, management by objectives, and Course Description: This course is designed to
performance evaluation. It will also introduce provide the student with exposure to the
the student to principles and methods of application of pharmacokinetic and
financial and operational management such as pharmacodynamic principles of a variety of drug
principles of accounting, financial statements, classes to clinical situations. The first few
purchasing, and inventory control. lectures will provide a review of clinical
pharmacokinetic principles and provide
Course Name: Evidence-Based Pharmacy background for the student to develop an
Code & Number: 413 PHP approach to therapeutic drug monitoring.
Level: 9 Situations and clinical conditions that are likely
Course Description: The course is designed to to alter the concentration: time and/or
provide the understanding of the concept and concentration: effect relationship will be
skills required to practice evidence--based emphasized. The remainder of the course will
pharmacy (EBP) and pharmacotherapy. Hand- deal more specifically with the most common
on-experience will include use of evidence-- drug classes where therapeutic drug monitoring
based databases, critical appraisal and how to is applied in clinical practice.
calculate and interpret statistical indicators used
in pharmaceutical and medical literature. Course Name: Clinical Nutrition& IV admix.
Code & Number: 423 PHP
Course Name: Psychology & Health Level: 10
Code & Number: 414 IC Course Description: Parenteral administration
Level: 9 of medications, once restricted to hospitals, is
becoming more common in all levels of patient

350
care. Sterile products preparation has expanded poise and style. A limited questionnaire-type
outside of hospitals to both community field research project will be conducted by
pharmacies and specialized sterile students as a part of the course requirements.
manufacturing centers. In this course, students Students will apply their acquired knowledge in
will become familiar with the requirements for coding, recoding and analyzing collected data to
safe and efficient preparation of intravenous (IV) formulate, write, and present the results.
admixtures, total parenteral nutrition (TPN), and Course Name: Drugs of Abuse
chemotherapy. He will learn how to use Code & Number: 424 PHG
appropriate aseptic technique to prepare some Level: 10
types of parenteral admixtures. Course Description: This course is intended to
Course Name: Pharmacy Law provide the student with knowledge regarding
Code & Number: 426 PHP the different cases of drugs of abuse whether
Level: 10 they are legal or illegal drugs. All these drugs
Course Description: The course deals with the share the general properties of being able to
materials of the pharmacy law, which deals with induce habituation, tolerance, dependence, and
the regulations of pharmacy practice and addiction. The various factors that tend to
trading in medicinal and pharmaceutical predispose youth to drug abuse will be

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

products Issued by the Council of Ministers discussed together with the scientific strategies
letter number 335 and dated 7/3/1398 H and Its to prevent youth from indulging in the habit of
various explanations. The course is one hour, drug abuse. The major part of the course will be
delivered by lecture through which the directed for discussion of the pharmacological
followings will be discussed: pharmacy practice action, mechanisms and adverse reactions of
Including registration of pharmacists and their the drugs of abuse. Furthermore, the
assistants, pharmacies, wholesale drug discussions will include the various methods
distribution warehouses, pharmaceutical available for treatment of addiction and
companies and Industries, medicines prevention of precipitation of the withdrawal
registration, pharmaceutical companies symptoms. Both lectures and seminars will be
registration and their scientific offices, utilized maximally to achieve the objectives of
transitional provisional rules, penalties, and the course.
regulations of poisons, narcotics, and psychiatric
medications under control. Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-lV
Code & Number: 420 PHP
Course Name: Scientific Writing and Seminar-II Level: 10
Code & Number: 421 PHP Course Description: This course is designed to
Level: 10 Integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of
Course Description: This course is designed to disease states (Oncology, Hematology,
provide the student with an overview of the Dermatology, Rheumatology, Transplantation,
current conventions and practices used in and Pediatrics) with concepts of drug action and
scientific and technical writing in the field of therapy. State-of-the-art pharmacotherapy will
pharmacy and other health-related disciplines. be reviewed with pertinent pathophysiology and
This course is considered as an intensive pharmacology. Emphasis will be placed on drug
introduction on how to prepare, write, edit and selection, dosing regimen design, and
review pharmacy research communications, therapeutic drug monitoring to assess the
pharmacy reports, and patient education attainment of therapeutic efficacy and
materials. The student will also learn how to avoidance of adverse reactions.
present and convey his ideas with conviction,

351
Course Name: Graduation Project
Code & Number: 425 PHP
Level: 10
Course Description: Topics will include research
design, data collection, analysis, and
interpretation and formulation of research
results and describe their process in oral session
presentation.

College of Pharmacy in Unaizah

352
College of Public Health and 5. Building and maintaining mutual cooperation
with national and international institutions that
Health Informatics in work on similar academic programs.

Bukeriyah 6. Raising the competency levels while satisfying

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

and maintaining human resources.
Vision:
About:
A nationally distinguished college of public
health and health informatics, qualifying The College of Public Health and Health
professional cadres, supporting scientific Informatics (previously known as Health
research and sustainable development. Sciences College) started to grant an
intermediate university degree in three majors;
Mission:
namely, Health Services Management, Medical
Provision of high-quality accredited educational Secretary and Medical Records. The College was
programs, producing qualified competent under the supervision of the Ministry of Health
national graduates, offering research services until the Royal Decree No. 11032 was issued on
and consultation in the public health and health 22/12/1428H that included transferring all
informatics, fostering sustainable development Health Sciences Colleges (for boys and girls in
in Qassim, and building channels of national and Kingdom of Saudi Arabia) to the supervision of
international cooperation and partnership in the Ministry of Higher Education. In order to
specialized health fields. improve the outcomes of these Colleges
(quantity and quality) including this College, a
Aims: decision was issued to raise its academic level
and to rename it to become "College of Public
1. Improving the quality of education in the Health and Health Informatics" to grant
college to become one of the academically Bachelor degree in order to graduate qualified
distinguished colleges in Saudi Arabia and to trained Saudi students. Therefore, the College
have its study programs accredited by NCAAA. has started restructuring its disciplines to grant
Bachelor degree in new fields; namely, Public
2. Enhancing the capability and competitive Health, Epidemiology, Health Informatics,
potentials of the students. Health Services Administration and Health
Insurance. The duration of the study is four
3. Boosting the colleges role in local community years preceded with one preparatory year and
services, conducting applied research, and followed by one internship year.
offering consultations that address the health
issues to achieve the concept of health This modern public health and health
development. informatics College is located on an estimated
area of 90,000m2 in the Northern Province of
4. Fostering the administrative, technical and Bukayriah city, about 20 Km far from the main
informative performance of the college. campus of Qassim University. The building
includes administrative offices, classrooms,

353
laboratories, support services, and recreation Mr. Hasan Zedan Lecturer
hall. It is surrounded by parking lots and lush
green lawns. Mr. Yousif Elimsaad Lecturer

In the year 1431/1432 H, the College started Mr. Mohammad Assaf Lecturer
one program; namely, Public Health. This Mr. Somanath Mohapatra Lecturer
program has been revised by the educational
plans committee (headed by the College dean) Mr. Al-Masri Hammam English Instructor
along with participation of some international
consultants in this field. The public sectors Emad Hassan Lecturer

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

represented by the Ministry of Health
(Directorate of Public Health Affairs in Qassim)
will be the future area to implement the training
Study Plan:
programs for the College graduates.
1. Public Health Program:

Degrees: Level 1

Bachelor Req
uire
Programs: Credit Units me
nt
1. Public Health Program Cod
e/ Th Pr Tr To Pre
Course
2. Epidemiology Program eo ac ai tal req
No
Title re tic ni uisi
3. Health Informatics Program tic al ng tes
al
4. Health Services Administration
IC Introduction 2 2
Program
101 to Islamic
5. Health Insurance Program Culture

Faculty Members: AR Arab 2 2

AB Language
Dr. Hamed Adetunji Associate Prof. 101 Skills

Dr. Hanie Youssef Assistant Prof. CH General 3 1 4

EM Chemistry
Dr. Husan Edrees Assistant Prof. 101

Dr. Yaser Bathich Assistant Prof BIO Advanced 3 1 4

105 Biology
Dr. Khalil-Ur-Rahmen Associate Prof.

Dr. Mohmmed Iqbal Assistant Prof EPI Introduction 3 3

112 to
Dr. Abdullah Alshourah Associate Prof Epidemiology

Dr. Sohail Akhtar Lecturer PH Introduction 3 3

354
 S to Public Sciences
121 Health
HIN Introduction 3 3
Total 16 2 18 S to Health
151 Insurance
Level 2
Total 17 2 19
Req
uire Level 3
Credit Units me

in Bukeriyah
nt Req
Cod
uire
e/ Th Pr Tr To Pre Credit Units
Course me

in Bukeriyah
eo ac ai tal req nt
No Cod
Title re tic ni uisi
tic al ng tes e/ Th Pr Tr To Pre
Course
al eo ac ai tal req
No

Informatics
Title re tic ni uisi
IC Islam and 2 2 tic al ng tes
102 Construction al

Informatics
of the society
AR Arabic 2 - 2
IC
AB Expositive
101
103 Writing

and Health
MG Communicatio 2 2 -
MT n skills

and Health
103 PH Medical Ethics 2 - 2
S
STA Biostatistics I 2 2 222

Health
T
-
111

Health
PH Health Rules 2 - 2

of Public
PH Medical 2 2
S and Laws
S Terminology
223
122

of Public
-
HS Introduction 3 3

College
A to Health PH Human 2 1 3
131 Services S Anatomy
Administratio 224
n
College
- BIO
105
HIN Introduction 3 3
F to Health PH Mental Health 2 2
141 Informatics S
225
HIN Computer - 2 2
F Application PYS
142 for Health

355
 121 229 Education and 121
Promotion
CH Principles of 2 1 3
EM Department Elective 3 3
240 Organic
Chemistry College Elective 3 3
CH
EM Total 16 2 18
101
Level 5
HS Writing Health 1 1 2

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

A Reports Req
439 uire
Credit Units me
- nt
Cod
Free Course 2 2 e/ Th Pr Tr To Pre
Course
eo ac ai tal req
No
Total 15 3 18 Title re tic ni uisi
tic al ng tes
Level 4 al

Req IC The Economic 2 2 IC

uire 103 System in 101
Credit Units me Islam
nt
Cod
e/ EPI Microbiology 3 1 4 BIO
Th Pr Tr To Pre
Course 318 for Public 105
eo ac ai tal req
No Health PH
Title re tic ni uisi
tic al ng tes S
al 226

PH Medical 2 1 3 CH EPI Parasitology 2 1 3 BIO

S Biochemistry EM 319 for Public 105
226 240 Health

- PH Pharmacology 2 1 3 PH
S and S
PH Human 2 1 3 BIO
322 Toxicology 227
S Physiology 105
227 PH Environmental 3 3 PH
- S Health S
323 121
PH Community 3 3 PH
S Health S PH Geriatric 2 - 2 PH
228 121 S Health S
324 121
PH Fundamentals 3 3 PH
-
S of Health S

356
 Total 14 3 17 318

Level 6 Free Course 2 2

Req Total 14 4 18
uire
Credit Units me Level 7
nt
Cod
Req
e/ Th Pr Tr To Pre uire
Course
eo ac ai tal req Credit Units me
No

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

Title re tic ni uisi nt
tic al ng tes Cod
al e/ Th Pr Tr To Pre
Course
eo ac ai tal req
No
IC Fundamentals 2 2 IC Title re tic ni uisi
104 of Islamic 101 tic al ng tes
Political al
System
PH Non - 3 3 PH
FSH Principles of 2 2 PH S Communicabl S
N Human S 422 e Diseases 329
222 Nutrition 226
PH Global Health - 2 PH
PH Reproductive 2 2 PH S S
423 2 121
S Health S
325 121 -

PH Preventive 3 1 4 EPI PH Maternal and 3 3 PH

S Medicine 318 S Child Health S
326 424 121

PH Research and 1 1 PH Occupational 3 3 PH

S Discussion S Health S
327 425 121

PH Principles of 1 2 3 PH PH Evidence 1 1 2
S Clinical S S Based
328 Medicine 227 426
Public Health
PH Introduction 2 2 PH
S to Diseases S Department Elective 3 3
329 227
Free course 2 2
PH
S Total 17 1 18
322
Level 8
EPI

357
 Req
The internship year is divided into
uire
Credit Units me four phases, each lasts for three
nt
Cod
e/ months as shown in the following
Th Pr Tr To Pre
Course
No
eo ac ai tal req table:
Title re tic ni uisi
tic al ng tes
al
Duration Phases Visits or programs

12

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

FSH Nutrition in - FSH
Months
N Life Stages N
322 2 222
1st Preclinical -Water
- quarter Phase sanitation &
conservation
EPI Epidemiology 3 EPI
413 of 317 -Hospital
Communicabl administration
e Diseases EPI &management
318
nd
2 Para-clinical -Visit to
PH Drug Abuse 2 PH Quarter Phase public health
S and Addiction S lab.
427 Control 322
-Visit to
PH Complementa 2 PH immunization
S ry and S clinics
428 Alternative 329
rd
Medicine 3 Clinical -PHC visit
Quarter Phase
HS Health Quality 3 HS -Tertiary care
A Management A hospital visit
432 131
-Outdoor &indoor
Department Elective 3 - patient care

- -Medical recording

College Elective 3 -Infection control

units
Total 18
-Visit to perinatal
child clinics
th
4 Field Training -Team member in
The Internship Program Quarter outbreak
investigation

358
 -Short project on living organisms are explored in this module.
Epidemic Laboratory activities emphasize the scientific
Investigation methods in exploring these topics.

-Campaigns stop EPI 112 (Introduction to Epidemiology)

smoking, safe This is a three-credit hours course that provides
driving an intensive introduction to epidemiologic
concepts and methods for students. During this
-Creating health
course the student will demonstrate knowledge
awareness in public
of the main types of epidemiological studies and
key issues in their use and understand the
Course Description: course of error and bias in epidemiological
studies and strategies available to deal with

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

Chem101 (General Chemistry) them. This course also introduces students to
Theoretical part: This course gives basic the basic principles and methods of
principles about chemical calculations, gases, epidemiology, with various examples from the
liquid state, thermochemistry, solutions, literature in communicable and non-
chemical and ionic equilibria, Bohr Theory and communicable diseases. Topics include
electronic configuration of atoms and periodic measures of health and risk, epidemiological
table. An introduction to types of chemical study designs and considerations regarding
bonds. issues of measurement and precision that
Practical part: some experiments on the include assessments of internal and external
properties of matter: density, viscosity, validity, standardization, confounding, bias,
qualitative analysis: identification of acidic and interaction, causality, and generalisibility.
basic radicals for inorganic salts.
STAT 111 (Biostatistics I)
BUS 103 (Communication Skills) This course is designed to provide students with
This course introduces the student to the basic basic understanding of biostatistics. The course
concepts of effective human communication. It covers descriptive statistics with concepts of
focuses on the development of communication dispersion, central tendency measurements.
skills and the basic components of the Graphic and tabular displays are also covered.
communication process. It provides a Simple inferential statistics involving probability,
comprehensive coverage of major issues sampling, confidence intervals and tests of
including organizational conflict, leadership, significance are presented.
values, changes, diversity, technology and
ethical behavior, offering the students the PHS 121 (Introduction to Public Health)
introduction to the current field of The aim of this course is to introduce students
organizational communication. to the nature and scope of public health theory
and practice. This course is tailored to students
Bio105 (Advanced Biology) who may have an interest in pursuing a career in
This course introduces the students to the basic public health and those who are working toward
principles of biology with emphasis on structure a major or minor degree in community health. It
and function of living organisms at the aims to exposure of students to the connections
molecular and cellular levels. The organization, between their personal world and the field of
chemical foundations, metabolism, genetics, public health. Students will acquire information
evolution, ecosystems, and interdependence of on diverse ways in which the publics health is

359
viewed, safeguarded, and challenged. software and how the computer operates. In
Consideration will be given to historical and addition, this course will introduce students as
contemporary forces and their impact on public well to the common software in daily activities
health. with special emphasis is the users related to
health sciences.
PHS 122 (Medical Terminology)
This course introduces the foundation of the HINS 151 (Introduction to Health Insurance)
language of medicine and develops medical This course aims to provide students with an
vocabulary through the study of the structures, overview and current status of health insurance
functions, diagnostic procedures, pathology, and systems in Saudi Arabia, Assist the students in a
treatment procedures of body system. study of various health insurance products
available, introduce the concept of Managed

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

HSA 131 (Introduction to Health Services Care, underwriting and claims management in
Administration) Health Insurance
This course familiarizes the students with the
health services administration and provides PHS 222 (Medical Ethics)
them with the basic health business skills This course introduces the students to the
required to succeed in this increasingly complex principles of medical ethics and its application to
business. This course paves the way to health practice. It discusses the ethical issues of
understand and analyze the relationship health organizations, the differences between
between the elements of health services, as well legal issues in health administration and
as to determine and describe the specific issues organizational ethics. It also presents issues of
involved in health services administration. This professional conduct and responsibility, of civil
course, grounded in business administration and rights and civil liberties, and of conscience, as
technology, helps the students explore the well as ethical issues surrounding public health
operations and challenges facing health responses to catastrophe to enable better
organizations and the means of supporting the management of the moral challenges inherent
various health services. in catastrophes.

HINF 141 (Introduction to Health Informatics) PHS 223 (Health Rules and Laws)
Overall, the purpose of this course is to provide This course introduces the medical professionals
the students with a sufficient background to to health care law, public health care, and
understand the technical, organizational and bioethics pertaining to public health. Topics
individual issues associated with the changes include the law and courts, bioethics and public
related to the introduction of health computing health law. It includes professional liability,
solutions. The course will cover contrasting medical malpractice, defence to liability suits,
strategies in the successful adoption and workplace legalities.
deployment of systems by introducing the
fundamental concepts of human factors and the HSA 432 (Health Quality Management)
principles and strategies associated with This module is designed to equip program
organizational change management. participants with knowledge and skills in
implementing and reviewing quality
HINF 142 (Computer Application for Health management systems for health services and
Sciences) programs in a resource constrained
This course introduces student to the environment.
components of the computer hardware and

360
HSA 439 (Writing Health Reports) The course is designed for people whose area of
This course provides how to manage data, and responsibility within industry or government
master the report-writing process. Assure that a includes health and safety. They may include,
student reports get read, understood, and acted but are not restricted to, safety coordinators,
on-rather than contributing to information risk advisers, occupational health nurses, and
overload. Develop a communication strategy human resource managers, training officers,
that enables students to design reports to meet engineers, production supervisors, union
the needs of diverse readers and decision- officials and insurance personnel.
makers.
PHS 224 (Human Anatomy)
PSYCH 102 (Introduction to Psychology) The aim of this course is to introduce the
This course focuses on developing an structure of various cells, organs and systems in
understanding of the essence of psychology, the body. This course includes morphological
how it has evolved, what are the research study of tissues, anatomical position, body
methods used, what schools, what are the most organization, musculoskeletal system, joints,
important issues to be considered specially cardiovascular system, respiratory system,
(needs and motives, cognitive processes, urinary system, reproductive system, digestive
intelligence, emotions and personality). system, endocrine system, and nervous system.

SOC 112 (Introduction to Sociology) PHS 225 (Mental Health)

This course gives general idea about sociology Mental health is a state of emotional and
and its founders. It also leads to scientific psychological well-being in which an individual is
thinking and how to use it to analyze societies able to use his or her cognitive and emotional
and social phenomena. This in addition to capabilities, function in society, and meet the
understanding the human societies and forms. ordinary demands of everyday life. The mental
health sciences provide opportunities for
EPI 212 (Emergency and First Aid) students to enhance their knowledge, skills and
This course introduces students to skills of basic attitudes in the area of mental health sciences.
life support which is needed by any health The aim is to understand the theory, principles
professional in addition this course will and practice of mental health sciences with an
introduce first aids and basic response to emphasis on Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT)
emergency and early preparedness and (or Behavioral-Cognitive Therapy). Students will
management of disasters and crowd. develop proficiency in CBT and contingent upon
the actual award undertaken will, upon
HSA 312 (Health Policies) completion of the course, be able to practice as
This course concentrates on health policy issues specialists in that field.
in the planning, delivery and organization of
health services. Examination of policy issues PHS 226 (Medical Biochemistry)
focuses on the relative roles of the public and A course designed to meet the needs of both
private sectors and the control procedures used the non-science major and the students entering
to implement these policies. Ethical issues and allied health fields. Emphasis is placed on the
problems and their resolutions are presented study of proteins, carbohydrates, fats, nucleic
within a decision-making framework. acids (DNA and RNA), Vitamins and protein
disorders. This course introduces biochemistry
HSA 313 (Health Safety Management) as a complete understanding, at molecular level,

361
of all the chemical processes associated with these techniques in the process of addressing
living cells. toxicological problems.

PHS 227 (Human Physiology) PHS 323 (Environmental Health)

The aim of this course is to introduce the This course sets out to explore environmental
function of various cells, organs and systems in health issues, and develop them further with
the body. This course includes functional study particular emphasis on the Saudi context. The
of the musculoskeletal system, cardiovascular aim of the course is to introduce participants to
system, respiratory system, urinary system, the nature and scope of environmental health
reproductive system, digestive system, theory and practice.
endocrine system, and nervous system.
PHS 324 (Geriatric Health)
PHS 228 (Community Health) This course helps students to explore issues and
This course aims at introducing students to the factors that influence health, changing social

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

sociological aspects of health. In this regard the function and quality of life for older adults, in a
contents include family structure and functions, variety of settings. The course encourages
sociological factors as well as culture and its interdisciplinary interaction, service-learning,
relation to health. and evidence in practice, with a focus on
Community health focuses on the health of diversity, multi-cultural needs, health status,
populations or groups. The course will cover a health promotion, and wellness for older adults.
broad range of community health issues, and
will focus on strategies to improve the health of PHS 325 (Reproductive Health)
a population with emphasis on health This course focuses on women health during
protection, disease prevention and health different cycles of childbearing and childrearing
promotion. periods. Health promotion, protection,
maintenance and restoration are covered.
PHS 229 (Fundamentals of Health Education Emphasis is placed on the diseases of female
and Promotion) reproductive system from puberty through post
This module aims to introduce participants to menopausal period are considered. The
the main concepts, principles and components application of nursing process in the assessment
of health promotion at local, national and and management of family during these stages
international levels. Participants will also be is adopted.
given the opportunity to develop their own
health promoting skills. PHS 326 (Preventive Medicine)
This course highlights the measures taken to
PHS 322 (Pharmacology and Toxicology) prevent diseases or injuries rather than curing
This course explores issues surrounding the them or treating their symptoms. The term
effects that pharmaceuticals and chemicals have contrasts in method with curative and palliative
in society. Specifically, it integrates medicine, and in scope with public health
pharmacology with social, health and political methods (which work at the level of population
issues as they relate to drug abuse and health rather than individual health). This
addiction. This course will provide the module will provide students with enough
experimental theory of how the techniques knowledge of key issues involved in the control
work and their advantages and disadvantages, and prevention of communicable diseases.
while additionally allowing students to perform
PHS 327 (Research and Discussion)

362
This course is designed to enhance their depression; cardiovascular diseases from side of
knowledge of research, presentation and clinical picture and management.
communication skills. Students will select
research topics from the curriculum of their own PHS 423 (Global Health)
interest. This course introduces the principles of
It is also designed to explain how to use the structures and mechanisms of global health
scientific methods to influence health policies. systems focused on the developed countries.
The student will read research papers and Inter-disciplinary examinations will be made of
discuss any issues arise and its connection with the achievements and the challenges in global
health policies. health systems by cross-cutting the problems,

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

e.g. global burden of diseases, process of health
PHS 328 (Principles of Clinical Medicine) system development. It will explore the possible
This course provides an introduction to the basic approaches to improve the health systems at
skills of clinical medicine. Emphasis has been national and global levels from inter-related
placed on the integration of the basic skills perspectives, e.g. evidence based medicine,
based on essential anatomy, physiology, cost-effectiveness, quality of care, equity,
pathology, microbiology, pharmacology, and human rights.
medical terminology relevant to medical
problems encountered in the primary care PHS 424 (Maternal and Child Health)
setting. The differential diagnosis of symptoms This course gives an overview of the state
and physical findings along with interpretation structure of MCH programs, with an emphasis
of laboratory and radiographic tests appropriate on orientation to health promotion and
to each system is discussed. prevention of common health problems
affecting children and mothers.
PHS 329 (Introduction to Diseases)
This course provides an introduction to the PHS 425 (Occupational Health)
mechanisms and major classification of diseases This course sets out to explore occupational
and their expression in major organ systems of health issues, and develop them further with
the human body. The clinical presentation and particular emphasis on the Saudi context. The
essentials of management of diseases are given. aim of the course is to introduce participants to
The topics include infections, cancer, heart the nature and scope of occupational health
disease, lung disease, diabetes, stroke, theory and practice.
malnutrition, poisoning by environmental
toxins, stress, inflammation, disorders of the PHS 426 (Evidence Based Public Health)
immune system, and aging. Emphasis is on During this course the student will identify the
prevention of disease through control of risk principles of evidence based medicine and the
factors and early detection. EPM techniques to critically appraise
information applying principles bio statistics and
PHS 422 (Non-Communicable Diseases) clinical epidemiology to the field of public health
The course covers selected chronic
diseases/health conditions and their risk factors PHS 427 (Drug Abuse and Addiction Control)
as diet and nutrition; genetic susceptibility; The core of the course is critical review of the
tobacco use; physical activity; alcohol use. Also cumulative scientific evidence in many areas of
it covers Diseases/Health Conditions: Arthritis; drugs abuse including : primary prevention in
injury; diabetes; neurological diseases; different setting e.g. schools , supply reduction
approach including drug interdiction and legal

363
enforcement , treatment intervention and harm Medically important microorganisms including
reduction approach. bacteria, fungi, viruses, rickettsia, protozoa, and
the diseases which they produce. Laboratory
PHS 428 (Complementary and Alternative exercises develop fundamental skills in aseptic
Medicine) technique, microscopy, pure culture study, and
This course provides an introduction to the isolation and identification of pathogenic
alternative and complementary medicine microorganisms.
modalities. Complementary medicine refers to a
group of therapeutic and diagnostic disciplines EPI 319 (Parasitology for Public Health)
that exist largely outside the institutions where This course deals primarily with the biological

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

conventional health care is taught and provided. and medical aspects of parasites of human
Complementary medicine is an increasing importance. These parasites cause several
feature of healthcare practice, but considerable infectious disease problems in humans,
confusion remains about what exactly it is and especially in the tropical and subtropical areas
what position the disciplines included under this of the world. The lecture part of the course is
term should hold in relation to conventional focused mainly on the growth cycles of
medicine. parasites, their means of infection, the diseases
they cause, how these diseases are treated and
FSHN 222 (Principles of Human Nutrition) prevented, and the geographic locations where
This course introduces the students to the parasites are most likely to be contracted by
concepts of the elements of food and food travellers. How parasites are characterized
energy in human. The roles of carbohydrates, biologically for medical diagnosis is an important
proteins, lipids, vitamins, minerals and trace part of the laboratory experience. The course
elements as well as water and electrolytes in provides valuable information for those
health and disease are presented. interested in human biology or the health
sciences.
CHEM 240 (Principles of Organic Chemistry)
Theoretical part: Aliphatic hydrocarbons FSHN 322 (Nutrition in Life Stages)
(alkanes, cyclic alkanes, alkenes and alkynes), This course introduces the students to the
aromatic hydrocarbons (electrophilic concepts of food guide. It focuses on nutrition
substitution reactions, activity and direction, during pregnancy, nutrition and lactation,
polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons), alkyl nutrition during infancy, nutrition during
halides (nomenclature, physical properties, adolescence, nutrition during adulthood, and
preparation methods, nucleophilic substitution nutrition for elderly. It explains the effects of
reactions) alcohols ( nomenclature, preparation malnutrition and how to overcome this
methods, reactions) ethers( nomenclature, problem.
preparation methods, reactions) phenols
(structure, nomenclature, preparation methods, EPI 413 (Epidemiology of Communicable
reactions). Diseases)
Practical part: Some experiments on melting Communicable diseases are the infectious
point, recrystallization, distillation, extraction, diseases which can be transmitted from one
identification of different function groups. individual to susceptible one. This module will
provide students with enough knowledge of key
EPI 318 ( Microbiology for Public Health) issues involved in the control and prevention of
Basic concepts of microbiology with emphasis communicable diseases. The students will
on microbial pathogenesis and immunity. identify factors that cause and determine the

364
distribution of communicable diseases and the disability management will be presented
main strategies to control them. assessment and evaluation of various returns to
work processes will be undertaken with the goal
PHS 220 (Public Health in Emergencies) of site specific disability management program
The course aims at introducing key public health development and implementation.
issues in crisis, conflicts and emergencies, and
giving an understanding of the concepts of PHS 420 (Water Supply and Sanitation)
disaster epidemiology. It also introduces This course provides students with principles
emergency health management strategies to and tools for designing and operating water and
enable participants to prioritize health sanitation systems, the influence of water and

College of Public Health and Health Informatics in Bukeriyah

intervention programs. It highlights on national sanitation on human health; types of water and
and international humanitarian assistance and sanitation facilities and equipment. Key topics
guiding principles before, during and after any include water quality parameters; groundwater
natural or man-made disasters. and surface water treatment; water treatment
process technologies; nutrient removal.
PHS 221 (Public Health Leadership)
This course provides a solid introduction to the PHS 421 (Applied Geographic Information
concepts, models, and tools associated with Systems in Public Health )
leadership and necessary to enhance This course provides an introduction to
participant's personal leadership abilities. Geographic Information Systems (GIS) and
Emphasis will be placed on the application of presents its utility in public health. Provides
the course material to real life public health exposure to GIS as a tool for describing the
problems and issues in the development of magnitude of health problems, and for
public health careers. supporting health decision-making. Course
topics include a historical overview of the
PHS 320 (Medical Anthropology) intersection between geography and public
This course introduces students to the cultural health; current epidemiological use of GIS; and
basis of illness and curing. The course is experimental learning (thematic mapping of
concerned both with how societies perceive and health needs observed in the field); and GIS
treat illness, and also with how knowledge of applications in identifying public health
practices can be used to critique and inform the problems.
management of our own health problems. The
course addresses the meanings of sickness, the 2. Health Services Administration
nature of relationships between patients and Program
healers, and the effects of culture on health. Will be launched in 1433 -1434

3. Health Informatics Program

PHS 321 (Disability Control) (refer to the strategic plan)
This course explores the key concepts of
Integrated Disability Management. A 4. Epidemiology Program
multidisciplinary approach to managing all forms (refer to the strategic plan)
of disability will be put forward relying on sound
best practice disability management techniques. 5. Health Insurance Program
Government legislation and regulations will be (refer to the strategic plan)
reviewed as well as the influence of non-
governmental organizations. Multiple models of

365
Research Centers
Research Center of the College of
Pharmacy
Scope of Specialization

The center conducts research on

pharmaceuticals, pharmaceutical care, herbal
medicines and complementary medicine.

Activities

Studies related to the specialization areas

include:

Bioavailability,
Drug Stability,
Pharmacokinetics,
Toxicology,

Research Centers
Pharmaceutical Industry,
Pharmaceutical Education,
Drug Analysis and
Drug Development.

Services and Consultations

The center offers the following services and

consultation activities:

Scientific research in specialization

areas applicable to the public and
private sectors,
Studies in the specialization areas,
Studies in the program structure for the
College of Pharmacy,
Consultation in the pharmaceutical
industry, pharmaceutical services for
hospitals, pharmaceutical education,
pharmacokinetics, bioavailability,
medical and pharmaceutical logistics,
and pharmacy management.

366
 Research Center of the Training of research personnel in and
outside the University and building of
College of Medicine close relationships between the college
and service institutions, health
Scope of Specialization institutions and other organizations in
the field and
The center specializes in basic and clinical
Preparation of training and
medical sciences, family and society medicine,
consultation in health fields and
and medical education.
medical education.

Activities
Scientific Research Center of the
Activities of the Research Center of the College
College of Applied Medical
of Medicine include:
Sciences
Adopting research on basic and clinical
medical sciences, family and society The Scientific Research Center includes staff
medicine, and medicine education. members of the college. It is supported by both
Securing the required financial support the College Deanship and the Deanship of
for research activities. Scientific Research. The two deanships and the
Training and qualifying human University administration encourage scientific

Research Centers
resources and acquiring modern research that aims to provide solutions to health
medical devices. problems specific to the Qassim region and the
Encouraging and adopting cooperative Arabian Peninsula.
research work in and outside the
Following the inception of the Scientific
University.
Research Center, special laboratories were built
Supporting research work related to
and equipped with essential apparatuses
Saudi society in general and the Qassim
intended to provide the core in its development.
area in particular.
This development will continue and yield a
Following up on current research
distinguished and versatile scientific research
activities and facilitating the technical
center.
and administrative aspects for
researchers. Support and Development of Scientific
Supporting and preparing statistical
Research
studies for health research and
facilitating publishing activities for Support and development of scientific research
researchers. is achieved as follows:

Services and Consultations By encouraging new staff members to

participate in refereed research work
The center offers the following services and and preparing scientific studies that
consultation activities: aim to serve the community,
By building close relationships between
Introduction of its services to the investment and industrial sectors on
University and related areas by the one hand and the academic
performing integrated research work to
solve health problems of society,

367
 research work of the college on the Design and Testing of Concrete Mixtures.
other hand,
Through the organization of Engineering research and consultation
conferences and seminars and by services will be available in the following areas:
encouraging attendances and
By supporting the training authorities in Electrical Engineering
their related activities and building
Control of Electrical Motors
better relationships with universities in
Testing Electrical Transformers
and outside the Kingdom.
Testing Electrical Machines
Design and Execution of Electrical
Engineering Research and Wiring
Improving Power to Industrial
Consultation Center Structures
Electrical Network and Power
The Engineering Research and Consultation
Transmission Line Design
Center provides engineering consultation
Calculating Load for Structures
services that are intended to serve the
environment and benefit the scientific and
practical capabilities of the college. The college Civil Engineering
has the following specialization areas:
Design of Concrete Structures

Research Centers
Electrical Power Engineering, Inspection and Evaluation of Concrete
Communication Engineering, Structures
Structural Engineering, Design of Concrete Mixtures
Concrete Structures, Testing Hardened Concrete
Sanitary Engineering and Sewage Drainage, Design of Earthquake Resistant
Soil Mechanics and Foundation, Structures
Road Engineering, Design of Metal Structures
Survey Engineering (preparing topological Studies on Soil and Foundation
and detailed maps), Research
Water Structures, Research on Water Structures (bridges
Surface and Underground Water Hydraulics, and dams)
Irrigation and Drainage Systems, Underground Water Research
Design of Metal Structures, Feasibility Studies for Water and
Research on Water Structures (bridges and Sanitary Drainage Projects
dams), Design and Supervision of
Refrigeration and Conditioning, Implementing Water Networks,
Electrical Power Stations, Drinking Water Sanitations and Sanitary
Solar Energy, Drainage
Automatic Control in Industry, Design of Interior Sanitary Work and
Resistance and Testing of Engineering the Fire Prevention
Materials, Environmental Protection Methods
Recycling of Industrial Solid Wastes, Design and Supervision of
Material Chemical Decay, Implementing Landfill Projects for Solid
Structure Dynamics and Earthquake Waste
Engineering and

368
 Design of Drainage Networks The center conducts scientific research and
related services by:

Mechanical Engineering Encouraging researchers to publish

their work in scientific periodicals and
Designing and Supervising the journals and to attend conferences
Implementation of Refrigeration and locally and internationally,
Air Conditioning Projects Determining research areas for work
Design and Supervising the groups according to the University and
Implementation of Electrical Power college priorities and facilitating
Stations communication with research
Design of Heat Transfer Equipment institutions in and outside the
Diagnosing Machine Defects University,
Digital Machine Tools Collecting and documenting research
Industrial Automatic Control abstracts and research projects to be
Maintenance of Modern Machines used as necessary for development,
Advanced Automatic Control Building research groups in the college
Mechatronic Applications to work on short-term, medium-term
Examining Mechanical Parts Failures and long-term research projects,
Mechanical Tests to Determine the Providing sufficient support to help

Research Centers
Mechanical Properties of Materials researchers purchase required
Microscopic Inspection of Engineering materials for their research projects
Materials according to the centers policy,
Recycling Industrial Solid Wastes Encouraging participation in projects
Thermal Design of Electronic Matrix from the City of King Abdulaziz for
Design Internal and External Gas Science and Technology and
Networks Documenting and introducing results of
Works of Boilers, Furnaces, and Fire scientific activities to the college at the
Works end of each year.
Works of Ventilation, Suction, and
Drawing Gases
Services and Consultations
Refining Water Stations
Offering mechanisms to identify the
problems looming in the local areas of
Research Center of the College of the University and the industrial and
services sectors and finding effective
Computer Science ways to handle them;
Determining the nature of each
Scope of Specialization
problem and identifying case studies,
Computer Science such as the industrial town in Qassim;
Computer Engineering Organizing workshops in cooperation
Information Technology with industrial and services sectors to
study and prepare cooperation
protocols with them;
Activities

369
 Conducting training programs to the Following up on departmental research
institutions of Qassim on demand; work and encouraging researchers to
Offering general and specialized introduce seminars on their work.
training programs in all computer
science, engineering and information
technology fields and Services and Consultations
Providing programming and
Facilitating, through coordination with
engineering consultation services, such
the deanship, the process of finding a
as industrial operations control, special
specialized researcher in one of the
software design and development, and
colleges fields;
maintenance of networks.
Exchanging research with other sectors
to encourage trial research work
intended to create a cooperative
Research Center of the College of
environment;
Science Offering consultation activities related
to research activities in mathematics,
The Research Center of the College of Science
physics and chemistry and
concentrates on offering the following services:
Assisting the college staff members in
their application for financial support of
Scope of Specialization

Research Centers
their research work from the SABEC
The center supports the research activities of annual grant to Qassim University.
the college according to applicable rules and the
annual budget of the center. In addition, it
strives to Research Center of the College of
Agriculture and Veterinary
Encourage departmental staff members
to apply for support of their research Medicine
projects and suggest the budget of
each project and The center was established in 1984 to
Provide documentation and housing of encourage and direct agricultural and veterinary
research project blueprints, materials research required in addressing problems facing
and reports, including publications. the Qassim region. This area of research is a
priority to the college and University because
Qassim is the most important agricultural area
Activities of the Kingdom.

Following up with researchers who The center is involved in different

have attended scientific conferences agricultural research, including horticulture and
and seminars, disease prevention. This includes crop
Classifying new research and production and gardening, vegetable crops and
exchanging it with other departments nutrition. The center also surveys and
in the Colleges of Sciences and with determines the most important problems facing
other universities, agricultural activities in the Kingdom by seeking
Working in coordination with the input from all branches of the center and
Deanship of Scientific Research and working to secure financial support for research.
Under the guidance of college staff members,

370
the center seeks to build relationships with the The University Directorates
Ministry of Agriculture and individuals working
in the field to form discussion circles organized Several directorates provide the
and supervised by the Deanship of Scientific University with the much needed resources
Research. Through the participation of necessary to perform day-to-day operations
researchers and local agricultural professionals, effectively and help the University achieve its
the center hopes to uncover important goals and objectives.
obstacles and to assist researchers in obtaining
the best results. A list of these Directorates includes:

Given the appropriate financial and Computer and Information Systems

human resources, the center hopes to introduce Directorate
several services to the community. It aims to Scientific Publication and Translation
provide useful research in the fields of plant Directorate
production and prevention, animal production, Administrative Communications Directorate
veterinary and food science. The research will Budgetary and Planning Directorate
be conducted in cooperation with the Deanship Projects and Maintenance Directorate
of Scientific Research and with links to the local Safety and Security Directorate
community. The centers goal is to employ Personnel Directorate
specialized staff capable of providing services Finance Directorate

Research Centers
and consultation to local farmers to develop the Purchasing and Inventory Directorate
agricultural sector of the Qassim economy. Public Relations and University Information
Directorate.
Legal Directorate
Services Directorate
Transportation Directorate

371